TaskAGI Docs

Getting Started

Welcome to TaskAGI! This guide will help you understand the platform and create your first automation.

What is TaskAGI?

TaskAGI is a powerful automation platform that lets you build AI agents and workflows by connecting various integrations. Think of it as a visual programming tool where you connect blocks (nodes) to create automated processes.

How Workflows Work

Workflows consist of nodes connected together. Each node performs a specific action - like sending an email, processing data with AI, or fetching information from an API. Data flows from one node to the next through connections.

Triggers

Every workflow starts with a trigger. Triggers can be webhooks (HTTP requests), schedules (cron jobs), forms, or manual execution.

Actions

Action nodes perform operations like calling APIs, transforming data, sending messages, or interacting with AI models.

Logic

Logic nodes like IF conditions and loops let you control the flow of your workflow based on data.

Quick Start Guide

Follow these steps to create your first automation:

  1. 1 Sign up for a TaskAGI account
  2. 2 Navigate to the Agents page and click "Create New Agent"
  3. 3 Add a trigger node (e.g., Webhook or Schedule)
  4. 4 Connect integration nodes to perform actions
  5. 5 Configure each node with the required settings
  6. 6 Deploy your agent to make it live
  7. 7 Test your workflow by triggering it

Using Node References

You can reference data from previous nodes using the syntax [[nodes.nodeId.propertyName]]. This allows you to pass data between nodes dynamically.

Examples:

[[nodes.webhook.body.email]] - Access email from webhook body [[nodes.openai.response]] - Access AI response [[nodes.googlesheets.rows]] - Access spreadsheet rows

AI Credits

Some integrations (especially AI models) consume credits when executed. Your credit balance is shown in your dashboard. Different operations have different credit costs based on their complexity and resource usage.

Integrations

TaskAGI connects to hundreds of services. Each integration provides nodes you can use in your workflows.

AI Models

Google Gemini 2.5 Flash Image

Google Gemini 2.5 Flash Image

Generate high-quality images using Google's Gemini 2.5 Flash Image model - fast, efficient AI image generation with various aspect ratios and formats

12 credits

Using Google Gemini 2.5 Flash Image

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Google Gemini 2.5 Flash Image" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the generation parameters including your prompt
  4. Choose output format, aspect ratio, and number of images
  5. The model will generate high-quality images using Google's latest AI

Notes:

  • Google Gemini 2.5 Flash Image provides fast, high-quality image generation
  • Supports various aspect ratios and output formats
  • Can generate up to 4 images in a single request
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
  • Cost: 12 cents per image generated
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate high-quality images using Google Gemini 2.5 Flash Image model

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate
aspect_ratio select 1:1 The aspect ratio of the generated image
num_outputs number 1 Number of images to generate (1-4)
output_format select webp The file format for the generated image
output_quality number 90 JPEG/WebP compression quality (1-100, higher = better quality)
Outputs
Name Type Description
images array Array of generated images with URLs and metadata
image_data binary Binary data of the first generated image
image_url string Public URL of the first generated image
Google Nano-Banana

Google Nano-Banana

Transform images using style references with Google Nano-Banana - provide multiple reference images and a text prompt to generate stylized outputs

15 credits

Using Google Nano-Banana

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Google Nano-Banana" node to your workflow
  3. Enter a text prompt describing the desired style or transformation
  4. Optionally provide reference images (URLs separated by commas or new lines)
  5. Configure output settings and generate stylized images

Notes:

  • Google Nano-Banana generates images based on text prompts
  • Reference images are optional but help guide the style
  • When providing reference images, separate URLs with commas or new lines
  • The model can work with just a prompt or combine prompt with reference images
  • Text prompt is always required to guide the generation process
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Transform images using multiple reference images and style prompts with Google Nano-Banana

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the desired style or transformation (e.g., "Make the sheets in the style of the logo")
image_inputs textarea Optional: Multiple image URLs separated by commas or new lines. These images provide style references.
num_outputs number 1 Number of stylized images to generate (1-4)
output_format select jpg The file format for the generated image
output_quality number 90 JPEG/WebP compression quality (1-100, higher = better quality)
aspect_ratio select match_input_image Output image aspect ratio
Outputs
Name Type Description
images array Array of stylized images with URLs and metadata
image_data binary Binary data of the first generated image
image_url string Public URL of the first generated image

Other

2Checkout

2Checkout

Online payment solutions for global commerce

Free

Setting up 2Checkout Integration

  1. Log in to your 2Checkout account
  2. Navigate to Integrations → Webhooks & API
  3. Go to the API section and find your Merchant Code
  4. Generate or copy your Secret Key
  5. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Production for live)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Ensure your 2Checkout account is properly verified for production use
  • API access may require account approval from 2Checkout
2Checkout API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new order in 2Checkout

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
country text 2-letter country code (e.g., US, GB)
currency text 3-letter currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
language text en 2-letter language code (e.g., en, fr)
customer_name text Customer full name
customer_email text Customer email address
product_name text Product or service name
product_price number Product price in the specified currency
quantity number 1 Product quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
reference string Unique order reference ID
buy_link_url string URL for customer to complete payment
status string
order_data object

Retrieve order details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reference text The order reference ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
reference string
status string
total_amount number
currency string
created_date string
order_data object

Process a refund for an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reference text The order reference ID to refund
amount number Amount to refund
comment text Reason for refund
Outputs
Name Type Description
refund_reference string
amount number
status string
refund_data object

Retrieve list of products from your catalog

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 10 Number of products to retrieve (max 200)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
total_count number Total number of products

Create a recurring subscription

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
country text 2-letter country code
currency text 3-letter currency code
customer_name text Customer full name
customer_email text Customer email address
product_code text Subscription product code
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscription_reference string
status string
next_billing_date string
subscription_data object
Acuity Scheduling

Acuity Scheduling

Appointment booking and management platform

Free

Setting up Acuity Scheduling Integration

  1. Log in to your Acuity Scheduling account
  2. Go to Business Settings → Integrations
  3. Click on "API" or "Developers"
  4. Find your API credentials (API Key and User ID)
  5. Copy the API Key and User ID
  6. Paste them in the fields above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • You need an Acuity Scheduling business account to access the API
  • API credentials are found in Business Settings → Integrations
  • The API allows you to manage appointments, clients, and calendar settings
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
Acuity Scheduling API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve appointments from Acuity Scheduling

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
appointment_type text Filter by specific appointment type (optional)
calendar_id text Filter by specific calendar (optional)
min_date text Minimum date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
max_date text Maximum date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
limit number 25 Maximum number of appointments to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
appointments array Array of appointment objects
total_count number Total number of appointments found

Retrieve a specific appointment by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
appointment_id text ID of the appointment to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
appointment_id string The appointment ID
datetime string Appointment date and time
end_time string Appointment end time
client_name string Name of the client
client_email string Email of the client
client_phone string Phone number of the client
appointment_type string Type of appointment
price string Appointment price
paid string Payment status
notes string Appointment notes

Schedule a new appointment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
appointment_type_id text ID of the appointment type
datetime text Appointment date and time (ISO 8601 format)
first_name text Client first name
last_name text Client last name
email text Client email address
phone text Client phone number
notes textarea Appointment notes
calendar_id text Specific calendar to book on (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
appointment_id string ID of the created appointment
datetime string Scheduled date and time
confirmation_page string URL to confirmation page
client_name string Full name of the client

Cancel an existing appointment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
appointment_id text ID of the appointment to cancel
admin_cancel checkbox Cancel as admin (bypasses cancellation policy)
Outputs
Name Type Description
cancelled boolean Whether the appointment was successfully cancelled
appointment_id string ID of the cancelled appointment

Retrieve client list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
search text Search clients by name or email
limit number 25 Maximum number of clients to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
clients array Array of client objects
total_count number Total number of clients found

Retrieve available appointment types

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category_id text Filter by category ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
appointment_types array Array of appointment type objects
total_count number Total number of appointment types

Check available time slots

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
appointment_type_id text ID of the appointment type
date text Date to check availability (YYYY-MM-DD)
calendar_id text Specific calendar to check (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
available_times array Array of available time slots
date string Date checked
total_slots number Number of available time slots
Adobe Analytics

Adobe Analytics

Digital marketing analytics and customer journey analysis with comprehensive reporting capabilities

Free

Setting up Adobe Analytics API Integration

  1. Log in to Adobe Developer Console
  2. Create a new project or select an existing one
  3. Add Adobe Analytics API to your project
  4. Generate Service Account (JWT) credentials
  5. Copy the Client ID and Client Secret from the credentials
  6. Find your Company ID in Adobe Analytics under Admin > Company Settings
  7. Get your Report Suite ID from Adobe Analytics under Admin > Report Suites
  8. Enter all credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • You need Adobe Analytics admin access to set up API credentials
  • The API uses JWT authentication with service account credentials
  • Report Suite ID determines which data you can access
  • Adobe Analytics API has rate limits - monitor your usage
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
Adobe Analytics API Documentation

Available Operations

Get real-time analytics data for the current moment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
metric select instances
dimension select
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array
total number
timestamp string

Get website traffic analytics for a date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text Start date for the report
endDate text End date for the report
metrics textarea ["visits", "pageviews", "uniquevisitors"] Array of metrics to include
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array
summary object
dateRange object

Get conversion and goal completion analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text
endDate text
conversionMetrics textarea ["orders", "revenue", "conversion_rate"] Conversion metrics to track
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversions array
revenue number
conversionRate number

Get detailed audience demographics and behavior analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text
endDate text
dimensions textarea ["country", "browser", "device_type"] Audience dimensions to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
audienceData array
demographics object
deviceBreakdown array

Get page-level performance and engagement analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text
endDate text
pageFilter text Filter to specific pages (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
pageData array
topPages array
bounceRate number

Analyze customer journey and path through your website

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text
endDate text
touchpoints textarea ["entry_page", "key_pages", "exit_page"] Customer journey touchpoints to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
journeyPaths array
dropoffPoints array
conversionPaths array

Analyze predefined or custom audience segments

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
segmentId text Adobe Analytics segment identifier
startDate text
endDate text
Outputs
Name Type Description
segmentData array
segmentSize number
comparison object

Generate custom analytics report with specified metrics and dimensions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text
endDate text
customMetrics textarea Array of metrics to include in the report
customDimensions textarea Array of dimensions to break down the data
filters textarea Filters to apply to the report data
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array
metrics object
dimensions array
AdRoll

AdRoll

Retargeting and prospecting advertising platform. Create audience segments, run cross-device campaigns, track conversions with attribution windows, and optimize for ROAS across multiple channels.

Free

Setting up AdRoll Integration

  1. Visit AdRoll Dashboard and log in to your account
  2. Navigate to Account Settings and find the API section
  3. Generate an API access token or contact AdRoll support for API access
  4. Find your Advertiser ID in the account settings or dashboard URL
  5. Enter your access token and advertiser ID above

Notes:

  • AdRoll API access may require approval or minimum spending thresholds
  • You need an active AdRoll advertising account
  • API access is typically available for enterprise clients
  • Rate limits apply - check AdRoll's documentation for current limits
  • Retargeting campaigns require proper pixel implementation on your website
  • GDPR and privacy compliance is essential for retargeting
  • Some operations require specific account permissions
AdRoll API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve retargeting and prospecting campaigns from AdRoll

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
campaignType select Filter campaigns by type
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of AdRoll campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve ads from AdRoll campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
status select Filter ads by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
ads array List of ads
totalCount number

Retrieve audience segments for retargeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
segmentType select Filter segments by type
Outputs
Name Type Description
segments array List of audience segments
totalCount number

Get advertising performance reports and analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reportType select Type of report to generate
startDate text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metrics textarea ["impressions", "clicks", "ctr", "cost", "cpm", "cpc", "conversions", "conversion_rate", "roas"] Metrics to include (JSON array)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array Performance metrics and analytics data
totalSpend number Total advertising spend for the period
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
totalConversions number
averageRoas number Average return on advertising spend

Create a new retargeting or prospecting campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
campaignType select Type of campaign to create
objective select Campaign objective
budget number Daily budget in USD
bidStrategy select Bidding strategy
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Create a new ad within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to create ad in
adName text Name for the new ad
adType select Type of ad creative
headline text Headline for the ad
body textarea Body text for the ad
callToAction select Call to action button text
destinationUrl text URL where users will be directed when clicking
imageUrl text URL of the image for the ad
Outputs
Name Type Description
adId string ID of the created ad
adName string
status string

Create a new audience segment for retargeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
segmentName text Name for the new segment
segmentType select Type of audience segment
rules textarea Targeting rules for the segment (JSON format)
lookbackDays number 30 Number of days to look back for visitor data
Outputs
Name Type Description
segmentId string ID of the created segment
segmentName string
estimatedSize number Estimated audience size

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Get conversion tracking data and attribution

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversionType select Filter by conversion type
attributionWindow select Attribution window for conversions
startDate text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversions array List of conversion events
totalConversions number
totalValue number
conversionRate number
Adyen

Adyen

Payment technology platform for omnichannel commerce

Free

Setting up Adyen Integration

  1. Log in to your Adyen Customer Area
  2. Navigate to Developers → API credentials
  3. Create a new API credential or select an existing one
  4. Copy your API Key from the credential details
  5. Find your Merchant Account identifier in Account → Account settings
  6. For live environment, note your unique endpoint prefix
  7. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Use Test environment for development and testing
  • Live endpoint prefix is only required for production environment
  • Ensure your API credential has the necessary permissions enabled
Adyen API Documentation

Available Operations

Process a payment with Adyen

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount_value number Amount in minor units (e.g., 1000 for $10.00)
currency_code text USD 3-letter currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
reference text Your unique payment reference
return_url text URL to redirect after payment
shopper_email text Customer email address
country_code text US 2-letter country code
Outputs
Name Type Description
psp_reference string Adyen's unique payment reference
result_code string Payment result code
redirect_url string URL for payment completion (if applicable)
payment_data object

Capture an authorized payment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
psp_reference text Original payment PSP reference
modification_amount number Amount to capture in minor units
currency_code text 3-letter currency code
reference text Your unique capture reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
psp_reference string
status string
response string
capture_data object

Process a payment refund

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
psp_reference text PSP reference of payment to refund
modification_amount number Amount to refund in minor units
currency_code text 3-letter currency code
reference text Your unique refund reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
psp_reference string
status string
response string
refund_data object

Cancel an authorized payment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
psp_reference text PSP reference of payment to cancel
reference text Your unique cancellation reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
psp_reference string
status string
response string
cancel_data object

Retrieve available payment methods

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount_value number Transaction amount in minor units
currency_code text USD 3-letter currency code
country_code text US 2-letter country code
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment_methods array Available payment methods
groups array
Agoda Scraper Pro

Agoda Scraper Pro

Extract hotel data, prices, reviews, and availability from Agoda with location-based search and real-time booking information

45 credits

Using Agoda Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Agoda scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from property listings or search operations
  4. Configure location, dates, and guest parameters
  5. The scraper will extract hotel data with prices and availability

Notes:

  • Extract hotel information including prices, reviews, and amenities
  • Search by location with flexible check-in/check-out dates
  • Discover properties by country for market research
  • Guest reviews and ratings analysis
  • Real-time availability and pricing data
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed hotel and property information from Agoda URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Agoda property/hotel URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Detailed hotel information with prices, reviews, and amenities
count number Number of properties scraped

Find hotels and properties by country code

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
countries textarea Country codes to discover properties (e.g., US, CA, TH, JP)
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Properties found in the specified countries
count number Number of properties discovered

Extract properties from Agoda search result URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea Agoda search result URLs with filters applied
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Properties from search results
count number Number of properties found

Search for hotels by location and dates with guest details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location text City or location to search (e.g., "New York", "Tokyo", "Bangkok")
checkIn text Check-in date in YYYY-MM-DD format
checkOut text Check-out date in YYYY-MM-DD format
adults number 2 Number of adult guests
children number 0 Number of child guests
rooms number 1 Number of rooms needed
currency text Currency code for prices (e.g., USD, EUR, THB)
Outputs
Name Type Description
listings array Hotels matching search criteria with availability and pricing
count number Number of listings found
Agorapulse

Agorapulse

Social media management and monitoring platform with advanced analytics and competitive intelligence

Free

Setting up Agorapulse API Integration

  1. Log in to your Agorapulse account
  2. Go to Settings → API & Developer
  3. Click on "Generate API Token" or "Create New Token"
  4. Select the required scopes: read, write, publish, analytics
  5. Copy the generated access token and paste it above
  6. Ensure your account has appropriate permissions for social media management

Notes:

  • API access is available for Agorapulse Pro and higher plans
  • Access tokens don't expire but can be revoked from your account settings
  • Rate limits apply: 300 requests per hour per token
  • Agorapulse supports Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, and Google My Business
  • The platform includes advanced social listening and reporting features
Agorapulse API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of connected social media profiles

Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array
count number
success boolean

Publish or schedule a social media post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileIds textarea Social profile IDs separated by commas
content textarea Content of the social media post
scheduledAt text Schedule post for later (ISO 8601 format). Leave empty for immediate posting.
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
linkUrl text URL to include in the post
tags text Post tags separated by commas
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string
post object
status string
publishedAt string
success boolean

Get published and scheduled posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
status select Filter by post status
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
limit number 50 Maximum number of posts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array
count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
content string
status string
profileName string
publishedAt string
success boolean

Delete a scheduled or draft post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
postId string
success boolean

Get messages from social media inboxes for monitoring

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
status select Filter by message status
messageType select Filter by message type
limit number 50 Maximum number of messages to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
count number
unreadCount number
success boolean

Reply to a social media message or comment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text The ID of the message to reply to
content textarea Content of the reply message
isPrivate select false Whether to reply publicly or privately
Outputs
Name Type Description
replyId string
reply object
success boolean

Get analytics data for social media performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileIds textarea Social profile IDs separated by commas
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
metrics select engagement Type of metrics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
totalEngagement number
totalReach number
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
success boolean

Get posts in the publishing queue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of queued posts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
queuedPosts array
count number
success boolean

Get competitive analysis and monitoring data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
competitorUrl text Social media profile URL of competitor to analyze
platform select Social media platform to analyze
analysisType select overview Type of analysis to perform
Outputs
Name Type Description
analysis object
followerCount number
avgEngagement number
postFrequency number
topPerformingPost object
success boolean
Ahrefs

Ahrefs

SEO analysis and backlink tracking with comprehensive domain metrics, keyword research, and competitive intelligence

Free

Setting up Ahrefs Integration

  1. Log in to your Ahrefs account
  2. Navigate to API → Authentication
  3. Generate a new API token or copy your existing one
  4. Paste the API token in the field above
  5. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Your API token provides access to Ahrefs SEO and backlink data
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is limited by your Ahrefs subscription plan
  • Different endpoints consume different amounts of API credits
  • Monitor your API usage to avoid hitting rate limits
  • Ensure your Ahrefs subscription includes API access
Ahrefs API Documentation

Available Operations

Get domain authority and rating metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain or URL to analyze (e.g., example.com)
mode select domain Type of target to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
domainRating number
urlRating number
backlinks number
referringDomains number
organicKeywords number
organicTraffic number

Get detailed backlink data for a target

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain or URL to get backlinks for
mode select domain
limit number 100 Maximum number of backlinks to return
order select ahrefs_rank
Outputs
Name Type Description
backlinks array
totalBacklinks number
averageDR number
doFollowPercentage number

Get domains linking to your target

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain or URL to analyze
mode select domain
limit number 100 Maximum number of referring domains
Outputs
Name Type Description
referringDomains array
totalReferringDomains number
averageDomainRating number

Get organic search keywords for a target

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain or URL to analyze
country select us Country for keyword analysis
limit number 100 Maximum number of keywords to return
volume number 0 Filter keywords by minimum search volume
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywords array
totalKeywords number
totalTraffic number
averagePosition number

Get top performing pages by organic traffic

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain to analyze (e.g., example.com)
country select us
limit number 50 Maximum number of pages to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array
totalPages number
totalTraffic number

Analyze keyword difficulty and SERP overview

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to analyze for difficulty
country select us
Outputs
Name Type Description
keyword string
difficulty number
volume number
cpc number
globalVolume number
serp array

Find keywords competitors rank for but you don't

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Your domain to compare
competitors textarea Competitor domains, one per line
country select us
limit number 100 Maximum keywords to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
gapKeywords array
totalOpportunities number
potentialTraffic number

Find broken backlinks pointing to your domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain to check for broken backlinks
limit number 100 Maximum number of broken links to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
brokenLinks array
totalBrokenLinks number
recoverableLinks number
Airbnb Scraper Pro

Airbnb Scraper Pro

Extract property listings, host profiles, reviews, and availability from Airbnb with location-based search and guest configuration

45 credits

Using Airbnb Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Airbnb scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from property URLs, location search, or search URL discovery
  4. Configure dates and guest parameters
  5. The scraper will extract property listings with availability and pricing

Notes:

  • Extract property listings with host profiles and reviews
  • Location-based search with flexible date ranges
  • Support for adults, children, infants, and pets
  • Real-time pricing and availability data
  • Host information and property amenities
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed property information from Airbnb listing URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Airbnb property URLs to scrape
country text Optional country code for localized data
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Detailed property listings with host info, reviews, and amenities
count number Number of properties scraped

Find properties by location with dates and guest configuration

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location text Search location (e.g., "Paris, France", "Tokyo, Japan")
checkIn text Check-in date in YYYY-MM-DD format
checkOut text Check-out date in YYYY-MM-DD format
numOfAdults number 2 Number of adult guests
numOfChildren number 0 Number of children (ages 2-12)
numOfInfants number 0 Number of infants (under 2)
numOfPets number 0 Number of pets
country text Optional country code for localized results
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Properties found in the specified location
count number Number of properties discovered

Extract properties from Airbnb search result URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea Airbnb search result URLs with filters applied
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Properties from search results
count number Number of properties found
Airtable

Airtable

Flexible database and CRM platform for organizing data, managing campaigns, and building custom workflows

Free

Setting up Airtable Integration

  1. Log in to your Airtable account
  2. Go to your Personal Access Tokens page
  3. Click "Create new token" to generate a new personal access token
  4. Provide a name for your token (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Configure the token scopes:
  6. - Select the specific bases you want to access
  7. - Grant "Read" and "Write" permissions as needed
  8. - For full functionality, enable: data.records:read, data.records:write, schema.bases:read
  9. Click "Create token" to generate the token
  10. Copy the generated token (you won't see it again)
  11. Paste the token in the Personal Access Token field above
  12. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Personal Access Tokens provide secure, scoped access to your Airtable data
  • Tokens are scoped to specific bases and permissions you configure
  • You can revoke tokens anytime from the Personal Access Tokens page
  • API rate limits: 5 requests per second, 1000 requests per minute
  • Some features require specific Airtable plan levels
  • Always keep your tokens secure and never share them publicly
  • Test with a sample base first to ensure proper permissions
  • Monitor your API usage in your Airtable account settings
Airtable API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all accessible Airtable bases

Outputs
Name Type Description
bases array Array of accessible bases
total number

Get all tables within a specific base

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
Outputs
Name Type Description
tables array Array of tables in the base
total number

Retrieve records from an Airtable table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
filterByFormula text Airtable formula to filter records (e.g., {Status} = "Active")
view text Name of the view to use for filtering
sort textarea JSON array for sorting (e.g., [{"field":"Name","direction":"asc"}])
fields text Comma-separated field names (leave empty for all fields)
maxRecords number 100 Maximum number of records to return (max 100 per request)
Outputs
Name Type Description
records array
total number

Get a specific record by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
recordId text The ID of the record to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
record object
id string
fields object

Create a new record in an Airtable table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
fields textarea {"Name": "Example Record", "Status": "Active"} JSON object with field names and values
Outputs
Name Type Description
record object
id string
success boolean

Update an existing record in an Airtable table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
recordId text The ID of the record to update
fields textarea {"Status": "Updated"} JSON object with field names and new values
destructiveUpdate select false
Outputs
Name Type Description
record object
id string
success boolean

Delete a record from an Airtable table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
recordId text The ID of the record to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string
deletedId string

Create multiple records at once

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
records textarea [{"fields": {"Name": "Record 1"}}, {"fields": {"Name": "Record 2"}}] JSON array of record objects with fields
Outputs
Name Type Description
records array
success boolean
total number

Update multiple records at once

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
records textarea [{"id": "recXXX", "fields": {"Status": "Updated"}}] JSON array of record objects with id and fields
destructiveUpdate select false
Outputs
Name Type Description
records array
success boolean
total number

Get table structure and field information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
baseId text The ID of the Airtable base
tableIdOrName text The ID or name of the table
Outputs
Name Type Description
schema object
fields array
views array
Alibaba

Alibaba

B2B marketplace and sourcing platform for wholesale purchasing and supplier management

Free

Setting up Alibaba Integration

  1. Register for Alibaba Open Platform
  2. Create a new application in the developer console
  3. Submit your application for approval (may take several days)
  4. Once approved, copy your App Key and App Secret
  5. Set up OAuth2 authentication to get Access Token (if needed)
  6. Configure your application permissions and API access
  7. Choose the appropriate environment (Sandbox for testing)
  8. Enter your App Key, App Secret, and Access Token above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Alibaba API requires application approval before use
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Some APIs require additional business verification
  • Access Token is needed for user-specific operations
  • Rate limits vary by API and application tier
  • Different regions may have different API endpoints
Alibaba Open Platform Documentation

Available Operations

Search for products on Alibaba marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for products
category_id text Alibaba category ID to filter results
min_price text Minimum price filter (USD)
max_price text Maximum price filter (USD)
min_order_quantity number Minimum order quantity
page_no number 1 Page number for pagination
page_size number 20 Number of results per page (max 50)
sort select default
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
total_count number Total number of products found
current_page number
page_size number

Get detailed information about a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Alibaba product ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Complete product information
product_id string
subject string
price object
min_order_quantity number
supplier_info object

Get information about a supplier

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
supplier_id text Alibaba supplier ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
supplier object Complete supplier information
supplier_id string
company_name string
country string
main_products string
gold_supplier boolean

Search for suppliers on Alibaba

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for suppliers
country text Filter by supplier country
gold_supplier checkbox Show only Gold Suppliers
page_no number 1 Page number for pagination
page_size number 20 Number of results per page (max 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
suppliers array Array of supplier objects
total_count number Total number of suppliers found

Get Alibaba product categories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
parent_id text Parent category ID (leave empty for top-level)
level select 1
Outputs
Name Type Description
categories array Array of category objects
total_count number

Create a Request for Quotation (requires authentication)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Subject/title of the RFQ
description textarea Detailed description of requirements
category_id text Product category ID
quantity number Required quantity
unit text Unit of measurement (e.g., pieces, kg, etc.)
target_price text Target price range
Outputs
Name Type Description
rfq_id string Created RFQ ID
status string
created_time string
AliExpress

AliExpress

Dropshipping and product sourcing platform for e-commerce businesses

Free

Setting up AliExpress Integration

  1. Apply for AliExpress Open Platform access
  2. Create a new application in the developer portal
  3. Submit your application for review and approval
  4. Once approved, copy your App Key and App Secret
  5. If you want affiliate features, join the AliExpress Affiliate Program
  6. Copy your Tracking ID from the affiliate dashboard
  7. Choose the appropriate environment (Sandbox for testing)
  8. Enter your App Key, App Secret, and Tracking ID above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • AliExpress API requires application approval
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Affiliate features require separate program enrollment
  • Rate limits apply based on your application tier
  • Some APIs require additional business verification
  • Different endpoints may have different access requirements
AliExpress Open Platform Documentation

Available Operations

Search for products on AliExpress

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for products
category_ids text Comma-separated category IDs
min_price text Minimum price filter (USD)
max_price text Maximum price filter (USD)
platform_product_type select
page_no number 1 Page number for pagination
page_size number 20 Number of results per page (max 50)
sort select SALE_PRICE_ASC
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
current_page_no number
current_record_count number
total_record_count number

Get detailed information about specific products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_ids textarea Comma-separated AliExpress product IDs
fields text Specific fields to retrieve (comma-separated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of detailed product information
total_result_count number

Get trending/hot products from AliExpress

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category_ids text Comma-separated category IDs
delivery_days number Maximum delivery days filter
fields text Specific fields to retrieve
keywords text Search keywords
max_sale_price text Maximum sale price (USD)
min_sale_price text Minimum sale price (USD)
page_no number 1
page_size number 50 Number of results per page (max 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of trending product objects
current_page_no number
current_record_count number

Get AliExpress product categories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
app_signature text Application signature
Outputs
Name Type Description
categories array Array of category objects
total_result_count number

Generate affiliate tracking links for products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
source_values textarea Comma-separated product URLs or IDs
promotion_link_type select 0
Outputs
Name Type Description
promotion_links array Array of generated affiliate links
total_result_count number

Get affiliate order list (requires affiliate access)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fields text Specific fields to retrieve
start_time text Start time for order query (YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss)
end_time text End time for order query (YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss)
time_type select create_time
page_size number 50 Number of orders per page (max 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of affiliate order objects
current_record_count number
Amazon Advertising

Amazon Advertising

Manage Amazon advertising campaigns for Sponsored Products, Sponsored Brands, and Sponsored Display. Track performance, optimize keywords, and analyze search terms for marketplace advertising.

Free

Setting up Amazon Advertising Integration

  1. Visit the Amazon Advertising API portal
  2. Log in with your Amazon Seller Central or Vendor Central account
  3. Apply for API access and wait for approval (can take several days)
  4. Once approved, create a new application in the developer console
  5. Generate your Client ID and Secret from the application settings
  6. Use the Login with Amazon OAuth flow to get an access token
  7. Get your Profile ID from the advertising console or API profiles endpoint
  8. Select your appropriate region (NA, EU, or FE)
  9. Enter all credentials above

Notes:

  • Amazon Advertising API requires approval - not instantly accessible
  • You need an active Amazon Seller Central or Vendor Central account
  • API access is limited to approved advertisers with significant spend
  • Access tokens expire and need to be refreshed regularly
  • Different endpoints are used for different regions
  • Rate limits apply - check Amazon's documentation for current limits
  • Sponsored Products, Sponsored Brands, and Sponsored Display have different endpoints
Amazon Advertising API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve advertising campaigns from Amazon Advertising

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignType select Type of Amazon advertising campaign
stateFilter select Filter campaigns by state
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of advertising campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve ad groups from Amazon Advertising campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignType select Type of Amazon advertising campaign
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
adGroups array List of ad groups
totalCount number

Retrieve keywords from Amazon Advertising campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignType select Type of Amazon advertising campaign
adGroupId text Filter by specific ad group ID
matchType select Filter by keyword match type
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywords array List of keywords
totalCount number

Get advertising performance reports and analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reportType select Type of report to generate
campaignType select Type of Amazon advertising campaign
reportDate text Date for the report (YYYYMMDD format)
metrics textarea ["impressions", "clicks", "cost", "attributedConversions1d", "attributedSales1d"] Metrics to include (JSON array)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array Performance metrics and analytics data
totalSpend number Total advertising spend
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
totalSales number Total attributed sales

Create a new Amazon advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignType select Type of Amazon advertising campaign
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
targetingType select Campaign targeting type
dailyBudget number Daily budget for the campaign
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYYMMDD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Update an existing Amazon advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignType select Type of Amazon advertising campaign
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Retrieve product ads from Amazon advertising campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adGroupId text Filter by specific ad group ID
stateFilter select Filter ads by state
Outputs
Name Type Description
productAds array List of product ads
totalCount number

Get search term reports to find new keyword opportunities

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignType select Type of Amazon advertising campaign
reportDate text Date for the search terms report (YYYYMMDD)
minImpressions number 10 Filter search terms with minimum impressions
Outputs
Name Type Description
searchTerms array Search terms that triggered ads
topPerformingTerms array Search terms with best performance
Amazon Associates API

Amazon Associates API

Amazon affiliate program management and tracking

Free

Setting up Amazon Associates API

  1. Join the Amazon Associates Program
  2. Create an AWS account and get API credentials
  3. Navigate to AWS Console → IAM → Users → Create User
  4. Attach the "ProductAdvertisingAPIFullAccess" policy
  5. Generate Access Key ID and Secret Access Key
  6. Get your Associate Tag from Amazon Associates Central
  7. Paste the credentials and Associate Tag above and save

Notes:

  • You need both an Amazon Associates account AND AWS account
  • The Product Advertising API requires separate AWS credentials
  • API access may require account approval and performance history
  • Rate limits apply (default: 1 request per second, 8640 per day)
  • Keep your AWS credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Some operations may require additional marketplace-specific permissions
Amazon Product Advertising API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for products in Amazon catalog

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Search keywords or phrases
search_index select All Amazon product category
sort_by select Relevance Sort results by criteria
min_price number Minimum price in cents (e.g., 1000 = $10.00)
max_price number Maximum price in cents (e.g., 5000 = $50.00)
item_count number 10 Number of items to return (max 10)
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of product items
total_results number Approximate total number of results
search_terms string Keywords used for search

Get detailed information for specific products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
asins textarea Comma-separated list of Amazon ASINs (max 10)
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of detailed product information
valid_asins array List of valid ASINs found
invalid_asins array List of invalid or not found ASINs

Get Amazon category browse node information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
browse_node_ids textarea Comma-separated list of browse node IDs
Outputs
Name Type Description
browse_nodes array Array of browse node information
categories array Category hierarchy information

Get product variations (size, color, etc.)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
asin text Parent product ASIN with variations
variation_count number 10 Maximum number of variations to return (max 10)
Outputs
Name Type Description
variations array Array of product variations
variation_summary object Summary of available variations
parent_asin string Parent product ASIN

Create Amazon affiliate tracking links

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
asin text Amazon product ASIN
link_type select product Type of affiliate link
custom_id text Custom identifier for tracking
Outputs
Name Type Description
affiliate_link string Generated affiliate tracking link
short_link string Shortened Amazon link
tracking_info object Link tracking information

Track price changes for products (simulated)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
asin text Amazon product ASIN
days_back number 30 Number of days to look back (simulated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
current_price object Current product price information
price_trend string Price trend analysis
product_info object Basic product information
Amazon Drive

Amazon Drive

Cloud storage service by Amazon for file backup and sharing

Free

Setting up Amazon Drive Integration

  1. Go to the Amazon Developer Console
  2. Create a new security profile for your application
  3. Add your redirect URI: /oauth/callback/amazondrive
  4. Copy the Client ID and Client Secret from the security profile
  5. Add these credentials to your environment configuration
  6. Click the "Connect" button to authorize TaskAGI access to your Amazon Drive

Notes:

  • Amazon Drive API access is limited and may not be available for new applications
  • Existing Amazon Drive applications should continue to work
  • Make sure your Amazon Developer account has the necessary permissions
  • The integration will have access to read and write files in your Amazon Drive
Amazon Drive API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload a file to Amazon Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_path text Path to upload folder (e.g., /Documents/MyFolder). Leave empty for root folder.
file_name text Name for the uploaded file including extension
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_id string Unique identifier of the uploaded file
download_url string URL to download the file
file_size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Download a file from Amazon Drive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to download
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_content binary The downloaded file content
file_name string Original name of the file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes

List files and folders in Amazon Drive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_path text Path to list files from. Leave empty for root folder.
limit number 50 Maximum number of files to return (1-200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array List of files and folders
total_count number Total number of items found

Delete a file from Amazon Drive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the file was successfully deleted
message string Status message

Create a new folder in Amazon Drive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_name text Name of the folder to create
parent_path text Path where to create the folder. Leave empty for root.
Outputs
Name Type Description
folder_id string ID of the created folder
folder_path string Full path of the created folder
Amazon Marketplace

Amazon Marketplace

Amazon seller automation for managing products, orders, and inventory

Free

Setting up Amazon Marketplace Integration

  1. Sign in to your Amazon Seller Central account
  2. Go to Settings → User Permissions
  3. Click "Add New User" or manage existing developer users
  4. Grant necessary permissions for API access
  5. Navigate to Developer Console or contact Amazon Developer Support
  6. Apply for SP-API access (replaces MWS)
  7. Once approved, obtain your Access Key ID and Secret Access Key
  8. Find your Seller ID in your account settings
  9. Select the appropriate marketplace and AWS region
  10. Enter your credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • SP-API has replaced MWS - ensure you have SP-API access
  • API access requires approval from Amazon
  • Different marketplaces require different credentials
  • Rate limits apply - monitor your API usage
  • Keep credentials secure and never share publicly
  • Some operations may require additional permissions
Amazon SP-API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve orders from Amazon marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
created_after text ISO 8601 date (e.g., 2023-01-01T00:00:00Z)
created_before text ISO 8601 date (e.g., 2023-12-31T23:59:59Z)
order_statuses select
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of Amazon order objects
total number Total number of orders found

Get specific order details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text Amazon order ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Complete order details
amazon_order_id string
order_status string
order_total object

Get items for a specific order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text Amazon order ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_items array Array of items in the order
total_items number Total number of items

Retrieve inventory levels for products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sku_list textarea Comma-separated list of SKUs (leave empty for all)
granularity select Marketplace
Outputs
Name Type Description
inventory_summaries array Array of inventory summary objects
total number Total number of inventory items

Update inventory quantity for a product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sku text Product SKU to update
quantity number New inventory quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
feed_id string ID of the inventory update feed
status string Status of the inventory update

Retrieve product catalog information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
identifiers textarea Comma-separated ASINs, SKUs, or UPCs
identifier_type select ASIN
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product catalog items
total number Total number of products found

Create a fulfillment order (FBA)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
seller_fulfillment_order_id text Your unique identifier for this fulfillment order
displayable_order_id text Order ID displayed to customer
shipping_speed_category select Standard
destination_address textarea JSON object with address details
items textarea JSON array of items to fulfill
Outputs
Name Type Description
fulfillment_order object Created fulfillment order details
status string Status of the fulfillment order
Amplitude

Amplitude

Product analytics and user journey optimization with advanced behavioral insights and retention analysis

Free

Setting up Amplitude API Integration

  1. Log in to your Amplitude account
  2. Go to Settings → Projects
  3. Select your project and navigate to the General tab
  4. Find your API Key and Secret Key in the Keys section
  5. Copy both the API Key and Secret Key
  6. If needed, find your Organization ID in Settings → Organization Settings
  7. Enter the credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • API and Secret keys are project-specific in Amplitude
  • Organization ID is optional but may be required for some advanced features
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Amplitude has rate limits - monitor your API usage
  • Different projects will have different API keys
Amplitude HTTP API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a custom event to Amplitude for analytics tracking

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Unique identifier for the user
eventType text Name of the event to track
eventProperties textarea {} Additional properties for the event
userProperties textarea {} User properties to set
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
eventId string
timestamp string

Get activity data for a specific user over a time period

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text User to get activity for
startDate text Start date for activity lookup
endDate text End date for activity lookup
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
sessionCount number
totalEvents number

Get event counts segmented by user properties

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventType text Event to analyze
startDate text
endDate text
segmentBy text Property to segment by (optional)
interval select day
Outputs
Name Type Description
segmentationData array
totalEvents number
uniqueUsers number

Analyze conversion funnels with multiple steps

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
funnelSteps textarea Array of events representing funnel steps
startDate text
endDate text
conversionWindow number 7 Number of days for conversion window
Outputs
Name Type Description
funnelData array
conversionRates array
overallConversion number

Analyze user retention over time periods

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startEvent text Event that defines start of retention analysis
returnEvent text Event that indicates user return
startDate text
endDate text
retentionType select rolling
Outputs
Name Type Description
retentionData array
retentionRates array
cohortSizes array

Search for users based on user properties or event criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Specific user ID to search for
userProperties textarea Filter users by properties
limit number 100 Maximum number of users to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
users array
userCount number
userProperties array

Analyze revenue metrics and trends

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
revenueProperty text Event property that contains revenue value
startDate text
endDate text
interval select day
Outputs
Name Type Description
revenueData array
totalRevenue number
averageRevenue number
revenueGrowth number

Analyze user journey paths and common user flows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startEvent text Event to start path analysis from
endEvent text Event to end path analysis at
startDate text
endDate text
pathLength number 5 Maximum number of steps in path
Outputs
Name Type Description
pathData array
commonPaths array
pathCounts object
Anthropic

Anthropic

Connect to Anthropic API to use Claude models for text generation, analysis, and more.

Free

Setting up your Anthropic API Key

  1. Go to Anthropic Console (you must be logged into your Anthropic account)
  2. Navigate to "API Keys" in the left sidebar
  3. Click "Create Key" button
  4. Give your key a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy the generated API key (it starts with "sk-ant-")
  6. Paste the API key into the form above and save
  7. You can now use Claude models (Opus, Sonnet, Haiku) in your workflows

Notes:

  • You need to add credits to your Anthropic account for API usage
  • API usage is billed based on input and output tokens consumed
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • You can monitor usage and manage billing in the Anthropic Console
  • Claude Sonnet 4.5 (Latest) is the best model for coding, agents, and most complex tasks
  • Claude Opus 4.1 offers exceptional reasoning for specialized complex tasks
  • Different models have different capabilities and pricing - choose based on your needs
Anthropic API Documentation

Available Operations

Generate text using Claude models from Anthropic

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
prompt string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Enter your prompt text. You can drag & drop parameters from previous nodes.
model select claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929 Select the Claude model to use
temperature float 0.7 Controls randomness: 0 = deterministic, 1 = creative
max_tokens number 1000 Maximum number of tokens to generate
system_prompt textarea Optional system prompt to set the assistant's behavior
json_schema code Define output structure. Response is GUARANTEED to match this schema. Example: {"type": "object", "properties": {"title": {"type": "string"}, "score": {"type": "number"}}, "required": ["title", "score"]}
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string
data object
usage object
model string
stop_reason string

Analyze images using Claude's vision capabilities

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
images array Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
images textarea Image URLs or file paths (one per line), or drag & drop parameters from previous nodes that output images
prompt textarea What would you like to know about the image(s)? You can use parameters from previous nodes.
model select claude-sonnet-4-5-20250929 Select the Claude vision model to use
temperature float 0.7 Controls randomness: 0 = deterministic, 1 = creative
max_tokens number 1000 Maximum number of tokens to generate
Outputs
Name Type Description
analysis string
usage object
model string
images_analyzed number
Apache Airflow

Apache Airflow

Workflow orchestration platform for data engineering and ETL pipelines

Free

Setting up Apache Airflow Integration

  1. Access your Apache Airflow web interface
  2. Go to Admin → Users to create or use an existing user account
  3. Ensure the user has appropriate permissions (Admin or Op roles recommended)
  4. Note your Airflow instance base URL (e.g., https://airflow.company.com)
  5. Enter the base URL, username, and password above
  6. Save the configuration to connect to your Airflow instance

Notes:

  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The user account should have permissions to view and trigger DAGs
  • For production environments, consider using API tokens instead of passwords
  • Ensure your Airflow instance has the REST API enabled
  • This integration uses Airflow REST API v1 endpoints
  • Some operations may require Admin permissions depending on your Airflow configuration
Apache Airflow REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of all DAGs in your Airflow instance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
only_active checkbox Only return active (non-paused) DAGs
limit number 100 Maximum number of DAGs to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
dags array List of Airflow DAGs
count number Total number of DAGs returned

Get detailed information about a specific DAG

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dag_id text The unique identifier of the DAG
Outputs
Name Type Description
dag_id string The unique identifier of the DAG
is_paused boolean Whether the DAG is currently paused
is_active boolean Whether the DAG is currently active
schedule_interval string The scheduling interval for the DAG
last_run_date string Date of the most recent DAG run

Pause or unpause a specific DAG

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dag_id text The unique identifier of the DAG
action select
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
is_paused boolean The new pause state of the DAG
message string Details about the operation

Manually trigger a DAG run with optional configuration

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dag_id text The unique identifier of the DAG to trigger
run_id text Custom run ID (optional, auto-generated if empty)
conf textarea {} Configuration parameters to pass to the DAG as JSON
Outputs
Name Type Description
dag_run_id string Unique identifier for the triggered DAG run
execution_date string The execution date of the DAG run
success boolean Whether the trigger was successful
state string Initial state of the DAG run

Retrieve execution history for a specific DAG

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dag_id text The unique identifier of the DAG
limit number 25 Maximum number of DAG runs to retrieve
state_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
dag_runs array List of DAG execution records
count number Number of DAG runs returned

Retrieve task instances for a specific DAG run

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dag_id text The unique identifier of the DAG
dag_run_id text The unique identifier of the DAG run
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_instances array List of task instances in the DAG run
count number Number of task instances returned

Retrieve a list of Airflow connections

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
connection_type text Filter by connection type (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
connections array List of Airflow connections
count number Number of connections returned

Retrieve a list of Airflow variables

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of variables to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
variables array List of Airflow variables
count number Number of variables returned
Api2PDF

Api2PDF

Convert HTML to professional PDF documents using Headless Chrome. Generate proposals, invoices, reports, and certificates with full CSS support.

Free

Setting up Api2PDF Integration

  1. Go to Api2PDF Portal and create an account
  2. After logging in, you will see your API Key on the dashboard
  3. Copy the API Key and paste it in the field above
  4. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Api2PDF converts HTML to professional PDF documents using Headless Chrome
  • Free tier includes 800 PDF generations per month
  • Generated PDFs are hosted for 24 hours by default
  • Supports page orientation, margins, headers/footers, and more
  • Perfect for generating proposals, invoices, reports, and certificates
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
Api2PDF API Documentation

Available Operations

Convert HTML content to a professional PDF document using Headless Chrome. Perfect for proposals, invoices, reports, and certificates.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
html code The HTML content to convert to PDF. Supports full HTML, CSS, and inline styles.
fileName text Output file name without extension (e.g., "proposal"). If empty, a default name will be used.
landscape checkbox Use landscape page orientation instead of portrait
pageSize select Letter Paper size for the PDF
marginTop number 0.4 Top margin in inches (e.g., 0.5)
marginBottom number 0.4 Bottom margin in inches
marginLeft number 0.4 Left margin in inches
marginRight number 0.4 Right margin in inches
printBackground checkbox 1 Include background colors and images in the PDF
delay number Wait time in milliseconds before generating PDF. Useful for pages with JavaScript animations or lazy-loaded content.
Outputs
Name Type Description
pdf_url string Temporary URL of the generated PDF (valid for 24 hours)
pdf_data binary Binary PDF content for uploading to other services
response_id string Unique identifier for the generated PDF
cost number API call cost
success boolean

Convert any public webpage to a PDF document. Captures the page exactly as it appears in a browser.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text The full URL of the webpage to convert to PDF (must be publicly accessible)
fileName text Output file name without extension
landscape checkbox Use landscape page orientation
pageSize select Letter
marginTop number 0.4
marginBottom number 0.4
marginLeft number 0.4
marginRight number 0.4
printBackground checkbox 1 Include background colors and images
delay number Wait time for JavaScript to execute before capture
Outputs
Name Type Description
pdf_url string Temporary URL of the generated PDF
pdf_data binary Binary PDF content
response_id string
cost number
success boolean

Combine multiple PDF documents into a single PDF file.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pdfUrls textarea Enter PDF URLs to merge, one per line, or as a JSON array
fileName text Output file name without extension
Outputs
Name Type Description
pdf_url string Temporary URL of the merged PDF
pdf_data binary Binary PDF content
response_id string
cost number
success boolean
Apollo

Apollo

B2B lead generation and sales intelligence platform with contact database, email sequences, and prospecting automation

Free

Setting up Apollo Integration

  1. Log in to your Apollo.io account
  2. Navigate to Settings → Integrations & API
  3. Click "Create API Key" and give it a descriptive name
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  6. Your Apollo integration is now ready for lead generation and prospecting

Notes:

  • API access is available on Apollo paid plans
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Rate limits apply based on your Apollo subscription plan
  • The integration supports contact search, enrichment, and email sequences
  • Contact your Apollo account manager for increased API limits
Apollo API Documentation

Available Operations

Search Apollo database for B2B contacts and leads

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text General search query (name, company, title, etc.)
job_titles textarea [] Array of job titles to search for (e.g., ["CEO", "CTO", "Marketing Manager"])
company_names textarea [] Array of company names to search within
industries textarea [] Array of industries to filter by
locations textarea [] Array of locations (cities, states, countries)
company_size select Filter by company size
limit number 25 Maximum number of contacts to return (default: 25, max: 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of found contacts with details
total_results number Total number of contacts matching the search
search_query string The search query that was executed

Get detailed information about a specific contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to enrich (either email or contact_id required)
contact_id text Apollo contact ID to enrich (either email or contact_id required)
reveal_email checkbox Spend credits to reveal email address if hidden
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Enriched contact information
company object Company information for the contact
email_revealed boolean Whether email was successfully revealed

Search Apollo database for companies and organizations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Company name or domain to search for
industries textarea [] Array of industries to filter by
locations textarea [] Array of locations (cities, states, countries)
employee_count_min number Minimum number of employees
employee_count_max number Maximum number of employees
revenue_min number Minimum annual revenue in USD
revenue_max number Maximum annual revenue in USD
limit number 25 Maximum number of companies to return (default: 25, max: 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Array of found companies with details
total_results number Total number of companies matching the search

Get detailed information about a specific company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to enrich (either domain or company_id required)
company_id text Apollo company ID to enrich (either domain or company_id required)
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object Enriched company information
technology_stack array Technologies used by the company
funding_info object Company funding rounds and investors

Create a new email outreach sequence in Apollo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequence_name text Name for the email sequence
email_steps textarea [{"subject": "Introduction", "body": "Hi {{first_name}}, ...", "wait_days": 0}, {"subject": "Follow up", "body": "Hi {{first_name}}, following up...", "wait_days": 3}] Array of email steps with subject, body, and wait days
from_email text Sender email address (must be verified in Apollo)
Outputs
Name Type Description
sequence_id string ID of the created sequence
sequence_name string Name of the created sequence
steps_count number Number of steps in the sequence

Add contacts to an existing email sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequence_id text ID of the sequence to add contacts to
contact_ids textarea [] Array of Apollo contact IDs to add to sequence
emails textarea [] Array of email addresses to add to sequence
Outputs
Name Type Description
added_count number Number of contacts successfully added to sequence
failed_count number Number of contacts that failed to be added
sequence_id string ID of the sequence contacts were added to

Retrieve all email sequences and their performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter sequences by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
sequences array List of email sequences with performance data
total_count number Total number of sequences

Retrieve contacts currently in a specific sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequence_id text ID of the sequence to get contacts from
status select Filter contacts by their sequence status
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Contacts in the sequence with their status
sequence_id string ID of the sequence
performance_stats object Sequence performance statistics

Retrieve email activity and engagement data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_range select Time period for email activity
sequence_id text Filter activity by specific sequence (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array List of email activities (opens, clicks, replies, etc.)
summary_stats object Aggregated email performance metrics
date_range string Date range of the activity data
Apple App Store Scraper Pro

Apple App Store Scraper Pro

Extract iOS app data and user reviews from Apple App Store with developer analytics and ASO insights

45 credits

Using Apple App Store Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Apple App Store scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between app details or reviews extraction
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract iOS app data and user reviews

Notes:

  • Extract comprehensive iOS app information
  • Gather user reviews with ratings and feedback
  • Developer profile and app metrics analysis
  • Multi-country App Store support
  • App Store Optimization (ASO) insights
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed information about iOS apps from Apple App Store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Apple App Store app URLs (e.g., https://apps.apple.com/us/app/app-name/id123456789)
Outputs
Name Type Description
apps array Comprehensive app information including ratings, downloads, developer details
count number Number of apps scraped

Extract user reviews and ratings for iOS apps from Apple App Store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Apple App Store app URLs to extract reviews from
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array User reviews with ratings, text, dates, and user information
count number Number of reviews scraped
Asana

Asana

Team collaboration and project management platform for organizing work and tracking progress

Free

Setting up Asana Integration

  1. Log in to your Asana account
  2. Click on your profile photo in the top right corner
  3. Select "My Settings" from the dropdown menu
  4. Go to the "Apps" tab in the left sidebar
  5. Scroll down to "Personal Access Tokens" section
  6. Click "Create New Personal Access Token"
  7. Enter a description for your token (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  8. Copy the generated token and paste it above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your Personal Access Token secure and never share it publicly
  • The token provides access to all workspaces you belong to
  • You can revoke the token anytime from your Asana settings
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions in your Asana workspaces
Asana API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new task in Asana

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the task to create
notes textarea Detailed description of the task
project_gid text The ID of the project to add the task to
assignee text Email of the person to assign the task to
due_date text Due date in YYYY-MM-DD format
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_gid string The unique ID of the created task
task_url string The URL to view the task in Asana
task_name string The name of the created task

Update an existing task in Asana

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
task_gid text The ID of the task to update
name text New name for the task
notes textarea Updated description of the task
completed select Mark task as completed or incomplete
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_gid string The unique ID of the updated task
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve details of a specific task

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
task_gid text The ID of the task to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_gid string
name string
notes string
completed boolean
due_date string
assignee object
project object

List tasks from a project or workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_gid text ID of project to list tasks from (leave empty for all tasks)
assignee text Filter tasks by assignee email
completed_since text Only return tasks completed after this date (YYYY-MM-DD)
limit number 50 Maximum number of tasks to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array Array of task objects
count number Number of tasks returned

Create a new project in Asana

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the project to create
notes textarea Description of the project
team_gid text The ID of the team to create the project in
public select true Whether the project should be public to the team
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_gid string The unique ID of the created project
project_url string The URL to view the project in Asana
project_name string The name of the created project
AspireIQ

AspireIQ

Influencer marketing platform and campaign management with creator discovery and performance tracking

Free

Setting up AspireIQ Integration

  1. Log in to your AspireIQ account
  2. Go to Settings → API Access or Developer Settings
  3. Generate a new API token for TaskAGI integration
  4. Copy your Brand ID from the account settings or URL
  5. Copy the API token and Brand ID above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Both API token and Brand ID are required for authentication
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls are subject to AspireIQ rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • You can manage API access from your AspireIQ settings
  • Contact AspireIQ support if you need API access enabled
AspireIQ API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for influencers based on criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for in influencer profiles
platform select Social media platform to search on
minFollowers number Minimum follower count
maxFollowers number Maximum follower count
location text Geographic location or region
limit number 50 Maximum number of influencers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of influencer profiles matching the search criteria
count number Number of influencers found

Create a new influencer marketing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the campaign
description textarea Detailed description of the campaign
budget number Campaign budget in dollars
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string The created campaign ID
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Invite an influencer to join a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign to invite the influencer to
influencerId text The ID of the influencer to invite
message textarea Custom message to include with the invitation
Outputs
Name Type Description
invitationId string The created invitation ID
success boolean Whether the invitation was sent successfully

Retrieve all campaigns for the brand

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign data
count number Number of campaigns returned

Get performance metrics for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign to get performance for
Outputs
Name Type Description
performance object Campaign performance data including impressions, engagement, and ROI
success boolean Whether the performance data was retrieved successfully

Get detailed profile information for an influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
influencerId text The ID of the influencer to get profile for
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Detailed influencer profile including demographics and metrics
found boolean Whether the influencer profile was found
AssemblyAI

AssemblyAI

Speech-to-text transcription for audio and video files with speaker diarization and AI summaries

Free

Setting up AssemblyAI Integration

  1. Create an account at AssemblyAI
  2. Go to your Dashboard
  3. Copy your API key from the dashboard
  4. Paste the API key above and save
  5. You can now transcribe audio and video files in your workflows

Notes:

  • AssemblyAI supports 99+ languages for transcription
  • Pricing is $0.15/hour for pre-recorded audio
  • Supports audio and video files accessible via URL
  • Transcription is asynchronous - results may take a few seconds to minutes
  • Supports additional features like speaker diarization and sentiment analysis
AssemblyAI API Documentation

Available Operations

Transcribe audio or video from a URL. Supports MP3, MP4, WAV, M4A, WEBM, and more.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audio_url text URL to the audio or video file to transcribe (must be publicly accessible)
language_code select en Language of the audio (auto-detect if not specified)
speaker_labels checkbox Identify different speakers in the audio
punctuate checkbox 1 Automatically add punctuation to the transcript
format_text checkbox 1 Apply text formatting (capitalize sentences, etc.)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the transcription completed successfully
transcript_id string Unique identifier for the transcript
text string The full transcribed text
words array Word-level transcription with timestamps and confidence
utterances array Speaker-segmented utterances (if speaker_labels enabled)
confidence number Overall confidence score (0-1)
audio_duration number Duration of the audio in seconds
language_code string The detected or specified language code

Transcribe audio/video and generate an AI summary of the content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audio_url text URL to the audio or video file to transcribe
language_code select en Language of the audio
summary_model select informative Style of summary to generate
summary_type select bullets Format of the summary
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the transcription completed successfully
transcript_id string Unique identifier for the transcript
text string The full transcribed text
summary string AI-generated summary of the content
confidence number Overall confidence score (0-1)
audio_duration number Duration of the audio in seconds

Check the status of a transcript or retrieve completed transcript

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transcript_id text The transcript ID returned from a transcription request
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the request succeeded
status string Transcript status: queued, processing, completed, or error
text string The transcribed text (if completed)
error string Error message if transcription failed
Authorize.Net

Authorize.Net

Payment gateway service for secure online transactions

Free

Setting up Authorize.Net Integration

  1. Log in to your Authorize.Net merchant account
  2. Navigate to Account → Settings → Security Settings → General Security Settings → API Credentials & Keys
  3. Copy your API Login ID and Transaction Key
  4. If you don't see a Transaction Key, click "New Transaction Key" to generate one
  5. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Production for live)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Transaction Keys are only displayed once - save them immediately
  • Ensure your account has API access enabled
Authorize.Net API Documentation

Available Operations

Process a credit card payment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Transaction amount in dollars (e.g., 10.99)
card_number text Credit card number
expiry_month text 2-digit month (01-12)
expiry_year text 4-digit year (e.g., 2025)
cvv text Card verification value
description text Transaction description
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string The transaction's unique ID
response_code string Transaction response code (1=Approved, 2=Declined, 3=Error)
auth_code string Authorization code from processor
amount number Transaction amount
transaction_data object Complete transaction response

Cancel/void an authorized transaction

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text The transaction ID to void
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
response_code string
message string
transaction_data object

Refund a settled transaction

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text The original transaction ID to refund
amount number Amount to refund in dollars
last_four text Last 4 digits of the original card
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
response_code string
amount number
message string
transaction_data object

Retrieve details of a specific transaction

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text The transaction ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
status string
amount number
submit_time string
transaction_data object

Create a customer profile for recurring billing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
merchant_customer_id text Your unique customer identifier
email text Customer email address
description text Customer description
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_profile_id string
response_code string
message string
profile_data object
Autopilot

Autopilot

Visual marketing automation platform with drag-and-drop journey builder

Free

Setting up Autopilot Integration

  1. Log in to your Autopilot account
  2. Go to Settings → Autopilot API
  3. Click "Generate New Key" if you don't have one
  4. Copy the API key provided
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • You can manage your API keys from the Autopilot settings
  • API calls are subject to Autopilot rate limits (120 requests per minute)
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from settings
Autopilot API Documentation

Available Operations

Add or update a contact in Autopilot

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
firstName text Contact first name
lastName text Contact last name
company text Contact company name
phone text Contact phone number
customFields textarea {} Additional contact fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId string The Autopilot contact ID
status string Created or Updated

Add a contact to an Autopilot journey

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
triggerId text The ID of the journey trigger
contactId text The Autopilot contact ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was added to the journey
message string Success or error message

Add a contact to an Autopilot list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listId text The ID of the list
contactId text The Autopilot contact ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was added to the list
message string Success or error message

Retrieve contact information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for contact lookup
lookupValue text The email address or contact ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Complete contact information from Autopilot
found boolean Whether the contact was found

Retrieve all Autopilot journeys

Outputs
Name Type Description
journeys array Array of Autopilot journeys
count number Number of journeys returned

Retrieve all Autopilot lists

Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of Autopilot lists
count number Number of lists returned

Unsubscribe a contact from all marketing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Autopilot contact ID to unsubscribe
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was unsubscribed
message string Success or error message
Awario

Awario

Social listening and influencer identification platform with comprehensive brand monitoring

Free

Setting up Awario Integration

  1. Log in to your Awario account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API token
  4. Paste the token above and save

Notes:

  • Awario provides social listening and influencer identification
  • API usage is subject to your subscription limits
Awario API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for brand mentions and discussions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text
Outputs
Name Type Description
mentions array

Discover influencers talking about topics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
topic text
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array
AWS S3

AWS S3

Amazon S3 cloud storage service for uploading, downloading, and managing files in buckets

Free
Azure DevOps

Azure DevOps

Development collaboration tools with CI/CD, repos, and project management

Free

Setting up Azure DevOps Integration

  1. Log in to your Azure DevOps account
  2. Go to User Settings (click your profile picture → User Settings)
  3. Navigate to "Personal access tokens"
  4. Click "New Token"
  5. Give your token a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Select appropriate scopes (Build: Read & execute, Release: Read, write, & execute, Work Items: Read & write)
  7. Copy the generated personal access token
  8. Enter your organization name (from the URL: https://dev.azure.com/{organization})
  9. Paste the personal access token above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your personal access token secure and never share it publicly
  • The token should have appropriate scopes for the operations you want to perform
  • You can manage and revoke tokens from your user settings
  • Organization name is found in your Azure DevOps URL
  • For on-premises Team Foundation Server, use the server URL instead
Azure DevOps REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of projects in your Azure DevOps organization

Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array List of Azure DevOps projects
count number Number of projects returned

Get detailed information about a specific project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_name string Name of the project
description string Project description
state string Current state of the project
visibility string Project visibility (public/private)

Retrieve Git repositories in a project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
Outputs
Name Type Description
repositories array List of Git repositories
count number Number of repositories returned

Retrieve recent builds for a project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
definition_id text Filter by specific build definition (optional)
status_filter select
result_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
builds array List of recent builds
count number Number of builds returned

Get detailed information about a specific build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
build_id text Unique identifier of the build
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_number string Build number
status string Current status of the build
result string Build result
start_time string When the build started
finish_time string When the build finished
source_branch string Branch that was built

Queue a new build for a build definition

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
definition_id text ID of the build definition to queue
source_branch text Branch to build (optional, uses default if empty)
parameters textarea {} Parameters to pass to the build as JSON
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_id string Unique identifier of the queued build
build_number string Build number
status string Initial status of the build
success boolean Whether the build was queued successfully

Cancel a running or queued build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
build_id text Unique identifier of the build to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the cancellation was successful
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve work items from a project using a query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
wiql_query textarea SELECT [System.Id], [System.Title], [System.State] FROM WorkItems WHERE [System.TeamProject] = @project Work Item Query Language (WIQL) query
Outputs
Name Type Description
work_items array List of work items
count number Number of work items returned

Create a new work item in a project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID or name of the project
work_item_type select
title text Title of the work item
description textarea Description of the work item
assigned_to text Email or display name of the assignee
Outputs
Name Type Description
work_item_id number Unique identifier of the created work item
title string Title of the work item
state string Initial state of the work item
success boolean Whether the work item was created successfully
Bamboo

Bamboo

Build automation and deployment tool by Atlassian for CI/CD pipelines

Free

Setting up Bamboo Integration

  1. Access your Atlassian Bamboo server
  2. Go to Bamboo Administration → User management
  3. Create a new user or use an existing user account
  4. Ensure the user has appropriate permissions (Build or Admin permissions recommended)
  5. Note your Bamboo server URL (e.g., https://bamboo.company.com)
  6. Enter the server URL, username, and password above
  7. Save the configuration to connect to your Bamboo instance

Notes:

  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The user account should have permissions to view and trigger builds
  • For production environments, consider creating a dedicated service account
  • Ensure your Bamboo server has REST API access enabled
  • This integration uses Bamboo REST API v1 endpoints
  • Some operations may require Admin permissions depending on your setup
Bamboo REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of projects in Bamboo

Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array List of Bamboo projects
count number Number of projects returned

Get detailed information about a specific project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_key text The unique key of the project
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_name string Name of the project
description string Project description
key string Unique key of the project

Retrieve build plans for a project or all projects

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_key text Filter by project key (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
plans array List of build plans
count number Number of plans returned

Get detailed information about a specific build plan

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
plan_key text The unique key of the build plan
Outputs
Name Type Description
plan_name string Name of the build plan
description string Plan description
enabled boolean Whether the plan is enabled
project_key string Key of the parent project

Retrieve recent build results with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
plan_key text Filter by specific plan key (optional)
build_state select
life_cycle_state select
max_results number 25 Maximum number of results to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array List of build results
count number Number of results returned

Get detailed information about a specific build result

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
result_key text The unique key of the build result (format: PLAN-JOB-BUILD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_number number Build number
build_state string State of the build (Successful, Failed, Unknown)
life_cycle_state string Lifecycle state of the build
build_started_time string When the build started
build_completed_time string When the build completed
build_duration_description string Build duration description

Trigger execution of a build plan

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
plan_key text The unique key of the build plan to execute
stage text Specific stage to execute (optional)
execute_all_stages checkbox 1 Execute all stages in the plan
variables textarea {} Build variables as JSON key-value pairs
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_result_key string Key of the triggered build result
build_number number Build number
life_cycle_state string Initial lifecycle state of the build
success boolean Whether the plan was executed successfully

Stop a currently running build plan

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
plan_result_key text The key of the running build to stop
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the build was stopped successfully
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve builds currently in the build queue

Outputs
Name Type Description
queued_builds array List of builds in the queue
count number Number of builds in queue

Retrieve a list of build agents

Outputs
Name Type Description
agents array List of build agents
count number Number of agents returned

Retrieve Bamboo server information

Outputs
Name Type Description
version string Bamboo server version
build_number string Server build number
state string Current state of the server
Bandwidth

Bandwidth

Communications platform providing voice, messaging, and 911 access APIs

Free

Setting up Bandwidth Integration

  1. Log in to your Bandwidth Dashboard
  2. Go to Account → Account Settings to find your Account ID
  3. Navigate to Dev Console → Applications to create or find your Application ID
  4. Go to Dev Console → API Credentials to get your username and password
  5. Enter all credentials in the fields above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Bandwidth provides voice, messaging, and 911 access APIs
  • You need both API credentials and a messaging application ID
  • Messages and calls consume credits from your Bandwidth balance
  • Bandwidth specializes in carrier-grade communication services
  • All API credentials are available in the Bandwidth Dashboard
Bandwidth API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via Bandwidth

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from text Your Bandwidth phone number (e.g., +1234567890)
to textarea Recipient phone numbers separated by commas (e.g., +1234567890, +0987654321)
text textarea SMS message content
media textarea Media file URLs separated by commas (for MMS)
tag text Custom tag for message tracking
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the message
time string Message timestamp
recipients_count number Number of recipients
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Initiate a voice call via Bandwidth

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from text Your Bandwidth phone number
to text Recipient phone number
answer_url text URL to fetch BXML when call is answered
answer_method select POST HTTP method for answer URL
disconnect_url text URL to notify when call ends
call_timeout number 30 Call timeout in seconds (default: 30)
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_id string Unique identifier for the call
call_url string API URL for managing the call
state string Current state of the call
success boolean Whether the call was initiated successfully

Retrieve message history from Bandwidth

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from text Filter by sender phone number
to text Filter by recipient phone number
from_date_time text Start date (ISO 8601 format)
to_date_time text End date (ISO 8601 format)
size number 25 Number of messages to retrieve (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array List of messages
total_count number Total number of messages
success boolean Whether messages were retrieved successfully

Retrieve call history from Bandwidth

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from text Filter by caller phone number
to text Filter by recipient phone number
from_date_time text Start date (ISO 8601 format)
to_date_time text End date (ISO 8601 format)
size number 25 Number of calls to retrieve (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
calls array List of calls
total_count number Total number of calls
success boolean Whether calls were retrieved successfully

Retrieve your Bandwidth phone numbers

Outputs
Name Type Description
phone_numbers array List of phone numbers
count number Number of phone numbers
success boolean Whether phone numbers were retrieved successfully

Get Bandwidth account information and balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
account object Account information
company_name string Account company name
account_type string Type of Bandwidth account
success boolean Whether account info was retrieved successfully
Basecamp

Basecamp

Project management and team collaboration software for organizing work

Free

Setting up Basecamp Integration

  1. Log in to your Basecamp account
  2. Go to your account settings
  3. Create a new API application
  4. Generate an access token
  5. Find your Account ID in the URL or settings
  6. Enter both values above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your access token secure
  • Account ID is required for API requests
  • You can revoke access anytime from your settings
Basecamp 3 API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new todo item in Basecamp

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
todolist_id text The ID of the todo list
content text The content of the todo item
Outputs
Name Type Description
todo_id string The unique ID of the created todo
content string The content of the todo item
Basis Technologies

Basis Technologies

Enterprise digital advertising automation platform with cross-channel campaign management, AI-powered optimization, and advanced attribution analysis

Free

Setting up Basis Technologies Integration

  1. Log in to your Basis Technologies platform
  2. Navigate to Account Settings → API Management
  3. Generate a new API key with campaign management permissions
  4. Copy your Client ID from the account dashboard
  5. Note your primary Advertiser ID for campaign creation
  6. Paste the API key, Client ID, and Advertiser ID above
  7. Save the configuration to start using Basis Technologies automation

Notes:

  • API access requires appropriate permissions in your Basis account
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The integration supports campaign automation, audience management, and cross-channel reporting
  • Basis Technologies provides enterprise-grade programmatic advertising automation
  • Contact your account manager for increased API rate limits if needed
Basis Technologies API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all campaigns with automation settings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
automation_type select Filter by automation type
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of campaigns with automation details
total_count number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve line items with budget automation and bidding strategies

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to get line items from
bidding_strategy select Filter by bidding strategy
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_items array List of line items with automation settings
campaign_id string ID of the parent campaign

Retrieve active automation rules and triggers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
rule_type select Filter by automation rule type
entity_type select Filter by entity type the rules apply to
Outputs
Name Type Description
automation_rules array List of automation rules with triggers and actions
active_count number Number of currently active automation rules

Generate cross-channel performance reports with automation insights

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
report_type select Type of performance report to generate
date_range select Time period for the report
entity_ids textarea [] Array of campaign/line item IDs to include (e.g., ["123", "456"])
include_automation_data checkbox 1 Include automation rule performance and impact data
Outputs
Name Type Description
report_data array Performance metrics and automation insights
summary object Aggregated performance summary
automation_impact object Impact of automation rules on performance

Create a new automated advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_name text Name for the new campaign
campaign_type select Type of advertising campaign
budget_amount number Total campaign budget in dollars
start_date text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
end_date text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD, optional)
automation_settings textarea {"auto_optimize": true, "budget_pacing": "even"} Automation rules and triggers as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string ID of the created campaign
campaign_name string Name of the created campaign
automation_enabled boolean Whether automation is active for this campaign

Create or update automation rules for campaigns and line items

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
entity_id text ID of campaign or line item to apply rules to
entity_type select Type of entity to apply automation to
automation_rules textarea {"budget_pacing": {"enabled": true, "strategy": "even"}, "bid_optimization": {"enabled": true, "target_cpa": 50}} Automation rules configuration as JSON
Outputs
Name Type Description
rules_applied array List of automation rules that were applied
entity_id string ID of the entity the rules were applied to
automation_status string Current automation status

Retrieve available audience segments and lookalike audiences

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
segment_type select Filter by audience segment type
data_source select Filter by data source provider
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_segments array Available targeting segments with reach estimates
total_reach number Estimated total reach across all segments

Analyze performance across different advertising channels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channels textarea ["display", "social", "search", "video"] Array of channels to analyze (e.g., ["display", "social", "search"])
date_range select Time period for analysis
attribution_model select Attribution model for cross-channel analysis
Outputs
Name Type Description
channel_performance array Performance metrics for each channel
attribution_analysis object Cross-channel attribution insights
optimization_recommendations array AI-powered optimization suggestions

Get AI-powered budget allocation recommendations across channels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
total_budget number Total budget amount to allocate
campaign_objective select Primary campaign objective
target_audience textarea {"age_range": "25-54", "interests": [], "behaviors": []} Target audience characteristics for optimization
Outputs
Name Type Description
budget_allocation object Recommended budget distribution across channels
expected_performance object Projected performance metrics for the allocation
optimization_score number AI confidence score for the recommendations
BBC Scraper Pro

BBC Scraper Pro

Extract news articles, videos, and content from BBC with keyword discovery and topic monitoring

45 credits

Using BBC Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add BBC scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between article URLs or keyword discovery
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract news articles, videos, and categories

Notes:

  • Extract news articles with full content and metadata
  • Keyword-based discovery for topic monitoring
  • Support for BBC News, Sport, and other categories
  • Article publication dates and author information
  • Video content extraction capabilities
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract news articles and content from BBC URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea BBC article URLs to scrape (news, sport, etc.)
keyword text Optional keyword to filter or enhance results
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array News articles with content, metadata, and publication info
count number Number of articles scraped

Find BBC articles using keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords to search for BBC articles (e.g., "elections", "technology", "sports")
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array Articles matching the search keywords
count number Number of articles found
Benchmark Email

Benchmark Email

Email marketing with responsive templates

Free

Setting up Benchmark Email Integration

  1. Log in to your Benchmark Email account
  2. Click on your username on the right side of the page and select "Integrations"
  3. On the left-hand side menu, click on "API Key"
  4. Copy your API Token and paste it above
  5. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • The API token provides access to all Benchmark Email features
  • Both free and paid accounts can use the API at no additional cost
  • You can regenerate your API token anytime from your account settings
Benchmark Email API Documentation

Available Operations

Add a new contact to a Benchmark Email list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to add the contact to
email text Contact email address
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
phone text Contact phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the created contact
success boolean

Update an existing contact in a Benchmark Email list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list containing the contact
contact_id text The ID of the contact to update
email text Updated email address
first_name text Updated first name
last_name text Updated last name
phone text Updated phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Retrieve a contact from a Benchmark Email list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list containing the contact
contact_id text The ID of the contact to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
email string
first_name string
last_name string
phone string
created_date string
success boolean

Delete a contact from a Benchmark Email list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list containing the contact
contact_id text The ID of the contact to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Get all contacts from a Benchmark Email list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to get contacts from
page_number number 1 Page number for pagination (default: 1)
page_size number 100 Number of contacts per page (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contacts
total_count number
success boolean

Get all contact lists from your Benchmark Email account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_number number 1 Page number for pagination (default: 1)
page_size number 100 Number of lists per page (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of contact lists
total_count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific Benchmark Email list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string
list_name string
description string
created_date string
contact_count number
success boolean

Create a new contact list in Benchmark Email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_name text Name for the new contact list
description textarea Description for the contact list
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string ID of the created list
success boolean

Get all email campaigns from your Benchmark Email account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_number number 1 Page number for pagination (default: 1)
page_size number 100 Number of campaigns per page (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of email campaigns
total_count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific email campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text The ID of the campaign to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
campaign_name string
subject string
status string
created_date string
sent_date string
success boolean

Find email campaign details by searching with campaign name

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_name text The name of the campaign to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaigns matching the name
success boolean
Best Buy Scraper

Best Buy Scraper

Extract electronics products with prices, specifications, and customer reviews from Best Buy

45 credits

Using Best Buy Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Best Buy scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between product URLs or keyword discovery
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract electronics products with pricing and availability

Notes:

  • Extract electronics products with detailed specifications
  • Real-time pricing and availability data
  • Customer reviews and ratings
  • Product categories and recommendations
  • Keyword-based product discovery
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from Best Buy URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Best Buy product URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed electronics products with prices, specs, and reviews
count number Number of products scraped

Search Best Buy products using keywords

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords to search for products (e.g., "iphone 14", "gaming laptop", "4k tv")
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the search keywords
count number Number of products found
BigCommerce

BigCommerce

Cloud-based e-commerce platform for managing online stores, products, orders, and customer data

Free

Setting up BigCommerce Integration

  1. Log in to your BigCommerce control panel
  2. Go to Advanced Settings → API Accounts
  3. Click "Create API Account"
  4. Enter a name for the API account (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Set the following scopes to "modify": Products, Orders, Customers, Information & Settings
  6. Click "Save" to create the API account
  7. Copy the Access Token (it will only be shown once)
  8. Find your Store Hash in the API Path (stores/{store_hash})
  9. Enter your Store Hash and Access Token above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • The Access Token is only displayed once - save it securely
  • Store Hash can be found in your store URL or API path
  • You can manage API accounts in Advanced Settings → API Accounts
  • Ensure the API account has the necessary scopes for the operations you need
  • API tokens should be kept secure and never shared publicly
BigCommerce API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from your BigCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Number of products to retrieve (max 250)
is_visible select
keyword text Search products by keyword
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
total number Total number of products found

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id number The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Complete product details
id number
name string
price string
inventory_level number

Create a new product in your BigCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the product
type select physical
description textarea Full description of the product
price text Product price (e.g., 19.99)
sale_price text Sale price if on sale
weight text Product weight for shipping
is_visible checkbox 1 Make product visible in store
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The created product object
id number ID of the created product

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id number ID of the product to update
name text New product name
description textarea New product description
price text New price
inventory_level number New inventory level
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The updated product object
id number

Retrieve orders from your BigCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Number of orders to retrieve (max 250)
status_id select
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order objects
total number Total number of orders found

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id number The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Complete order details
id number
status string
total_inc_tax string
customer_email string

Update the status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id number ID of the order to update
status_id select
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object The updated order object
id number
status_id number

Retrieve customers from your BigCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Number of customers to retrieve (max 250)
email text Filter customers by email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer objects
total number Total number of customers found
BigMarker

BigMarker

Virtual conference and webinar platform with networking capabilities

Free

Setting up BigMarker Integration

  1. Log in to your BigMarker account
  2. Navigate to Settings or your user profile
  3. Find the API section or Developer settings
  4. Generate a new API key or copy your existing API key
  5. Copy your BigMarker instance URL (e.g., https://yourcompany.bigmarker.com)
  6. Paste both the API key and base URL in the fields above
  7. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • Requires a BigMarker account with API access enabled
  • API key should be kept secure and not shared publicly
  • The base URL should match your BigMarker instance
  • Some operations may require administrator privileges
  • Rate limits may apply to API requests
BigMarker API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new BigMarker conference or webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the conference
description textarea Conference description
start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
duration number 60 Conference duration in minutes
channel_id text Channel ID to create conference in (optional)
registration_required checkbox Require attendees to register
is_private checkbox Make conference private
Outputs
Name Type Description
conference_id string
conference_url string
registration_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific conference

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conference_id text The unique ID of the conference
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
start_time string
duration number
conference_url string
registration_url string
status string
success boolean

Register an attendee for a conference

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conference_id text The unique ID of the conference
email text Attendee email address
first_name text Attendee first name
last_name text Attendee last name
company text Attendee company name
phone text Attendee phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
registration_id string
conference_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of conference registrants

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conference_id text The unique ID of the conference
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrants array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of conference attendees (past conferences)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conference_id text The unique ID of the conference
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of conferences

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channel_id text Filter by specific channel (optional)
status select all
limit number 50 Maximum number of conferences to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
conferences array
total_count number
success boolean

Update an existing conference

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conference_id text The unique ID of the conference
title text Updated conference title
description textarea Updated conference description
start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
conference_id string
Binance

Binance

Leading cryptocurrency exchange with advanced trading features

Free

Setting up Binance Integration

  1. Log in to your Binance account
  2. Navigate to Profile → API Management
  3. Create a new API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy your API Key and Secret Key
  5. Configure IP restrictions for security (recommended)
  6. Select your environment (Testnet for testing, Mainnet for live trading)
  7. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Testnet environment for testing and development
  • Enable only the permissions you need (spot trading, futures, etc.)
  • Consider using IP restrictions for additional security
Binance API Documentation

Available Operations

Get account information and balances

Outputs
Name Type Description
balances array Array of asset balances
account_type string
can_trade boolean
account_data object

Get current price for a trading symbol

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text BTCUSDT Trading pair symbol (e.g., BTCUSDT, ETHBTC)
Outputs
Name Type Description
symbol string
price number
price_data object

Place a buy order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Trading pair symbol (e.g., BTCUSDT)
quantity number Amount to buy
price number Limit price (leave empty for market order)
order_type select MARKET Type of order to place
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
executed_qty number
cumulative_quote_qty number
order_data object

Place a sell order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Trading pair symbol (e.g., BTCUSDT)
quantity number Amount to sell
price number Limit price (leave empty for market order)
order_type select MARKET Type of order to place
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
executed_qty number
cumulative_quote_qty number
order_data object

Check the status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Trading pair symbol
order_id text Binance order ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
side string
orig_qty number
executed_qty number
order_data object

Cancel an open order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Trading pair symbol
order_id text Binance order ID to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
cancel_data object

Get 24hr ticker price change statistics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Trading pair symbol (leave empty for all symbols)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticker_data object Price change statistics for 24hr period
Birdeye

Birdeye

Reputation management and customer experience platform

Free

Setting up Birdeye API

  1. Log in to your Birdeye account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "Integrations" → "API"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing key
  4. Copy your Business ID from the account settings or dashboard
  5. Paste both the API Key and Business ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Birdeye business account with API access
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep both your API key and Business ID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions
Birdeye API Documentation

Available Operations

Get reviews from all connected platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
start_date text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
min_rating number Minimum star rating (1-5)
platform select Filter by specific platform
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of reviews
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Send review invitation to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_email text Customer email address
customer_name text Customer full name
phone text Customer phone number
template_id text Email template ID to use
custom_fields textarea Additional custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
invite_sent boolean Whether invitation was sent successfully
invite_id string Unique invitation identifier

Get customer list from Birdeye

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of customers to return (max 100)
search text Search customers by name or email
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer data
total_count number Total number of customers

Get reputation analytics and metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metric select overview Type of analytics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Analytics metrics and data
total_reviews number Total number of reviews in period
average_rating number Average rating in period

Post a response to a customer review

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
review_id text ID of the review to respond to
response_text textarea Your response to the review
Outputs
Name Type Description
response_posted boolean Whether response was posted successfully
response_id string ID of the posted response
Bitfinex

Bitfinex

Advanced cryptocurrency trading platform with margin trading

Free

Setting up Bitfinex Integration

  1. Log in to your Bitfinex account
  2. Navigate to API → Manage API Keys
  3. Create a new API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy your API Key and API Secret
  5. Configure API key permissions (Wallets, Orders, etc.)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Only enable the permissions you need for your use case
  • Consider using IP whitelisting for additional security
  • API keys can be restricted to specific operations
Bitfinex API Documentation

Available Operations

Get wallet balances

Outputs
Name Type Description
wallets array Array of wallet balances

Get ticker information for a symbol

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text tBTCUSD Trading symbol (e.g., tBTCUSD, tETHUSD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
bid number
bid_size number
ask number
ask_size number
daily_change number
volume number
ticker_data array

Submit a new order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Trading symbol (e.g., tBTCUSD)
amount number Order amount (positive for buy, negative for sell)
price number Price (for limit orders)
type select EXCHANGE LIMIT Type of order
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
symbol string
amount number
amount_orig number
type string
order_data array

Cancel an active order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text Bitfinex order ID to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
cancel_data array

Get active orders

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Filter by symbol (leave empty for all)
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of active orders

Get trades for a specific order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Trading symbol
order_id text Order ID to get trades for
Outputs
Name Type Description
trades array Array of trades for the order

Get trade history

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
symbol text Filter by symbol (leave empty for all)
limit number 25 Number of trades to return (max 10000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
trades array Array of historical trades
Booking Scraper

Booking Scraper

Extract accommodation listings, prices, availability, and reviews from Booking.com with location-based search

45 credits

Using Booking Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Booking scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between hotel URLs or location-based search
  4. Configure dates, guests, and property preferences
  5. The scraper will extract accommodation data with pricing and availability

Notes:

  • Extract hotel listings with prices, availability, and reviews
  • Location-based search with flexible date ranges
  • Support for multiple room configurations
  • Property type filtering (hotels, hostels, B&Bs)
  • Real-time pricing and availability data
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed hotel information from Booking.com URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Booking.com hotel URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
hotels array Detailed hotel information with prices, reviews, and amenities
count number Number of hotels scraped

Search for accommodations by location with dates and guest details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location text City or location to search (e.g., "New York", "Paris", "Tokyo")
checkIn text Check-in date in YYYY-MM-DD format
checkOut text Check-out date in YYYY-MM-DD format
adults number 2 Number of adult guests
children number 0 Number of children
rooms number 1 Number of rooms needed
country text Country code for localized results (e.g., US, FR, GB)
propertyType select Filter by property type
currency text Currency code for prices (e.g., USD, EUR, GBP)
Outputs
Name Type Description
listings array Hotels matching search criteria with availability and pricing
count number Number of listings found
Box

Box

Cloud content management platform for secure file sharing

Free

Setting up Box Integration

  1. Go to the Box Developer Console
  2. Click "Create New App" and choose "Custom App"
  3. Select "Standard OAuth 2.0 (User Authentication)" as authentication method
  4. Fill in your app details and set the redirect URI to: /oauth/callback/box
  5. In the app configuration, go to "Configuration" tab
  6. Under "OAuth 2.0 Redirect URI", add the redirect URI
  7. Under "Application Scopes", select the permissions your app needs
  8. Save your configuration and copy the Client ID and Client Secret
  9. Click the "Connect to Box" button below to authorize access

Notes:

  • You need a Box account to use this integration
  • The integration requires read/write access to your Box files
  • You can manage app permissions in the Box developer console
  • Some enterprise features may require admin approval
Box API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload a file to Box

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileData file Yes File content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileName text Name for the uploaded file
parentFolderId text 0 Box folder ID (0 for root folder)
description text File description
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId string Box file ID
fileName string Name of the uploaded file
size number Size of the file in bytes
downloadUrl string URL to download the file
success boolean

Download a file from Box

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId text Box file ID to download
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileData binary Downloaded file content
fileName string Name of the downloaded file
size number Size of the file in bytes
mimeType string File MIME type

List files and folders in Box

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderId text 0 Box folder ID (0 for root)
limit number 100 Maximum number of items to return
offset number 0 Number of items to skip
sort select name How to sort the results
direction select ASC Sort direction
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of files and folders
totalCount number Total number of items
offset number Current offset

Create a new folder in Box

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderName text Name of the folder to create
parentFolderId text 0 Parent folder ID (0 for root)
Outputs
Name Type Description
folderId string Box folder ID
folderName string Name of the created folder
success boolean

Delete a file or folder from Box

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text Box file or folder ID to delete
itemType select Type of item to delete
recursive checkbox Delete folder and all its contents (folders only)
Outputs
Name Type Description
deletedId string ID of the deleted item
success boolean

Move a file or folder to another location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text Box file or folder ID to move
itemType select Type of item to move
destinationFolderId text Destination folder ID (0 for root)
Outputs
Name Type Description
itemId string ID of the moved item
newParentId string ID of the new parent folder
success boolean

Copy a file to another location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId text Box file ID to copy
destinationFolderId text Destination folder ID (0 for root)
newName text New name for the copied file (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
newFileId string ID of the copied file
fileName string Name of the copied file
success boolean

Rename a file or folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text Box file or folder ID to rename
itemType select Type of item to rename
newName text New name for the item
Outputs
Name Type Description
itemId string ID of the renamed item
newName string New name of the item
success boolean

Get information about a file or folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text Box file or folder ID
itemType select Type of item
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string Box item ID
name string Item name
type string Item type (file or folder)
size number Size in bytes (files only)
createdAt string Creation timestamp
modifiedAt string Last modification timestamp
ownedBy string Owner name

Create a shared link for a file or folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text Box file or folder ID to share
itemType select Type of item to share
access select open Who can access the shared link
password text Optional password to protect the link
Outputs
Name Type Description
sharedUrl string The shareable link
downloadUrl string Direct download URL
access string Access level of the link
success boolean

Search for files and folders in Box

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Text to search for
type select all Type of items to search for
fileExtensions text File extensions to search for (comma separated)
ancestorFolderId text Folder ID to search within (leave empty for all)
limit number 50 Maximum number of results
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of matching items
totalCount number Number of results found
Braintree

Braintree

Payment platform by PayPal for secure payment processing

Free

Setting up Braintree Integration

  1. Log in to your Braintree account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys
  3. Copy your Merchant ID, Public Key, and Private Key
  4. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Production for live)
  5. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API keys secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Switch to Production only when you're ready to process real payments
  • Ensure your Braintree account has the necessary permissions enabled
Braintree Developer Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new customer in Braintree

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Customer's first name
last_name text Customer's last name
email text Customer's email address
phone text Customer's phone number
company text Customer's company name
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string The created customer's unique ID
customer_data object Complete customer information

Process a payment transaction

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Transaction amount in dollars (e.g., 10.99)
payment_method_nonce text Payment method nonce from client-side
customer_id text Existing customer ID (optional)
order_id text Your internal order ID
description text Transaction description
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string The transaction's unique ID
status string Transaction status (submitted_for_settlement, authorized, etc.)
amount number Transaction amount
transaction_data object Complete transaction information

Retrieve transaction details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text The transaction ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
status string
amount number
created_at string
transaction_data object

Refund a transaction

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text The transaction ID to refund
amount number Partial refund amount (leave empty for full refund)
Outputs
Name Type Description
refund_id string
amount number
status string
refund_data object

Search for transactions with filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_email text Filter by customer email
status select Filter by transaction status
start_date text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
transactions array Array of matching transactions
total_found number Total number of transactions found
Brand24

Brand24

Social media monitoring and influencer discovery platform with sentiment analysis

Free

Setting up Brand24 Integration

  1. Log in to your Brand24 account
  2. Go to Settings → API Settings
  3. Generate a new API token or copy an existing one
  4. Paste the API token in the field above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Brand24 provides social media monitoring and influencer discovery tools
  • Your API token enables access to mentions, sentiment analysis, and influencer data
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is subject to your Brand24 subscription plan limits
Brand24 API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for brand mentions across social media and web platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text Brand24 project ID to search within
sentiment select
source_types select ["twitter","facebook","instagram"]
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD)
limit number 100 Maximum mentions to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
mentions array Array of found mentions
total_mentions number Total number of mentions
sentiment_breakdown object Breakdown by sentiment

Find top influencers from mentions for a specific project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text Brand24 project ID
period_days number 30 Number of days to analyze (7, 30, 90)
limit number 50 Maximum influencers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of top influencers
total_influencers number Total number of influencers found
Brandwatch

Brandwatch

Social intelligence and influencer monitoring platform with advanced data analytics

Free

Setting up Brandwatch Integration

  1. Log in to your Brandwatch account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API key
  4. Paste the key above and save

Notes:

  • Brandwatch provides social intelligence and influencer monitoring
  • API usage is subject to your subscription limits
Brandwatch API Documentation

Available Operations

Monitor influencer activities and social intelligence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
insights array
BrightLocal

BrightLocal

Local SEO and citation tracking platform for managing local search rankings, business citations, and review monitoring

Free

Setting up BrightLocal API Integration

  1. Log in to your BrightLocal account
  2. Go to API Settings in your account
  3. If you don't have API access, contact BrightLocal support to enable it
  4. Copy your API Key from the API settings page
  5. Copy your User ID (also found in API settings)
  6. Paste both credentials in the fields above
  7. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • BrightLocal API requires a paid subscription with API access
  • API access is an add-on feature - contact support if you don't see it
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The API has rate limits based on your subscription level
  • Local SEO reports may take time to generate - be patient with large datasets
BrightLocal API Documentation

Available Operations

Check local search rankings for keywords in specific locations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_name text Name of the business to track
postcode text Location postcode for local search
keywords textarea Keywords to check rankings for (one per line)
country select USA Country for local search
Outputs
Name Type Description
rankings array Array of local search ranking data
averagePosition number Average ranking position across all keywords
topThreeKeywords array Keywords ranking in top 3 positions
reportId string BrightLocal report ID for future reference

Track and monitor business citations across directories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_name text Exact business name to search for
address text Full business address
phone text Business phone number
website text Business website URL
directories select top20 Which directories to check
Outputs
Name Type Description
citations array Array of business citations found
totalCitations number Total number of citations found
accurateCitations number Number of accurate citations
inaccurateCitations number Number of inaccurate citations
citationScore number Overall citation accuracy score (0-100)

Submit business information to local directories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_name text Business name for submission
business_description textarea Business description (150-300 words recommended)
address text Complete business address
phone text Primary business phone number
website text Business website URL
category text Primary business category
directories textarea Specific directories to submit to (one per line). Leave empty for auto-selection.
Outputs
Name Type Description
submissionResults array Results of directory submissions
successfulSubmissions number Number of successful submissions
failedSubmissions number Number of failed submissions
submissionId string BrightLocal submission batch ID

Monitor and track business reviews across platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_name text Business name to monitor reviews for
location text City, State/Country for business location
platforms select all Which platforms to monitor
timeframe select 30 How far back to look for reviews
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of business reviews found
averageRating number Average rating across all platforms
totalReviews number Total number of reviews found
recentReviews array Most recent reviews (last 7 days)
platformBreakdown object Review counts and ratings by platform

Comprehensive local SEO audit for a business

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_name text Business name for the audit
website_url text Business website URL
address text Full business address
phone text Business phone number
primary_category text Main business category/industry
target_keywords textarea Target keywords for local SEO (one per line)
Outputs
Name Type Description
auditScore number Overall local SEO score (0-100)
citationScore number Citation consistency score
reviewScore number Online review score
onPageScore number On-page local SEO score
recommendations array Array of improvement recommendations
issues array Array of issues that need attention
strengths array Array of local SEO strengths
Broadly

Broadly

Local business communication and reputation

Free

Setting up Broadly API

  1. Log in to your Broadly account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API Access" or "Integrations"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Business ID from the account settings or dashboard
  5. Paste both the API Key and Business ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Broadly business account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep both your API key and Business ID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
Broadly API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS or email message to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text Existing contact ID (optional if providing phone/email)
phone_number text Customer phone number (with country code)
email text Customer email address
message textarea Message content to send
message_type select sms Type of message to send
customer_name text Customer name for personalization
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_sent boolean Whether message was sent successfully
message_id string Unique message identifier
contact_id string Contact identifier (created if new)

Send review request to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text Existing contact ID (optional if providing phone/email)
phone_number text Customer phone number (with country code)
email text Customer email address
customer_name text Customer full name
template_id text Review request template ID
custom_message textarea Custom message to include with review request
delay_hours number 0 Hours to delay sending the request
Outputs
Name Type Description
request_sent boolean Whether request was sent successfully
request_id string Unique request identifier
contact_id string Contact identifier

Get customer conversations and messages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text Filter by specific contact
status select Filter by conversation status
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of conversations to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array Array of conversation data
total_count number Total number of conversations

Get customer contact list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
search text Search contacts by name, phone, or email
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of contacts to return (max 100)
tags text Comma-separated list of tags to filter by
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact data
total_count number Total number of contacts

Create a new customer contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Customer full name
phone_number text Customer phone number (with country code)
email text Customer email address
address textarea Customer address
tags text Comma-separated list of tags
notes textarea Additional notes about the contact
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_created boolean Whether contact was created successfully
contact_id string Unique contact identifier
contact_data object Complete contact information

Get reviews managed by Broadly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
platform select Filter by review platform
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating
Browser Automation

Browser Automation

Automate web browsers with AI-powered interactions. Navigate pages, fill forms, extract data, and more.

1 credits

Browser Automation Setup

  1. No configuration required - this integration works out of the box
  2. Simply use it in your workflows by adding browser automation nodes
  3. The integration uses system-wide browser automation credentials
  4. You will be charged based on actual browser usage time

Notes:

  • Pricing is based on actual usage time and complexity
  • AI tasks incur additional costs per step
  • Browser sessions are automatically managed
  • For best results, keep browser tasks focused and efficient

Available Operations

Create a new browser session with advanced configuration options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
initial_url text URL to navigate to when session starts
recording_active checkbox 1 Record browser session activity
adblock_active checkbox Block advertisements during browsing
popup_blocker_active checkbox Block popup windows
captcha_solver_active checkbox Automatically solve CAPTCHAs
headless_active checkbox Run browser without UI (faster but not visible)
fullscreen_active checkbox Start browser in fullscreen mode
disable_web_security_active checkbox Disable CORS and other security features (use with caution)
extra_stealth_active checkbox Additional stealth features to avoid detection
viewport_width number 1920 Browser viewport width in pixels (default: 1920 for Full HD)
viewport_height number 1080 Browser viewport height in pixels (default: 1080 for Full HD)
profile_name text Named profile for persisting browser state
profile_persist checkbox Save profile data between sessions
max_duration number 10 Maximum session duration in minutes
idle_timeout number 2 Minutes of inactivity before session ends
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether session creation succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Extract the rendered content of a webpage in Markdown or HTML format

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Reuse an existing browser session from a previous node
url text The URL of the webpage to fetch content from
format select markdown Format for the extracted content
wait number 0 Milliseconds to wait for dynamic content to load
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
content string The extracted content in the specified format

Capture a fully-rendered screenshot of a webpage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text The URL of the webpage to screenshot
width number 1280 Width in pixels
height number 720 Height in pixels
captureFullHeight checkbox Capture the entire page height
wait number 0 Milliseconds to wait after page load
imageQuality number 80 Quality from 1-100
Outputs
Name Type Description
screenshot_data binary The screenshot as PNG binary data
screenshot_url string Public URL to the screenshot (auto-generated)

Execute a natural language browser task with AI automation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Reuse an existing browser session from a previous node
url text URL to start from (optional - can navigate from current page)
prompt textarea Describe what you want the browser to do (e.g., "Find and click the login button, then fill in the form")
agent select browser-use The AI agent to use for task completion
provider select The AI provider to use
highlightElements checkbox Highlight elements during task execution
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
result string The result returned by the AI agent
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Paste large amounts of text at the current cursor position (bypasses AI token limits)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
text textarea Text content to paste (supports unlimited length)
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the paste operation succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Navigate the browser to a specific URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
url text The URL to navigate to
wait number 0 Milliseconds to wait after navigation
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the navigation succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Single click at specific X,Y coordinates on the page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
x number Horizontal position in pixels
y number Vertical position in pixels
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the click succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Double click at specific X,Y coordinates on the page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
x number Horizontal position in pixels
y number Vertical position in pixels
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the double click succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Press mouse button down at specific X,Y coordinates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
x number Horizontal position in pixels
y number Vertical position in pixels
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the mouse down succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Release mouse button at specific X,Y coordinates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
x number Horizontal position in pixels
y number Vertical position in pixels
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the mouse up succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Move mouse cursor to specific X,Y coordinates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
x number Horizontal position in pixels
y number Vertical position in pixels
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the mouse move succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Drag from start coordinates to end coordinates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
startX number Starting horizontal position in pixels
startY number Starting vertical position in pixels
endX number Ending horizontal position in pixels
endY number Ending vertical position in pixels
button select left Mouse button to use for drag
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the drag and drop succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Scroll the page at specific coordinates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
x number Horizontal position in pixels
y number Vertical position in pixels
deltaY number Amount to scroll (positive = down, negative = up)
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the scroll succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Type text character-by-character (simulates keyboard typing)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
text textarea Text to type character-by-character
delay number 0 Delay between keystrokes in milliseconds
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the typing succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Press keyboard shortcut keys (e.g., Ctrl+C, Ctrl+V)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
keys text Comma-separated keys (e.g., "Control,c" or "Control,Shift,V")
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether the keyboard shortcut succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Retrieve the current clipboard content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
clipboardContent string The text content from the clipboard
success boolean Whether getting clipboard succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Set text to the clipboard

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
text textarea Text to copy to clipboard
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether setting clipboard succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Copy currently selected text to clipboard

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID from a previous node
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The browser session ID (can be reused in next node)
success boolean Whether copying selected text succeeded
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording (available after workflow completes)

Terminate an active browser session and finalize billing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sessionId text Browser session ID to terminate
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessionId string The terminated session ID
success boolean Whether session termination succeeded
status string Final session status
recording_url string URL to view the browser session recording
Buffer

Buffer

Social media management platform with post scheduling, analytics, and multi-platform publishing

Free

Setting up Buffer Integration

  1. Log in to your Buffer account
  2. Go to your Buffer Developer Apps page
  3. Click "Create App" to create a new application
  4. Fill in your app details:
  5. - Name: TaskAGI Integration
  6. - Description: Social media automation integration
  7. - Website URL: Your website or app URL
  8. After creating the app, go to the app details page
  9. Click "Create Access Token" to generate your access token
  10. Copy the generated access token
  11. Paste the access token in the field above
  12. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Access tokens provide secure access to your Buffer account
  • You can revoke access tokens anytime from the Developer Apps page
  • Buffer API has rate limits: 300 requests per hour by default
  • Different Buffer plans have different posting limits
  • Some features require specific Buffer subscription levels
  • Test with a free Buffer account first if possible
  • API supports major social platforms: Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram
  • Buffer provides analytics and scheduling features through the API
Buffer API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve connected social media profiles from Buffer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
service select
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Array of connected social media profiles
total number

Get detailed information about a specific social profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Buffer profile ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object
service string
username string

Create and schedule a post to social media profiles

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileIds text Comma-separated Buffer profile IDs to post to
text textarea The content of your social media post
media text Comma-separated URLs of images/videos to attach
scheduledAt text Schedule time (ISO 8601 format) or leave empty to post now
now select false
Outputs
Name Type Description
updates array Array of created post updates
success boolean
message string

Retrieve posts from a social media profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Buffer profile ID to get posts from
status select pending
limit number 20 Number of posts to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array
total number

Get detailed information about a specific post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text Buffer post/update ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
status string
scheduledAt string

Update a scheduled post (only pending posts can be updated)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text Buffer post/update ID to update
text textarea Updated post content
scheduledAt text Updated schedule time (ISO 8601 format)
media text Updated comma-separated media URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
success boolean

Delete a scheduled post (only pending posts can be deleted)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text Buffer post/update ID to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Get analytics and engagement data for a post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text Buffer post/update ID to get analytics for
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Engagement metrics for the post
clicks number
reach number
engagement number

Get analytics for a social media profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Buffer profile ID to get analytics for
startDate text Start date for analytics (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date for analytics (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
followers number
posts number

Get posting schedules for a profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Buffer profile ID to get schedules for
Outputs
Name Type Description
schedules array
timezone string

Update posting schedules for a profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Buffer profile ID to update schedules for
schedules textarea [{"days":["mon","tue","wed","thu","fri"],"times":["09:00","12:00","17:00"]}] Schedule configuration as JSON array
Outputs
Name Type Description
schedules array
success boolean

Get information about the authenticated Buffer user

Outputs
Name Type Description
user object
id string
name string
plan string
Bugzilla

Bugzilla

Web-based bug tracking system for defect tracking and project management

Free

Setting up Bugzilla Integration

  1. Log in to your Bugzilla instance
  2. Go to Preferences → API Keys
  3. Create a new API key
  4. Copy the API key
  5. Enter your server URL and API key above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires Bugzilla with REST API enabled
  • API key provides access to your bugs
  • Include protocol (http/https) in server URL
Bugzilla WebService API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new bug in Bugzilla

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product text The product name
component text The component name
summary text The summary of the bug
description textarea Description of the bug
version text unspecified The version
Outputs
Name Type Description
bug_id string The unique ID of the created bug
BuzzSumo

BuzzSumo

Content research and influencer identification platform with trending content analysis

Free

Setting up BuzzSumo Integration

  1. Log in to your BuzzSumo account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API key or copy an existing one
  4. Paste the API key in the field above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • BuzzSumo provides content research and influencer identification tools
  • Your API key enables access to trending content, influencer discovery, and social analytics
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is subject to rate limits based on your BuzzSumo subscription plan
BuzzSumo API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for trending and popular content across social media platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Keywords or topics to search for
content_type select all
days_back number 30 Number of days to search back (1-365)
min_shares number 100 Minimum total social shares
language select en
limit number 50 Maximum results to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
content array Array of trending content pieces
total_results number Total number of content pieces found

Discover influencers by topic, domain, or content category

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
topic text Topic or keyword to find influencers for
platform select twitter
follower_min number 1000
follower_max number Leave empty for no upper limit
location text Geographic location filter
engagement_score_min number 50 Minimum engagement score (0-100)
limit number 50 Maximum influencers to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of discovered influencers
total_found number Total number of influencers found

Analyze content performance and social sharing metrics for a specific URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text URL of the content to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
analysis object Complete content performance analysis
total_shares number Total social media shares
facebook_shares number Number of Facebook shares
twitter_shares number Number of Twitter shares
linkedin_shares number Number of LinkedIn shares
pinterest_shares number Number of Pinterest shares

Discover currently trending topics and hashtags across social media

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category select all
location select global
timeframe select 24h
limit number 25 Maximum trending topics to return (1-50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
trending_topics array Array of trending topics and hashtags
total_topics number Total number of trending topics found
Cal.com

Cal.com

Schedule and manage appointments with Cal.com - the open-source alternative to Calendly

Free

Setting up Cal.com Integration

  1. Log in to your Cal.com account
  2. Go to Settings → Developer → API Keys
  3. Click "Create new API key"
  4. Give your key a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. Paste the API key in the field above
  7. Optionally, find your Event Type ID from Settings → Event Types and add it as default
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys have the same permissions as your account
  • You can create multiple API keys for different integrations
  • Event Type IDs can be found in the URL when editing an event type
  • API rate limits apply based on your Cal.com plan
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
Cal.com API Documentation

Available Operations

Get available time slots for booking appointments

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startTime text Start of date range (ISO 8601 format, e.g., 2024-01-15T00:00:00Z)
endTime text End of date range (ISO 8601 format, e.g., 2024-01-22T23:59:59Z)
eventTypeId text Event type ID (uses default if not specified)
username text Cal.com username to check availability for
timeZone text UTC Time zone for availability (e.g., America/New_York)
Outputs
Name Type Description
slots array Array of available time slots
count number Number of available slots
success boolean

Book an appointment on Cal.com

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventTypeId text Event type ID to book
start text Booking start time (ISO 8601 format)
name text Name of the person booking
email text Email of the person booking
timeZone text UTC Attendee time zone
notes textarea Additional notes for the booking
metadata textarea Additional metadata as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
booking object Full booking object
uid string Unique identifier for the booking
startTime string Confirmed booking start time
endTime string Confirmed booking end time
meetingUrl string Video meeting URL if applicable
success boolean

Find bookings by email or other criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
attendeeEmail text Filter bookings by attendee email
status select
limit number 10 Maximum number of bookings to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
bookings array Array of booking objects
count number Number of bookings found
success boolean

Cancel an existing booking

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text Unique identifier of the booking to cancel
cancellationReason textarea Reason for cancellation
Outputs
Name Type Description
cancelled boolean Whether the booking was cancelled
uid string UID of the cancelled booking
success boolean

Reschedule an existing booking to a new time

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text Unique identifier of the booking to reschedule
newStart text New booking start time (ISO 8601 format)
rescheduleReason textarea Reason for rescheduling
Outputs
Name Type Description
booking object Full updated booking object
uid string UID of the rescheduled booking
newStartTime string Confirmed new start time
newEndTime string Confirmed new end time
success boolean

Get all available event types

Outputs
Name Type Description
eventTypes array Array of event type objects
count number Number of event types
success boolean
Calendly

Calendly

Meeting scheduling automation, event management, and calendar integration

Free

Setting up Calendly Integration

  1. Log in to your Calendly account
  2. Go to your API & Webhooks settings
  3. Scroll down to the "Personal Access Tokens" section
  4. Click "Create Token" to generate a new personal access token
  5. Provide a name for your token (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Copy the generated token (you won't see it again)
  7. Paste the token in the Personal Access Token field above
  8. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Personal Access Tokens provide secure access to your Calendly account
  • Tokens have access to all your event types and scheduled events
  • You can revoke tokens anytime from the API & Webhooks settings
  • API rate limits: 1000 requests per hour per token
  • Some features require specific Calendly plan levels
  • Always keep your tokens secure and never share them publicly
  • Test with a free Calendly account first if possible
  • Monitor your API usage in the integration settings
Calendly API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve available meeting types from your Calendly account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userUri text Specific user URI to get event types for (leave empty for current user)
active select true
limit number 20 Number of event types to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
eventTypes array Array of available event types
total number

Get detailed information about a specific event type

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventTypeUuid text The UUID of the event type to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
eventType object
name string
duration number
schedulingUrl string

Retrieve scheduled events (meetings) from your calendar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userUri text Specific user URI to get events for (leave empty for current user)
status select active
minStartTime text ISO 8601 datetime (e.g., 2024-01-01T00:00:00Z)
maxStartTime text ISO 8601 datetime (e.g., 2024-12-31T23:59:59Z)
sort select start_time:asc
limit number 20 Number of events to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total number

Get detailed information about a specific scheduled event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventUuid text The UUID of the scheduled event to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
event object
name string
startTime string
endTime string
status string

Cancel a scheduled event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventUuid text The UUID of the scheduled event to cancel
reason textarea Optional reason for cancellation (sent to invitees)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Get invitees for a specific scheduled event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventUuid text The UUID of the scheduled event
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
invitees array
total number

Get detailed information about a specific invitee

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
inviteeUuid text The UUID of the invitee to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
invitee object
name string
email string
status string

Get information about the current authenticated user

Outputs
Name Type Description
user object
name string
email string
uri string
schedulingUrl string

Get information about the user's organization

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
organizationUri text Specific organization URI (leave empty for current user's org)
Outputs
Name Type Description
organization object
uri string

Get availability for a user within a time range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userUri text The URI of the user to check availability for
startTime text ISO 8601 datetime (e.g., 2024-01-01T00:00:00Z)
endTime text ISO 8601 datetime (e.g., 2024-01-01T23:59:59Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
availability array
busy array

Create a single-use booking link for an event type. Links expire after one booking or 90 days.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventTypeUri text The URI of the event type to create a booking link for (e.g., https://api.calendly.com/event_types/XXXX)
maxEventCount number 1 Maximum number of bookings allowed (1 for single-use links)
Outputs
Name Type Description
bookingUrl string The single-use booking link URL
ownerUri string The event type URI that owns this link
ownerType string Type of owner (EventType)
maxEventCount number Maximum bookings allowed on this link
Call Loop

Call Loop

Voice broadcasting and SMS automation platform for marketing campaigns

Free
Campaign Monitor

Campaign Monitor

Email marketing automation, workflow management, and subscriber analytics platform

Free

Setting up Campaign Monitor Integration

  1. Log in to your Campaign Monitor account
  2. Click on your account name in the top right corner
  3. Select "Account Settings" from the dropdown menu
  4. Navigate to the "API keys" section
  5. Click "Show API key" to reveal your key
  6. Copy the API key and paste it above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to your lists, campaigns, and subscriber data
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from account settings
  • Rate limits apply - Campaign Monitor allows 1000 requests per hour per API key
Campaign Monitor API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve subscribers from a Campaign Monitor list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The Campaign Monitor list ID to retrieve subscribers from
date_from text Only subscribers added after this date
page number 1 Page number for pagination (1000 results per page)
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscribers array Array of subscriber objects
total_pages number Total number of pages available

Add a new subscriber to a Campaign Monitor list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The Campaign Monitor list ID to add subscriber to
email text Subscriber email address
name text Subscriber name
custom_fields textarea {} Custom fields as JSON object (e.g. {"City": "New York", "Age": "25"})
resubscribe checkbox Resubscribe the person if they already exist
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Email address of the added subscriber
added boolean Whether the subscriber was successfully added

Update an existing subscriber in a Campaign Monitor list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The Campaign Monitor list ID
email text Current email address of the subscriber
new_email text New email address (if changing email)
name text Subscriber name
custom_fields textarea {} Custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Email address of the updated subscriber
updated boolean Whether the subscriber was successfully updated

Unsubscribe a subscriber from a Campaign Monitor list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The Campaign Monitor list ID
email text Email address to unsubscribe
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Email address that was unsubscribed
unsubscribed boolean Whether the subscriber was successfully unsubscribed

Retrieve all lists from your Campaign Monitor account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id text The Campaign Monitor client ID to get lists for
Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of list objects

Create a new subscriber list in Campaign Monitor

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id text The Campaign Monitor client ID
title text The title of the new list
unsubscribe_page text URL for the unsubscribe confirmation page
confirmation_success_page text URL for the subscription confirmation success page
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string ID of the created list
title string Title of the created list

Retrieve campaigns from your Campaign Monitor account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id text The Campaign Monitor client ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects
Canva

Canva

Design automation and visual content creation platform with powerful templates, brand kits, and export capabilities

Free

Setting up Canva API Integration

  1. Go to the Canva Developer Portal
  2. Sign in with your Canva account credentials
  3. Click "Create an App" or navigate to your existing app
  4. Fill in your app details (name, description, website)
  5. Select the appropriate scopes for your integration needs
  6. Complete the app creation process
  7. Navigate to the "API Keys" section of your app
  8. Copy your API key from the developer dashboard
  9. Paste the API key in the field above
  10. Important: Ensure your app has the necessary permissions
  11. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys are tied to specific Canva apps and teams
  • Some features require Canva Pro or Teams subscription
  • The API has rate limits - avoid making too many requests quickly
  • Design exports may take time to process for complex designs
  • Brand kit access requires appropriate team permissions
  • Always test with non-critical designs first
Canva API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve information about the authenticated user

Outputs
Name Type Description
user object Complete user profile data
id string Unique identifier for the user
displayName string User display name
email string User email address
team object User team details

Retrieve designs from your Canva account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term to filter designs
design_type select Filter by design type
folder_id text Filter designs from specific folder
limit number 50 Maximum number of designs to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
designs array Array of design objects
totalDesigns number Number of designs returned
hasMore boolean Whether there are more designs available

Retrieve details of a specific design

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
design_id text Canva design ID or URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
design object Complete design information
id string Unique identifier for the design
title string Title of the design
description string Design description
designType string Type/category of the design
createdAt string When the design was created
updatedAt string When the design was last updated
thumbnail object Design thumbnail information

Create a new design from a template or blank canvas

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
design_type select Type of design to create
title text Title for the new design
template_id text Template ID to create design from (leave empty for blank)
folder_id text Folder to create the design in
Outputs
Name Type Description
designId string ID of the created design
design object Complete created design data
title string Title of the created design
editUrl string URL to edit the design in Canva

Create a copy of an existing design

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
design_id text ID of the design to duplicate
title text Title for the duplicated design (optional)
folder_id text Folder to place the duplicated design
Outputs
Name Type Description
designId string ID of the duplicated design
design object Complete duplicated design data
title string Title of the duplicated design

Export a design to various formats (PNG, JPG, PDF, etc.)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
design_id text ID of the design to export
format select png Format to export the design as
quality select standard Export quality
pages text Specific pages to export (e.g., "1,3,5" or "1-3")
Outputs
Name Type Description
exportUrl string Download URL for the exported file
format string Format of the exported file
fileSize number Size of the exported file in bytes
success boolean Whether the export was successful

Retrieve folders from your Canva account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
parent_folder_id text Get subfolders of a specific folder
limit number 50 Maximum number of folders to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
folders array Array of folder objects
totalFolders number Number of folders returned

Create a new folder in Canva

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new folder
parent_folder_id text Parent folder to create the new folder in
Outputs
Name Type Description
folderId string ID of the created folder
folder object Complete created folder data
name string Name of the created folder

Retrieve brand kit information (colors, fonts, logos)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
brand_kit_id text Specific brand kit ID (leave empty for default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
brandKit object Complete brand kit information
colors array Array of brand colors
fonts array Array of brand fonts
logos array Array of brand logos and assets

Upload an image or media asset to Canva

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_url text URL of the file to upload
name text Name for the uploaded asset
folder_id text Folder to upload the asset to
tags text Comma-separated tags for the asset
Outputs
Name Type Description
assetId string ID of the uploaded asset
asset object Complete uploaded asset data
name string Name of the uploaded asset
url string URL of the uploaded asset

Retrieve uploaded assets from your Canva account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
asset_type select Filter by asset type
folder_id text Filter assets from specific folder
tags text Filter by tags (comma-separated)
limit number 50 Maximum number of assets to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
assets array Array of asset objects
totalAssets number Number of assets returned
Capsule CRM

Capsule CRM

Simple CRM for small businesses with contact management, opportunity tracking, and task automation

Free

Setting up Capsule CRM Integration

  1. Log in to your Capsule CRM account
  2. Go to My Preferences → API Authentication Tokens
  3. Click "Create New Token" to generate a new API token
  4. Give your token a descriptive name
  5. Copy the generated API token and paste it above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API tokens provide full access to your Capsule CRM data - keep them secure
  • Only account admins can create API tokens
  • API tokens inherit the permissions of the user who created them
  • You can revoke API tokens anytime from your account preferences
  • Capsule CRM uses Bearer token authentication
Capsule CRM API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve people (contacts) from Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
perPage number 50 Number of people to retrieve per page (1-100)
q text Search term to filter people
tag text Filter people by tag
Outputs
Name Type Description
people array
total_count number

Create a new person (contact) in Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text First name of the person
lastName text Last name of the person
jobTitle text Job title of the person
emailAddress email Email address of the person
phoneNumber text Phone number of the person
about textarea Notes about the person
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id number
firstName string
lastName string
emailAddress string
created_at string

Update an existing person in Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person_id number ID of the person to update
firstName text First name of the person
lastName text Last name of the person
jobTitle text Job title of the person
emailAddress email Email address of the person
phoneNumber text Phone number of the person
about textarea Notes about the person
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id number
firstName string
lastName string
emailAddress string
updated_at string

Retrieve organisations from Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
perPage number 50 Number of organisations to retrieve per page (1-100)
q text Search term to filter organisations
tag text Filter organisations by tag
Outputs
Name Type Description
organisations array
total_count number

Create a new organisation in Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the organisation
website url Website URL of the organisation
emailAddress email Email address of the organisation
phoneNumber text Phone number of the organisation
about textarea Notes about the organisation
Outputs
Name Type Description
organisation_id number
name string
website string
emailAddress string
created_at string

Retrieve opportunities from Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
perPage number 50 Number of opportunities to retrieve per page (1-100)
milestone text Filter by milestone name
party_id number Filter by person or organisation ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array
total_count number

Create a new opportunity in Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the opportunity
party_id number ID of the person or organisation
milestone text Milestone name for the opportunity
value number Monetary value of the opportunity
currency text USD Currency code (e.g., USD, EUR, GBP)
expectedCloseDate date Expected close date (YYYY-MM-DD)
description textarea Description of the opportunity
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity_id number
name string
value number
currency string
milestone string
created_at string

Retrieve tasks from Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
perPage number 50 Number of tasks to retrieve per page (1-100)
status select Filter tasks by status
party_id number Filter by person or organisation ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array
total_count number

Create a new task in Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
description text Description of the task
dueDate date Due date for the task (YYYY-MM-DD)
party_id number ID of the person or organisation this task relates to
opportunity_id number ID of the opportunity this task relates to
assign_to number User ID to assign the task to
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id number
description string
dueDate string
status string
created_at string

Retrieve entries (notes) from Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
perPage number 50 Number of entries to retrieve per page (1-100)
party_id number Filter by person or organisation ID
opportunity_id number Filter by opportunity ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
entries array
total_count number

Create a new entry (note) in Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
content textarea Content of the entry/note
type select note Type of entry
party_id number ID of the person or organisation this entry relates to
opportunity_id number ID of the opportunity this entry relates to
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id number
content string
type string
created_at string

Search across people and organisations in Capsule CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
q text Search term to find people and organisations
perPage number 50 Maximum number of results per page
Outputs
Name Type Description
parties array
total_count number
Chartbeat

Chartbeat

Real-time website analytics with visitor tracking, content performance, and engagement metrics

Free

Setting up Chartbeat Integration

  1. Log in to your Chartbeat account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API
  3. Copy your API Key and Account ID
  4. Paste both values in the fields above
  5. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Your API key provides access to real-time analytics data
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The Account ID is typically found in your dashboard URL or settings
  • API rate limits apply - see Chartbeat documentation for details
Chartbeat API Documentation

Available Operations

Get real-time visitor analytics for a specific domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to get analytics for (e.g., example.com)
limit number 20 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
totalVisitors number
pages array
referrers array
geoData array

Get historical analytics data for a specific time period

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to get analytics for
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
metrics textarea ["people", "visits", "pages"] Array of metrics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
dateRange object
metrics object
dailyStats array

Get the most popular pages on your site

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to analyze
timeFrame select hour Time period for analysis
limit number 10 Maximum number of pages to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array
totalPages number

Analyze where your traffic is coming from

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to analyze
sourceType select all Type of traffic sources to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
sources array
totalSources number
breakdown object

Get detailed engagement metrics for your content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to analyze
pageUrl text Optional: analyze a specific page (leave empty for site-wide)
Outputs
Name Type Description
averageTimeOnSite number
bounceRate number
pageViews number
engagementScore number

Check for traffic spikes, drops, or other alerts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to monitor
alertTypes textarea ["traffic_spike", "traffic_drop", "error_rate"] Array of alert types to check
Outputs
Name Type Description
alerts array
alertCount number
status string
ChatGPT Scraper

ChatGPT Scraper

Extract ChatGPT responses and citations with web search capabilities and prompt-based queries

45 credits

Using ChatGPT Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add ChatGPT scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Enter your prompts to search ChatGPT
  4. Configure web search and additional parameters
  5. The scraper will extract ChatGPT responses and citations

Notes:

  • Extract ChatGPT responses with citations
  • Each prompt is a separate query (no context between prompts)
  • 4,096 character limit per prompt
  • Optional web search feature for enhanced results
  • Country-specific responses available
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Query ChatGPT with prompts and extract responses with citations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea The prompt to send to ChatGPT (max 4,096 characters). Each prompt is a separate query.
webSearch select Enable GPT web search feature for current information
additionalPrompt textarea Optional additional context or instructions for the prompt
country text Optional country code for localized responses
Outputs
Name Type Description
response object ChatGPT response with content and citations
count number Number of responses (typically 1)
Chatmeter

Chatmeter

Local brand management and reputation

Free

Setting up Chatmeter API

  1. Log in to your Chatmeter account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API Access" or "Integrations"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Account ID from the account settings page
  5. Paste both the API Key and Account ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Chatmeter business account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep both your API key and Account ID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
Chatmeter API Documentation

Available Operations

Get reviews from monitored locations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Specific location ID to filter by
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
platform select Filter by review platform
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get list of monitored business locations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Only return active locations
search text Search locations by name or address
Outputs
Name Type Description
locations array Array of business locations
total_count number Total number of locations

Get business listings and their status

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Specific location ID to filter by
platform select Filter by specific platform
status select Filter by listing status
Outputs
Name Type Description
listings array Array of business listings
total_count number Total number of listings

Get local brand analytics and insights

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Specific location ID to analyze
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metric select overview Type of analytics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Detailed analytics information
total_reviews number Total number of reviews in period
average_rating number Average rating in period
visibility_score number Local search visibility score

Get competitor analysis data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Location ID to analyze competitors for
radius number 5 Search radius for competitors
limit number 10 Number of competitors to return (max 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
competitors array Array of competitor data
total_count number Total number of competitors found

Get social media posts from monitored accounts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Specific location ID to filter by
platform select Filter by social platform
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of posts to return (max 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Array of social media posts
total_count number Total number of posts
CircleCI

CircleCI

Continuous integration and deployment platform for DevOps automation

Free

Setting up CircleCI Integration

  1. Log in to your CircleCI account
  2. Go to User Settings → Personal API Tokens
  3. Click "Create New Token"
  4. Give your token a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy the generated personal API token
  6. Paste the API token above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • Personal API tokens have the same permissions as your user account
  • You can revoke and regenerate tokens anytime from your user settings
  • The token provides access to all projects you have access to
  • For organization-level access, consider using project-specific tokens
CircleCI API v2 Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of projects you have access to

Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array List of CircleCI projects
count number Number of projects returned

Get detailed information about a specific project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_slug text Project slug in format: vcs-type/org-name/repo-name
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_name string Name of the project
organization_name string Organization name
vcs_type string Version control system (github, bitbucket)
default_branch string Default branch name

Retrieve recent pipelines for a project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_slug text Project slug in format: vcs-type/org-name/repo-name
branch text Filter by specific branch (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
pipelines array List of recent pipelines
count number Number of pipelines returned

Get detailed information about a specific pipeline

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pipeline_id text Unique identifier of the pipeline
Outputs
Name Type Description
pipeline_number number Sequential pipeline number
state string Current state of the pipeline
created_at string When the pipeline was created
trigger_type string How the pipeline was triggered
vcs_branch string VCS branch that triggered the pipeline

Trigger a new pipeline for a project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_slug text Project slug in format: vcs-type/org-name/repo-name
branch text Branch to trigger pipeline on (defaults to main/master)
tag text Git tag to trigger pipeline on (optional)
parameters textarea {} Parameters to pass to the pipeline as JSON
Outputs
Name Type Description
pipeline_id string Unique identifier of the triggered pipeline
pipeline_number number Sequential pipeline number
state string Initial state of the pipeline
success boolean Whether the pipeline was triggered successfully

Retrieve workflows for a specific pipeline

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pipeline_id text Unique identifier of the pipeline
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflows array List of workflows in the pipeline
count number Number of workflows returned

Retrieve jobs for a specific workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text Unique identifier of the workflow
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array List of jobs in the workflow
count number Number of jobs returned

Cancel a running workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text Unique identifier of the workflow to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the cancellation was successful
message string Details about the operation

Rerun a workflow from failed jobs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text Unique identifier of the workflow to rerun
from_failed checkbox 1 Only rerun failed jobs (recommended)
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflow_id string ID of the new workflow created by rerun
success boolean Whether the rerun was successful
message string Details about the operation
CJ Affiliate API

CJ Affiliate API

Commission Junction affiliate network management

Free

Setting up CJ Affiliate API

  1. Log in to your CJ Affiliate account
  2. Navigate to "Account" → "Web Services"
  3. Generate or copy your API Key (Developer Key)
  4. Find your Website ID in the account settings
  5. Paste the API Key and Website ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need an approved CJ Affiliate publisher account
  • API access requires account verification and approval
  • Rate limits apply to API requests (typically 10,000 per day)
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions
CJ Affiliate API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve available advertisers and programs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter advertisers by relationship status
keywords text Search advertisers by keywords
category text Filter by advertiser category
page_size number 20 Number of advertisers per page (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
advertisers array Array of advertiser data
total_advertisers number Total number of advertisers

Retrieve commission transactions and earnings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start date for commissions (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for commissions (YYYY-MM-DD format)
advertiser_id text Filter by specific advertiser ID
status select Filter by commission status
Outputs
Name Type Description
commissions array Array of commission data
total_commissions number Total number of commission records
total_earnings number Total commission earnings

Generate affiliate tracking links

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
advertiser_id text Advertiser ID to create links for
destination_url text Specific URL to link to
link_type select text Type of link to generate
Outputs
Name Type Description
affiliate_link string Generated affiliate tracking link
click_url string Direct click tracking URL
tracking_id string Unique tracking identifier

Retrieve banners and promotional materials

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
advertiser_id text Advertiser ID to get creatives for
creative_type select Type of creative material
size text Banner size filter (e.g., 728x90)
language select en Creative language
Outputs
Name Type Description
creatives array Array of creative materials
total_creatives number Total number of creatives

Retrieve advertiser product catalogs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
advertiser_id text Advertiser ID to get products for
keywords text Search products by keywords
category text Filter by product category
min_price number Minimum product price
max_price number Maximum product price
page_size number 50 Number of products to return (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product data
total_products number Total number of products

Generate affiliate performance analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Report start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text Report end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
advertiser_id text Filter by specific advertiser ID
group_by select day How to group the report data
Outputs
Name Type Description
performance_data array Performance metrics data
summary object Summary statistics
total_clicks number Total clicks in report period
total_sales number Total sales in report period
total_commission number Total commission earned
conversion_rate number Overall conversion rate percentage
Clearbit

Clearbit

Company and contact data enrichment platform with comprehensive business intelligence, technographics, and real-time data updates

Free

Setting up Clearbit Integration

  1. Log in to your Clearbit Dashboard
  2. Navigate to API Keys in your account settings
  3. Copy your API key from the dashboard
  4. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  5. Your Clearbit integration is now ready for data enrichment and intelligence

Notes:

  • Clearbit provides comprehensive business intelligence and data enrichment
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is tracked and billed based on your Clearbit plan
  • The integration supports person enrichment, company lookup, and prospector search
  • Contact Clearbit support for enterprise features and increased limits
Clearbit API Documentation

Available Operations

Enrich person data using email address with comprehensive profile information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to enrich with person data
webhook_url text Optional webhook URL for async processing
subscribe checkbox Subscribe to data updates for this person
Outputs
Name Type Description
person object Comprehensive person profile information
company object Company information associated with the person
confidence number Data confidence score from 0-100
social_profiles array Social media profiles and professional links

Enrich company data using domain with business intelligence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to enrich (e.g., clearbit.com)
webhook_url text Optional webhook URL for async processing
facebook checkbox 1 Include Facebook business page data
linkedin checkbox 1 Include LinkedIn company page data
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object Comprehensive company business intelligence
metrics object Financial and performance metrics
tech_stack array Technologies used by the company
social_data object Social media presence and engagement

Search for people at companies using advanced filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to search within
company_names textarea [] Array of company names to search (e.g., ["Google", "Microsoft"])
titles textarea [] Array of job titles to filter by (e.g., ["CEO", "CTO", "VP Marketing"])
roles textarea [] Array of functional roles (e.g., ["engineering", "sales", "marketing"])
seniorities textarea [] Array of seniority levels (e.g., ["executive", "director", "manager"])
locations textarea [] Array of locations (e.g., ["San Francisco", "New York", "Remote"])
email_required checkbox 1 Only return prospects with email addresses
limit number 20 Maximum number of prospects to return (default: 20, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
prospects array Array of prospects matching the search criteria
total_results number Total number of prospects found
search_query object The search parameters that were used

Search for companies using advanced business criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text General search query for company name or description
industries textarea [] Array of industry categories (e.g., ["Technology", "Healthcare", "Finance"])
employees_min number Minimum number of employees
employees_max number Maximum number of employees
revenue_min number Minimum annual revenue in USD
revenue_max number Maximum annual revenue in USD
locations textarea [] Array of geographic locations
tech textarea [] Array of technologies used (e.g., ["Salesforce", "HubSpot"])
limit number 20 Maximum number of companies to return (default: 20, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Array of companies matching the search criteria
total_results number Total number of companies found

Add a domain to your Clearbit watchlist for monitoring

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to add to watchlist
webhook_url text Webhook URL to receive updates
Outputs
Name Type Description
domain string Domain added to watchlist
status string Watchlist addition status
webhook_configured boolean Whether webhook was successfully configured

Identify companies visiting your website using Reveal

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_range select Time period for visitor data
min_visits number 1 Minimum number of visits to include company
include_contact_info checkbox 1 Include key contact information for visiting companies
Outputs
Name Type Description
visitors array Companies that visited your website
total_visitors number Total number of identified companies
date_range string Date range of the visitor data

Enrich multiple emails or domains in a single request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select Type of bulk enrichment to perform
data textarea Array of emails (for person) or domains (for company) to enrich
webhook_url text Webhook URL to receive enrichment results
Outputs
Name Type Description
enrichment_id string ID to track the bulk enrichment job
status string Current status of the enrichment job
total_records number Total number of records submitted for enrichment
webhook_configured boolean Whether webhook was successfully configured
ClickBank API

ClickBank API

Digital product affiliate marketplace platform

Free

Setting up ClickBank API

  1. Log in to your ClickBank account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "My Account" → "API Keys"
  3. Generate or copy your API Key and Developer Key
  4. Find your account nickname in the account settings
  5. Paste the API Key, Developer Key, and Account Nickname above and save

Notes:

  • You need an active ClickBank affiliate account
  • API access may require account verification
  • Rate limits may apply to API requests
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or account status
ClickBank API Documentation

Available Operations

Search and retrieve ClickBank marketplace products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category select Filter products by category
keywords text Search products by keywords
min_gravity number Minimum gravity score (popularity)
max_gravity number Maximum gravity score (popularity)
min_commission number Minimum commission percentage
sort_by select gravity Sort products by criteria
results_per_page number 20 Number of products to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product data
total_products number Total number of products found

Retrieve affiliate order history and commissions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start date for orders (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for orders (YYYY-MM-DD format)
product_id text Filter by specific product ID
transaction_type select Filter by transaction type
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order data
total_orders number Total number of orders
total_commission number Total commission earned

Create affiliate tracking links for products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
vendor text Product vendor ID
product_id text Specific product ID (optional)
tracking_id text Custom tracking identifier (TID)
Outputs
Name Type Description
hop_link string Generated affiliate tracking link
hop_link_short string Shortened version of the HopLink
tracking_info object Link tracking information

Retrieve affiliate performance statistics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start date for statistics (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for statistics (YYYY-MM-DD format)
product_id text Filter by specific product ID
group_by select day How to group the statistics
Outputs
Name Type Description
statistics array Performance statistics data
summary object Summary statistics
total_hops number Total number of link clicks
total_sales number Total number of sales
conversion_rate number Hop to sale conversion rate
total_commission number Total commission earned

Retrieve payment history and details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start date for payments (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for payments (YYYY-MM-DD format)
payment_method select Filter by payment method
Outputs
Name Type Description
payments array Array of payment data
total_payments number Total number of payments
total_amount number Total payment amount

Retrieve affiliate account information and settings

Outputs
Name Type Description
account_info object Account information and settings
nickname string Account nickname
account_status string Current account status
current_balance number Current account balance
ClickMeeting

ClickMeeting

Online meeting and webinar platform with recording and analytics features

Free

Setting up ClickMeeting Integration

  1. Log in to your ClickMeeting account
  2. Navigate to Settings in your account dashboard
  3. Find the API section or Developer settings
  4. Generate a new API key or copy your existing API key
  5. Copy the API key and paste it in the field above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires a ClickMeeting account with API access enabled
  • API key provides access to your meeting and webinar management functions
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API requests are rate-limited - monitor your usage
  • Some features may require specific ClickMeeting subscription plans
ClickMeeting API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new ClickMeeting conference or webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the conference/webinar
room_type select meeting
permanent_room checkbox Create a permanent room (no fixed date/time)
access_type select 1
lobby_enabled checkbox Enable lobby/waiting room
starts text Start time in UTC (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS). Leave empty for permanent room.
duration number 60 Conference duration in minutes
Outputs
Name Type Description
room_id string
room_url string
phone_pin string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific conference

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
room_id text The unique ID of the conference room
Outputs
Name Type Description
name string
room_type string
starts string
duration number
room_url string
phone_pin string
status string
success boolean

Register an attendee for a conference

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
room_id text The unique ID of the conference room
email text Attendee email address
firstname text Attendee first name
lastname text Attendee last name
company text Attendee company name
phone text Attendee phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
registration_id string
access_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of registrations for a conference

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
room_id text The unique ID of the conference room
status select active
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrations array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of attendees for a completed session

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
room_id text The unique ID of the conference room
session_id text The unique ID of the session
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of conferences

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select active
Outputs
Name Type Description
conferences array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of sessions for a conference

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
room_id text The unique ID of the conference room
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessions array
total_count number
success boolean
ClickSend

ClickSend

Multi-channel communication platform supporting SMS, email, voice, and postal automation

Free

Setting up ClickSend Integration

  1. Log in to your ClickSend dashboard
  2. Go to Developers → API Credentials
  3. Copy your username and API key
  4. Paste both values in the fields above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Your API key is different from your account password
  • ClickSend supports SMS, email, voice, and postal services
  • Messages consume credits from your ClickSend balance
  • Test with a small message first to verify setup
ClickSend API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via ClickSend

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
to text Recipient phone number with country code (e.g., +1234567890)
from text Custom sender ID (optional)
schedule text Schedule message (Unix timestamp, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
status string Message sending status
cost number Cost of sending the message
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send emails via ClickSend

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to_email text Recipient email address
to_name text Recipient name
from_email text Sender email address
from_name text Sender name
subject text Email subject line
body textarea Email message content (HTML supported)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent email
status string Email sending status
success boolean Whether the email was sent successfully

Send voice messages via ClickSend

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
message textarea Text to be converted to speech
voice select female Voice type for text-to-speech
lang select en-us Language for text-to-speech
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the voice message
status string Voice message status
success boolean Whether the voice message was sent successfully

Check your ClickSend account balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
balance number Current account balance
currency string Account currency
success boolean Whether the balance check was successful
ClickUp

ClickUp

All-in-one productivity platform combining project management, docs, and team collaboration

Free

Setting up ClickUp Integration

  1. Log in to your ClickUp account
  2. Click on your profile avatar in the bottom left corner
  3. Select "Settings" from the menu
  4. Go to "Apps" in the left sidebar
  5. Click "Generate" next to API Token
  6. Copy the generated token and paste it above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • The token provides access to all workspaces you have access to
  • You can regenerate the token anytime from your ClickUp settings
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions in the workspaces you want to access
ClickUp API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new task in ClickUp

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to create the task in
name text The name of the task to create
description textarea Detailed description of the task
assignees text Comma-separated list of user IDs to assign
priority select Priority level of the task
status text Status name for the task
due_date text Due date in UNIX timestamp (milliseconds)
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string The unique ID of the created task
task_url string The URL to view the task in ClickUp
task_name string The name of the created task

Update an existing task in ClickUp

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
task_id text The ID of the task to update
name text New name for the task
description textarea Updated description of the task
status text New status for the task
priority select New priority level of the task
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string The unique ID of the updated task
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve details of a specific task

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
task_id text The ID of the task to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string
name string
description string
status object
priority object
assignees array
url string
date_created string
date_updated string
due_date string

List tasks from a ClickUp list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text ID of list to get tasks from
archived select false Whether to include archived tasks
page number 0 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array Array of task objects
count number Number of tasks returned

Add a comment to a task

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
task_id text The ID of the task to comment on
comment_text textarea The content of the comment
Outputs
Name Type Description
comment_id string The unique ID of the created comment
comment_text string The content of the comment
date_created string When the comment was created
Clockify

Clockify

Free time tracking software - Track work hours across projects and teams

Free

Setting up Clockify Integration

  1. Log in to your Clockify account
  2. Go to Profile Settings (click your avatar in the top right)
  3. Navigate to the API section in the left sidebar
  4. Click "Generate" to create a new API key or copy existing one
  5. Paste the API key above and click Save

Notes:

  • Your API key provides access to your time tracking data
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from your profile settings
  • Free accounts have limitations on features and integrations
Clockify API Documentation

Available Operations

Get information about the current user

Outputs
Name Type Description
user_id string
name string
email string
default_workspace string

Start a new time tracking entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
description text What are you working on?
project_id text Optional project ID to assign this entry to
task_id text Optional task ID within the project
tags text Optional tags for this entry
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id string
description string
started_at string

Stop the currently running time entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
end_time text Custom end time (default: now)
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id string
description string
duration string
stopped_at string

Get time entries for a specific date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text today Start date for the range
end_date text today End date for the range
project_id text Filter by specific project
Outputs
Name Type Description
entries array
total_duration string
entry_count number

Get all projects from your workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
archived checkbox Include archived projects
Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array
project_count number

Create a new project in your workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the new project
color text #2196F3 Project color in hex format
is_public checkbox 1 Make this project public to workspace members
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_id string
name string
color string

Get tasks from a specific project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text Project ID to get tasks from
is_active checkbox 1 Show only active tasks
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array
task_count number

Get time tracking summary report

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text today Start date for the report
end_date text today End date for the report
group_by select PROJECT How to group the report data
Outputs
Name Type Description
total_time number
groups array
Close

Close

Inside sales CRM with built-in calling, email tracking, and sales automation

Free

Setting up Close Integration

  1. Log in to your Close account
  2. Go to Settings → API Keys
  3. Click "Create API Key" to generate a new key
  4. Give your API key a descriptive name
  5. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys provide full access to your Close data - keep them secure
  • Only admin users can create API keys
  • API keys inherit the permissions of the user who created them
  • You can revoke API keys anytime from your account settings
  • Close uses HTTP Basic Authentication with your API key as the username
Close API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve leads from Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of leads to retrieve (1-100)
query text Search term to filter leads
status_id text Filter by lead status ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
total_count number
has_more boolean

Create a new lead in Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the lead (company/organization)
url url Website URL of the lead
description textarea Description or notes about the lead
status_id text Lead status ID (leave empty for default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id string
name string
url string
created_at string

Update an existing lead in Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lead_id text ID of the lead to update
name text Name of the lead
url url Website URL of the lead
description textarea Description or notes about the lead
status_id text Lead status ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id string
name string
url string
updated_at string

Retrieve contacts from Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve (1-100)
lead_id text Filter contacts by lead ID
query text Search term to filter contacts
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
total_count number
has_more boolean

Create a new contact in Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lead_id text ID of the lead this contact belongs to
name text Full name of the contact
title text Job title of the contact
email email Email address of the contact
phone text Phone number of the contact
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
name string
email string
phone string
created_at string

Retrieve opportunities from Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of opportunities to retrieve (1-100)
lead_id text Filter opportunities by lead ID
status_id text Filter by opportunity status ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array
total_count number
has_more boolean

Create a new opportunity in Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lead_id text ID of the lead this opportunity belongs to
status_id text Opportunity status ID
value number Monetary value of the opportunity
value_currency text USD Currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
expected_date date Expected close date (YYYY-MM-DD)
note textarea Notes about the opportunity
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity_id string
value number
value_currency string
expected_date string
created_at string

Retrieve tasks from Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of tasks to retrieve (1-100)
lead_id text Filter tasks by lead ID
assigned_to text Filter tasks by assigned user ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array
total_count number
has_more boolean

Create a new task in Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text text Description of the task
lead_id text ID of the lead this task is related to
assigned_to text User ID to assign the task to
due_date datetime-local Due date and time for the task
is_complete checkbox Mark the task as complete when created
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string
text string
due_date string
is_complete boolean
created_at string

Send an email through Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lead_id text ID of the lead this email is related to
to text Recipient email address
subject text Email subject line
body_text textarea Email body content (plain text or HTML)
sender text Sender email address (leave empty to use default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
email_id string
status string
subject string
created_at string

Log a phone call in Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lead_id text ID of the lead this call is related to
direction select Direction of the call
status select Status of the call
phone text Phone number called/received from
note textarea Notes about the call
duration number Call duration in seconds
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_id string
direction string
status string
duration number
created_at string

Search across all records in Close CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term to find across all records
type select Limit search to specific record type
limit number 20 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array
total_count number
CNN Scraper

CNN Scraper

Extract CNN news articles with time-based filtering, search discovery, and comprehensive metadata

45 credits

Using CNN Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add CNN scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from article URLs, date filtering, or search discovery
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract CNN news articles with metadata

Notes:

  • Extract news articles with full content and metadata
  • Time-based filtering with precise publication dates
  • Search-based discovery for specific topics
  • Author information and publication timestamps
  • Category and section classification
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract news articles and content from CNN URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea CNN article URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array News articles with content, metadata, and publication info
count number Number of articles scraped

Find CNN articles by publication date and time range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
startTime text Start time in HH:MM format (24-hour, e.g., "15:00")
endTime text End time in HH:MM format (24-hour, e.g., "17:00")
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array Articles published within the specified date and time range
count number Number of articles found

Extract articles from CNN search result URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea CNN search result URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array Articles from search results
count number Number of articles found
Coda

Coda

Document database hybrid that combines the flexibility of documents with the power of databases for content management

Free

Setting up Coda API Integration

  1. Log in to your Coda account
  2. Go to your account settings by clicking your profile picture
  3. Navigate to the "API" or "Integrations" section
  4. Click "Generate API Token" or "Create API Token"
  5. Give your token a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Select the appropriate permissions for your use case
  7. Copy the generated API token
  8. Paste the API token in the field above
  9. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API tokens provide access to your docs and tables based on permissions
  • You can manage and revoke tokens anytime from your account settings
  • The API has rate limits - avoid making too many requests quickly
  • Some operations require specific permissions on docs and tables
  • Changes made via API are reflected immediately in the Coda interface
  • Always test with non-critical data first
Coda API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all Coda documents you have access to

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
is_owner select all Filter documents by ownership
limit number 50 Maximum number of documents to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
docs array Array of Coda documents
totalDocs number Number of documents returned

Retrieve details of a specific Coda document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID or URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
doc object Complete document information
name string Name of the document
type string Type of the document
href string URL to the document
browserLink string Direct browser link to the document
createdAt string When the document was created
updatedAt string When the document was last updated

Retrieve tables from a Coda document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of tables to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
tables array Array of tables in the document
totalTables number Number of tables returned

Retrieve columns from a specific table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
table_id text Table ID or name
Outputs
Name Type Description
columns array Array of table columns
totalColumns number Number of columns in the table

Retrieve rows from a Coda table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
table_id text Table ID or name
query text Query to filter rows (e.g., column="value")
limit number 100 Maximum number of rows to retrieve
sort_by text Column to sort by
sort_direction select ascending Sort direction
Outputs
Name Type Description
rows array Array of table rows with data
totalRows number Number of rows returned
nextPageToken string Token for pagination

Insert a new row into a Coda table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
table_id text Table ID or name
row_data code_editor Row data as JSON object with column names as keys
key_columns text Comma-separated list of columns to use as key (for upsert)
Outputs
Name Type Description
rowId string ID of the inserted row
row object Complete inserted row data
success boolean Whether the insertion was successful

Update an existing row in a Coda table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
table_id text Table ID or name
row_id text ID of the row to update
row_data code_editor Updated row data as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
rowId string ID of the updated row
row object Complete updated row data
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Delete a row from a Coda table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
table_id text Table ID or name
row_id text ID of the row to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deletedRowId string ID of the deleted row
success boolean Whether the deletion was successful

Retrieve pages from a Coda document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of pages to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array Array of document pages
totalPages number Number of pages returned

Retrieve formulas from a Coda document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of formulas to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
formulas array Array of document formulas
totalFormulas number Number of formulas returned

Execute a specific formula in a Coda document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
formula_id text ID of the formula to execute
Outputs
Name Type Description
result object Result of the formula execution
value string Computed value of the formula
success boolean Whether the execution was successful

Retrieve controls (buttons, sliders, etc.) from a document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
doc_id text Coda document ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of controls to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
controls array Array of document controls
totalControls number Number of controls returned
Coinbase

Coinbase

Cryptocurrency exchange platform for buying, selling, and storing crypto

Free

Setting up Coinbase Integration

  1. Log in to your Coinbase Pro account
  2. Navigate to Profile → API
  3. Create a new API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy your API Key, Secret, and Passphrase
  5. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Live for production)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • API permissions determine what operations you can perform
  • Enable only the permissions you need for security
Coinbase Pro API Documentation

Available Operations

Get account balances for all currencies

Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array Array of account balances by currency

Get current price for a cryptocurrency

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
currency_pair text BTC-USD Trading pair (e.g., BTC-USD, ETH-EUR)
Outputs
Name Type Description
price number
currency_pair string
timestamp string
price_data object

Place a buy order for cryptocurrency

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
currency_pair text Trading pair (e.g., BTC-USD)
amount number Amount of cryptocurrency to buy
price number Limit price (leave empty for market order)
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
filled_size number
executed_value number
order_data object

Place a sell order for cryptocurrency

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
currency_pair text Trading pair (e.g., BTC-USD)
amount number Amount of cryptocurrency to sell
price number Limit price (leave empty for market order)
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
filled_size number
executed_value number
order_data object

Check the status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text Coinbase order ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
side string
size number
filled_size number
order_data object

Cancel an open order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text Coinbase order ID to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
status string
ConnectSafely

ConnectSafely

Platform-compliant LinkedIn automation. Follow profiles, send connection requests, messages, and engage with posts safely.

Free

Setting up ConnectSafely Integration

  1. Sign up for an account at ConnectSafely.ai
  2. Connect your LinkedIn account(s) in the ConnectSafely dashboard
  3. Go to Settings → API Keys in your ConnectSafely dashboard
  4. Generate a new API key and copy it
  5. Paste your API key in the field above
  6. (Optional) Enter your default LinkedIn account ID from ConnectSafely
  7. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • You need an active ConnectSafely subscription to use the API
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Each connected LinkedIn account has a unique Account ID in ConnectSafely
  • Find your Account ID in the ConnectSafely dashboard under connected accounts
  • ConnectSafely respects LinkedIn rate limits to keep your account safe
  • Use platform-compliant automation to avoid LinkedIn restrictions
ConnectSafely API Documentation

Available Operations

Follow or unfollow a LinkedIn profile using ConnectSafely

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text LinkedIn profile URL (e.g., https://linkedin.com/in/username) or profile ID
action select follow Follow or unfollow the profile
account_id text ConnectSafely Account ID. Leave empty to use default from integration settings.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
action string
profile_id string
account_id string
message string
response object

Send a LinkedIn connection request with optional personalized message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text LinkedIn profile URL or profile ID to connect with
message textarea Personalized message to include with the connection request (max 300 characters)
account_id text ConnectSafely Account ID. Leave empty to use default.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
profile_id string
account_id string
message_sent boolean
api_message string
response object

Send a direct message to a LinkedIn profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text LinkedIn profile URL or ID to message
message_text textarea The message content to send
subject text Subject line for InMail messages
account_id text ConnectSafely Account ID. Leave empty to use default.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
profile_id string
account_id string
message_sent boolean
api_message string
response object

Check the connection status with a LinkedIn profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text LinkedIn profile URL or ID to check
account_id text ConnectSafely Account ID. Leave empty to use default.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
profile_id string
account_id string
is_connected boolean
is_following boolean
connection_degree string
relationship_status string
response object

Retrieve detailed information about a LinkedIn profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text LinkedIn profile URL or profile ID
include_contact checkbox Include contact information if available
include_geo checkbox Include geolocation data
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
profile_id string
name string
first_name string
last_name string
headline string
location string
industry string
summary string
profile_url string
profile_picture string
company string
job_title string
connections_count number
experience array
education array
skills array
contact object
geo object
raw_response object

Add a reaction to a LinkedIn post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text LinkedIn post URL or post ID
reaction_type select like Type of reaction to add
account_id text ConnectSafely Account ID. Leave empty to use default.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
post_id string
account_id string
reaction_type string
api_message string
response object

Post a comment on a LinkedIn post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text LinkedIn post URL or post ID
comment_text textarea The comment text to post
account_id text ConnectSafely Account ID. Leave empty to use default.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
post_id string
account_id string
comment_posted boolean
comment_id string
api_message string
response object
Constant Contact

Constant Contact

Email marketing, contact management, and event marketing platform for small businesses

Free

Setting up Constant Contact Integration

  1. Log in to your Constant Contact account
  2. Go to My Account → Settings → API Keys
  3. Click "Generate API Key" if you don't have one
  4. Copy the API Key and Access Token
  5. Paste both values in the fields above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The API key provides access to your email lists and campaign data
  • You can revoke access anytime from your Constant Contact account settings
  • Rate limits apply - check Constant Contact documentation for current limits
Constant Contact API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve contacts from your Constant Contact account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve (1-500)
status select all Filter contacts by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact objects
total_count number Total number of contacts matching criteria

Create a new contact in Constant Contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
lists textarea [] Array of list IDs to add contact to (e.g. ["list_id_1", "list_id_2"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the created contact
email string Email address of the created contact

Update an existing contact in Constant Contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to update
email text New email address
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the updated contact
updated boolean Whether the contact was successfully updated

Retrieve all contact lists from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
include_count checkbox 1 Include the number of contacts in each list
Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of contact list objects

Create a new contact list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new contact list
description textarea Optional description for the list
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string ID of the created list
name string Name of the created list

Retrieve email campaigns from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select all Filter campaigns by status
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of email campaign objects
ContactOut

ContactOut

Email finder and contact search platform optimized for recruitment and sales with LinkedIn integration and high accuracy rates

Free

Setting up ContactOut Integration

  1. Log in to your ContactOut account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API in your dashboard
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing one
  4. Copy the API key to your clipboard
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  6. Your ContactOut integration is now ready for email finding and contact discovery

Notes:

  • ContactOut provides accurate email finder and recruitment contact discovery
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is limited by your ContactOut subscription plan and credits
  • The integration supports LinkedIn profile lookup, email verification, and bulk search
  • Upgrade your ContactOut plan for increased API limits and additional features
ContactOut API Documentation

Available Operations

Find contact information using LinkedIn profile URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
linkedin_url text LinkedIn profile URL to search for contact information
include_personal_email checkbox 1 Attempt to find personal email address
include_work_email checkbox 1 Attempt to find work email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Complete contact profile with found information
emails array Found email addresses with confidence scores
phone_numbers array Found phone numbers with types
social_profiles array Social media and professional profiles
confidence_score number Overall confidence score for the match (0-100)

Find contact information using name and company details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
company_name text Company name where person works
company_domain text Company domain (e.g., google.com)
job_title text Person's job title for better matching
location text Geographic location (city, state, country)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contacts matching the search criteria
total_results number Total number of contacts found
search_query object The search parameters that were used

Verify email address validity and deliverability

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string The email address that was verified
is_valid boolean Whether the email address is valid
is_deliverable boolean Whether the email is deliverable
verification_status string Email verification status: valid, invalid, risky, unknown
confidence number Verification confidence score (0-100)
risk_level string Email risk assessment: low, medium, high

Search for multiple contacts in a single batch request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
search_queries textarea [{"first_name": "John", "last_name": "Doe", "company_name": "Acme Corp"}, {"linkedin_url": "https://linkedin.com/in/jane-smith"}] Array of contact search objects with name and company information
include_emails checkbox 1 Attempt to find email addresses for contacts
include_phone_numbers checkbox Attempt to find phone numbers for contacts
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of contact search results
total_searches number Number of searches performed
successful_matches number Number of successful contact matches
credits_used number Number of API credits consumed

Find contacts at a specific company with filtering options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Company name to search within
company_domain text Company domain to search within
job_titles textarea [] Array of job titles to filter by (e.g., ["CEO", "CTO", "VP Sales"])
departments textarea [] Array of departments to filter by (e.g., ["Sales", "Marketing", "Engineering"])
seniority_levels textarea [] Array of seniority levels (e.g., ["C-Level", "VP", "Director", "Manager"])
limit number 25 Maximum number of contacts to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contacts found at the company
company_info object Company details and metadata
total_results number Total number of contacts found
search_filters object The filters that were applied

Get current account information and credit usage statistics

Outputs
Name Type Description
account_email string Account email address
plan_name string Current subscription plan
credits_remaining number Number of API credits remaining
credits_used number Number of credits used this period
monthly_limit number Monthly credit limit
reset_date string Date when credits reset
Contentful

Contentful

Headless CMS platform for managing structured content, media assets, and content delivery across multiple channels

Free

Setting up Contentful API Integration

  1. Log in to your Contentful account
  2. Select the Space you want to integrate with
  3. Go to Settings → API keys
  4. For existing API keys, click on the key name to view details
  5. For new API keys, click "Add API key" and create one
  6. Copy your Space ID from the API key details
  7. Copy the Content Delivery API access token
  8. If you need to create/update content, also copy the Content Management API token
  9. Paste the credentials in the fields above
  10. Set the environment (usually "master" for production)
  11. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Content Delivery API tokens are for reading published content
  • Content Management API tokens are for creating/updating content
  • You can use different environments for staging/production
  • Keep your API tokens secure and never share them publicly
  • API requests are rate limited - monitor your usage
  • Management API operations require appropriate permissions
Contentful API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve content entries from Contentful

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
content_type text Filter by specific content type ID
limit number 100 Maximum number of entries to retrieve (max 1000)
skip number 0 Number of entries to skip for pagination
order select -sys.createdAt Sort order for entries
query text Full-text search query
Outputs
Name Type Description
entries array Array of content entries
total number Total number of entries matching criteria
limit number Limit used in the request
skip number Skip used in the request

Retrieve a specific entry by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
entry_id text ID of the entry to retrieve
include_linked select 1 Number of levels of linked entries to include
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry object The requested entry with all fields
fields object Entry fields data
contentType string Content type ID of the entry
createdAt string Entry creation timestamp
updatedAt string Entry last update timestamp

Create a new content entry in Contentful

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
content_type text ID of the content type for the new entry
fields code_editor Entry fields data as JSON object
publish select false Whether to publish the entry immediately
Outputs
Name Type Description
entryId string ID of the created entry
entry object The complete created entry
published boolean Whether the entry was published
version number Entry version number

Update an existing content entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
entry_id text ID of the entry to update
fields code_editor Updated fields data as JSON object
publish select false Whether to publish the changes immediately
Outputs
Name Type Description
entryId string ID of the updated entry
entry object The complete updated entry
published boolean Whether the entry was published
version number New entry version number

Retrieve media assets from Contentful

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of assets to retrieve
skip number 0 Number of assets to skip for pagination
mimetype_group select Filter by media type
Outputs
Name Type Description
assets array Array of media assets
total number Total number of assets

Upload a new media asset to Contentful

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title for the asset
description textarea Description of the asset
file_url text URL of the file to upload
filename text Name for the uploaded file
content_type text MIME type of the file (e.g., image/jpeg, video/mp4)
publish select false Whether to publish the asset immediately
Outputs
Name Type Description
assetId string ID of the uploaded asset
assetUrl string Public URL of the uploaded asset
published boolean Whether the asset was published

Retrieve all content types from the space

Outputs
Name Type Description
contentTypes array Array of content types with field definitions
total number Total number of content types
ConvertKit

ConvertKit

Creator-focused email marketing automation platform with landing pages and sequences

Free

Setting up ConvertKit Integration

  1. Log in to your ConvertKit account
  2. Go to Settings → Advanced → API Keys
  3. Copy your API Key and API Secret
  4. If you don't see an API Secret, click "Generate Secret Key"
  5. Paste both the API Key and API Secret above
  6. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • Both API Key and API Secret are required for full functionality
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • You can regenerate your API Secret anytime if needed
  • API calls are subject to ConvertKit rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
ConvertKit API Documentation

Available Operations

Add or update a subscriber in ConvertKit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Subscriber email address
firstName text Subscriber first name
formId text ConvertKit form ID to subscribe to (optional)
tags text Comma-separated list of tags to add
customFields textarea {} Additional subscriber fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriberId number The ConvertKit subscriber ID
status string Subscription status

Add a subscriber to a ConvertKit email sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequenceId text The ID of the email sequence
email text Subscriber email address
firstName text Subscriber first name
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the subscriber was added successfully
message string Success or error message

Add a tag to a subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tagId text The ID of the tag to add
email text Subscriber email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the tag was added successfully
message string Success or error message

Remove a tag from a subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tagId text The ID of the tag to remove
email text Subscriber email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the tag was removed successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve subscriber information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for subscriber lookup
lookupValue text The email address or subscriber ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object Complete subscriber information from ConvertKit
found boolean Whether the subscriber was found

Retrieve all ConvertKit forms

Outputs
Name Type Description
forms array Array of ConvertKit forms
count number Number of forms returned

Retrieve all ConvertKit sequences

Outputs
Name Type Description
sequences array Array of ConvertKit sequences
count number Number of sequences returned

Retrieve all ConvertKit tags

Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array Array of ConvertKit tags
count number Number of tags returned
Copilot Scraper

Copilot Scraper

Extract Microsoft Copilot responses and citations with prompt-based queries and country localization

45 credits

Using Copilot Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Copilot scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Enter your prompts to search Microsoft Copilot
  4. Configure optional parameters
  5. The scraper will extract Copilot responses and citations

Notes:

  • Extract Microsoft Copilot responses with sources
  • Each prompt is a separate query (no context between prompts)
  • 8,000 character limit per prompt
  • Country-specific responses available
  • Index parameter for query tracking
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Query Microsoft Copilot with prompts and extract responses

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea The prompt to send to Copilot (max 8,000 characters). Each prompt is a separate query.
index number 1 Index number for tracking this query
country text Optional country code for localized responses
Outputs
Name Type Description
response object Copilot response with content and citations
count number Number of responses (typically 1)
Copper

Copper

CRM built for Google Workspace with integrated project management and sales automation

Free

Setting up Copper Integration

  1. Log in to your Copper account
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations → API Keys
  3. Click "Generate API Key" to create a new API key
  4. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  5. Enter your Copper user email address
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys provide full access to your Copper data - keep them secure
  • The email must match a valid user in your Copper account
  • API access requires admin permissions in Copper
  • You can revoke API keys anytime from your account settings
Copper API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve leads from Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of leads to retrieve (1-200)
status select Filter by lead status
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
total_count number

Create a new lead in Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the lead
email email Email address of the lead
company_name text Company name of the lead
phone text Phone number of the lead
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id number
name string
email string
created_at string

Update an existing lead in Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lead_id number ID of the lead to update
name text Name of the lead
email email Email address of the lead
company_name text Company name of the lead
phone text Phone number of the lead
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id number
name string
email string
updated_at string

Retrieve companies from Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of companies to retrieve (1-200)
name_filter text Filter companies by name (partial match)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array
total_count number

Create a new company in Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the company
website url Company website URL
phone text Company phone number
address textarea Company address
Outputs
Name Type Description
company_id number
name string
website string
created_at string

Retrieve people (contacts) from Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of people to retrieve (1-200)
company_id number Filter by company ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
people array
total_count number

Create a new person (contact) in Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Full name of the person
email email Email address of the person
phone text Phone number of the person
company_id number Associate with a company
title text Job title of the person
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id number
name string
email string
created_at string

Retrieve opportunities (deals) from Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of opportunities to retrieve (1-200)
status select Filter by opportunity status
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array
total_count number

Create a new opportunity (deal) in Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the opportunity
monetary_value number Monetary value of the opportunity
company_id number Associate with a company
primary_contact_id number Primary contact person ID
close_date date Expected close date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity_id number
name string
monetary_value number
created_at string

Retrieve tasks from Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of tasks to retrieve (1-200)
status select Filter by task status
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array
total_count number

Create a new task in Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the task
details textarea Task details and description
due_date date Due date for the task (YYYY-MM-DD)
assignee_id number User ID to assign the task to
related_resource_id number ID of related person, company, or opportunity
related_resource_type select Type of related resource
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id number
name string
due_date string
created_at string

Search across all record types in Copper CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term to find across all records
record_type select Limit search to specific record type
limit number 20 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array
total_count number
Crazy Egg

Crazy Egg

Website optimization and click tracking with heatmaps, scroll maps, and A/B testing analytics

Free

Setting up Crazy Egg API Integration

  1. Log in to your Crazy Egg account
  2. Go to Account Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API Key or copy your existing one
  4. Note your account username/email address
  5. Enter both the API Key and Username above
  6. Save the configuration to start accessing Crazy Egg data

Notes:

  • API access requires a paid Crazy Egg plan
  • The API provides access to heatmaps, snapshots, and click data
  • Username should be the email address associated with your account
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls are rate limited - monitor your usage
  • Some data may have processing delays after snapshot creation
Crazy Egg REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve list of snapshots (heatmap tests) for your sites

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
siteId text Filter snapshots for specific site
status select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
snapshots array
snapshotCount number
activeSnapshots number
totalVisitors number

Retrieve heatmap click data for a specific snapshot

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
snapshotId text ID of the snapshot to get heatmap data for
heatmapType select click
device select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
heatmapData object
clickPoints array
totalClicks number
topElements array
visitorCount number

Retrieve scroll behavior data for a snapshot

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
snapshotId text ID of the snapshot to get scroll data for
device select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
scrollData object
averageScrollDepth number
foldReach number
scrollDistribution array
dropoffPoints array

Get individual click data (confetti view) for detailed analysis

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
snapshotId text ID of the snapshot to get confetti data for
elementSelector text CSS selector to filter clicks on specific elements
limit number 100 Maximum number of click records to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
confettiData array
clickCount number
uniqueElements array
clickDistribution object

Get overlay click reports showing click percentages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
snapshotId text ID of the snapshot to get overlay data for
reportType select overlay
Outputs
Name Type Description
overlayData object
elementStats array
clickPercentages object
performanceInsights array

Retrieve A/B test results and performance comparisons

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
testId text Specific A/B test ID to retrieve
status select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
tests array
testCount number
runningTests number
results array

Retrieve list of sites in your Crazy Egg account

Outputs
Name Type Description
sites array
siteCount number
activeSites number
totalSnapshots number

Create a new heatmap snapshot for tracking

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
siteId text ID of the site to create snapshot for
name text Name for the new snapshot
url text URL of the page to track
visitorGoal number 100 Target number of visitors for the snapshot
device select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
snapshotId string
snapshotUrl string
trackingCode string
Creator.co

Creator.co

Influencer marketing platform connecting brands with content creators and managing campaigns

Free

Setting up Creator.co Integration

  1. Log in to your Creator.co account
  2. Go to Settings → API or Developer Settings
  3. Generate a new API key for TaskAGI integration
  4. Find your Workspace ID in account settings or from the URL
  5. Copy the API key and Workspace ID above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Both API key and Workspace ID are required for authentication
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API access may need to be enabled by Creator.co support
  • API calls are subject to Creator.co rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • Contact Creator.co support if you need API access enabled
Creator.co API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for creators using various criteria and filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search in creator profiles and content
platforms select Primary social media platform
minFollowers number Minimum follower count
maxFollowers number Maximum follower count
location text Geographic location or country
categories text Content categories (comma-separated)
minEngagementRate number Minimum engagement rate percentage
tier select Creator tier based on follower count
limit number 50 Maximum number of creators to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
creators array Array of creator profiles matching the search criteria
count number Number of creators found

Create a new creator marketing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the campaign
description textarea Detailed description of the campaign
type select Type of creator campaign
budget number Campaign budget in USD
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
requirements textarea Detailed requirements and deliverables for creators
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string The created campaign ID
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Invite a creator to participate in a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
creatorId text The ID of the creator to invite
compensation number Compensation amount for the creator
compensationType select fixed Type of compensation offered
message textarea Custom message to include with the invitation
Outputs
Name Type Description
invitationId string The created invitation ID
success boolean Whether the invitation was sent successfully

Retrieve all campaigns with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
type select Filter campaigns by type
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign data
count number Number of campaigns returned

Get performance metrics and analytics for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign to get metrics for
includeCreatorBreakdown checkbox Include individual creator performance metrics
Outputs
Name Type Description
metrics object Campaign performance metrics including reach, engagement, and conversions
success boolean Whether the metrics were retrieved successfully

Get detailed profile information for a creator

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
creatorId text The ID of the creator
includeMetrics checkbox 1 Include detailed performance metrics and analytics
includeAudienceData checkbox Include audience demographics and engagement data
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Comprehensive creator profile with metrics and audience data
found boolean Whether the creator profile was found

Track the status and progress of creator collaborations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collaborationId text The ID of the collaboration to track
Outputs
Name Type Description
collaboration object Detailed collaboration information including status and progress
deliverables array List of deliverables and their completion status
performance object Performance metrics for completed deliverables
found boolean Whether the collaboration was found

Generate a comprehensive report for a creator or campaign performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reportType select Type of report to generate
subjectId text ID of the creator, campaign, or collaboration to report on
dateRange select 30d Time period for the report
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportId string Generated report ID for future reference
reportData object Complete report data and analysis
insights array Key insights and recommendations from the analysis
success boolean Whether the report was generated successfully
Crisp

Crisp

Customer messaging and support platform

Free

Setting up Crisp Integration

  1. Log in to your Crisp account
  2. Go to Settings > API
  3. Click "Generate new API keypair"
  4. Copy the Identifier and Key values
  5. To find your Website ID, go to Settings > Website Settings
  6. Copy the Website ID from the URL or settings page
  7. Enter all three values above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • You need both an Identifier and Key from the API section
  • The Website ID is found in your website settings
  • API credentials provide full access to your Crisp data
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
Crisp API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a message in a Crisp conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
session_id text ID of the conversation session
content textarea Content of the message
type select text Type of message
from select operator Who is sending the message
Outputs
Name Type Description
fingerprint number Unique identifier for the message
content string The message content
timestamp string When the message was sent

Retrieve details of a specific conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
session_id text ID of the conversation session
Outputs
Name Type Description
session_id string The conversation session ID
nickname string Nickname of the user
email string Email of the user
state string Current conversation state
is_verified boolean Whether the user is verified

Get a list of conversations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_number number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array Array of conversation objects

Create a new people profile in Crisp

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address for the profile
person_name text Full name of the person
nickname text Nickname for the person
phone text Phone number
avatar text URL to avatar image
Outputs
Name Type Description
people_id string The ID of the created profile
email string Profile email
person_name string Profile name

Update an existing people profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
people_id text ID of the profile to update
person_name text New name for the person
nickname text New nickname
phone text New phone number
avatar text New avatar URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
people_id string The ID of the updated profile
updated_at string When the profile was updated

Mark a conversation as resolved

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
session_id text ID of the conversation to resolve
Outputs
Name Type Description
session_id string The resolved conversation ID
state string The new conversation state
Criteo

Criteo

Commerce media and retargeting platform. Create dynamic product campaigns, optimize for ROAS, track post-view conversions, and leverage advanced audience insights for e-commerce advertising.

Free

Setting up Criteo Integration

  1. Visit the Criteo Marketing Solutions platform
  2. Contact your Criteo account manager to request API access
  3. Once approved, obtain your API credentials from the developer portal
  4. Generate OAuth2 credentials (Client ID and Client Secret)
  5. Find your Account ID in the Criteo dashboard or account settings
  6. Enter your credentials above to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Criteo API access requires approval and is typically available to enterprise clients
  • You need an active Criteo advertising account with significant spending
  • API access includes rate limits and usage restrictions
  • Dynamic retargeting requires product catalog integration
  • Commerce media campaigns require retail media partnerships
  • Some operations require specific account permissions or spending thresholds
  • GDPR compliance is essential for retargeting in EU markets
Criteo Marketing Solutions API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve retargeting and commerce media campaigns from Criteo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
campaignType select Filter campaigns by type
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of Criteo campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve ad sets from Criteo campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
status select Filter ad sets by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
adSets array List of ad sets
totalCount number

Retrieve advertising creatives and banners

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adSetId text Filter by specific ad set ID
creativeType select Filter creatives by type
Outputs
Name Type Description
creatives array List of advertising creatives
totalCount number

Get commerce media and retargeting performance reports

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reportType select Type of report to generate
startDate text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metrics textarea ["impressions", "clicks", "ctr", "cost", "cpm", "cpc", "conversions", "sales", "roas", "post_view_conversions"] Metrics to include (JSON array)
currency text USD Currency for cost and revenue metrics
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array Performance metrics and analytics data
totalSpend number Total advertising spend for the period
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
totalSales number Total attributed sales revenue
totalConversions number
averageRoas number Average return on advertising spend

Create a new commerce media or retargeting campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
campaignType select Type of campaign to create
objective select Campaign objective
budgetType select Type of budget allocation
budget number Budget amount in account currency
bidStrategy select Bidding strategy
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Create a new ad set within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to create ad set in
adSetName text Name for the new ad set
targetAudience select Target audience for the ad set
geo textarea Geographic targeting (JSON array of country/region codes)
bidAmount number Bid amount (for manual bidding)
Outputs
Name Type Description
adSetId string ID of the created ad set
adSetName string
status string

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Retrieve product catalog data for dynamic retargeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
catalogId text Specific catalog ID to retrieve
status select Filter products by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products in the catalog
totalCount number
catalogInfo object Catalog metadata and statistics

Get insights about retargeting audiences and segments

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audienceType select Type of audience to analyze
timeframe select Timeframe for audience analysis
Outputs
Name Type Description
insights array Audience behavior and demographic insights
audienceSize number Total audience size
conversionRate number Average conversion rate for this audience
Crowdcast

Crowdcast

Live video platform for creators with interactive Q&A and networking

Free

Setting up Crowdcast Integration

  1. Log in to your Crowdcast account
  2. Navigate to Account Settings or API section
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy the API key and paste it in the field above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires a Crowdcast account with API access enabled
  • API key provides access to your events and audience management
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API requests may have rate limits - monitor your usage
  • Some features may require specific Crowdcast subscription plans
Crowdcast API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Crowdcast live event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the live event
description textarea Event description
starts_at text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
duration number 60 Event duration in minutes
timezone text UTC e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London
is_public checkbox Make event publicly discoverable
requires_registration checkbox Require attendees to register
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string
event_url string
registration_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
starts_at string
duration number
event_url string
registration_url string
status string
success boolean

Register an attendee for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
email text Attendee email address
name text Attendee full name
custom_fields textarea Additional custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
registration_id string
join_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of registrants for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
limit number 50 Maximum number of registrants to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrants array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of attendees for a completed event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of events

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
limit number 50 Maximum number of events to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_count number
success boolean

Update an existing event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
title text Updated event title
description textarea Updated event description
starts_at text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
event_id string
Crunchbase Scraper

Crunchbase Scraper

Extract company profiles, investments, funding data, and industry insights from Crunchbase

45 credits

Using Crunchbase Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Crunchbase scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between company URLs or keyword discovery
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract company data, investments, and industry insights

Notes:

  • Extract comprehensive company profiles and investment data
  • Keyword-based company discovery across industries
  • Funding rounds, acquisitions, and venture capital information
  • Company metrics, employee counts, and growth data
  • Investor profiles and investment relationships
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed company information from Crunchbase URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Crunchbase company URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Detailed company information with funding, investors, and metrics
count number Number of companies scraped

Find companies using keyword search across Crunchbase

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords to search for companies (e.g., "AI", "Fintech", "Healthcare")
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies matching the search keywords
count number Number of companies found
Dagster

Dagster

Data orchestration platform for analytics and machine learning pipelines

Free

Setting up Dagster Integration

  1. Access your Dagster instance (Dagit UI or Dagster Cloud)
  2. For Dagster Cloud: Go to your deployment settings and copy the GraphQL endpoint URL
  3. For self-hosted: The GraphQL endpoint is typically at http://your-dagster-host:3000/graphql
  4. If using Dagster Cloud, create an API token in your user settings
  5. For self-hosted instances, API token may not be required (leave empty)
  6. Enter the GraphQL URL and API token (if applicable) above
  7. Save the configuration to connect to your Dagster instance

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • For Dagster Cloud, the API token is required for authentication
  • Self-hosted Dagster instances may not require authentication
  • Ensure your Dagster instance has GraphQL API access enabled
  • The GraphQL endpoint provides access to all Dagster operations
  • Some operations may require admin permissions depending on your setup
Dagster GraphQL API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of repositories in your Dagster instance

Outputs
Name Type Description
repositories array List of Dagster repositories
count number Number of repositories returned

Retrieve a list of jobs from a specific repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_name text Name of the repository
repository_location text Location name of the repository (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array List of jobs in the repository
count number Number of jobs returned

Get detailed information about a specific job

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_name text Name of the repository
job_name text Name of the job
repository_location text Location name of the repository (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
job_name string Name of the job
description string Job description
tags array Tags associated with the job
op_count number Number of operations in the job

Launch a new run for a specific job

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_name text Name of the repository
job_name text Name of the job to run
repository_location text Location name of the repository (optional)
run_config textarea {} Configuration for the job run as YAML or JSON
tags text Comma-separated tags for the run
Outputs
Name Type Description
run_id string Unique identifier for the launched run
success boolean Whether the run was launched successfully
status string Initial status of the run
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve run history with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
job_name text Filter by specific job name (optional)
status_filter select
limit number 50 Maximum number of runs to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
runs array List of job runs
count number Number of runs returned

Get detailed information about a specific run

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
run_id text The unique ID of the run
Outputs
Name Type Description
run_id string Unique identifier of the run
job_name string Name of the job that was run
status string Current status of the run
start_time string When the run started
end_time string When the run ended
duration number Total run duration in seconds

Terminate a running job

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
run_id text The unique ID of the run to terminate
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the termination was successful
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve a list of assets in the Dagster instance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_name text Filter by repository name (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
assets array List of Dagster assets
count number Number of assets returned
Dart

Dart

AI-native project management platform for task tracking, team collaboration, and time management. List tasks, track progress, and automate workflows.

Free

Setting up Dart Integration

  1. Log in to your Dart account
  2. Click on your profile or settings icon
  3. Navigate to Account Settings or API Settings
  4. Find the "API Token" or "Personal Access Token" section
  5. Generate a new API token if you don't have one
  6. Copy the generated token and paste it above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • The token provides access to all dartboards and tasks in your workspace
  • You can revoke the token anytime from your Dart settings
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions to access task data
Dart API Documentation

Available Operations

List tasks from a specific Dartboard

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dartboardId text The ID of the Dartboard to list tasks from
status select Filter tasks by status
assignee text Filter tasks by assignee email or name (optional)
limit number 100 Maximum number of tasks to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array Array of task objects with status, assignee, duration, and other details
count number Number of tasks returned
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
Delighted

Delighted

Customer satisfaction surveys (NPS) platform

Free

Setting up Delighted Integration

  1. Log in to your Delighted account
  2. Go to Settings → API
  3. Copy your API key from the "API Key" section
  4. If you don't see an API key, click "Generate API Key"
  5. Paste the API key above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys are found in Settings → API
  • The API key provides access to your NPS survey data
  • You can regenerate your API key if needed
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
Delighted API Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a person in Delighted

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Person's email address
name text Person's full name
phone_number text Person's phone number
properties textarea {} Additional properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id string The ID of the created/updated person
email string Person's email address
name string Person's name
created_at string When the person was created

Send an NPS survey to a person

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to send survey to
delay number 0 Delay before sending survey (0 for immediate)
send_email checkbox 1 Whether to send the survey via email
send_sms checkbox Whether to send the survey via SMS
Outputs
Name Type Description
survey_request_id string The ID of the survey request
person_email string Email address the survey was sent to
scheduled_at string When the survey is scheduled to be sent

Retrieve a specific survey response

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
response_id text ID of the survey response to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
response_id string The survey response ID
score number The NPS score (0-10)
comment string Optional comment from respondent
person_email string Email of the person who responded
created_at string When the response was submitted
channel string How the survey was delivered (email, sms, etc.)

Get a list of survey responses

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Number of responses to retrieve (max 100)
since text Only responses after this date (YYYY-MM-DD)
until text Only responses before this date (YYYY-MM-DD)
order select desc How to order the results
Outputs
Name Type Description
responses array Array of survey response objects
total_count number Total number of responses

Get NPS metrics and statistics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
since text Calculate metrics since this date (YYYY-MM-DD)
until text Calculate metrics until this date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
nps_score number Overall Net Promoter Score
response_count number Total number of responses
promoters number Number of promoters (score 9-10)
passives number Number of passives (score 7-8)
detractors number Number of detractors (score 0-6)
promoter_percentage number Percentage of promoters
detractor_percentage number Percentage of detractors

Delete a person from Delighted

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address of the person to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean Whether the person was successfully deleted
email string Email of the deleted person
Demio

Demio

Webinar and online event platform designed for marketing and engagement

Free

Setting up Demio Integration

  1. Log in to your Demio account
  2. Navigate to Account Settings or Integrations
  3. Find the API section or Developer settings
  4. Generate a new API key or copy your existing API key
  5. Copy the API key and paste it in the field above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires a Demio account with API access enabled
  • API key provides access to your webinar data and management functions
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API requests may have rate limits - monitor your usage
  • Some features may require specific Demio subscription plans
Demio API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Demio webinar event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the webinar event
description textarea Event description
date_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
duration number 60 Event duration in minutes
timezone text UTC e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London
registration_required checkbox Require attendees to register
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string
event_url string
registration_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
name string
description string
date_time string
duration number
event_url string
registration_url string
status string
success boolean

Register an attendee for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
email text Attendee email address
name text Attendee full name
company text Attendee company name
phone text Attendee phone number
custom_fields textarea Additional custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
registration_id string
join_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of registrants for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrants array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of attendees for a completed event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of events

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
limit number 50 Maximum number of events to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_count number
success boolean

Update an existing event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
name text Updated event name
description textarea Updated event description
date_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
event_id string
Dev.to

Dev.to

Developer community and content platform for publishing technical articles and engaging with developers

Free

Setting up Dev.to API Integration

  1. Log in to your Dev.to account
  2. Go to Settings → Extensions
  3. Scroll down to the "DEV Community API Keys" section
  4. Generate a new API key if you don't have one
  5. Give your API key a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Copy the generated API key
  7. Paste the API key in the field above
  8. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API keys have rate limits - monitor your usage
  • You can only manage your own articles and profile with the API
  • Some operations require additional permissions
  • Revoke and regenerate API keys if they are compromised
Dev.to API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve your published articles from Dev.to

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
per_page number 30 Number of articles per page (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array Array of your published articles
totalArticles number Total number of articles returned

Retrieve public articles from Dev.to with filtering options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tag text Filter articles by tag (e.g., javascript, python)
username text Filter articles by specific user
state select fresh Filter by article freshness
top number Get top articles from last N days (1-365)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
per_page number 30 Number of articles per page (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array Array of public articles matching criteria
totalArticles number Total number of articles returned

Create and publish a new article on Dev.to

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the article
body_markdown code_editor Article content in Markdown format
published select false Whether to publish immediately or save as draft
tags text Comma-separated tags (max 4 tags)
series text Series name if this article is part of a series
canonical_url text Canonical URL if republishing from another source
description textarea Brief description/excerpt of the article
Outputs
Name Type Description
articleId number Unique ID of the created article
articleUrl string Public URL of the article
slug string URL slug of the article
published boolean Whether the article was published
publishedAt string Publication timestamp

Update an existing article on Dev.to

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
article_id number ID of the article to update
title text Updated title of the article
body_markdown code_editor Updated article content in Markdown format
published select Whether to publish or keep as draft
tags text Updated comma-separated tags
series text Updated series name
Outputs
Name Type Description
articleId number ID of the updated article
articleUrl string Public URL of the updated article
updatedFields array List of fields that were updated
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve your followers on Dev.to

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
per_page number 80 Number of followers per page (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
followers array Array of your followers
totalFollowers number Total number of followers returned

Get profile information for a specific user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Dev.to username to get profile for
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Complete user profile information
name string User's display name
username string User's username
bio string User's bio/description
profileImage string URL to user's profile image
websiteUrl string User's website URL

Retrieve articles in your reading list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
per_page number 30 Number of articles per page (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
readingList array Array of articles in your reading list
totalArticles number Total number of articles in reading list
Dolibarr

Dolibarr

Open-source ERP and CRM - Complete business management solution for SMEs

Free

Setting up Dolibarr Integration

  1. Log in to your Dolibarr instance as an administrator
  2. Go to Setup → Modules/Applications → Interface modules
  3. Enable the "REST API" module
  4. Navigate to Setup → Users & Groups → Users
  5. Select or create a user for API access
  6. In the user settings, generate an API key in the "API Keys" tab
  7. Copy the generated API key (DOLAPIKEY_xxxxxxxx)
  8. Ensure the user has appropriate permissions for the modules you want to access
  9. Enter your Dolibarr URL and API key above
  10. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • The REST API module must be enabled in Dolibarr
  • API user must have permissions for Third parties, Products, Orders, Invoices, etc.
  • Different Dolibarr modules may require specific user permissions
  • API requests are rate-limited based on server configuration
  • For production use, create a dedicated API user with minimal required permissions
  • Dolibarr API follows REST conventions with JSON responses
Dolibarr REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve third party (customer/supplier) records from Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client select Filter by client status
supplier select Filter by supplier status
status select Filter by status
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
thirdparties array
thirdparty_count number

Create a new third party (customer/supplier) in Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Third party name
client select 1
fournisseur select 0
email text Email address
phone text Phone number
address text Street address
zip text ZIP/Postal code
town text City
country_code text Country code (e.g., US, FR, DE)
Outputs
Name Type Description
thirdparty_id string
name string
ref string

Retrieve product records from Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select Filter by product type
tosell select Filter by sale status
tobuy select Filter by purchase status
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array
product_count number

Create a new product in Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
label text Product name/label
type select 0
ref text Product reference/SKU
price number Product price
price_base_type select HT
tva_tx number VAT rate percentage
description textarea Product description
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_id string
label string
ref string

Retrieve sales order records from Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
thirdparty_ids text Filter by third party ID
statut select Filter by order status
date_commande_from text Filter orders from this date
date_commande_to text Filter orders to this date
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array
order_count number
total_amount number

Create a new sales order in Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
socid text Customer third party ID
date_commande text Order date (defaults to today)
ref_client text Customer order reference
note_public textarea Public note visible to customer
note_private textarea Private internal note
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
ref string
total_ht number
total_ttc number

Retrieve invoice records from Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
thirdparty_ids text Filter by third party ID
statut select Filter by invoice status
type select Filter by invoice type
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Create a new invoice in Dolibarr

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
socid text Customer third party ID
type select 0
date text Invoice date (defaults to today)
date_lim_reglement text Payment due date
note_public textarea Public note visible to customer
note_private textarea Private internal note
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
ref string
total_ht number
total_ttc number
Drift

Drift

Conversational marketing and chatbot automation platform

Free

Setting up Drift Integration

  1. Log in to your Drift account
  2. Click on "Settings" in the left sidebar
  3. Navigate to "App Settings" > "Developers"
  4. Click on "My Apps" tab
  5. Click "Create New App" or select an existing app
  6. Copy the "Access Token" from your app details
  7. Paste the access token above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • You need to create an app in Drift to get an access token
  • The access token provides API access to your Drift data
  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
  • You can revoke and regenerate tokens from your app settings
Drift API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new contact in Drift

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
name text Contact full name
phone text Contact phone number
company text Company name
custom_attributes textarea {} Additional contact attributes as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number The ID of the created contact
email string Contact email address
name string Contact name
created_at string When the contact was created

Send a message to a contact via Drift chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id number ID of the conversation to send message to
message textarea Message content to send
type select chat Type of message
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id number The ID of the sent message
body string The message content
created_at string When the message was sent

Retrieve details of a specific contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id number ID of the contact to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number The contact ID
email string Contact email address
name string Contact name
phone string Contact phone number
company string Company name
created_at string When the contact was created
updated_at string When the contact was last updated

Update an existing contact in Drift

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id number ID of the contact to update
name text New contact name
phone text New phone number
company text New company name
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number The ID of the updated contact
updated_at string When the contact was updated

Get a list of conversations from Drift

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of conversations to retrieve (max 100)
next text Pagination token for next page
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array Array of conversation objects
next_token string Token for retrieving next page

Retrieve details of a specific conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id number ID of the conversation to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation_id number The conversation ID
status string Conversation status
participant_count number Number of participants
created_at string When the conversation was created
updated_at string When the conversation was last updated
Drip

Drip

E-commerce email marketing automation platform with behavioral triggers and customer lifecycle campaigns

Free

Setting up Drip Integration

  1. Log in to your Drip account
  2. Click on your account name in the top right corner
  3. Select "User Settings" from the dropdown menu
  4. Navigate to the "API Token" section
  5. Click "Generate a new token" if you don't have one
  6. Copy your API token
  7. Go to your Drip account settings to find your Account ID
  8. The Account ID is visible in your account URL or settings page
  9. Paste both the API Token and Account ID in the fields above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • The API token provides full access to your Drip account data
  • You can regenerate your API token anytime from user settings
  • Drip API has rate limits: 3600 requests per hour
  • Account ID is required for all API calls to identify your account
  • Some features may require specific Drip plan levels
Drip API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve subscribers from your Drip account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select active
subscribed_after text Filter subscribers added after this date (e.g., 2023-01-01T00:00:00Z)
subscribed_before text Filter subscribers added before this date
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscribers array Array of subscriber objects
meta object Pagination information

Create a new subscriber or update existing one in Drip

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Subscriber email address
first_name text Subscriber first name
last_name text Subscriber last name
phone text Subscriber phone number
address1 text Street address
city text City
state text State or province
zip text ZIP or postal code
country text Country name
custom_fields textarea {} Custom fields as JSON object (e.g. {"company": "Acme Corp", "job_title": "Manager"})
tags textarea [] Tags to apply as JSON array (e.g. ["customer", "vip"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The created or updated subscriber object
subscriber_id string ID of the subscriber

Retrieve a specific subscriber by ID or email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subscriber_id text Subscriber ID or email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The subscriber object

Unsubscribe a subscriber from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subscriber_id text Subscriber ID or email address to unsubscribe
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The unsubscribed subscriber object

Permanently delete a subscriber from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subscriber_id text Subscriber ID or email address to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean Whether the subscriber was successfully deleted

Apply a tag to a subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Subscriber email address
tag text Tag to apply to the subscriber
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The subscriber with applied tag

Remove a tag from a subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Subscriber email address
tag text Tag to remove from the subscriber
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The subscriber with removed tag

Track a custom event for a subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Subscriber email address
action text Name of the event action to track
properties textarea {} Event properties as JSON object (e.g. {"product": "Widget", "price": 29.99})
occurred_at text When the event occurred (defaults to now)
Outputs
Name Type Description
event object The tracked event object

Retrieve email campaigns from your Drip account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects

Activate a draft campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to activate
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object The activated campaign object

Pause an active campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to pause
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object The paused campaign object

Retrieve automation workflows from your Drip account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflows array Array of workflow objects

Activate a workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text ID of the workflow to activate
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflow object The activated workflow object

Pause a workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text ID of the workflow to pause
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflow object The paused workflow object

Start a subscriber in a specific workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text ID of the workflow
email text Subscriber email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflow_subscription object The workflow subscription object
Dropbox

Dropbox

File hosting and synchronization service for cloud storage

Free

Setting up Dropbox Integration

  1. Go to the Dropbox App Console
  2. Click "Create app" and choose "Scoped access"
  3. Select "Full Dropbox" access and name your app
  4. In the app settings, add the redirect URI: /oauth/callback/dropbox
  5. Go to the "Permissions" tab and enable:
  6. - files.metadata.read, files.content.read, files.content.write, sharing.write
  7. Copy the App key and App secret to your environment variables
  8. Click the "Connect to Dropbox" button below to authorize access

Notes:

  • You need a Dropbox account to use this integration
  • The integration requires access to read, write, and share files
  • You can revoke access anytime from your Dropbox account settings
  • File operations are subject to your Dropbox storage limits
Dropbox API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload a file to Dropbox

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileData file Yes File content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
filePath text Path where to save the file (e.g., "/documents/myfile.txt")
mode select add What to do if file already exists
autorename checkbox 1 Automatically rename if file exists
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId string Dropbox file ID
filePath string Path of the uploaded file
fileName string Name of the uploaded file
size number Size of the file in bytes
success boolean

Download a file from Dropbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
filePath text Path to the file to download (e.g., "/documents/myfile.txt")
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileData binary Downloaded file content
fileName string Name of the downloaded file
size number Size of the file in bytes
mimeType string File MIME type

List files and folders in Dropbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderPath text Path to list files from (leave empty for root)
recursive checkbox Include files from subfolders
includeMediaInfo checkbox Include media metadata for photos and videos
limit number 100 Maximum number of files to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array Array of file and folder objects
totalCount number Number of files found
hasMore boolean Whether there are more files to fetch

Create a new folder in Dropbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderPath text Path for the new folder (e.g., "/new-folder")
autorename checkbox Automatically rename if folder exists
Outputs
Name Type Description
folderId string Dropbox folder ID
folderPath string Path of the created folder
folderName string Name of the created folder
success boolean

Delete a file or folder from Dropbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
path text Path to the file or folder to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deletedPath string Path of the deleted item
success boolean

Move or rename a file or folder in Dropbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fromPath text Current path of the file/folder
toPath text New path for the file/folder
autorename checkbox Automatically rename if destination exists
Outputs
Name Type Description
newPath string New path of the moved item
oldPath string Original path of the item
success boolean

Copy a file or folder in Dropbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fromPath text Path of the file/folder to copy
toPath text Destination path for the copy
autorename checkbox Automatically rename if destination exists
Outputs
Name Type Description
newPath string Path of the copied item
originalPath string Path of the original item
success boolean

Get metadata information about a file or folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
path text Path to get information about
includeMediaInfo checkbox Include media metadata for photos and videos
Outputs
Name Type Description
name string File or folder name
path string Full path to the item
id string Dropbox file/folder ID
size number Size in bytes (files only)
isFolder boolean Whether this is a folder
clientModified string Last modified date from client
serverModified string Last modified date on server

Create a shareable link for a file or folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
path text Path to create share link for
settings select viewer Who can access the shared link
password text Optional password to protect the link
expires text When the link expires (ISO 8601 format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
shareUrl string The shareable link
linkId string ID of the created share link
expires string When the link expires
success boolean

Search for files and folders in Dropbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Text to search for in file names and content
path text Folder to search in (leave empty for all)
fileExtensions text File extensions to include (comma separated, e.g., "pdf,docx")
maxResults number 100 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
matches array Array of matching files and folders
totalCount number Number of matches found
hasMore boolean Whether there are more results
Dropbox Transfer

Dropbox Transfer

File transfer service by Dropbox for large file sharing

Free

Setting up Dropbox Transfer Integration

  1. Go to the Dropbox App Console
  2. Create a new app and select "Scoped access" and "Full Dropbox" access
  3. Generate an access token from the app settings page
  4. Copy the access token and paste it in the field above
  5. Note: Dropbox Transfer is different from regular Dropbox storage
  6. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Dropbox Transfer allows sending large files with expiration dates
  • Transfers are separate from your regular Dropbox storage
  • Files sent via Transfer don't count against your storage quota
  • Recipients don't need a Dropbox account to download files
  • Access tokens have expiration dates and may need to be refreshed
Dropbox Transfer API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Dropbox Transfer

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to transfer
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_name text Name for the file including extension
message textarea Optional message to include with the transfer
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string Unique identifier of the created transfer
transfer_url string Public URL to download the transfer
expires_at string When the transfer expires
file_size number Size of the transferred file in bytes

Get information about a transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transfer_id text ID of the transfer to get information about
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string Unique identifier of the transfer
transfer_url string Public URL to download the transfer
status string Current status of the transfer
expires_at string When the transfer expires
file_count number Number of files in the transfer

List recent transfers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of transfers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfers array List of recent transfers
total_count number Total number of transfers returned

Delete a transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transfer_id text ID of the transfer to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the transfer was successfully deleted
message string Status message
Drupal Commerce

Drupal Commerce

E-commerce framework built on the Drupal content management system

Free

Setting up Drupal Commerce Integration

  1. Log in to your Drupal Commerce admin panel
  2. Enable the REST API and JSON:API modules if not already enabled
  3. Navigate to Configuration → Web Services → REST
  4. Enable REST resources for Commerce entities (products, orders)
  5. Create or use a user account with appropriate permissions
  6. Grant permissions: "Access GET on Commerce Product resources", "Access POST on Commerce Order resources", etc.
  7. Enter your site URL, username, and password above
  8. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Drupal Commerce requires REST API and JSON:API modules to be enabled
  • Ensure your user has proper permissions for commerce operations
  • The site URL should be the base URL without trailing slashes
  • Consider using a dedicated API user account for security
Drupal Commerce REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Drupal Commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of products to retrieve
status select Filter by product status
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
total number Total number of products

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Drupal Commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the product
body textarea Product description
price_amount number Product price amount
price_currency text USD Currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
sku text Product SKU
status checkbox 1 Whether the product is published
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Details of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
title text New product title
price_amount number New product price amount
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Updated product details
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Drupal Commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
state select Filter by order state
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
total number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update the state of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to update
state select New order state
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the order state was updated successfully
eBay

eBay

Online marketplace management for listing products, managing orders, and tracking sales

Free

Setting up eBay Integration

  1. Sign in to eBay Developers Program
  2. Go to "My Account" → "Application Keysets"
  3. Create a new application or select existing one
  4. Copy your App ID (Client ID), Dev ID, and Cert ID (Client Secret)
  5. Generate a User Token by going to "User Tokens" section
  6. Choose the appropriate environment (Sandbox for testing)
  7. Set up OAuth if needed for advanced operations
  8. Enter your credentials above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Production environment requires approved eBay seller account
  • User tokens have expiration dates - monitor and refresh as needed
  • Different APIs may require different authentication methods
  • Rate limits apply based on your application tier
  • Some operations require additional eBay seller permissions
eBay API Documentation

Available Operations

Get your eBay selling summary

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
summary_period select CurrentMonth
Outputs
Name Type Description
selling_summary object eBay selling summary data
active_auction_count number
sold_listing_count number
total_listing_count number

Get details of a specific eBay item

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_id text eBay item ID to retrieve
include_watch_count checkbox Include the number of watchers
Outputs
Name Type Description
item object Complete eBay item information
item_id string
title string
current_price object
listing_status string

Create a new fixed-price listing on eBay

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title for the eBay listing
description textarea HTML description of the item
category_id text eBay category ID for the item
start_price text Starting price (e.g., 19.99)
currency select USD
quantity number 1 Number of items available
listing_duration select GTC
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string eBay item ID of created listing
start_time string When the listing started
end_time string When the listing will end

Update an existing eBay listing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_id text eBay item ID to revise
title text Updated title for the listing
start_price text Updated price
quantity number Updated quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string
start_time string
end_time string

End an active eBay listing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_id text eBay item ID to end
ending_reason select
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string
end_time string

Retrieve eBay orders

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_role select Seller
order_status select
create_time_from text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2023-01-01T00:00:00.000Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of eBay order objects
total number Total number of orders
eBay Scraper Pro

eBay Scraper Pro

Extract eBay product listings, seller information, prices, bids, and customer reviews with auction and marketplace analytics

45 credits

Using eBay Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add eBay scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from product, category, keyword, or shop discovery
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract eBay listings with pricing and seller data

Notes:

  • Extract product listings with prices, bids, and seller information
  • Category-based product discovery for market research
  • Keyword search across all eBay listings
  • Shop-specific product extraction for seller analysis
  • Auction and Buy-It-Now listing support
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from eBay listing URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea eBay product/listing URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed eBay listings with prices, bids, seller info, and reviews
count number Number of products scraped

Find eBay products from category pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrls textarea eBay category page URLs (e.g., https://www.ebay.com/b/Smart-Watches/178893/bn_152365)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products found in the specified categories
count number Number of products discovered

Search eBay products using keywords across all categories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords to search for eBay products (e.g., "baby toys", "vintage shirts")
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the search keywords
count number Number of products found

Extract products from specific eBay seller shops

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
shopUrls textarea eBay seller shop URLs to scrape products from
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products from the specified eBay shops
count number Number of products from shops
Ecwid

Ecwid

E-commerce platform that can be added to any website

Free

Setting up Ecwid Integration

  1. Log in to your Ecwid Control Panel
  2. Navigate to Apps → API
  3. Click "Create API Token" or use an existing one
  4. Select the required permissions (read/write for products, orders, etc.)
  5. Copy your Store ID from the URL or settings
  6. Copy the generated Secret Token
  7. Enter both credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure you grant appropriate permissions for the operations you need
  • The secret token provides access to your store data - keep it secure
  • Some features may require paid Ecwid plans
  • API rate limits apply based on your Ecwid plan
Ecwid API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Ecwid store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of products to retrieve (max 100)
offset number 0 Number of products to skip
enabled select Filter by product status
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
total number Total number of products
count number Number of products returned

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Ecwid store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
description textarea Product description (HTML allowed)
price number Product price
sku text Product SKU
quantity number 1 Stock quantity
enabled checkbox 1 Whether the product is enabled
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_id number ID of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
price number New product price
quantity number New stock quantity
enabled select Product enabled status
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Ecwid store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of orders to retrieve (max 100)
offset number 0 Number of orders to skip
payment_status select Filter by payment status
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
total number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update order details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to update
fulfillment_status select New fulfillment status
tracking_number text Shipping tracking number
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the order was updated successfully
ElevenLabs

ElevenLabs

Text to speech service with AI voice cloning

Free

Setting up ElevenLabs Integration

  1. Sign up for a free account at ElevenLabs
  2. Log in to your ElevenLabs account
  3. Go to your profile settings
  4. Find your xi-api-key in the profile settings
  5. Copy the API key and paste it above
  6. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key is required for all text-to-speech and voice cloning operations
  • Free accounts have usage limits - check your quota in the ElevenLabs dashboard
  • The API supports 29+ languages including English, Spanish, French, German, and more
  • Voice cloning requires at least 1 minute of clear audio for instant cloning
ElevenLabs API Documentation

Available Operations

Convert text to speech using ElevenLabs AI voices

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text textarea The text to convert to speech
voice_id text 21m00Tcm4TlvDq8ikWAM ElevenLabs voice ID (e.g., 21m00Tcm4TlvDq8ikWAM). Find it in your ElevenLabs dashboard under voice settings.
model_id select eleven_multilingual_v2 AI model to use for speech synthesis
voice_settings textarea {"stability": 0.5, "similarity_boost": 0.75, "style": 0.0, "use_speaker_boost": true} Voice settings as JSON object (stability, similarity_boost, style, use_speaker_boost)
output_format select mp3_44100_128 Audio output format
Outputs
Name Type Description
audio_data binary Generated audio file (automatically saved and publicly accessible)
character_count number Number of characters processed
success boolean

Retrieve all available voices from ElevenLabs

Outputs
Name Type Description
voices array List of all available voices
success boolean

Get default settings for a specific voice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
voice_id select Select a voice to get settings for
Outputs
Name Type Description
settings object Default settings for the selected voice
success boolean

Retrieve all available AI models from ElevenLabs

Outputs
Name Type Description
models array List of all available AI models
success boolean

Get information about the current user and subscription

Outputs
Name Type Description
user_info object Current user details and subscription info
character_count number Available character count
character_limit number Total character limit
success boolean

Retrieve generation history from ElevenLabs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_size number 100 Number of items per page (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
history array List of previous generations
success boolean
Eloqua

Eloqua

Oracle marketing automation platform for enterprise B2B marketing campaigns and lead management

Free

Setting up Eloqua Integration

  1. Log in to your Oracle Eloqua instance
  2. You will need your site name, username, and password for API access
  3. The site name is your company name as it appears in Eloqua
  4. Use your regular Eloqua login credentials for username and password
  5. The base URL is optional - if left empty, it will be auto-discovered
  6. Enter all credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • You need appropriate API permissions in Eloqua to use this integration
  • Eloqua uses basic authentication with site name, username, and password
  • API calls are subject to Eloqua rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific Eloqua user permissions
  • The integration supports Eloqua REST API v2.0
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
Eloqua REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a contact in Eloqua

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
firstName text Contact first name
lastName text Contact last name
company text Contact company name
customFields textarea {} Additional contact fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId string The Eloqua contact ID
status string Created or Updated

Add a contact to an Eloqua segment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
segmentId text The ID of the Eloqua segment
contactId text The Eloqua contact ID to add to the segment
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was added successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve contact information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for contact lookup
lookupValue text The email address or contact ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Complete contact information from Eloqua
found boolean Whether the contact was found

Execute an Eloqua campaign for a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign to execute
contactId text The Eloqua contact ID to run the campaign for
Outputs
Name Type Description
executionId string The campaign execution ID
success boolean Whether the campaign was executed successfully

Get activity history for a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Eloqua contact ID to get activities for
activityType select all Type of activities to retrieve
limit number 100 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array Array of contact activities
count number Number of activities returned

Retrieve all Eloqua segments

Outputs
Name Type Description
segments array Array of Eloqua segments
count number Number of segments returned
Email (IMAP/SMTP)

Email (IMAP/SMTP)

Connect to any email server using IMAP for reading and SMTP for sending. Works with Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, and custom mail servers.

Free

Setting up Email (IMAP/SMTP) Integration

  1. Select a provider preset (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo) or choose "Custom Server"
  2. If using Gmail or Outlook with 2FA, you MUST create an App Password:
  3. ["Gmail: Go to myaccount.google.com > Security > 2-Step Verification > App passwords","Outlook: Go to account.microsoft.com > Security > Advanced security options > App passwords"]
  4. Enter your email address as the username
  5. Enter your password or App Password
  6. For custom servers, configure IMAP and SMTP settings:
  7. ["IMAP: Port 993 (SSL) or 143 (STARTTLS)","SMTP: Port 587 (STARTTLS) or 465 (SSL)"]
  8. Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Gmail requires "Less secure app access" enabled OR an App Password (recommended)
  • For Outlook/Microsoft 365, use your full email as username
  • IMAP polling checks for new emails at your configured interval (default: 5 minutes)
  • Attachments are handled through TaskAGI's binary file system
  • Search criteria support standard IMAP search syntax
  • Your credentials are encrypted and stored securely
IMAP/SMTP Setup Guide

Available Operations

Triggers when new emails arrive in the mailbox (polling-based)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mailbox text INBOX Folder to monitor (INBOX, Sent, etc.)
searchCriteria text IMAP search criteria (leave empty for all new emails)
markAsRead checkbox 1
pollIntervalMinutes number 5 How often to check for new emails
lastProcessedUid hidden 0
Outputs
Name Type Description
messageId string
uid integer
from string
fromName string
to string
cc string
subject string
date string
body string
bodyHtml string
hasAttachments boolean
attachments array

Retrieve emails from a mailbox with optional filtering

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
mailbox string No
searchCriteria string No
limit integer No
markAsRead boolean No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mailbox text INBOX
searchCriteria text IMAP search syntax
limit number 10
markAsRead checkbox
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
emails array
count integer

Retrieve a single email by UID

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
uid integer Yes
mailbox string No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text
mailbox text INBOX
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
from string
to string
subject string
body string
bodyHtml string
attachments array

Mark an email as read

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
uid integer Yes
mailbox string No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text
mailbox text INBOX
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
uid integer
messageId string

Mark an email as unread

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
uid integer Yes
mailbox string No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text
mailbox text INBOX
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
uid integer
messageId string

Move email to a different folder

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
uid integer Yes
targetFolder string Yes
mailbox string No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text
targetFolder text
mailbox text INBOX
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
uid integer
movedTo string

Delete an email (move to trash or permanently delete)

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
uid integer Yes
mailbox string No
permanent boolean No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text
mailbox text INBOX
permanent checkbox If checked, email will be permanently deleted instead of moved to trash
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
uid integer
deleted boolean
permanent boolean

Download an attachment from an email

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
uid integer Yes
attachmentId string Yes
mailbox string No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
uid text
attachmentId text
mailbox text INBOX
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
attachmentId string
filename string
mimeType string
size integer
content binary

List all mailbox folders

Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
folders array
count integer

Send an email via SMTP

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
to string Yes
subject string Yes
body string Yes
cc string No
bcc string No
isHtml boolean No
replyTo string No
fromName string No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email (comma-separate for multiple)
subject text
body textarea
isHtml checkbox
cc text
bcc text
replyTo text
fromName text Override the sender display name
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
to string
subject string
messageId string

Send an email with file attachments via SMTP

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
to string Yes
subject string Yes
body string Yes
attachments array No
cc string No
bcc string No
isHtml boolean No
replyTo string No
fromName string No
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email (comma-separate for multiple)
subject text
body textarea
attachments textarea JSON array of attachments from previous nodes
isHtml checkbox
cc text
bcc text
replyTo text
fromName text Override the sender display name
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
to string
subject string
attachmentCount integer
messageId string
EmailOctopus

EmailOctopus

Simple email marketing with automation

Free

Setting up EmailOctopus Integration

  1. Log in to your EmailOctopus account
  2. Go to the API documentation page
  3. Click the "Create key" button to generate a new API key
  4. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  5. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • EmailOctopus has a rate limit of 10 requests per second
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from the API documentation page
  • The integration uses EmailOctopus API v1.6 for maximum compatibility
EmailOctopus API Documentation

Available Operations

Add a new contact to an EmailOctopus list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to add the contact to
email text Contact email address
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
tags text Comma-separated list of tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the created contact
success boolean

Update an existing contact in an EmailOctopus list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list containing the contact
contact_id text The ID of the contact to update
email text Updated email address
first_name text Updated first name
last_name text Updated last name
tags text Comma-separated list of tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Retrieve a contact from an EmailOctopus list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list containing the contact
contact_id text The ID of the contact to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
email string
first_name string
last_name string
status string
created_at string
tags array
success boolean

Delete a contact from an EmailOctopus list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list containing the contact
contact_id text The ID of the contact to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Get all contacts from an EmailOctopus list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to get contacts from
limit number 100 Maximum number of contacts to return (default: 100)
page number 1 Page number for pagination (default: 1)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contacts
paging object Pagination information
success boolean

Get all lists from your EmailOctopus account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of lists to return (default: 100)
page number 1 Page number for pagination (default: 1)
Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of email lists
paging object Pagination information
success boolean

Get details of a specific EmailOctopus list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string
name string
double_opt_in boolean
created_at string
counts object Subscribed, unsubscribed, and pending counts
success boolean

Create a new EmailOctopus list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new list
double_opt_in select false Whether to enable double opt-in
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string ID of the created list
success boolean

Get all campaigns from your EmailOctopus account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of campaigns to return (default: 100)
page number 1 Page number for pagination (default: 1)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaigns
paging object Pagination information
success boolean

Get details of a specific EmailOctopus campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text The ID of the campaign to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
name string
subject string
status string
created_at string
sent_at string
success boolean
Etsy

Etsy

Handmade and vintage marketplace for managing shops, listings, and orders

Free

Setting up Etsy Integration

  1. Sign in to Etsy Developers
  2. Create a new app or select an existing one
  3. Copy your API Key (Keystring)
  4. Set up OAuth2 authentication to get an Access Token
  5. Visit your Etsy shop and find your Shop ID in the URL
  6. Grant necessary scopes: listings_r, listings_w, shops_r, transactions_r
  7. Enter your API Key, Access Token, and Shop ID above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Etsy API requires OAuth2 authentication for most operations
  • API Key is public but Access Token should be kept secure
  • Shop ID can be found in your shop URL or via API
  • Different operations require different API scopes
  • Rate limits apply - monitor your API usage
  • Some features require Etsy Plus or Pattern subscriptions
Etsy Open API Documentation

Available Operations

Get information about your Etsy shop

Outputs
Name Type Description
shop object Complete shop information
shop_id number
shop_name string
listing_active_count number
digital_listing_count number

Retrieve listings from your Etsy shop

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
state select active
limit number 25 Number of listings to retrieve (max 100)
sort_on select created
Outputs
Name Type Description
listings array Array of listing objects
total number Total number of listings found

Get details of a specific listing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listing_id text Etsy listing ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
listing object Complete listing details
listing_id number
title string
price object
state string
quantity number

Create a new listing on Etsy

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Listing title (max 140 characters)
description textarea Listing description
price text Price in shop currency (e.g., 19.99)
quantity number Number of items available
taxonomy_id text Etsy category taxonomy ID
who_made select
when_made select
is_supply checkbox Is this a craft supply?
Outputs
Name Type Description
listing object The created listing object
listing_id number ID of the created listing
url string Direct URL to the listing

Update an existing listing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listing_id text Etsy listing ID to update
title text New listing title
description textarea New listing description
price text New price
quantity number New quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
listing object The updated listing object
listing_id number

Retrieve receipts (orders) from your Etsy shop

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Number of receipts to retrieve (max 100)
min_created text Unix timestamp for earliest creation time
max_created text Unix timestamp for latest creation time
Outputs
Name Type Description
receipts array Array of receipt (order) objects
total number Total number of receipts found

Get details of a specific receipt (order)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
receipt_id text Etsy receipt ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
receipt object Complete receipt details
receipt_id number
total_price object
buyer_email string
creation_timestamp number
Etsy Scraper

Etsy Scraper

Extract handcrafted items, product listings, and seller profiles from Etsy with 3 different scraping operations

45 credits

Using Etsy Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Etsy scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from product URLs, keyword search, or shop discovery
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract handcrafted items and seller data

Notes:

  • Extract handcrafted items, product listings, and seller profiles
  • Keyword-based product discovery across Etsy marketplace
  • Shop-specific product extraction with variation options
  • Product details, pricing, reviews, and seller information
  • Unique handmade and vintage item data
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from Etsy URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Etsy product URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed product information with pricing, seller details, and reviews
count number Number of products scraped

Find products using keyword search across Etsy marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords to search for products (e.g., "baby gifts", "dog collar", "vintage jewelry")
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the search keywords
count number Number of products found

Extract all products from specific Etsy shop URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Etsy shop URLs to scrape products from
allVariations select Whether to include all product variations and detailed options
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array All products from the specified shops
count number Number of products found
Eventbrite

Eventbrite

Event management and ticketing automation platform for creating, promoting, and managing events

Free

Setting up Eventbrite Integration

  1. Create an Eventbrite developer account
  2. Navigate to your app settings and copy your Client ID and Client Secret
  3. Set up OAuth redirect URI as: /oauth/callback/eventbrite
  4. Click "Connect" below to authorize access to your Eventbrite account
  5. Find your Organization ID in your Eventbrite account settings under "Account > Organization settings"
  6. Enter your Organization ID in the configuration field above

Notes:

  • This integration requires OAuth2 authentication for secure access
  • You need an active Eventbrite account with events or organization access
  • Rate limit: 1000 API calls per hour per OAuth token
  • Some features may require premium Eventbrite plan
Eventbrite API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Eventbrite event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_name text The name of the event
description textarea HTML description of the event
start_date text ISO 8601 formatted date-time (e.g., 2024-12-01T10:00:00)
end_date text ISO 8601 formatted date-time (e.g., 2024-12-01T12:00:00)
timezone text UTC Timezone (e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London)
currency text USD Currency code (USD, EUR, GBP, etc.)
online_event checkbox Check if this is an online event
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string
event_url string
event_status string
success boolean

Create a ticket class for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The ID of the event to add tickets to
ticket_name text Name of the ticket class
ticket_type select free
cost number Price in cents (100 = $1.00). Required for paid tickets
quantity_total number Total number of tickets available (leave empty for unlimited)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_class_id string
success boolean

Publish a draft event to make it live

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The ID of the event to publish
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
event_url string

Retrieve details of a specific event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The ID of the event to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_name string
description string
start_date string
end_date string
event_url string
status string
success boolean

Retrieve attendees list for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The ID of the event
status select attending
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve events for the organization

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select live
limit number 50 Maximum number of events to return (1-50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_count number
success boolean
EZ Texting

EZ Texting

SMS marketing platform for businesses with mass texting and automation features

Free

Setting up EZ Texting Integration

  1. Log in to your EZ Texting account
  2. Go to Settings → API Settings
  3. Enable API access if not already enabled
  4. Use your EZ Texting login credentials
  5. Enter your username and password in the fields above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Use your regular EZ Texting login credentials
  • EZ Texting specializes in mass SMS campaigns
  • Messages consume credits from your EZ Texting balance
  • API access may need to be enabled in your account settings
EZ Texting API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages to phone numbers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content (max 160 characters)
phone_numbers textarea Phone numbers separated by commas (e.g., 1234567890, 0987654321)
subject text Message subject (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
delivery_id string Unique identifier for the delivery
messages_sent number Number of messages sent
credits_used number Number of credits consumed
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send SMS to a contact group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
groups text Group names separated by commas
subject text Message subject (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
delivery_id string Unique identifier for the delivery
groups_sent number Number of groups messaged
success boolean Whether the group message was sent successfully

Add a contact to your address book

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone_number text Contact phone number (10 digits)
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
note textarea Note about the contact
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the added contact
phone_number string Contact phone number
success boolean Whether the contact was added successfully

Create a new contact group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
group_name text Name for the new group
note textarea Note about the group
Outputs
Name Type Description
group_id string ID of the created group
group_name string Name of the created group
success boolean Whether the group was created successfully

Retrieve incoming SMS messages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_name select Inbox Inbox folder to retrieve from
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array List of inbox messages
message_count number Total number of messages
success boolean Whether the inbox was retrieved successfully

Check remaining SMS credits

Outputs
Name Type Description
credits_remaining number Number of SMS credits remaining
plan_type string Account plan type
success boolean Whether the credits check was successful
Facebook Ads Library Scraper

Facebook Ads Library Scraper

Scrape Facebook ads from search results and specific pages. Fast and lightweight scraping with detailed ad information, active status filtering, and date range options.

160 credits

Using Facebook Ads Library Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Facebook Ads Library scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add Facebook Ads Library search URLs or Facebook Page URLs
  5. - Set result limits and filtering options
  6. - Choose active status filter (all, active, inactive)
  7. - Select date range for ad filtering
  8. - Enable detailed ad scraping for EU reach info
  9. The scraper will extract comprehensive Facebook ad data

Notes:

  • Scrape Facebook ads from search results and specific pages
  • Fast and lightweight scraping with detailed ad information
  • Support for Facebook Ads Library search URLs and Page URLs
  • Filter ads by active status (all, active, inactive)
  • Date range filtering: last 24h, 7 days, or 30 days
  • Optional detailed scraping for EU reach information
  • Configurable result limits or scrape all available ads
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Respect Facebook's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Facebook Ads Library scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook Ads Library search URLs or Facebook Page URLs to scrape ads from (one per line)
scrapeAdDetails checkbox Enable to scrape detailed ad information such as EU reach data
count number Maximum number of records to scrape (leave empty to scrape all)
activeStatus select all Filter ads by their active status
period select Filter ads by date range (uses search filters)
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped Facebook ads with comprehensive information
count number Number of ads successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async Facebook Ads Library scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook Ads Library search URLs or Facebook Page URLs (one per line)
scrapeAdDetails checkbox Enable to scrape detailed ad information
count number Maximum number of records to scrape
activeStatus select all Filter ads by their active status
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute Facebook Ads Library scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook Ads Library search URLs or Facebook Page URLs (one per line)
count number Maximum number of records to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the Facebook Ads Library scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
Facebook Events

Facebook Events

Social event creation and management platform with RSVP and promotion features

Free

Setting up Facebook Events Integration

  1. Go to Facebook for Developers
  2. Create or select an existing app
  3. Add the "Facebook Login" product to your app
  4. Go to Tools > Graph API Explorer
  5. Select your app and generate a User Access Token with "pages_manage_posts" and "pages_show_list" permissions
  6. Add the "publish_to_groups" permission if you plan to create events in groups
  7. Exchange the User Access Token for a Page Access Token
  8. Copy your Page ID from your Facebook Page settings
  9. Paste both the Page Access Token and Page ID in the fields above
  10. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • Requires a Facebook Page with event creation permissions
  • Your app must be approved for "pages_manage_posts" permission for production use
  • Page Access Token provides access to create and manage events on your page
  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
  • Event creation may require additional Facebook permissions and verification
  • Some features may require a verified Facebook Page
Facebook Events API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Facebook event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the event
description textarea Event description
start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
end_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T18:00:00Z)
location text Event location or venue
privacy select PUBLIC
is_online checkbox Mark this as an online/virtual event
online_event_url text URL for online event (required if marked as online)
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string
event_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
name string
description string
start_time string
end_time string
location string
attending_count number
interested_count number
maybe_count number
event_url string
success boolean

Update an existing event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
name text Updated name of the event
description textarea Updated event description
start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
end_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T18:00:00Z)
location text Event location or venue
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
event_id string

Cancel an existing event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string

Retrieve list of events from the page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
time_filter select upcoming
limit number 25 Maximum number of events to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of event attendees

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
response_type select attending
limit number 100 Maximum number of attendees to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Post an update to an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
message textarea The update message to post
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id string
success boolean
Facebook Graph API

Facebook Graph API

Connect to Facebook Pages via the Graph API. Read posts, engagement metrics, publish content, and manage your Facebook presence.

Free

Setting up Facebook Graph API Integration

  1. Go to Facebook Developers and log in
  2. Create a new app or select an existing one
  3. Go to App Settings → Basic and copy your App ID and App Secret
  4. Under "Facebook Login" settings, add the redirect URI: /oauth/callback/facebookgraph
  5. Request the following permissions: pages_read_engagement, pages_manage_posts
  6. Submit your app for review to access Pages you manage
  7. Click "Connect" below to authorize TaskAGI access to your Facebook Pages

Notes:

  • You must be an admin of the Facebook Page you want to manage
  • App Review is required for production use with Pages you don't own
  • Rate limits: ~200 calls per hour per user token
  • API v22.0 is the latest version as of 2025
  • Page Access Tokens are required for most Page operations
  • Some metrics require page insights permissions
Facebook Graph API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve posts from a Facebook Page with engagement metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text The Facebook Page ID (numeric) or page username
limit number 25 Maximum number of posts to retrieve (1-100)
include_engagement select true Include likes, comments, and shares counts
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Array of page posts with engagement data
count number Number of posts retrieved
page_id string
success boolean

Get details and engagement for a specific post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text The Facebook Post ID (format: page_id_post_id)
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
message string
created_time string
full_picture string
permalink_url string
likes_count number
comments_count number
shares_count number
reactions_count number
success boolean

Publish a new post to a Facebook Page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text The Facebook Page ID to post to
message textarea The text content of your post
link text Optional URL to attach to the post
published select true Whether to publish immediately or save as draft
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id string ID of the created post
post_url string Public URL of the post
success boolean

Delete a post from a Facebook Page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text The ID of the post to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
success boolean

Get information about a Facebook Page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text The Facebook Page ID or username
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
name string
username string
category string
fan_count number
about string
website string
picture_url string
success boolean

Get list of Facebook Pages you manage

Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array Array of pages the user manages
count number
success boolean

Retrieve comments on a Facebook post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text The Facebook Post ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of comments to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Array of comments with author info
count number
success boolean
Facebook Live

Facebook Live

Live video broadcasting platform integrated with Facebook social features

Free

Setting up Facebook Live Integration

  1. Go to Facebook for Developers
  2. Create or select an existing app
  3. Add the "Facebook Login" product to your app
  4. Go to Tools > Graph API Explorer
  5. Select your app and generate a User Access Token with "pages_manage_posts" and "pages_show_list" permissions
  6. Exchange the User Access Token for a Page Access Token
  7. Copy your Page ID from your Facebook Page settings
  8. Paste both the Page Access Token and Page ID in the fields above
  9. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • Requires a Facebook Page with live streaming permissions
  • Your app must be approved for "pages_manage_posts" permission for production use
  • Page Access Token provides access to create live videos on your page
  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
  • Live streaming may require additional Facebook permissions and verification
  • Some features may require a verified Facebook Page
Facebook Live Video API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Facebook Live video stream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the live video
description textarea Live video description
privacy select EVERYONE
planned_start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z). Leave empty for immediate streaming.
save_vod checkbox Save the live video after streaming ends
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_id string
stream_url string
stream_key string
permalink_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific live video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text The unique ID of the live video
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
status string
broadcast_start_time string
broadcast_end_time string
permalink_url string
live_views number
success boolean

Start broadcasting a scheduled live video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text The unique ID of the live video
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string
live_url string

End an active live video broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text The unique ID of the live video
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string
video_url string

Retrieve list of live videos from the page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
limit number 25 Maximum number of videos to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve comments from a live video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text The unique ID of the live video
limit number 25 Maximum number of comments to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve analytics and insights for a live video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text The unique ID of the live video
Outputs
Name Type Description
total_reach number
total_impressions number
total_engagement number
peak_live_viewers number
total_live_views number
average_watch_time number
success boolean
Facebook Scraper Pro

Facebook Scraper Pro

Extract profiles, posts, groups, events, marketplace listings, comments, and reviews from Facebook with 13 comprehensive operations

45 credits

Using Facebook Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Facebook scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from posts, comments, groups, marketplace, or events
  4. Configure your scraping parameters and filters
  5. The scraper will extract social media data with comprehensive metadata

Notes:

  • Extract posts, comments, and social interactions
  • Marketplace listings with pricing and location data
  • Company reviews and event information
  • Group posts and profile-based content
  • Reels and video content metadata
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract posts from Facebook pages by profile URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook page URLs to scrape posts from
numOfPosts number 50 Maximum number of posts to extract per page
startDate text Filter posts from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter posts until this date (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from Facebook pages with engagement metrics
count number Number of posts extracted

Find Facebook pages using usernames

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea Facebook usernames to find pages for
startDate text Filter posts from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter posts until this date (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from pages found by username
count number Number of posts found

Extract comments from Facebook post URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook post URLs to scrape comments from
getAllReplies select Whether to include replies to comments
limitRecords number Maximum number of comments to extract per post (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Comments from Facebook posts with replies and metadata
count number Number of comments extracted

Extract posts from Facebook group URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook group URLs to scrape posts from
startDate text Filter posts from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter posts until this date (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from Facebook groups with member interactions
count number Number of group posts extracted

Extract item details from Facebook Marketplace URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook Marketplace item URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Marketplace listings with pricing and seller details
count number Number of marketplace items extracted

Find Facebook Marketplace items using keywords and location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Product or service to search for
city text City or location to search in
dateListedRange text Date range filter for listings (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Marketplace items matching search criteria
count number Number of items found

Extract items from Facebook Marketplace category URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook Marketplace category or search URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Items from marketplace categories or searches
count number Number of items extracted

Extract detailed information from specific Facebook post URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook post URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Detailed post information with engagement metrics
count number Number of posts extracted

Extract Facebook Reels from profile URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook profile URLs to scrape Reels from
startDate text Filter Reels from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter Reels until this date (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reels array Reels with video metadata and engagement metrics
count number Number of Reels extracted

Extract reviews from Facebook company pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook company review page URLs
numOfReviews number 50 Maximum number of reviews to extract per company
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Customer reviews with ratings and feedback
count number Number of reviews extracted

Extract event details from Facebook event URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook event URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array Event information with dates, locations, and attendees
count number Number of events extracted

Find events from Facebook event search or explore URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook event search or explore URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array Events found from search results
count number Number of events found

Find events at specific Facebook venue pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Facebook venue page URLs with events
upcomingEventsOnly select Filter to show only future events
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array Events at the specified venues
count number Number of venue events found
FastSpring

FastSpring

Payment platform for SaaS and software companies

Free

Setting up FastSpring Integration

  1. Log in to your FastSpring Dashboard
  2. Navigate to Integrations → API Credentials
  3. Create new credentials or copy existing ones
  4. Copy your API Username and Password
  5. Find your Store ID in Store Settings
  6. Select your environment (Test for development, Live for production)
  7. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Test environment for development and testing
  • API credentials have different permissions - ensure yours have the required access
  • Store ID is unique to each FastSpring store you manage
FastSpring API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a checkout session for products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_path text FastSpring product path/SKU
quantity number 1 Product quantity
coupon text Discount coupon code
tags text Comma-separated tags for analytics
Outputs
Name Type Description
session_id string Checkout session identifier
checkout_url string URL for customer to complete purchase
session_data object

Retrieve order details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text FastSpring order ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
order_state string
total number
currency string
customer_email string
order_data object

Retrieve subscription details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subscription_id text FastSpring subscription ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscription_id string
state string
product string
next_charge_date string
customer_email string
subscription_data object

Cancel an active subscription

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subscription_id text FastSpring subscription ID to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscription_id string
state string
deactivation_date string
cancel_data object

Retrieve list of products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Number of products to retrieve
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
total_pages number

Create a new customer account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Customer email address
first_name text Customer first name
last_name text Customer last name
company text Customer company name
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string
email string
customer_data object

Retrieve customer details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text FastSpring customer ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string
email string
first_name string
last_name string
customer_data object
FFmpeg Video Editor

FFmpeg Video Editor

Basic video editing operations: trim, concatenate, extract audio, add audio, and get video info using FFmpeg.

Free

FFmpeg Video Editor

  1. This integration uses system-installed FFmpeg - no configuration required
  2. Simply add FFmpeg nodes to your workflow
  3. Videos can be passed from other nodes using [[nodes.nodeId.video_data.url]] syntax
  4. Output videos are automatically saved and publicly accessible

Notes:

  • Maximum input file size: 100MB per video
  • Processing timeout: 5 minutes
  • Supported formats: MP4, MOV, WEBM, AVI, MKV
  • Output format is MP4 with H.264 codec for maximum compatibility
  • Large videos may take longer to process - consider optimizing source files
FFmpeg Documentation

Available Operations

Cut a portion of video from start time to end time

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
videoInput text Video file URL or reference from previous node (e.g., [[nodes.nodeId.video_data.url]])
startTime text 00:00:00 Start time in HH:MM:SS or seconds format (e.g., 00:01:30 or 90)
endTime text End time in HH:MM:SS or seconds format (e.g., 00:02:00 or 120)
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The trimmed video file
duration number Duration of the trimmed video
success boolean

Join multiple videos sequentially

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
videoInputs textarea JSON array of video URLs or node references. Example: ["[[nodes.trim1.video_data.url]]", "[[nodes.trim2.video_data.url]]"]
transitionType select none Transition between clips (none = direct cut)
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The combined video file
duration number Total duration of the concatenated video
clips_count number Number of clips concatenated
success boolean

Extract audio track from video file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
videoInput text Video file URL or reference from previous node
outputFormat select mp3 Output audio format
Outputs
Name Type Description
audio_data binary The extracted audio file
duration number Duration of the audio
success boolean

Replace or overlay audio track on video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
videoInput text Video file URL or reference
audioInput text Audio file URL or reference (e.g., from ElevenLabs TTS)
audioMode select replace How to handle audio
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The video with new audio
duration number Duration of the output video
success boolean

Get metadata from video file (duration, resolution, codec)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
videoInput text Video file URL or reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
duration number Video duration in seconds
width number Video width
height number Video height
codec string Video codec name
bitrate number Video bitrate
fps number Frames per second
has_audio boolean Whether video has an audio track
file_size number Size of the video file
success boolean
Figma

Figma

Collaborative design and prototyping platform with powerful file management, component libraries, and team collaboration features

Free

Setting up Figma API Integration

  1. Log in to your Figma account
  2. Go to your account settings by clicking your profile picture
  3. Navigate to the "Personal access tokens" section
  4. Click "Create a new personal access token"
  5. Give your token a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Select the appropriate scopes for your integration needs
  7. Click "Create token" to generate the access token
  8. Copy the generated personal access token
  9. Paste the token in the field above
  10. Important: Store the token securely - it won't be shown again
  11. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Personal access tokens provide access based on your account permissions
  • You can revoke tokens anytime from your account settings
  • The API has rate limits - avoid making too many requests quickly
  • Some operations require specific permissions on files and teams
  • File exports may take time to process for complex designs
  • Always test with non-critical files first
Figma API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve information about the authenticated user

Outputs
Name Type Description
user object Complete user profile data
id string Unique identifier for the user
email string User email address
handle string User handle/username
imgUrl string URL to user profile image

Retrieve projects from a specific team

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
team_id text Figma team ID to get projects from
Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array Array of team projects
totalProjects number Number of projects returned

Retrieve files from a specific project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text Figma project ID to get files from
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array Array of project files
totalFiles number Number of files returned

Retrieve detailed information about a specific file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma file key or URL
version text Specific version ID (leave empty for latest)
ids text Comma-separated list of specific node IDs to retrieve
depth number 2 Tree depth to traverse (1-5)
Outputs
Name Type Description
file object Complete file information
name string Name of the file
thumbnailUrl string URL to file thumbnail
lastModified string When the file was last modified
version string Current version of the file
document object Document node tree structure
components object File components metadata
styles object File styles metadata

Retrieve version history of a file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma file key
Outputs
Name Type Description
versions array Array of file versions
totalVersions number Number of versions returned

Retrieve components from a specific file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma file key
Outputs
Name Type Description
components object File components with metadata
totalComponents number Number of components in the file

Retrieve styles from a specific file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma file key
Outputs
Name Type Description
styles object File styles with metadata
totalStyles number Number of styles in the file

Export specific nodes or frames as images

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma file key
ids text Comma-separated list of node IDs to export
format select png Image format for export
scale select 1 Export scale/resolution
use_absolute_bounds select false Use absolute bounding box for export
Outputs
Name Type Description
images object Object with node IDs as keys and image URLs as values
totalImages number Number of images exported
success boolean Whether the export was successful

Retrieve comments from a file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma file key
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Array of file comments
totalComments number Number of comments returned

Add a comment to a specific location in a file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma file key
message textarea The comment text
client_meta code_editor Position and context data as JSON (x, y coordinates)
Outputs
Name Type Description
commentId string ID of the created comment
comment object Complete created comment data
success boolean Whether the comment was posted successfully

Retrieve published styles from a team

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
team_id text Figma team ID
page_size number 50 Number of styles per page
Outputs
Name Type Description
styles array Array of published team styles
totalStyles number Number of styles returned

Retrieve published components from a team

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
team_id text Figma team ID
page_size number 50 Number of components per page
Outputs
Name Type Description
components array Array of published team components
totalComponents number Number of components returned

Retrieve analytics data for a component library

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_key text Figma library file key
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Analytics data for the library
usage object Component usage statistics
adoption object Library adoption metrics
Filemail

Filemail

Large file transfer service for business communications

Free

Setting up Filemail Integration

  1. Create a Filemail account if you don't have one
  2. Upgrade to a Business plan to get API access
  3. Contact Filemail Support to request API credentials
  4. Provide your use case and account details for API access approval
  5. Once approved, you will receive your API key and documentation
  6. Enter your Filemail username and API key in the fields above
  7. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Filemail API access requires a Business subscription
  • API access is not available for free accounts
  • Files can be sent to up to 200 recipients per transfer
  • Maximum file size depends on your subscription plan
  • Transfers have configurable expiration dates
Filemail API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a file via Filemail

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to send
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_name text Name for the file including extension
recipient_emails textarea Comma-separated list of recipient email addresses
subject text Email subject line
message textarea Message to include with the file
expires_days number 7 Number of days until the file expires (1-30)
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string Unique identifier of the file transfer
download_url string URL where recipients can download the file
expires_at string When the file expires
file_size number Size of the sent file in bytes

Get the status of a file transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transfer_id text ID of the transfer to check
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string Unique identifier of the transfer
status string Current status of the transfer
download_count number Number of times the file has been downloaded
expires_at string When the transfer expires
file_count number Number of files in the transfer

List recent file transfers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of transfers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfers array List of recent transfers
total_count number Total number of transfers returned

Delete a file transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transfer_id text ID of the transfer to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the transfer was successfully deleted
message string Status message
FindThatLead

FindThatLead

Email finder and lead generation platform with domain search, email verification, and prospecting automation tools

Free

Setting up FindThatLead Integration

  1. Log in to your FindThatLead account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys in your dashboard
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing one
  4. Copy the API key to your clipboard
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  6. Your FindThatLead integration is now ready for email finding and lead generation

Notes:

  • FindThatLead provides comprehensive email finder and lead generation tools
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is tracked and limited based on your FindThatLead plan
  • The integration supports email finding, domain search, and lead enrichment
  • Upgrade your FindThatLead plan for increased API limits and features
FindThatLead API Documentation

Available Operations

Find email address for a person at a specific company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
domain text Company domain (e.g., google.com)
company_name text Company name for additional context
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Found email address
confidence number Confidence score for the email (0-100)
status string Status of the email search
sources array Sources where the email was found
verification_status string Email verification status if available

Find all email addresses and contacts associated with a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to search (e.g., google.com)
limit number 20 Maximum number of emails to return (default: 20, max: 100)
offset number 0 Number of results to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails array List of found email addresses with contact details
domain string The domain that was searched
company_info object Company details and metadata
total_count number Total number of emails found for the domain
returned_count number Number of emails returned in this response

Verify if an email address is valid and deliverable

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string The email address that was verified
status string Verification status: valid, invalid, risky, unknown
confidence number Verification confidence score (0-100)
is_deliverable boolean Whether the email is deliverable
is_disposable boolean Whether email is from a disposable email service
is_role_based boolean Whether email is a role-based account
mx_record boolean Whether domain has valid MX records

Enrich company information using domain or company name

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to enrich
company_name text Company name to enrich
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object Comprehensive company information
industry string Company industry classification
employee_count number Estimated number of employees
revenue string Estimated annual revenue
location object Company headquarters location
social_profiles array Company social media profiles

Advanced lead prospecting with filters and criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Target company name
domain text Target company domain
job_titles textarea [] Array of job titles to target (e.g., ["CEO", "CTO", "VP Sales"])
departments textarea [] Array of departments to target (e.g., ["Sales", "Marketing"])
seniority_levels textarea [] Array of seniority levels (e.g., ["C-Level", "VP", "Director"])
industries textarea [] Array of target industries
company_size select Filter by company size
location text Geographic location filter
limit number 25 Maximum number of prospects to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
prospects array Array of prospects matching the search criteria
total_results number Total number of prospects found
search_filters object The filters that were applied

Find multiple emails in a single batch request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searches textarea [{"first_name": "John", "last_name": "Doe", "domain": "example.com"}, {"first_name": "Jane", "last_name": "Smith", "domain": "acme.com"}] Array of search objects with first_name, last_name, and domain
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of email search results
total_searches number Number of searches performed
successful_searches number Number of successful email finds
credits_used number Number of API credits consumed

Get current account information and usage statistics

Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Account email address
plan string Current subscription plan
credits_available number Number of API credits remaining
credits_used number Number of credits used this period
monthly_limit number Monthly credit limit
reset_date string Date when credits reset
Firecrawl

Firecrawl

Web scraping API that converts websites to LLM-ready markdown with screenshot capture

Free

Setting up Firecrawl Integration

  1. Go to Firecrawl and create an account
  2. Navigate to your Dashboard to find your API key
  3. Copy your API key
  4. Paste the API key above and click Save

Notes:

  • Firecrawl offers a free tier with limited credits
  • Screenshots and advanced features may consume more credits
  • Stealth proxies cost 5 credits per request
  • Results are cached for 2 days by default for faster scrapes
Firecrawl API Documentation

Available Operations

Scrape a URL and get LLM-ready markdown content, HTML, and metadata

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text The URL of the webpage to scrape
onlyMainContent checkbox 1 Exclude headers, navigation, and footers from the content
waitFor number 0 Wait this many milliseconds before scraping (for JS-rendered content)
mobile checkbox Emulate a mobile device when scraping
Outputs
Name Type Description
markdown string The page content converted to LLM-ready markdown
html string The raw HTML content of the page
title string The title of the webpage
description string The meta description of the webpage
sourceURL string The final URL after any redirects
links array Links found on the page
success boolean

Scrape a URL and capture a full-page screenshot along with content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text The URL of the webpage to scrape and screenshot
fullPage checkbox 1 Capture the entire page, not just the visible viewport
mobile checkbox Emulate a mobile device for screenshot
waitFor number 0 Wait this many milliseconds before capturing (for JS-rendered content)
Outputs
Name Type Description
screenshot binary Full-page screenshot of the webpage
markdown string The page content converted to markdown
title string The title of the webpage
sourceURL string The final URL after any redirects
success boolean
Fireflies.ai

Fireflies.ai

AI meeting assistant that automatically transcribes, summarizes, and analyzes meetings. Access meeting transcripts, summaries, action items, and analytics.

Free

Setting up Fireflies.ai Integration

  1. Log in to your Fireflies.ai account
  2. Click on your profile icon in the top-right corner
  3. Select "Integrations" from the dropdown menu
  4. Scroll down to find "Fireflies API" section
  5. Click "Generate API Key" if you don't have one
  6. Copy the API key and paste it above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Free accounts are limited to 50 API calls per day
  • Business accounts have higher API limits
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from the Fireflies dashboard
  • The API provides access to transcripts, summaries, and meeting analytics
Fireflies.ai API Documentation

Available Operations

Fetch a meeting transcript by ID with summary and analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transcriptId text The Fireflies transcript ID to fetch
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
title string
date string
duration number
transcript_url string
audio_url string
short_summary string
short_overview string
overview string
action_items string
keywords string
sentences array
speakers array
data object

Get a list of recent meeting transcripts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 10 Maximum number of transcripts to return (1-50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
transcripts array
count number
Folk

Folk

Modern CRM for small teams with contact management, group organization, and workflow automation

Free

Setting up Folk Integration

  1. Log in to your Folk CRM account
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations → API
  3. Click "Generate API Key" to create a new key
  4. Give your API key a descriptive name
  5. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys provide full access to your Folk data - keep them secure
  • Only workspace admins can create API keys
  • API keys inherit the permissions of the user who created them
  • You can revoke API keys anytime from your settings
  • Folk uses Bearer token authentication
Folk API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve people (contacts) from Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of people to retrieve (1-100)
search text Search term to filter people
tags text Filter by tags (comma-separated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
people array
total_count number

Create a new person (contact) in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fullName text Full name of the person
email email Email address of the person
phone text Phone number of the person
company text Company name
jobTitle text Job title of the person
bio textarea Biography or notes about the person
tags text Tags for the person (comma-separated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id string
fullName string
email string
phone string
company string
created_at string

Update an existing person in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person_id text ID of the person to update
fullName text Full name of the person
email email Email address of the person
phone text Phone number of the person
company text Company name
jobTitle text Job title of the person
bio textarea Biography or notes about the person
tags text Tags for the person (comma-separated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id string
fullName string
email string
phone string
company string
updated_at string

Retrieve groups from Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of groups to retrieve (1-100)
search text Search term to filter groups
Outputs
Name Type Description
groups array
total_count number

Create a new group in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the group
description textarea Description of the group
color text Color for the group (hex code)
Outputs
Name Type Description
group_id string
name string
description string
color string
created_at string

Add a person to a group in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
group_id text ID of the group
person_id text ID of the person to add
Outputs
Name Type Description
group_id string
person_id string
success boolean

Retrieve notes from Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person_id text Filter notes by person ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of notes to retrieve (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
notes array
total_count number

Create a new note in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
content textarea Content of the note
person_id text ID of the person this note relates to
private checkbox Make this note private
Outputs
Name Type Description
note_id string
content string
person_id string
private boolean
created_at string

Retrieve tasks from Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person_id text Filter tasks by person ID
completed select Filter by completion status
limit number 50 Maximum number of tasks to retrieve (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array
total_count number

Create a new task in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the task
description textarea Description of the task
person_id text ID of the person this task relates to
dueDate date Due date for the task (YYYY-MM-DD)
priority select Priority level of the task
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string
title string
description string
person_id string
dueDate string
priority string
created_at string

Retrieve workflows from Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of workflows to retrieve (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflows array
total_count number

Trigger a workflow for a person in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text ID of the workflow to trigger
person_id text ID of the person to run the workflow for
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflow_id string
person_id string
status string
triggered_at string

Search for people across all data in Folk CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term to find people
fields select Fields to search in
limit number 50 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array
total_count number
FreshBooks

FreshBooks

Cloud-based accounting software - Manage invoices, expenses, and client billing

Free

Setting up FreshBooks Integration

  1. Log in to your FreshBooks account
  2. Go to Settings → API → Create New Token
  3. Give your token a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  4. Copy the generated Access Token and Account ID
  5. Paste both values above and click Save

Notes:

  • API tokens provide full access to your FreshBooks account
  • Keep your token secure and never share it publicly
  • You can revoke tokens anytime from your API settings
  • Account ID is shown in your FreshBooks account settings
FreshBooks API Documentation

Available Operations

Get information about the current user profile

Outputs
Name Type Description
user_id number
first_name string
last_name string
email string
business_name string

Create a new client in FreshBooks

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Client company name
first_name text Client first name
last_name text Client last name
email text Client email address
phone text Client phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
client_id number
email string
company_name string

Get all clients from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
include_archived checkbox Include archived clients
Outputs
Name Type Description
clients array
client_count number

Create a new invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id number Client to invoice
create_date text today Invoice creation date
due_date text Invoice due date
notes textarea Invoice notes
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id number
invoice_number string
status string
total number

Add a line item to an invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id number Invoice to add item to
name text Name of the item or service
description textarea Item description
quantity number 1 Quantity of items
unit_cost number Cost per unit
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_id number
name string
amount number

Get invoices from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id number Filter by specific client
status select Filter by invoice status
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Send an invoice to the client via email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id number Invoice to send
email_subject text Custom email subject
email_body textarea Custom email message
Outputs
Name Type Description
sent boolean
email string

Create a new expense entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Expense amount
category_id number Expense category ID
client_id number Client to assign expense to
vendor text Vendor name
notes textarea Expense notes
date text today Expense date
Outputs
Name Type Description
expense_id number
amount number
date string

Get expenses from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Filter expenses from this date
end_date text Filter expenses to this date
client_id number Filter by specific client
Outputs
Name Type Description
expenses array
expense_count number
total_amount number
Freshdesk

Freshdesk

Customer support and helpdesk automation platform

Free

Setting up Freshdesk Integration

  1. Log in to your Freshdesk account
  2. Click on your profile picture in the top-right corner
  3. Select "Profile settings" from the dropdown
  4. In the right sidebar, you will find your API key
  5. Copy the API key and your domain name
  6. Enter your domain (without .freshdesk.com) and API key above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Your API key is located in your profile settings
  • Only enter the subdomain part (e.g., "yourcompany" not "yourcompany.freshdesk.com")
  • The API key provides access to your Freshdesk data - keep it secure
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from profile settings
Freshdesk API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new support ticket in Freshdesk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Ticket subject line
description textarea Ticket description/content
email text Email address of the person requesting support
priority select 1 Ticket priority level
status select 2 Ticket status
type text Ticket type (optional)
tags text Comma-separated tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id number The ID of the created ticket
display_id number The display ID of the created ticket
subject string The ticket subject
status string The ticket status
created_at string When the ticket was created

Update an existing ticket in Freshdesk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticket_id number ID of the ticket to update
priority select New priority level
status select New ticket status
note textarea Add a note to the ticket
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id number The ID of the updated ticket
status string The updated ticket status
updated_at string When the ticket was last updated

Retrieve details of a specific ticket

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticket_id number ID of the ticket to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id number The ticket ID
display_id number The display ID
subject string Ticket subject
description string Ticket description
status string Current ticket status
priority string Ticket priority
requester_email string Email of the requester
created_at string When the ticket was created
updated_at string When the ticket was last updated

Add a note/reply to an existing ticket

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticket_id number ID of the ticket to add note to
body textarea Content of the note
private checkbox Make this note private (internal only)
Outputs
Name Type Description
note_id number The ID of the created note
body string The note content
created_at string When the note was created

Get a list of tickets with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
filter select all Filter tickets by status
page number 1 Page number for pagination
per_page number 30 Number of tickets per page (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
tickets array Array of ticket objects
total_count number Total number of tickets
Freshsales

Freshsales

CRM with built-in email and phone functionality for complete sales automation

Free

Setting up Freshsales API Integration

  1. Log in to your Freshsales account
  2. Go to Settings → API Settings
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing key
  4. Your domain is the subdomain from your Freshsales URL (e.g., if your URL is https://yourcompany.freshsales.io, enter "yourcompany.freshsales.io")
  5. Paste the API key and domain above
  6. Ensure your user account has the necessary permissions for API access

Notes:

  • API access is available on Freshsales Sprout, Blossom, Garden, and Estate plans
  • API keys don't expire but should be kept secure
  • Rate limits apply: 1000 requests per hour per account
  • Freshsales includes built-in email and phone functionality
  • The integration supports leads, contacts, accounts, deals, tasks, and appointments
Freshsales API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of leads from Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
view select Filter leads by view
page number 1 Page number for pagination
perPage number 25 Number of leads per page (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
count number
totalCount number
success boolean

Create a new lead in Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text Lead's first name
lastName text Lead's last name
email text Lead's email address
phone text Lead's phone number
company text Lead's company name
jobTitle text Lead's job title
leadSource text Source of the lead (e.g., Website, Advertisement)
status select Lead status
Outputs
Name Type Description
leadId string
lead object
success boolean

Update an existing lead

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
leadId text The ID of the lead to update
updateData textarea Lead data to update as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead object
updated boolean
success boolean

Get list of contacts from Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
perPage number 25 Number of contacts per page (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
count number
success boolean

Create a new contact in Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text Contact's first name
lastName text Contact's last name
email text Contact's email address
phone text Contact's phone number
jobTitle text Contact's job title
accountId text ID of the account to associate with
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId string
contact object
success boolean

Get list of accounts from Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
perPage number 25 Number of accounts per page (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array
count number
success boolean

Create a new account in Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the account/company
website text Company website URL
phone text Company phone number
industry text Company industry
annualRevenue number Company annual revenue
numberOfEmployees number Company size in employees
Outputs
Name Type Description
accountId string
account object
success boolean

Get list of deals from Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
view select Filter deals by view
page number 1 Page number for pagination
perPage number 25 Number of deals per page (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
deals array
count number
totalValue number
success boolean

Create a new deal in Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the deal
amount number Deal value in your base currency
accountId text ID of the associated account
contactId text ID of the primary contact
expectedCloseDate text Expected close date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
dealPipelineId text ID of the deal pipeline
dealStageId text ID of the deal stage
Outputs
Name Type Description
dealId string
deal object
success boolean

Send an email through Freshsales

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email address
subject text Email subject line
body textarea Email content (HTML supported)
cc text CC email addresses (comma-separated)
bcc text BCC email addresses (comma-separated)
targetableType select Type of record this email relates to
targetableId text ID of the related record
Outputs
Name Type Description
emailId string
email object
sent boolean
success boolean

Log a phone call activity

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
targetableType select Type of record this call relates to
targetableId text ID of the related record
callType select Type of call
outcome select Outcome of the call
duration number Call duration in seconds
notes textarea Notes about the call
Outputs
Name Type Description
callId string
call object
success boolean

Create a new task or reminder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the task
description textarea Task description
dueDate text Due date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
targetableType select Type of record this task relates to
targetableId text ID of the related record
priority select Task priority
Outputs
Name Type Description
taskId string
task object
success boolean

Search for records across modules

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term or query
module select Module to search in
limit number 25 Maximum number of results
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array
count number
query string
success boolean
FullContact

FullContact

Contact information and social profile enrichment service with identity resolution and comprehensive person data

Free

Setting up FullContact Integration

  1. Log in to your FullContact Dashboard
  2. Navigate to API Keys in your developer settings
  3. Generate a new API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  6. Your FullContact integration is now ready for contact enrichment and social profile discovery

Notes:

  • FullContact provides comprehensive contact enrichment and social profile data
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is metered and billed based on your FullContact plan
  • The integration supports person enrichment, company lookup, and identity resolution
  • Contact FullContact support for enterprise features and volume discounts
FullContact API Documentation

Available Operations

Enrich person data with comprehensive profile and social information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to enrich
phone text Phone number to enrich (E.164 format)
twitter text Twitter username (without @)
linkedin text LinkedIn profile URL
full_name text Person's full name for additional context
location text Person's location for additional context
include_details select person+social Level of detail to include in response
Outputs
Name Type Description
person object Comprehensive person profile information
social_profiles array Social media profiles and professional links
work_info object Employment and professional details
demographics object Demographic and lifestyle information
confidence number Data confidence score from 0-1

Enrich company data with business intelligence and social presence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to enrich
company_name text Company name to enrich
include_details select company+social Level of detail to include in response
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object Comprehensive company information
social_profiles array Company social media presence
website_info object Website and digital presence data
confidence number Data confidence score from 0-1

Resolve and unify multiple identifiers into a single person profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
identifiers textarea {"emails": [], "phones": [], "social_profiles": []} Array of identifiers to resolve (emails, phones, social profiles)
include_details select person+social Level of detail to include in response
Outputs
Name Type Description
resolved_person object Unified person profile from multiple identifiers
matched_identifiers array Identifiers that matched the resolved person
confidence number Resolution confidence score from 0-1

Verify email address validity and deliverability

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string The email address that was verified
is_valid boolean Whether the email address is valid
is_deliverable boolean Whether the email address is deliverable
is_risky boolean Whether the email address is considered risky
is_disposable boolean Whether the email is from a disposable email service
reputation string Email reputation: high, medium, low
confidence number Verification confidence score from 0-1

Create a custom audience for targeting and segmentation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audience_name text Name for the custom audience
identifiers textarea Array of emails, phones, or other identifiers for the audience
webhook_url text Webhook URL for processing completion notifications
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_id string Unique identifier for the created audience
audience_name string Name of the created audience
total_identifiers number Number of identifiers in the audience
status string Processing status of the audience creation

Enrich an existing audience with additional profile data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audience_id text ID of the audience to enrich
include_details select person+social Level of detail to include in enrichment
webhook_url text Webhook URL for completion notifications
Outputs
Name Type Description
enrichment_id string Unique identifier for the enrichment job
audience_id string ID of the audience being enriched
status string Status of the enrichment process
estimated_completion string Estimated completion time for enrichment

Create permission record for marketing compliance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address for permission record
permission_type select Type of marketing permission
consent_date text Date consent was given (YYYY-MM-DD)
source text Source where permission was obtained
Outputs
Name Type Description
permission_id string Unique identifier for the permission record
email string Email address for the permission
permission_type string Type of marketing permission granted
status string Permission status: active, inactive, pending

Verify marketing permission status for compliance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to verify permission for
permission_type select Type of marketing permission to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Email address that was verified
has_permission boolean Whether permission exists for the specified type
permission_type string Type of permission that was verified
consent_date string Date when consent was originally given
source string Source where permission was obtained
FullStory

FullStory

Digital experience analytics and user behavior insights with session recordings and advanced search capabilities

Free

Setting up FullStory API Integration

  1. Log in to your FullStory account
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations & API Keys
  3. Click "Create API Key" and give it a descriptive name
  4. Select the appropriate permissions for your use case
  5. Copy the generated API Key - store it securely
  6. Find your Organization ID in Settings → Organization
  7. Enter both the API Key and Organization ID above
  8. Save the configuration to start accessing FullStory data

Notes:

  • API Keys can be scoped with specific permissions for security
  • Organization ID is unique to your FullStory account
  • The API provides access to sessions, events, and user data
  • Some data may have processing delays
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls are rate limited - monitor your usage carefully
FullStory REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve user sessions with filtering and search capabilities

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startTime text Start time for session search
endTime text End time for session search
userEmail text Filter sessions by user email
userId text Filter sessions by user ID
limit number 50 Maximum number of sessions to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessions array
sessionCount number
totalDuration number
averageDuration number

Retrieve custom events tracked in FullStory

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventName text Filter by specific event name
startTime text Start time for event search
endTime text End time for event search
properties textarea Filter events by properties
limit number 100 Maximum number of events to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
eventCount number
uniqueEvents array
eventSummary object

Search sessions using FullStory search syntax

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchQuery textarea FullStory search query (e.g., "clicked button AND page https://example.com")
startTime text Limit search to sessions after this time
endTime text Limit search to sessions before this time
limit number 25 Maximum number of sessions to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
sessions array
sessionCount number
searchQuery string
insights object

Analyze user journey and behavior patterns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text User ID to analyze journey for
timeRange select 7d
Outputs
Name Type Description
journeyData object
sessionCount number
pagesVisited array
conversionEvents array
behaviorPatterns array

Analyze conversion funnels with detailed drop-off insights

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
funnelSteps textarea Array of funnel step definitions
timeRange select 30d
segmentBy text Property to segment funnel by (e.g., "device", "browser")
Outputs
Name Type Description
funnelData array
conversionRate number
stepConversions array
dropOffAnalysis array
segments object

Retrieve click and scroll heatmap data for pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pageUrl text URL of the page to get heatmap data for
heatmapType select click
timeRange select 30d
Outputs
Name Type Description
heatmapData object
clickPoints array
scrollDepth object
topElements array

Identify rage clicks and user frustration points

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pageUrl text Filter rage clicks for specific page
timeRange select 7d
threshold number 3 Minimum clicks to classify as rage
Outputs
Name Type Description
rageClicks array
rageClickCount number
affectedSessions number
topFrustrationPoints array

Retrieve JavaScript errors and console messages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
errorType select all
pageUrl text Filter errors for specific page
timeRange select 7d
Outputs
Name Type Description
errors array
errorCount number
uniqueErrors array
errorFrequency object
affectedUsers number
G2 Scraper

G2 Scraper

Extract software reviews, ratings, and feedback from G2.com with sorting and filtering options

45 credits

Using G2 Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add G2 scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Enter G2 software product review URLs
  4. Configure review filtering and sorting options
  5. The scraper will extract software reviews with ratings and metadata

Notes:

  • Extract software reviews with ratings and detailed feedback
  • Filter by review recency and helpfulness
  • Date-based filtering for recent reviews
  • Pagination support for comprehensive review collection
  • Software comparison and competitive analysis data
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract software reviews and ratings from G2.com product pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea G2 software product review URLs to scrape
pages number 10 Number of review pages to scrape per product
sortFilter select How to sort the reviews
startDate text Filter reviews from this date onwards (ISO 8601 format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Software reviews with ratings, feedback, and reviewer details
count number Number of reviews extracted
Gantt Project

Gantt Project

Free project scheduling application with Gantt charts and resource management

Free

Setting up GanttProject Integration

  1. Set up GanttProject server with API access
  2. Create user credentials for API access
  3. Enter your server URL, username, and password above
  4. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires GanttProject server installation
  • Credentials are used for basic authentication
  • Ensure API is enabled on your server
GanttProject Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new task in GanttProject

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID of the project
name text The name of the task
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string The unique ID of the created task
Gemini

Gemini

Regulated cryptocurrency exchange with institutional-grade security

Free
Gemini Scraper

Gemini Scraper

Extract AI-powered search results from Google Gemini with prompt-based queries and source citations

45 credits

Using Gemini Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Gemini search nodes to your workflow
  3. Enter your search prompts
  4. Configure optional index parameter for tracking
  5. The scraper will extract Gemini AI responses with sources

Notes:

  • Extract AI-powered search results from Google Gemini
  • Each prompt creates a separate search query (no context between prompts)
  • Supports complex questions and research queries
  • Index parameter for query tracking and organization
  • AI-generated responses with source citations
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Query Google Gemini AI and extract search results with responses

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea The prompt or question to search for in Gemini. Each prompt is a separate query with no context between searches.
index number 1 Index number for tracking this query (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
response object AI-generated response with sources and citations
count number Number of responses (typically 1)
GetResponse

GetResponse

Email marketing automation platform with landing pages, webinars, and marketing funnels

Free

Setting up GetResponse Integration

  1. Log in to your GetResponse account
  2. Click on your profile icon in the top right corner
  3. Navigate to "Integrations & API" → "API"
  4. Click on "Generate API key" if you don't have one
  5. Give your API key a descriptive name
  6. Copy the generated API key
  7. Paste the API key in the field above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to your account data and campaigns
  • You can manage and revoke API keys from your GetResponse account settings
  • Rate limits apply - GetResponse allows 30,000 requests per hour
  • Some features require specific GetResponse plan levels
GetResponse API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve contacts from your GetResponse account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search contacts by email or name
campaign_id text Filter contacts by campaign ID
sort_order select desc
limit number 100 Number of contacts to retrieve (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact objects
total number Total number of contacts

Create a new contact in GetResponse

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
campaign_id text Campaign to add the contact to
name text Contact name
custom_fields textarea {} Custom fields as JSON object (e.g. {"customFieldId": "value"})
tags textarea [] Tags as JSON array (e.g. ["tag1", "tag2"])
day_of_cycle number Start contact on specific day of autoresponder cycle
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the created contact
email string Email address of the created contact

Update an existing contact in GetResponse

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to update
name text Updated contact name
custom_fields textarea {} Custom fields to update as JSON object
tags select add
tag_list textarea [] Tags to add/remove/replace as JSON array
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the updated contact
updated boolean Whether the contact was successfully updated

Delete a contact from GetResponse

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean Whether the contact was successfully deleted

Retrieve campaigns (lists) from your GetResponse account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sort_order select desc
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects

Create a new campaign (list) in GetResponse

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new campaign
description textarea Campaign description
from_name text Default sender name for campaign emails
from_email text Default sender email address
reply_to_email text Reply-to email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string ID of the created campaign
name string Name of the created campaign

Retrieve newsletters from your GetResponse account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select all
campaign_id text Filter by campaign
limit number 100 Number of newsletters to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
newsletters array Array of newsletter objects

Create and optionally send a newsletter

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text Campaign to send newsletter to
subject text Email subject line
from_name text Sender name
from_email text Sender email address
html_content textarea HTML content of the email
plain_content textarea Plain text version of the email
send_now checkbox Send newsletter immediately after creation
Outputs
Name Type Description
newsletter_id string ID of the created newsletter
status string Newsletter status (draft or sent)

Retrieve all tags from your GetResponse account

Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array Array of tag objects

Retrieve webinars from your GetResponse account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
webinars array Array of webinar objects
Ghost CMS

Ghost CMS

Integrate with Ghost CMS to manage posts, members, and more.

Free

Setting up your Ghost CMS Integration

  1. Log in to your Ghost Admin dashboard (e.g., https://yourblog.com/ghost/)
  2. Navigate to Settings → Integrations
  3. Click "Add custom integration"
  4. Enter a name for your integration (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy the Admin API URL (e.g., https://yourblog.com)
  6. Copy the Admin API Key (format: ID:Secret - a long string with a colon in the middle)
  7. Paste both the API URL and API Key into the form above and save
  8. You can now create and retrieve posts from your Ghost blog in workflows

Notes:

  • The Admin API Key must be in the format "ID:Secret" (contains a colon)
  • Make sure your Ghost installation has the Admin API enabled
  • You need admin or owner permissions on the Ghost site
  • The API URL should be your main Ghost site URL (without /ghost/ path)
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • This integration uses Ghost Admin API v5.0
Ghost Admin API Documentation

Available Operations

Creates a new post in your Ghost CMS blog.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
title string Yes The title for the new post.
html_content textarea Yes The main HTML content for the post.
status select No Set status to draft or published.
tags array No Provide an array of tag names, e.g., ["news", "update"], or map an array parameter.
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title string Static title. Overridden if "Post Title" input is mapped.
html_content textarea Static HTML content. Overridden if "HTML Content" input is mapped.
status select draft Static status. Overridden if "Status" input is mapped.
tags_string string Enter tags as a comma-separated string (e.g., tech,news). Overridden if "Tags" array input is mapped.
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id string The ID of the created post.
post_url string The URL of the created post.
post_slug string The slug of the created post.
title string The title of the created post.
status string The status of the created post.
published_at string Timestamp when the post was published (if applicable).

Retrieves a list of posts from your Ghost CMS blog.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
limit integer No Number of posts to retrieve (default 15).
filter string No Ghost Admin API filter string (e.g., tag:getting-started+status:published). See Ghost docs for syntax.
fields string No Comma-separated list of fields to return (e.g., id,title,url).
order string No Order of posts (e.g., published_at asc).
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit integer 15 Static limit. Overridden if "Limit" input is mapped.
filter string Static filter string. Overridden if "Filter" input is mapped.
fields string id,title,url,slug,html,status,published_at Static fields list. Overridden if "Fields" input is mapped.
order string published_at desc Static order. Overridden if "Order" input is mapped.
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array An array of post objects retrieved from Ghost.
meta object Pagination and other meta data returned by the Ghost API.
Giphy

Giphy

GIF search and integration platform for adding animated content to applications

Free

Setting up Giphy API Integration

  1. Go to the Giphy Developers portal
  2. Create a free developer account or log in
  3. Click "Create an App"
  4. Choose "API" as the product type
  5. Fill in your app name and description
  6. Select the appropriate app type (SDK or API)
  7. Accept the terms and create your app
  8. Copy your API key from the app dashboard
  9. Paste the API key in the field above
  10. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Free tier includes 42 requests per hour and 1000 per day
  • Production apps can request higher rate limits
  • Always follow Giphy's brand guidelines when using content
  • Attribution is required for the Giphy brand in your app
  • Content is licensed under Giphy's terms of service
  • Some GIFs may have specific usage restrictions
Giphy API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for GIFs on Giphy by query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
q text Search term or phrase (e.g., "funny cats", "happy dance")
limit number 25 Number of GIFs to return (max 100)
offset number 0 Results offset for pagination
rating select g Filter by content rating
lang select en Language for search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
gifs array Array of GIF objects with URLs and metadata
pagination object Pagination details including total count and offset
totalCount number Total number of GIFs matching the search
count number Number of GIFs returned in this response

Get currently trending GIFs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Number of trending GIFs to return (max 100)
offset number 0 Results offset for pagination
rating select g Filter by content rating
Outputs
Name Type Description
gifs array Array of trending GIF objects
pagination object Pagination details
count number Number of GIFs returned

Get a specific GIF by its ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
gif_id text Giphy GIF ID or URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
gif object Complete GIF information
id string Unique GIF identifier
title string GIF title
url string URL to the GIF page on Giphy
images object Different sizes and formats of the GIF
user object Information about the GIF creator

Get a random GIF, optionally filtered by tag

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tag text Filter random GIF by tag
rating select g Filter by content rating
Outputs
Name Type Description
gif object Random GIF object
id string Unique GIF identifier
title string GIF title
url string URL to the GIF page on Giphy
images object Different sizes and formats of the GIF

Search for stickers on Giphy by query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
q text Search term for stickers
limit number 25 Number of stickers to return (max 100)
offset number 0 Results offset for pagination
rating select g Filter by content rating
lang select en Language for search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
stickers array Array of sticker objects with URLs and metadata
pagination object Pagination details including total count and offset
totalCount number Total number of stickers matching the search
count number Number of stickers returned in this response

Get currently trending stickers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Number of trending stickers to return (max 100)
offset number 0 Results offset for pagination
rating select g Filter by content rating
Outputs
Name Type Description
stickers array Array of trending sticker objects
pagination object Pagination details
count number Number of stickers returned

Translate text or emoji into a relevant GIF

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
s text Text, phrase, or emoji to translate into a GIF
weirdness select 5 How weird/unexpected should the result be?
Outputs
Name Type Description
gif object GIF that represents the translated text
id string Unique GIF identifier
title string GIF title
url string URL to the GIF page on Giphy
images object Different sizes and formats of the GIF
GitHub Scraper Pro

GitHub Scraper Pro

Extract repositories, user profiles, commits, issues, and pull requests from GitHub with 3 comprehensive operations

45 credits

Using GitHub Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add GitHub scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between repository URLs, search discovery, or repository exploration
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract repository data, commits, issues, and metadata

Notes:

  • Extract repositories, user profiles, commits, and issues
  • Search-based discovery across GitHub's vast codebase
  • Repository metadata with stars, forks, and contributors
  • File contents, commit history, and pull request data
  • Developer activity and contribution analytics
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed repository information from GitHub URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea GitHub repository URLs to scrape (can include file paths)
Outputs
Name Type Description
repositories array Detailed repository information with metadata and statistics
count number Number of repositories scraped

Find repositories using GitHub search URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea GitHub search URLs (e.g., https://github.com/search?q=ML&type=repositories)
Outputs
Name Type Description
repositories array Repositories matching the search criteria
count number Number of repositories found

Explore and extract detailed data from specific GitHub repositories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repoUrls textarea GitHub repository URLs for detailed exploration
Outputs
Name Type Description
repositories array Comprehensive repository data with files, commits, and contributors
count number Number of repositories explored
Glassdoor Scraper

Glassdoor Scraper

Extract company reviews, salaries, job postings, and employment insights from Glassdoor with 8 comprehensive operations

45 credits

Using Glassdoor Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Glassdoor scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from company overviews, job listings, or reviews
  4. Configure location, industry, and search parameters
  5. The scraper will extract employment data with ratings and insights

Notes:

  • Extract company reviews with ratings and employee feedback
  • Job listings with salary ranges and requirements
  • Company overview data with culture insights
  • Location-based job and company filtering
  • Industry-specific employment analytics
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract company overview information from Glassdoor URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Glassdoor company overview URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Company overview information with ratings and culture insights
count number Number of companies scraped

Find companies using location, industry, and job title filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location text Location to search for companies (e.g., "United States", "France")
industries text Industry filter (e.g., "Banking & Lending", "Information Technology")
jobTitle text Job title to filter by (e.g., "Data Scientist", "Manager")
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies matching the specified filters
count number Number of companies found

Find companies using keyword search URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrl text Glassdoor company search URL (e.g., https://www.glassdoor.com/Search/results.htm?keyword=Apple)
maxSearchResults number 10 Maximum number of companies to collect from search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies found through keyword search
count number Number of companies found

Extract companies from Glassdoor browse/explore URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Glassdoor browse/explore URLs with filters
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies from browse/explore pages
count number Number of companies found

Extract job posting details from Glassdoor job URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Glassdoor job listing URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Job postings with salary, requirements, and company details
count number Number of job listings scraped

Find job listings using location and keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location text Location to search for jobs (e.g., "New York", "Paris")
keyword text Job title or keyword (e.g., "data analyst", "product manager")
country text Country code for location (e.g., "US", "FR")
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Jobs matching the search criteria
count number Number of jobs found

Extract job listings from company job pages or search URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Glassdoor company jobs pages or search URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Jobs found from the specified URLs
count number Number of jobs extracted

Extract employee reviews from Glassdoor company review pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Glassdoor company review page URLs
days number 30 Number of days to go back to gather reviews from
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Employee reviews with ratings and feedback
count number Number of reviews extracted
Gmail

Gmail

Send, receive, and manage Gmail messages with full email automation capabilities

Free

Setting up Gmail Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Google
  2. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  3. You will be redirected to Google to sign in and authorize access
  4. Grant permissions for Gmail access (read, send, modify, labels)
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your Gmail integration is now ready to use in workflows
  7. You can read emails, send messages, manage labels, and automate email tasks

Notes:

  • You need a Google account with Gmail access
  • The integration requests comprehensive Gmail permissions
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Google Account settings
  • Gmail API has sending limits: 250 emails/day for free accounts, 2000/day for Workspace
  • Search supports Gmail's advanced query syntax (from:, to:, subject:, etc.)
  • Attachments are automatically handled through TaskAGI's binary file system
  • Label operations work with both system labels (INBOX, SENT, TRASH) and custom labels
  • Thread management preserves conversation context for replies
Gmail API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a single email message by ID with full details

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes Gmail message ID
format string No Response format (full, metadata, minimal, raw)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text Gmail message ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
format select full Response detail level
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
threadId string
from string
to string
cc string
subject string
date string
body string
bodyHtml string
snippet string
attachments array
hasAttachments boolean
labelIds array

Retrieve a complete email thread with all messages in the conversation

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
threadId string Yes Gmail thread ID
format string No Response format (full, metadata, minimal)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
threadId text Gmail thread ID. Use [[nodes.x.threadId]] from sendEmail or getMessage outputs.
format select full Response detail level
Outputs
Name Type Description
threadId string
historyId string
snippet string
messageCount integer
messages array

List email messages with optional filters

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
query string No Gmail query syntax (e.g., "from:john@example.com is:unread")
maxResults integer No Maximum number of messages (1-500, default 50)
labelIds array No Filter by label IDs (e.g., ["INBOX", "UNREAD"])
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Gmail query syntax. Example: from:john@example.com is:unread
maxResults number 50 Maximum messages to return (1-500)
labelIds textarea Filter by labels. Example: ["INBOX", "UNREAD"]
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
resultSizeEstimate integer
nextPageToken string

Search emails using Gmail query syntax

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
searchQuery string Yes Gmail search query
maxResults integer No Maximum results (default 50)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchQuery text Gmail search query. Example: subject:invoice after:2025/01/01
maxResults number 50
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
resultSizeEstimate integer
nextPageToken string

Send a new email message with optional attachments

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
to string Yes Recipient email address
subject string Yes Email subject line
body string Yes Email body content
cc string No CC recipients (comma-separated)
bcc string No BCC recipients (comma-separated)
attachments array No Array of attachment objects
isHtml boolean No Whether body is HTML format
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email address
subject text Email subject line
body textarea Email body content
cc text CC recipients (comma-separated)
bcc text BCC recipients (comma-separated)
isHtml checkbox Check if body contains HTML
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
threadId string

Create an email draft without sending it

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
to string Yes Recipient email address
subject string Yes Email subject line
body string Yes Email body content
cc string No CC recipients (comma-separated)
bcc string No BCC recipients (comma-separated)
isHtml boolean No Whether body is HTML format
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email address
subject text Email subject line
body textarea Email body content
cc text CC recipients (comma-separated)
bcc text BCC recipients (comma-separated)
isHtml checkbox Check if body contains HTML
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
draftId string
messageId string
threadId string

Reply to an existing email message

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes ID of message to reply to
body string Yes Reply message content
replyAll boolean No Reply to all recipients
isHtml boolean No Whether body is HTML
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text ID of message to reply to
body textarea Your reply message
replyAll checkbox Include all recipients in reply
isHtml checkbox
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
threadId string

Get all Gmail labels (system and custom)

Outputs
Name Type Description
labels array

Create a new Gmail label

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
labelName string Yes Name for the new label
visibility string No Label visibility setting
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
labelName text Name for the new label
visibility select labelShow
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
labelId string
labelName string

Add one or more labels to an email

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes Email message ID
labelIds array Yes Array of label IDs to add
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
labelIds textarea Array of label IDs. Example: ["Label_1", "Label_2"]
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
labelIds array

Remove one or more labels from an email

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes
labelIds array Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
labelIds textarea Array of label IDs to remove
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
labelIds array

Mark an email as read

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string

Mark an email as unread

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string

Archive an email (remove from inbox)

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string

Move an email to trash

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string

Permanently delete an email

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
deleted boolean

Download an attachment from an email

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
messageId string Yes
attachmentId string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text
attachmentId text
Outputs
Name Type Description
attachmentId string
size integer
content binary
Google Analytics 4

Google Analytics 4

Website traffic analysis, conversion tracking, audience insights, and comprehensive analytics reporting

Free

Setting up Google Analytics 4 Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Google
  2. Click the "Connect with Google" button to start authorization
  3. Sign in to your Google account that has access to GA4
  4. Grant permission to access your Analytics data
  5. Find your GA4 Property ID in Google Analytics:
  6. - Go to Admin → Property Settings
  7. - Copy the Property ID (format: 123456789)
  8. Enter your Property ID in the field above
  9. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • You need Admin or Editor access to the GA4 property
  • The Property ID is numeric and different from the old UA tracking ID
  • You can find multiple properties if you have access to them
  • API access follows Google Analytics data retention policies
  • Real-time data may have up to 30 minutes delay
Google Analytics Data API Documentation

Available Operations

Get real-time analytics data from GA4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
metrics select Metric to retrieve
dimensions select Dimension to group by
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array
total_users number
report_date string

Get website traffic analytics from GA4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate date Start date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate date End date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
metrics select Traffic metrics to retrieve
dimensions select How to group the data
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array
total_sessions number
total_users number
date_range string

Get conversion analytics from GA4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate date Start date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate date End date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
conversionEvent text Specific conversion event name (leave empty for all)
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversions array
total_conversions number
conversion_rate number
conversion_value number

Get audience demographics and interests from GA4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate date Start date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate date End date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
audienceType select Type of audience data to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_data array
total_users number
audience_type string
date_range string

Get page performance analytics from GA4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate date Start date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate date End date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
limit number 50 Number of top pages to retrieve (1-1000)
pagePath text Filter by specific page path (e.g., /about)
Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array
total_pageviews number
total_unique_pageviews number
date_range string

Get custom event analytics from GA4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate date Start date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate date End date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
eventName text Specific event name to filter (leave empty for all)
limit number 50 Number of top events to retrieve (1-1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_events number
unique_events number
date_range string

Get ecommerce analytics from GA4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate date Start date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate date End date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
reportType select Type of ecommerce data to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
ecommerce_data array
total_revenue number
total_transactions number
average_order_value number
date_range string

Get custom analytics report with specific metrics and dimensions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate date Start date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate date End date for the report (YYYY-MM-DD)
customMetrics text Comma-separated metric names (e.g., sessions,users,bounceRate)
customDimensions text Comma-separated dimension names (e.g., date,country,source)
limit number 100 Maximum number of rows to return (1-10000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
report_data array
total_rows number
metrics_used array
dimensions_used array
date_range string
Google Calendar

Google Calendar

Create, read, update, and delete Google Calendar events

Free
Google Docs

Google Docs

Read, create, and edit Google Docs documents programmatically

Free

Setting up Google Docs Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Google
  2. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  3. You will be redirected to Google to sign in and authorize access
  4. Grant permissions for Google Docs access
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your Google Docs integration is now ready to use in workflows
  7. You can read document content and extract text
  8. You can create new documents programmatically
  9. You can append text or replace content in existing documents

Notes:

  • You need a Google account with access to Google Docs
  • The integration requests read and write access to your documents
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Google Account settings
  • Use the full Google Docs URL or document ID in workflow nodes
  • Document permissions in Google Drive determine what actions you can perform
  • Text extraction preserves paragraph structure but strips formatting
  • Large documents may take longer to process
Google Docs API Documentation

Available Operations

Get the content of a Google Doc by document ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text The Google Docs document ID (found in the URL after /d/)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
title string The title of the document
content string The full text content of the document
documentId string The document identifier
revisionId string The revision ID of the document

Get the content of a Google Doc using its full URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentUrl text The full Google Docs URL (e.g., https://docs.google.com/document/d/ABC123/edit)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
title string The title of the document
content string The full text content of the document
documentId string The document identifier
revisionId string The revision ID of the document

Create a new Google Docs document with a title

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title for the new document
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the document was created successfully
documentId string The ID of the newly created document
title string The title of the created document
documentUrl string The URL to access the document
revisionId string The revision ID of the document

Append text to the end of a Google Doc

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text The Google Docs document ID
text textarea The text content to append to the document
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the text was appended successfully
documentId string The document identifier
revisionId string The new revision ID after the update

Insert text at a specific position in a Google Doc

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text The Google Docs document ID
text textarea The text content to insert
index number 1 Character index where to insert (1 = beginning of document)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the text was inserted successfully
documentId string The document identifier
revisionId string The new revision ID after the update

Find and replace all occurrences of text in a Google Doc

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text The Google Docs document ID
findText text The text to find and replace
replaceText text The replacement text
matchCase checkbox Whether the search should be case-sensitive
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the replace operation was successful
documentId string The document identifier
replacements number Number of replacements made
revisionId string The new revision ID after the update
Google Drive

Google Drive

Connect to Google Drive for file storage and management

Free

Setting up Google Drive Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Google
  2. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  3. You will be redirected to Google to sign in and authorize access
  4. Grant permissions for Google Drive file access
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your Google Drive integration is now ready to use in workflows
  7. You can upload, download, and manage files in your Google Drive
  8. Files can be organized in folders and searched by name or content

Notes:

  • You need a Google account with Google Drive access
  • The integration requests access to manage files and read metadata
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Google Account settings
  • File size limits follow Google Drive restrictions (5TB per file)
  • Binary files from other nodes (images, videos) can be uploaded directly
  • Downloaded files are stored temporarily for use in subsequent nodes
  • Search supports Google Drive's advanced query syntax
  • Folder operations maintain the hierarchical structure of your Drive
  • Share files publicly or with specific users/groups/domains
Google Drive API Documentation

Available Operations

List files in Google Drive or a specific folder

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
folderId string No ID of the folder to list files from (leave empty for root)
pageSize integer No Number of files to return (max 1000, default 100)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderId string Static folder ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
pageSize integer 100 Number of files to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array
totalFiles integer
nextPageToken string

Read text file content from Google Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileId string Yes Google Drive file ID
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId string Static file ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string
fileName string
fileId string
mimeType string
size integer

Download any file from Google Drive as binary data

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileId string Yes Google Drive file ID
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId string Static file ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
content binary
fileName string
fileId string
mimeType string
size integer
metadata object

Upload a file to Google Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileName string Yes Name for the uploaded file
fileContent any Yes File content (binary data or text)
folderId string No Parent folder ID (leave empty for root)
mimeType string No File MIME type (auto-detected if not provided)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileName string Static file name. Mapped input takes precedence.
fileContent textarea File path (e.g., /path/to/file.png) or content. Mapped input takes precedence.
folderId string Static folder ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
mimeType string Static MIME type. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId string
fileName string
mimeType string
size integer
webViewLink string
webContentLink string
createdTime string
modifiedTime string

Delete a file from Google Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileId string Yes Google Drive file ID to delete
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId string Static file ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string
fileId string

Search for files in Google Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
query string Yes Search query (file name or advanced query)
pageSize integer No Number of results to return (max 1000)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query string Static search query. Mapped input takes precedence.
pageSize integer 100 Number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array
totalResults integer
nextPageToken string
query string

Create a new folder in Google Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
folderName string Yes Name for the new folder
parentId string No Parent folder ID (leave empty for root)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderName string Static folder name. Mapped input takes precedence.
parentId string Static parent folder ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
folderId string
folderName string
webViewLink string
createdTime string

Move a file to a different folder

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileId string Yes File ID to move
newParentId string Yes Destination folder ID
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId string Static file ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
newParentId string Static destination folder ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
fileId string
fileName string
newParents array

Create a copy of a file

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileId string Yes File ID to copy
newName string No Name for the copy (optional)
folderId string No Destination folder ID (optional)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId string Static file ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
newName string Static name for copy. Mapped input takes precedence.
folderId string Static destination folder ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId string
fileName string
mimeType string
webViewLink string
createdTime string
originalFileId string

List folders in Google Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
parentId string No Parent folder ID (leave empty for root)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
parentId string Static parent folder ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
folders array
totalFolders integer

Share a file by creating permissions (anyone, user, group, or domain)

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileId string Yes Google Drive file ID to share
type string No Who to share with: anyone, user, group, or domain
role string No Permission level: reader, writer, or commenter
emailAddress string No Email for user/group sharing
domain string No Domain name for domain-wide sharing
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId string Google Drive file ID to share
type select anyone Who should have access to this file
role select reader What level of access to grant
emailAddress string Required when sharing with specific user or group
domain string Required when sharing with an organization domain
sendNotification checkbox Send email to user/group when sharing (only for user/group type)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
permissionId string
type string
role string
fileId string
webViewLink string
webContentLink string
Google Forms

Google Forms

Form creation and data collection platform

Free

Setting up Google Forms Integration

  1. Go to the Google Cloud Console
  2. Create a new project or select an existing one
  3. Enable the Google Forms API for your project
  4. Go to Credentials → Create Credentials → API Key
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. Restrict the API key to Google Forms API for security
  7. Paste the API key above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • You need to enable the Google Forms API in your Google Cloud project
  • API keys should be restricted for security purposes
  • Some operations may require OAuth2 authentication
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
Google Forms API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve details of a specific Google Form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the Google Form (from the form URL)
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The form ID
title string Form title
description string Form description
document_title string Document title of the form
revision_id string Current revision ID
responder_uri string Public URL for responding to the form
items array Array of form questions and items

Retrieve responses for a specific Google Form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the Google Form
page_size number 100 Number of responses to retrieve (max 1000)
page_token text Token for pagination (from previous request)
Outputs
Name Type Description
responses array Array of form response objects
next_page_token string Token for retrieving next page of responses

Create a new Google Form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the new form
document_title text Document title (defaults to form title)
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The ID of the created form
title string Form title
responder_uri string Public URL for the form
revision_id string Initial revision ID

Update form information and settings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to update
title text New form title
description textarea Form description
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The ID of the updated form
title string Updated form title
revision_id string New revision ID after update

Add a text question to a Google Form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to add question to
title text Title/text of the question
description text Optional description for the question
required checkbox Whether this question is required
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string The ID of the created question item
title string The question title
question_id string The question ID within the item

Add a multiple choice question to a Google Form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to add question to
title text Title/text of the question
options textarea JSON array of option strings, e.g., ["Option 1", "Option 2"]
required checkbox Whether this question is required
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string The ID of the created question item
title string The question title
question_id string The question ID within the item
Google Gemini

Google Gemini

Google Gemini AI for text generation, document analysis, and image understanding with multimodal capabilities

Free

Setting up Google Gemini API

  1. Go to Google AI Studio
  2. Sign in with your Google account
  3. Click "Create API Key" button
  4. Choose a Google Cloud project or create a new one
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. Paste the API key in the field above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Google Gemini offers powerful multimodal AI capabilities
  • Supports text, images, audio, video, and PDF document analysis
  • Gemini 2.5 Flash offers 1 million token context window
  • PDF documents can be up to 50MB or 1000 pages
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Free tier available with generous rate limits
Google Gemini API Documentation

Available Operations

Generate text using Gemini AI models

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea The prompt or question for Gemini
model select gemini-2.5-flash Gemini model to use
system_instruction textarea Optional system instruction to guide the model behavior
temperature number 0.7 Controls randomness (0.0 = focused, 2.0 = creative)
max_output_tokens number 8192 Maximum number of tokens to generate
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string The generated text response
model string The model that generated the response
usage object Token usage statistics
success boolean Whether generation was successful

Analyze PDF documents using Gemini vision capabilities

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_url text URL to the PDF document to analyze
prompt textarea Instructions for how to analyze the document
model select gemini-2.5-flash Gemini model to use for analysis
system_instruction textarea Optional system instruction to guide analysis behavior
max_output_tokens number 8192 Maximum number of tokens to generate
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string The document analysis response
model string The model that performed the analysis
usage object Token usage statistics
success boolean Whether analysis was successful

Analyze images using Gemini vision capabilities

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
image_url text URL to the image to analyze
prompt textarea Instructions for how to analyze the image
model select gemini-2.5-flash Gemini model to use
max_output_tokens number 4096 Maximum number of tokens to generate
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string The image analysis response
model string The model that performed the analysis
success boolean Whether analysis was successful
Google My Business

Google My Business

Local business listing management platform for managing business profiles, posts, reviews, and insights

Free

Setting up Google My Business Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 to connect with Google My Business
  2. Click the "Connect" button below to start the authorization process
  3. You will be redirected to Google to grant permissions
  4. Select the Google account that manages your business listings
  5. Grant the requested permissions for business management
  6. You will be redirected back to TaskAGI upon successful authorization
  7. Your Google My Business integration is now ready to use

Notes:

  • You need to have a Google My Business account with verified listings
  • The integration requires business management permissions
  • You can manage multiple business locations if you have access
  • Some operations may require business owner or manager permissions
  • Review posting requires additional verification from Google
Google My Business API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all business accounts accessible to the authenticated user

Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array Array of business accounts with details
totalAccounts number Total number of business accounts

Get all business locations for a specific account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_name text Google My Business account name (format: accounts/123456789)
Outputs
Name Type Description
locations array Array of business locations with details
totalLocations number Total number of business locations

Get insights and analytics for a business location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_name text Full location name (format: accounts/123/locations/456)
metric_requests select all Which insights to retrieve
time_range select last_30_days Time period for insights
Outputs
Name Type Description
insights object Business location analytics and insights
totalViews number Total profile views in the time period
totalActions number Total customer actions
topQueries array Most popular search queries

Retrieve reviews for a business location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_name text Full location name (format: accounts/123/locations/456)
page_size number 50 Number of reviews to retrieve (max 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of customer reviews
averageRating number Average star rating from reviews
totalReviews number Total number of reviews
recentReviews array Reviews from the last 30 days

Create a new post for a business location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_name text Full location name (format: accounts/123/locations/456)
post_type select STANDARD Type of post to create
summary textarea Main content of the post (max 1500 characters)
call_to_action select Call to action button for the post
action_url text URL for the call to action button
Outputs
Name Type Description
postName string Google My Business post identifier
postUrl string Public URL of the created post
publishTime string When the post was published
success boolean Whether the post was created successfully

Update basic business information for a location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_name text Full location name (format: accounts/123/locations/456)
business_name text Updated business name
phone_number text Updated phone number
website_url text Updated website URL
business_hours textarea Business hours in JSON format
Outputs
Name Type Description
updatedFields array List of fields that were updated
locationInfo object Complete updated location information
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Reply to a customer review

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_name text Full location name (format: accounts/123/locations/456)
review_name text Full review identifier (format: accounts/123/locations/456/reviews/789)
reply_text textarea Your reply to the customer review
Outputs
Name Type Description
replyName string Google My Business reply identifier
replyTime string When the reply was posted
success boolean Whether the reply was posted successfully
Google News Scraper

Google News Scraper

Extract news articles, sources, publication dates, and categories from Google News with country and language filtering

45 credits

Using Google News Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Google News scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Enter keywords to search for news articles
  4. Configure country and language preferences
  5. The scraper will extract news articles with sources and metadata

Notes:

  • Extract news articles with publication dates and sources
  • Country-specific news filtering (US, FR, GB, etc.)
  • Language preference support for localized content
  • Real-time news monitoring and trend analysis
  • Source credibility and article categorization
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Search Google News for articles using keywords with country and language filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for articles (e.g., "Joe Biden", "Politics news", "Premier league")
country select Country to filter news articles from
language text Language code for articles (e.g., "en", "fr", "es") - leave empty for default
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array News articles with titles, sources, publication dates, and content
count number Number of articles found
Google Play Scraper Pro

Google Play Scraper Pro

Extract Android app data and user reviews from Google Play Store with developer analytics and ASO insights

45 credits

Using Google Play Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Google Play scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between app details or reviews extraction
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract Android app data and user reviews

Notes:

  • Extract comprehensive Android app information
  • Gather user reviews with ratings and feedback
  • Developer profile and app metrics analysis
  • Multi-country support for localized data
  • App store optimization (ASO) insights
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed information about Android apps from Google Play Store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Google Play Store app URLs (e.g., https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.whatsapp)
country text Optional country code for localized app data (e.g., US, GB, FR)
Outputs
Name Type Description
apps array Comprehensive app information including ratings, downloads, developer details
count number Number of apps scraped

Extract user reviews and ratings for Android apps from Google Play Store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Google Play Store app URLs to extract reviews from
numOfReviews number 50 Maximum number of reviews to extract per app
country text Optional country code for localized reviews (e.g., US, GB, FR)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array User reviews with ratings, text, dates, and user information
count number Number of reviews scraped
Google Scraper Pro

Google Scraper Pro

Advanced Google data extraction including Maps reviews, Shopping products, and AI Mode search capabilities

45 credits

Using Google Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Google scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from Maps, Shopping, or AI Mode operations
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract Google data

Notes:

  • Extract Google Maps business data and reviews
  • Search and analyze Google Shopping products
  • Query Google AI Mode for intelligent search results
  • Location-based discovery with coordinates and keywords
  • Support for multiple countries and languages
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract reviews from Google Maps businesses

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Google Maps business URLs to scrape reviews from
daysLimit number 30 Limit reviews to last N days
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Reviews with ratings and user information
count number Number of reviews scraped

Extract complete business information from Google Maps

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Google Maps business URLs for full information extraction
Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array Complete business information including contact, hours, photos
count number Number of businesses scraped

Find businesses by location and keyword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Category, location, or zipcode (e.g., "restaurant", "jewelry store NY 10012")
country text Country code (e.g., US, GB, FR)
lat text Optional latitude coordinate for precise location
long text Optional longitude coordinate for precise location
zoomLevel number Optional map zoom level (1-21)
Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array Businesses found in the specified location
count number Number of businesses discovered

Find Google Maps business by Customer ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
cid text Google Customer ID for the business
Outputs
Name Type Description
business object Business information for the specified CID
count number Number of results (typically 1)

Find Google Maps business by Place ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
placeId text Google Maps Place ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
business object Business information for the specified Place ID
count number Number of results (typically 1)

Extract product details from Google Shopping

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Google Shopping product URLs
country text Optional country code for pricing
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Product details including prices and sellers
count number Number of products scraped

Search Google Shopping products by keyword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Product search keyword (e.g., "iphone", "playstation")
country text Country code for localized results (e.g., US, GB, RU)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the search keyword
count number Number of products found

Extract US Google Shopping search results

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Google Shopping search result URLs (US only)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products from search results
count number Number of products found

Query Google AI Mode for intelligent search results

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Your search query for Google AI Mode (e.g., "Top Hotels in New York")
country text Optional country code for localized AI responses
Outputs
Name Type Description
aiResponse object Google AI Mode search results and analysis
count number Number of AI responses (typically 1)
Google Search Console

Google Search Console

Monitor and optimize your website\'s search performance with Google Search Console data and tools. Analyze keywords, manage sitemaps, and track search rankings.

Free

Setting up Google Search Console Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Google
  2. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  3. You will be redirected to Google to sign in and authorize access
  4. Grant permissions for Google Search Console (webmasters scope)
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your Google Search Console integration is now ready to use
  7. You can access data for any website you have verified in Search Console
  8. Use this integration to monitor search performance, manage sitemaps, and analyze keywords

Notes:

  • You need a Google account with verified websites in Google Search Console
  • The integration requests access to your Search Console data
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Google Account settings
  • Works with any website you have verified in Google Search Console
  • Data has a 2-3 day delay (Google Search Console limitation)
  • Rate limited to 1,200 queries per minute per user
  • Search analytics data is sampled for large datasets
  • You can query up to 999 top results per request
  • Historical data is available for up to 16 months
Google Search Console API Documentation

Available Operations

Compare page performance between current and previous period to identify traffic drops and ranking changes. Returns pages with calculated differences in clicks, impressions, CTR, and position.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
days_to_compare number 28 Number of days for each period (default: 28 days)
row_limit number 1000 Maximum number of pages to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array Array of pages with metrics and diffs: page, clicks, impressions, ctr, position, clicks_diff, impressions_diff, pos_diff, etc.
count number
current_period string Date range for current period
previous_period string Date range for previous period
days_compared number
success boolean

Get all verified sites in your Google Search Console account

Outputs
Name Type Description
sites array
count number
success boolean

Query search performance data from Google Search Console

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
start_date date Start date for the query (YYYY-MM-DD)
end_date date End date for the query (YYYY-MM-DD)
dimensions select ["query"] Group results by these dimensions
row_limit number 1000 Maximum number of results (max 25000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
rows array
total_clicks number
total_impressions number
row_count number
success boolean

Get all search keywords driving traffic to a specific URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
target_url text The specific URL to analyze (full URL)
start_date date Start date for the analysis (YYYY-MM-DD)
end_date date End date for the analysis (YYYY-MM-DD)
row_limit number 1000 Maximum number of keywords to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
rows array
total_clicks number
total_impressions number
row_count number
success boolean

Get top performing keywords for a specific URL sorted by a metric

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
target_url text The specific URL to analyze (full URL)
start_date date Start date for the analysis (YYYY-MM-DD)
end_date date End date for the analysis (YYYY-MM-DD)
metric select clicks Metric to sort keywords by
row_limit number 50 Number of top keywords to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
top_keywords array
sorted_by string
keyword_count number
success boolean

Get all submitted sitemaps for a site

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
Outputs
Name Type Description
sitemaps array
count number
success boolean

Submit a new sitemap to Google Search Console

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
sitemap_url text The full URL to your sitemap (e.g., https://example.com/sitemap.xml)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message string
sitemap_url string
success boolean

Remove a sitemap from Google Search Console

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
sitemap_url text The full URL of the sitemap to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
message string
sitemap_url string
success boolean

Check URL indexing status and crawlability in Google

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_url text The site URL (e.g., https://example.com)
inspection_url text The specific URL to inspect (full URL)
Outputs
Name Type Description
inspection_result object
coverage_state string
indexing_state string
last_crawl_time string
crawl_allowed boolean
page_fetch_state string
success boolean
Google Sheets

Google Sheets

Read / Write data from / to Google Sheets

Free

Setting up Google Sheets Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Google
  2. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  3. You will be redirected to Google to sign in and authorize access
  4. Grant permissions for Google Sheets and Google Drive
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your Google Sheets integration is now ready to use in workflows
  7. You can create new spreadsheets programmatically
  8. You can read data from any sheet you have access to
  9. You can update cells, append rows, and format cells
  10. You can add conditional formatting rules to highlight data automatically

Notes:

  • You need a Google account with access to Google Sheets
  • The integration requests access to your spreadsheets and drive files
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Google Account settings
  • Works with any Google Sheets document you have access to
  • Supports creating spreadsheets, adding sheets/tabs, formatting cells
  • Supports conditional formatting (highlight cells based on rules)
  • Batch update operations allow efficient bulk modifications
  • Use the full Google Sheets URL in workflow nodes
  • Sheet permissions in Google Drive determine what actions you can perform
  • Large spreadsheets or complex formatting may take longer to process
  • RGB color values range from 0 to 1 (e.g., red: 1.0, green: 0.5, blue: 0)
  • Cell ranges use 0-based indexing (row 0 is first row, column 0 is first column)
Google Sheets API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve data from a Google Sheet using its URL

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
sheet_url string Yes Full URL to a Google Sheet (e.g., https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/...)
range string No Optional cell range (e.g., A1:D10 or Sheet1!A1:D10)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sheet_url string Paste the full URL to your Google Sheet
range string Specify a range to retrieve (e.g., A1:D10 or Sheet1!A1:D10)
Outputs
Name Type Description
rows array
start_row integer
spreadsheet_id string
sheet_name string

Updates a specific cell in a Google Sheet.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
sheet_url string Yes Full URL to the Google Sheet (e.g., https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/...)
rowNumber integer Yes The 1-based row number to update (e.g., 5).
columnLetter string Yes The column letter to update (e.g., "C").
value any Yes The new value for the cell.
sheetName string No Specify sheet name if URL doesn't identify it (e.g., "Sheet1"). Overrides GID in URL.
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sheet_url string Static Google Sheet URL. Mapped input takes precedence.
rowNumber integer Static 1-based row number. Mapped input takes precedence.
columnLetter string Static column letter (e.g., "C"). Mapped input takes precedence.
value string Static value for the cell. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheetName string Static sheet name if URL doesn't identify it. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
spreadsheet_id string
sheet_name string
updated_range string
updated_cells_count integer

Add a new row to the end of a Google Sheet

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
sheet_url string Yes Full URL to the Google Sheet
rowData array Yes Array of values for the new row (e.g., ["Name", "Email", "Phone"])
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sheet_url string Static Google Sheet URL. Mapped input takes precedence.
rowData textarea Static row data as JSON array. Example: ["Name", "Email", "Phone"]
Outputs
Name Type Description
spreadsheet_id string
sheet_name string
updated_range string
updates object

Update an entire row in a Google Sheet

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the Google Spreadsheet
sheet_name string Yes Name of the sheet (e.g., "Sheet1")
row_number integer Yes 1-based row number to update
rowData array Yes Array of values for the row
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static Spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheet_name string Static sheet name. Mapped input takes precedence.
row_number integer Static row number. Mapped input takes precedence.
rowData textarea Static row data as JSON array. Example: ["Name", "Email", "Phone"]
Outputs
Name Type Description
spreadsheet_id string
updated_range string
updated_rows integer
updated_columns integer
updated_cells integer

Delete a row from a Google Sheet

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the Google Spreadsheet
sheet_name string Yes Name of the sheet
row_number integer Yes 1-based row number to delete
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static Spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheet_name string Static sheet name. Mapped input takes precedence.
row_number integer Static row number. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string
replies array

Search for a value (including URLs) in a Google Sheet

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
sheet_url string Yes Full URL to the Google Sheet
search_value string Yes Value to search for (text, number, URL, etc.)
search_range string No Optional range to search within (e.g., "A1:D100")
exact_match boolean No Whether to perform exact match (default: true)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sheet_url string Static Google Sheet URL. Mapped input takes precedence.
search_value string Static search value. Mapped input takes precedence.
search_range string Static search range. Mapped input takes precedence.
exact_match boolean 1 Whether to perform exact match
Outputs
Name Type Description
found boolean
matches array
total_matches integer
spreadsheet_id string
sheet_name string

Get a list of all sheets in a spreadsheet

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the Google Spreadsheet
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static Spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
sheets array

Clear values from a range of cells

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the Google Spreadsheet
sheet_name string Yes Name of the sheet
range string Yes Range to clear (e.g., "A1:C10")
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static Spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheet_name string Static sheet name. Mapped input takes precedence.
range string Static range. Mapped input takes precedence.
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string
cleared_range string
spreadsheet_id string
sheet_name string

Create a new Google Spreadsheet with optional initial sheets

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
title string Yes Name for the new spreadsheet
sheets array No Array of sheet definitions: [{"title":"Dashboard"},{"title":"Data"}]
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title string Static title. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheets textarea JSON array of sheet definitions. Example: [{"title":"Dashboard"},{"title":"Data"}]
Outputs
Name Type Description
spreadsheet_id string
spreadsheet_url string
sheets array
title string

Add a new sheet (tab) to an existing spreadsheet

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the spreadsheet
sheet_title string Yes Title for the new sheet/tab
row_count integer No Number of rows (default: 1000)
column_count integer No Number of columns (default: 26)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheet_title string Static sheet title. Mapped input takes precedence.
row_count number 1000 Number of rows (default: 1000)
column_count number 26 Number of columns (default: 26)
Outputs
Name Type Description
sheet_id integer
sheet_title string
row_count integer
column_count integer
success boolean

Apply formatting to a range of cells (colors, bold, font size, alignment)

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the spreadsheet
sheet_id integer Yes Numeric sheet ID (not the name)
start_row integer Yes 0-based starting row index (inclusive)
end_row integer Yes 0-based ending row index (exclusive)
start_col integer Yes 0-based starting column index (inclusive)
end_col integer Yes 0-based ending column index (exclusive)
format_options object Yes Formatting: {background_color:{red:1,green:0,blue:0}, text_color:{...}, bold:true, font_size:12, horizontal_alignment:"CENTER"}
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheet_id number Numeric sheet ID (not name). Mapped input takes precedence.
start_row number 0-based starting row index
end_row number 0-based ending row index (exclusive)
start_col number 0-based starting column index
end_col number 0-based ending column index (exclusive)
format_options textarea JSON format options. Example: {"background_color":{"red":1,"green":0.9,"blue":0},"bold":true}
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
formatted_cells integer
spreadsheet_id string
sheet_id integer

Add conditional formatting rules (highlight cells based on conditions)

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the spreadsheet
sheet_id integer Yes Numeric sheet ID (not the name)
start_row integer Yes 0-based starting row index (inclusive)
end_row integer Yes 0-based ending row index (exclusive)
start_col integer Yes 0-based starting column index (inclusive)
end_col integer Yes 0-based ending column index (exclusive)
rule_type string Yes Condition type: NUMBER_GREATER, NUMBER_LESS, TEXT_CONTAINS, DATE_BEFORE, etc.
rule_config object Yes Rule config: {value:"50", background_color:{red:0,green:1,blue:0}, bold:true}
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
sheet_id number Numeric sheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
start_row number 0-based starting row index
end_row number 0-based ending row index (exclusive)
start_col number 0-based starting column index
end_col number 0-based ending column index (exclusive)
rule_type select Condition type for the rule
rule_config textarea JSON rule config. Example: {"value":"50","background_color":{"red":0,"green":1,"blue":0}}
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
spreadsheet_id string
sheet_id integer
rule_type string

Execute multiple update requests in a single API call (efficient for bulk operations)

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
spreadsheet_id string Yes The ID of the spreadsheet
requests array Yes Array of request objects (addSheet, formatCells, etc.)
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_id string Static spreadsheet ID. Mapped input takes precedence.
requests textarea JSON array of request objects. Example: [{"addSheet":{"properties":{"title":"New Sheet"}}}]
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
spreadsheet_id string
replies array
updated_spreadsheet_url string
requests_count integer
Google Workspace

Google Workspace

Productivity and collaboration tools including Gmail, Docs, Sheets, and Drive

Free

Setting up Google Workspace Integration

  1. Go to the Google Cloud Console
  2. Create a new project or select an existing one
  3. Enable the Gmail API, Google Docs API, Google Sheets API, Google Drive API, and Calendar API
  4. Go to "Credentials" and create OAuth 2.0 Client IDs
  5. Add your domain to authorized origins
  6. Add the redirect URI: /oauth/callback/googleworkspace
  7. Click the "Connect to Google Workspace" button below to authorize access

Notes:

  • You need a Google Workspace or Gmail account to use this integration
  • The integration will request permissions for Gmail, Docs, Sheets, Drive, and Calendar
  • You can revoke access anytime from your Google Account settings
  • Some operations may require additional permissions or admin approval
Google Workspace API Documentation

Available Operations

Send an email through Gmail

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email address
subject text Email subject line
body textarea Email content (supports HTML)
cc text CC email addresses (comma separated)
bcc text BCC email addresses (comma separated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
messageId string Gmail message ID
threadId string Gmail thread ID
success boolean

Retrieve emails from Gmail

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text is:unread Gmail search query (e.g., "is:unread", "from:example@email.com")
maxResults number 10 Maximum number of emails to retrieve
includeBody checkbox 1 Whether to include full email content
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails array Array of email objects
totalCount number Total number of emails found

Create a new Google Document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title for the new document
content textarea Initial content for the document
folderId text Google Drive folder ID to create document in
Outputs
Name Type Description
documentId string Google Docs document ID
documentUrl string URL to access the document
title string

Update content in an existing Google Document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text Google Docs document ID to update
content textarea Content to append to the document
insertIndex number Position to insert content (1 = beginning, leave empty for end)
Outputs
Name Type Description
documentId string
success boolean

Retrieve content from a Google Document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text Google Docs document ID to read
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string Text content of the document
title string
documentId string

Upload a file to Google Drive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileData file Yes File content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileName text Name for the uploaded file
folderId text Google Drive folder ID (leave empty for root)
description text File description
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId string Google Drive file ID
fileUrl string URL to access the file
fileName string

List files from Google Drive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderId text Google Drive folder ID (leave empty for root)
query text Drive search query (e.g., "name contains 'report'")
maxResults number 20 Maximum number of files to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array Array of file objects
totalCount number Number of files found

Create a new event in Google Calendar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
summary text Title of the calendar event
description textarea Event description
startDateTime text Start date and time (ISO 8601 format, e.g., 2024-01-01T10:00:00)
endDateTime text End date and time (ISO 8601 format)
timeZone text UTC Time zone (e.g., America/New_York)
attendees text Email addresses of attendees (comma separated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
eventId string Google Calendar event ID
eventUrl string URL to view the event
summary string
GoToWebinar

GoToWebinar

Professional webinar platform with advanced engagement tools and reporting

Free

Setting up GoToWebinar Integration

  1. Go to the GoTo Developer Portal
  2. Create a new OAuth2 application
  3. Set your OAuth redirect URL to: /oauth/callback/gotowebinar
  4. Copy your Client ID and Client Secret from your app settings
  5. Add them to your .env file as GOTOWEBINAR_CLIENT_ID and GOTOWEBINAR_CLIENT_SECRET
  6. Click "Connect" below to authorize access to your GoToWebinar account

Notes:

  • Requires a GoToWebinar subscription plan
  • Your account must have webinar hosting privileges
  • Rate limits apply - respect API throttling
  • OAuth tokens have expiration times and need refresh
GoToWebinar API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new GoToWebinar webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text The title/subject of the webinar
description textarea Webinar description
start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T10:00:00Z)
end_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T11:00:00Z)
timezone text UTC e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London
is_password_protected checkbox Protect webinar with password
registration_required checkbox Require attendees to register
Outputs
Name Type Description
webinar_key string
registration_url string
join_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_key text The unique key of the webinar
Outputs
Name Type Description
subject string
description string
start_time string
end_time string
registration_url string
status string
success boolean

Register an attendee for a webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_key text The unique key of the webinar
first_name text Attendee first name
last_name text Attendee last name
email text Attendee email address
source text How attendee learned about webinar
phone text Attendee phone number
organization text Attendee organization
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrant_key string
join_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of webinar registrants

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_key text The unique key of the webinar
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrants array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of webinar attendees (past webinars)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_key text The unique key of the webinar
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

List webinars for the authenticated organizer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from_time text ISO 8601 format - filter webinars from this date
to_time text ISO 8601 format - filter webinars until this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
webinars array
total_count number
success boolean

Delete/cancel a webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_key text The unique key of the webinar to delete
send_cancellation_emails checkbox Send cancellation emails to registrants
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
Grade.us

Grade.us

Review generation and reputation management

Free

Setting up Grade.us API

  1. Log in to your Grade.us account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API & Integrations"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Account ID from the settings page
  5. Paste both the API Key and Account ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Grade.us business account with API access
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply - check your plan for specific limits
  • Keep both your API key and Account ID secure
  • Some features may require additional plan upgrades
Grade.us API Documentation

Available Operations

Send review request to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_email text Customer email address
customer_name text Customer full name
phone text Customer phone number
campaign_id text Specific campaign to use for the request
custom_message textarea Custom message to include with request
delay_hours number 0 Hours to delay sending the request
Outputs
Name Type Description
request_sent boolean Whether request was sent successfully
request_id string Unique request identifier
review_link string Direct link for customer to leave review

Get reviews collected by Grade.us

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get list of Grade.us campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Only return active campaigns
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign data
total_count number Total number of campaigns

Get review analytics and statistics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
group_by select day How to group analytics data
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Detailed analytics information
total_requests number Total review requests sent
total_reviews number Total reviews received
response_rate number Response rate percentage

Get customer list and contact history

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of customers to return (max 100)
search text Search customers by name or email
status select Filter by customer status
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer data
total_count number Total number of customers
Grin

Grin

Influencer marketing and creator management platform with comprehensive campaign automation

Free

Setting up Grin Integration

  1. Log in to your Grin account
  2. Go to Settings → API Keys or Developer Settings
  3. Generate a new API key for TaskAGI integration
  4. Note your subdomain from your Grin URL (e.g., "your-company" from your-company.grin.co)
  5. Copy the API key and enter your subdomain above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Both API key and subdomain are required for authentication
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls are subject to Grin rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • You can manage API access from your Grin settings
  • Contact Grin support if you need API access enabled
Grin API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for creators/influencers based on criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for in creator profiles
platform select Social media platform to search on
minFollowers number Minimum follower count
maxFollowers number Maximum follower count
location text Geographic location or region
category text Content category or niche
limit number 50 Maximum number of creators to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
creators array Array of creator profiles matching the search criteria
count number Number of creators found

Create a new influencer marketing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the campaign
description textarea Detailed description of the campaign
type select gifting Type of campaign
budget number Campaign budget in dollars
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string The created campaign ID
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Add a creator to an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
creatorId text The ID of the creator to add
role select influencer Role of the creator in the campaign
compensation number Compensation amount for the creator
Outputs
Name Type Description
collaborationId string The created collaboration ID
success boolean Whether the creator was added successfully

Retrieve all campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign data
count number Number of campaigns returned

Get analytics and performance metrics for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign to get analytics for
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Campaign analytics including impressions, engagement, reach, and conversions
success boolean Whether the analytics data was retrieved successfully

Get detailed profile information for a creator

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
creatorId text The ID of the creator to get profile for
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Detailed creator profile including demographics, metrics, and social accounts
found boolean Whether the creator profile was found

Track and analyze creator content performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contentUrl text URL of the content to track
campaignId text Associated campaign ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contentId string The tracked content ID
metrics object Current performance metrics for the content
success boolean Whether the content was tracked successfully
Groq

Groq

Ultra-fast AI inference with Llama 3.3, Mixtral, and Whisper models. Groq provides the fastest inference speeds available.

Free

Setting up your Groq API Key

  1. Go to Groq Console and log in or create an account
  2. Click "Create API Key"
  3. Give your key a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  4. Copy the generated API key (it starts with "gsk_")
  5. Paste the API key into the form above and save
  6. You can now use Groq's ultra-fast Llama and Mixtral models in your workflows

Notes:

  • Groq provides extremely fast inference speeds - up to 500+ tokens/second
  • Free tier includes generous rate limits for testing and development
  • Available models include Llama 3.3 70B, Llama 3.1 8B, and Mixtral 8x7B
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Groq uses an OpenAI-compatible API format
Groq API Documentation

Available Operations

Generate text using Groq's ultra-fast Llama and Mixtral models. Groq provides the fastest inference speeds available.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
prompt string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Enter your prompt text. You can drag & drop parameters from previous nodes.
model select llama-3.3-70b-versatile Select the model to use. Llama 3.3 70B offers the best quality.
system_prompt textarea Optional system instructions to guide the model behavior.
temperature float 0.7 Controls randomness: 0 = deterministic, 2 = very creative
max_tokens number 1024 Maximum number of tokens to generate
json_schema code Define output structure for JSON mode. Example: {"type": "object", "properties": {"title": {"type": "string"}, "score": {"type": "number"}}, "required": ["title", "score"]}
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string
data object
usage object
model string
finish_reason string
prompt_tokens number
completion_tokens number
total_tokens number
success boolean

Transcribe audio using Groq's ultra-fast Whisper implementation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audio_url text URL of the audio file to transcribe
language text ISO-639-1 language code (e.g., en, es, fr). Auto-detected if not specified.
Outputs
Name Type Description
text string The transcribed text from the audio
success boolean
Harvest

Harvest

Time tracking and invoicing - Track time and turn it into invoices automatically

Free

Setting up Harvest Integration

  1. Log in to your Harvest account
  2. Go to Account Settings → Integrations → Personal Access Tokens
  3. Click "Create New Token" and give it a name (e.g., "TaskAGI")
  4. Copy the Token and Account ID from the generated token
  5. Paste both values above and click Save

Notes:

  • Personal Access Tokens provide full access to your Harvest account
  • Keep your token secure and never share it publicly
  • You can revoke tokens anytime from your account settings
  • Account ID is displayed alongside your token after creation
Harvest API Documentation

Available Operations

Get information about the current user

Outputs
Name Type Description
user_id number
first_name string
last_name string
email string
is_admin boolean

Start a new timer for time tracking

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id number The project to track time for
task_id number The task to track time for
notes textarea Optional notes for this time entry
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id number
is_running boolean
started_time string

Stop the currently running timer

Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id number
hours number
ended_time string

Get time entries for a specific date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from_date text today Start date for the range
to_date text today End date for the range
project_id number Filter by specific project
Outputs
Name Type Description
entries array
total_hours number
entry_count number

Create a manual time entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id number The project to track time for
task_id number The task to track time for
spent_date text today Date the work was performed
hours number Number of hours worked
notes textarea Description of work performed
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id number
hours number
spent_date string

Get all projects from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
is_active checkbox 1 Show only active projects
Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array
project_count number

Get all clients from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
is_active checkbox 1 Show only active clients
Outputs
Name Type Description
clients array
client_count number

Create a new invoice from time entries

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id number Client to invoice
subject text Invoice subject line
issue_date text today Date the invoice is issued
due_date text Date payment is due
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id number
invoice_number string
total_amount number
state string

Get invoices from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id number Filter by specific client
from_date text Filter by issue date from
to_date text Filter by issue date to
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number
Hashnode

Hashnode

Developer blogging platform for publishing technical articles, managing publications, and building developer communities

Free

Setting up Hashnode API Integration

  1. Log in to your Hashnode account
  2. Go to your Developer Settings
  3. Scroll down to the "Personal Access Tokens" section
  4. Click "Generate new token"
  5. Give your token a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Select the required permissions for your use case
  7. Copy the generated Personal Access Token
  8. Paste the token in the API Key field above
  9. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API tokens have different permission levels - choose appropriately
  • You can only manage publications and posts you have access to
  • Some operations require specific permissions on your publications
  • Revoke and regenerate tokens if they are compromised
Hashnode API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all publications you have access to

Outputs
Name Type Description
publications array Array of publications you have access to
totalPublications number Total number of publications

Retrieve posts from a specific publication

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
publication_id text ID of the publication to get posts from
page number 0 Page number for pagination (starts from 0)
page_size number 20 Number of posts per page (max 20)
sort_order select desc Sort order for posts
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Array of posts from the publication
totalPosts number Total number of posts returned
hasNextPage boolean Whether there are more posts available

Create and publish a new post on Hashnode

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
publication_id text ID of the publication to publish to
title text Title of the post
content_markdown code_editor Post content in Markdown format
tags text Comma-separated tags for the post
subtitle text Subtitle/brief description of the post
cover_image_url text URL of the cover image for the post
canonical_url text Canonical URL if republishing from another source
disable_comments select false Whether to disable comments on the post
series_id text ID of the series this post belongs to
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string Unique ID of the published post
postUrl string Public URL of the published post
slug string URL slug of the post
publishedAt string Publication timestamp

Update an existing post on Hashnode

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text ID of the post to update
title text Updated title of the post
content_markdown code_editor Updated post content in Markdown format
tags text Updated comma-separated tags
subtitle text Updated subtitle/brief description
cover_image_url text Updated cover image URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string ID of the updated post
postUrl string Public URL of the updated post
updatedFields array List of fields that were updated
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve your Hashnode profile information

Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Complete profile information
username string Your username
name string Your display name
bio string Your bio/tagline
profilePicture string URL to your profile picture
followersCount number Number of followers
followingsCount number Number of users you follow

Retrieve series from a publication

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
publication_id text ID of the publication to get series from
Outputs
Name Type Description
series array Array of series in the publication
totalSeries number Total number of series

Create a new series in a publication

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
publication_id text ID of the publication to create series in
name text Name of the series
description textarea Description of the series
cover_image text URL of the cover image for the series
Outputs
Name Type Description
seriesId string Unique ID of the created series
seriesSlug string URL slug of the series
success boolean Whether the series was created successfully

Search for posts across Hashnode

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term or phrase
type select BEST Type of search results
page number 0 Page number for pagination
page_size number 20 Number of results per page (max 20)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Array of posts matching the search query
totalResults number Total number of search results
hasNextPage boolean Whether there are more results available
Heepsy

Heepsy

Influencer search and analytics platform with advanced filtering and campaign management tools

Free

Setting up Heepsy Integration

  1. Log in to your Heepsy account
  2. Go to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API key or copy an existing one
  4. Paste the API key in the field above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Heepsy provides influencer search and analytics across multiple platforms
  • Your API key enables access to their database of verified influencers
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is subject to your Heepsy subscription limits and rate limits
Heepsy API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for influencers using Heepsy's database with detailed filtering options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
platform select instagram
keywords text Search keywords in bio or posts
location text Country, state, or city
follower_min number 1000
follower_max number Leave empty for no upper limit
engagement_rate_min number 1
engagement_rate_max number Leave empty for no upper limit
audience_age_min number Minimum age of target audience
audience_age_max number Maximum age of target audience
audience_gender select
categories text Comma-separated content categories (fashion, beauty, lifestyle, etc.)
limit number 50 Maximum results to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of matching influencer profiles
total_found number Total number of influencers matching criteria

Get comprehensive details and analytics for a specific influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Complete influencer profile information
followers_count number Current follower count
engagement_rate number Average engagement rate percentage
audience_countries array Top countries of the audience
audience_age_groups object Breakdown of audience by age groups
contact_info object Available contact details

Analyze the authenticity and quality of an influencer's audience

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
Outputs
Name Type Description
quality_analysis object Comprehensive audience quality assessment
authenticity_score number Overall authenticity score (0-100)
fake_followers_percentage number Estimated percentage of fake followers
suspicious_activity object Indicators of suspicious activity
audience_reachability number Percentage of reachable real followers

Analyze an influencer's content performance and posting patterns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
post_count number 20 Number of recent posts to analyze (max 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
content_analysis object Detailed content performance analysis
average_likes number Average likes per post
average_comments number Average comments per post
best_performing_posts array Top performing posts by engagement
posting_frequency object Analysis of posting patterns and frequency
hashtag_analysis array Most used hashtags and their performance
Help Scout

Help Scout

Customer service and knowledge base management platform

Free

Setting up Help Scout Integration

  1. Log in to your Help Scout account
  2. Click on your profile picture in the top-right corner
  3. Select "Your Profile" from the dropdown
  4. Click on the "API Keys" tab
  5. Click "Generate API Key" button
  6. Give your API key a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys are found in your profile settings under the "API Keys" tab
  • Each API key can be named and revoked individually
  • The API key provides full access to your Help Scout data - keep it secure
  • You can manage all your API keys from your profile settings
Help Scout API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new conversation (ticket) in Help Scout

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mailbox_id number ID of the mailbox to create conversation in
subject text Conversation subject line
customer_email text Email address of the customer
customer_name text Name of the customer (optional)
message_body textarea Initial message content
type select email Conversation type
status select active Initial conversation status
tags text Comma-separated tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation_id number The ID of the created conversation
number number The conversation number
subject string The conversation subject
status string The conversation status
created_at string When the conversation was created

Add a reply to an existing conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id number ID of the conversation to reply to
message_body textarea Content of the reply
type select reply Type of reply
Outputs
Name Type Description
thread_id number The ID of the created thread
body string The reply content
created_at string When the reply was created

Retrieve details of a specific conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id number ID of the conversation to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation_id number The conversation ID
number number The conversation number
subject string Conversation subject
status string Current conversation status
type string Conversation type
customer_email string Customer email address
customer_name string Customer name
created_at string When the conversation was created
updated_at string When the conversation was last updated

Update conversation status or properties

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id number ID of the conversation to update
status select New conversation status
subject text New subject (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation_id number The ID of the updated conversation
status string The updated status
updated_at string When the conversation was updated

Get a list of conversations with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mailbox_id number Filter by specific mailbox (optional)
status select all Filter conversations by status
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array Array of conversation objects
total_count number Total number of conversations

Get a list of available mailboxes

Outputs
Name Type Description
mailboxes array Array of mailbox objects
HighLevel CRM

HighLevel CRM

Connect to HighLevel CRM to manage opportunities, contacts, and pipelines. Build sales automation workflows with full access to your CRM data.

Free

Setting up HighLevel CRM Integration

  1. Click the "Connect" button below to start the authorization process
  2. You will be redirected to HighLevel to sign in
  3. Select the location (sub-account) you want to connect
  4. Grant TaskAGI permission to access your HighLevel data
  5. You will be redirected back to TaskAGI with your account connected
  6. Your HighLevel integration is now ready to use in workflows!

Notes:

  • You need an active HighLevel account with appropriate permissions
  • TaskAGI can access contacts, opportunities, and pipeline data
  • Each location/sub-account requires a separate connection
  • You can revoke access anytime from your HighLevel settings
  • API rate limits apply: 100 requests per 10 seconds, 200,000 per day
HighLevel API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all opportunities/deals from HighLevel CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pipelineId text Filter by specific pipeline ID
stageId text Filter by specific stage ID
status select all Filter by opportunity status
limit number 100 Maximum number of opportunities to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array Array of opportunity objects
count number Number of opportunities returned
success boolean

Retrieve a single opportunity by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
opportunityId text The ID of the opportunity to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity object The opportunity object
success boolean

Create a new opportunity/deal in HighLevel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pipelineId text The pipeline to create the opportunity in
name text Name of the opportunity
contactId text The contact associated with this opportunity
stageId text Initial stage for the opportunity
monetaryValue number Deal value in dollars
status select open
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity object The created opportunity object
id string ID of the created opportunity
success boolean

Update an existing opportunity

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
opportunityId text ID of the opportunity to update
name text New name for the opportunity
stageId text Move to a different stage
monetaryValue number Updated deal value
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity object The updated opportunity object
success boolean

Retrieve all sales pipelines

Outputs
Name Type Description
pipelines array Array of pipeline objects with stages
count number Number of pipelines
success boolean

Retrieve contacts from HighLevel CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search contacts by name, email, or phone
limit number 100 Maximum number of contacts to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact objects
count number Number of contacts returned
success boolean

Retrieve a single contact by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The ID of the contact to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The contact object
success boolean

Create a new contact in HighLevel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text Contact first name
lastName text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
phone text Contact phone number
tags text Comma-separated list of tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The created contact object
id string ID of the created contact
success boolean

Update an existing contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text ID of the contact to update
firstName text New first name
lastName text New last name
email text New email address
phone text New phone number
tags text New comma-separated list of tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The updated contact object
success boolean
Home Depot Scraper Pro

Home Depot Scraper Pro

Extract home improvement products with location-based pricing, UPC lookups, and advanced filtering from Home Depot

45 credits

Using Home Depot Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Home Depot scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from product URLs, categories, keywords, or UPC lookups
  4. Configure location and shipping preferences
  5. The scraper will extract home improvement products with local pricing

Notes:

  • Extract home improvement products with prices and reviews
  • Location-based pricing with zipcode and store number support
  • Category and keyword-based product discovery
  • UPC barcode lookups for inventory management
  • Shipping and delivery filtering options
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from Home Depot URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Home Depot product URLs to scrape
zipcode text ZIP code for location-based pricing (e.g., "11001")
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed home improvement products with prices and reviews
count number Number of products scraped

Find products from Home Depot category pages with advanced filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrl text Home Depot category or browse page URL
zipcode text ZIP code for location-based results
storeNumber text Specific Home Depot store number
maxProducts number Maximum number of products to retrieve
beginPage number 1 Page number to start scraping from
shippingType select Filter by shipping/pickup availability
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products found in the specified category
count number Number of products discovered

Search Home Depot products using keywords

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords to search for products (e.g., "grill cover", "outdoor plants")
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the search keywords
count number Number of products found

Find Home Depot products using UPC barcodes

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
upcs textarea UPC barcode numbers to lookup products
zipcode text ZIP code for location-based pricing
allVariations select Whether to include product variations
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products found for the provided UPC codes
count number Number of products found

Extract products from various Home Depot URLs with advanced filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Browse, search, or category URLs from Home Depot
zipcode text ZIP code for location-based results
maxProducts number Maximum number of products to retrieve
allVariations select Whether to include product variations
shippingType select Filter by shipping/pickup availability
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products extracted from the provided URLs
count number Number of products found
Hootsuite

Hootsuite

Social media management and monitoring platform

Free

Setting up Hootsuite API Integration

  1. Go to Hootsuite Developer Portal
  2. Sign in with your Hootsuite account credentials
  3. Create a new application or select an existing one
  4. Navigate to the "My Apps" section
  5. Click on your app to access the app details
  6. Generate API credentials (Client ID and Client Secret)
  7. Complete the OAuth 2.0 flow to obtain an access token
  8. Copy the access token and paste it above
  9. Ensure your app has the required scopes: offline, read_content, write_content

Notes:

  • You need a Hootsuite Professional, Team, Business, or Enterprise plan to use the API
  • Access tokens have expiration periods and may need refreshing
  • Rate limits apply: 500 requests per hour for most endpoints
  • Some operations require specific permissions in your Hootsuite organization
  • The API supports posting to multiple social networks through Hootsuite
Hootsuite Platform API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of connected social media profiles

Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array
count number
success boolean

Create and publish a social media post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileIds textarea Social profile IDs separated by commas
content textarea Content of the social media post
scheduledSendTime text Schedule post for later (ISO 8601 format). Leave empty for immediate posting.
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string
message object
state string
success boolean

Schedule a social media post for later publishing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileIds textarea Social profile IDs separated by commas
content textarea Content of the social media post
scheduledSendTime text When to publish the post (ISO 8601 format)
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string
message object
scheduledTime string
success boolean

Get published and scheduled messages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
state select Filter by message state
limit number 50 Maximum number of messages to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text The ID of the message to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
message object
content string
state string
scheduledSendTime string
success boolean

Delete a scheduled or draft message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text The ID of the message to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
messageId string
success boolean

Get details of a specific social media profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text The ID of the social profile
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object
socialNetworkUsername string
socialNetwork string
profileUrl string
success boolean

Get uploaded media files from Hootsuite media library

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of media items to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
media array
count number
success boolean

Upload media file to Hootsuite media library

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mediaUrl text URL of the media file to upload
filename text Name for the uploaded file
Outputs
Name Type Description
mediaId string
media object
downloadUrl string
success boolean
Hotjar

Hotjar

Heatmaps, session recordings, user feedback, and comprehensive user experience analytics

Free

Setting up Hotjar API Integration

  1. Log in to your Hotjar account
  2. Go to Account Settings → API
  3. Generate a new Personal API Token
  4. Copy the API token - keep it secure as it won't be shown again
  5. Find your Site ID in the site settings or URL (e.g., insights.hotjar.com/site/{site-id})
  6. Enter both the API Token and Site ID above
  7. Save the configuration to start accessing Hotjar data

Notes:

  • API tokens have access to all sites in your Hotjar account
  • Site ID is specific to each website you're tracking
  • The API provides access to heatmaps, recordings, and survey data
  • Some data may have delays due to processing time
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls are rate limited - monitor your usage
Hotjar API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve heatmap data for pages on your site

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pageUrl text Specific page URL to get heatmaps for
type select click
limit number 10 Maximum number of heatmaps to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
heatmaps array
heatmapCount number
topPages array

Retrieve session recordings and their metadata

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text Filter recordings from this date
endDate text Filter recordings until this date
browser text Filter by browser (Chrome, Firefox, etc.)
limit number 20 Maximum number of recordings to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
recordings array
recordingCount number
totalDuration number
averageDuration number

Retrieve survey responses and feedback data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
surveyId text Specific survey ID to get responses for
startDate text Filter responses from this date
endDate text Filter responses until this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
responses array
responseCount number
averageRating number
satisfaction object

Retrieve incoming feedback and user comments

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pageUrl text Filter feedback for specific page
category select
limit number 50 Maximum number of feedback items
Outputs
Name Type Description
feedback array
feedbackCount number
categories object
sentiment object

Get overall site performance and visitor analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text Start date for analytics period
endDate text End date for analytics period
metrics textarea ["sessions", "pageviews", "visitors"] Specific metrics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
sessions number
pageviews number
visitors number
trends array

Analyze form performance and abandonment data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
formSelector text CSS selector for specific form
pageUrl text Page containing the form
timeframe select 7d
Outputs
Name Type Description
formData object
completionRate number
abandonmentRate number
fieldAnalysis array
dropoffPoints array

Analyze user flow through conversion funnels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
funnelSteps textarea Array of URLs representing funnel steps
timeframe select 30d
Outputs
Name Type Description
funnelData array
conversionRate number
stepConversions array
dropoffs array

Get detailed performance metrics for specific pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pageUrl text URL of the page to analyze
timeframe select 30d
Outputs
Name Type Description
pageMetrics object
averageTime number
bounceRate number
exitRate number
clickData array
scrollData object
HubSpot

HubSpot

Comprehensive CRM and marketing automation platform with contacts, companies, deals, forms, and list management

Free

Setting up HubSpot Integration

  1. Log in to your HubSpot account
  2. Go to Settings (gear icon) in the top right corner
  3. In the left sidebar, navigate to "Integrations" → "Private Apps"
  4. Click "Create a private app" button
  5. Give your app a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Go to the "Scopes" tab and select the following permissions:
  7. - CRM: Read and Write for Contacts, Companies, Deals, and Tickets
  8. - Marketing Events: Read and Write
  9. - Forms: Read
  10. - Files: Read and Write
  11. Click "Create app" and copy the generated access token
  12. Paste the access token in the field above
  13. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Private Apps are the recommended way to integrate with HubSpot
  • Access tokens provide secure, scoped access to your HubSpot data
  • You can manage and revoke access tokens from your HubSpot settings
  • Different scopes provide access to different HubSpot features
  • Rate limits apply: 100 requests per 10 seconds by default
  • Some features may require specific HubSpot subscription levels
  • Always test with a sandbox or development portal first
HubSpot API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve contacts from your HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Optional: Filter by specific email address
limit number 20 Number of contacts to retrieve (max 100)
properties textarea firstname,lastname,email,phone,company Comma-separated list of contact properties to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact objects
total number

Create a new contact in HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact's email address (must be unique)
firstname text Contact's first name
lastname text Contact's last name
phone text Contact's phone number
company text Contact's company name
additionalProperties textarea {} Additional contact properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The created contact object
contactId string

Update an existing contact in HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text HubSpot contact ID to update
properties textarea {"firstname": "John", "lastname": "Doe"} Contact properties to update as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object

Retrieve companies from your HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Optional: Filter by specific company name
limit number 20 Number of companies to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array
total number

Create a new company in HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Company name
domain text Company website domain
industry text Company industry
additionalProperties textarea {} Additional company properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object
companyId string

Retrieve deals from your HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pipelineId text Optional: Filter by specific pipeline
dealstage text Optional: Filter by deal stage
limit number 20 Number of deals to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
deals array
total number

Create a new deal in HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dealname text Name of the deal
amount number Deal value in your account currency
pipelineId text Pipeline to create the deal in
dealstage text Initial deal stage
closedate text Expected close date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
deal object
dealId string

Retrieve forms from your HubSpot account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of forms to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
forms array
total number

Retrieve submissions for a specific form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
formId text HubSpot form ID
limit number 20 Number of submissions to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
submissions array
total number

Retrieve contact lists from your HubSpot account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listType select
limit number 20 Number of lists to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array
total number

Add a contact to a HubSpot list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listId text HubSpot list ID
contactId text HubSpot contact ID to add to list
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Create a new contact or update if email already exists (upsert)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact's email address (used as unique identifier)
firstname text Contact's first name
lastname text Contact's last name
phone text Contact's phone number
company text Contact's company name
jobtitle text Contact's job title
country text Contact's country
linkedinUrl text Contact's LinkedIn profile URL
additionalProperties textarea {} Additional contact properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The created or updated contact object
contactId string
properties object
isNew boolean

Search for a company by its website domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company website domain (e.g., example.com)
properties textarea name,domain,industry,city,state,country,numberofemployees,annualrevenue,description Comma-separated list of company properties to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object The found company object (or null if not found)
companyId string
properties object
found boolean

Update an existing company in HubSpot CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
companyId text HubSpot company ID to update
name text Company name
domain text Company website domain
industry text Company industry
description textarea Company description
city text Company headquarters city
country text Company headquarters country
numberofemployees text Number of employees
annualrevenue text Annual revenue
linkedinUrl text LinkedIn company page URL
totalMoneyRaised text Total funding raised
additionalProperties textarea {} Additional company properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object
companyId string
properties object
Hunter.io

Hunter.io

Email finder and verification service for lead generation with domain search, email validation, and deliverability checks

Free

Setting up Hunter.io Integration

  1. Log in to your Hunter.io account
  2. Navigate to API → API Keys in your dashboard
  3. Copy your existing API key or generate a new one
  4. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  5. Your Hunter.io integration is now ready for email finding and verification

Notes:

  • Hunter.io provides accurate email finder and verification services
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is tracked and limited based on your Hunter.io plan
  • The integration supports domain search, email finder, and email verification
  • Upgrade your Hunter.io plan for increased API limits and credits
Hunter.io API Documentation

Available Operations

Find email addresses associated with a company domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to search for emails (e.g., google.com)
type select Filter emails by type
seniority select Filter by seniority level
department select Filter by department
limit number 10 Maximum number of emails to return (default: 10, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails array List of found email addresses with details
domain string The domain that was searched
organization string Company name associated with the domain
total_emails number Total number of emails found for the domain
pattern string Most common email pattern for the domain

Find email address for a specific person at a company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain (e.g., google.com)
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
full_name text Full name (alternative to first/last name)
company text Company name for additional context
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Found email address
score number Confidence score for the email (0-100)
first_name string Person's first name
last_name string Person's last name
position string Person's job position if found
sources array Sources where the email was found

Verify if an email address is valid and deliverable

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
result string Verification result: valid, invalid, risky, unknown
score number Confidence score for the verification (0-100)
email string The email address that was verified
regexp boolean Whether email format is valid
gibberish boolean Whether email appears to be gibberish
disposable boolean Whether email is from a disposable email service
webmail boolean Whether email is from a webmail provider
mx_records boolean Whether domain has valid MX records
smtp_server boolean Whether SMTP server accepts emails
smtp_check boolean Whether SMTP check was successful
accept_all boolean Whether server accepts all emails
block boolean Whether email appears to be blocked

Verify multiple email addresses at once

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
emails textarea Array of email addresses to verify (e.g., ["email1@domain.com", "email2@domain.com"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of verification results for each email
valid_count number Number of valid email addresses
invalid_count number Number of invalid email addresses
risky_count number Number of risky email addresses
unknown_count number Number of emails with unknown status

Get the number of email addresses for a domain without using credits

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to count emails for (e.g., google.com)
type select Filter count by email type
Outputs
Name Type Description
total number Total number of email addresses for the domain
personal_emails number Number of personal email addresses
generic_emails number Number of generic email addresses
domain string The domain that was analyzed
organization string Company name associated with the domain

Get current account information and API usage statistics

Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Account email address
plan_name string Current subscription plan
plan_level number Numeric plan level
reset_date string Date when API limits reset
team_id number Team identifier
calls_available number Remaining API calls for current period
calls_used number API calls used in current period
HYPR

HYPR

Influencer marketing and audience quality analysis platform with fraud detection capabilities

Free

Setting up HYPR Integration

  1. Log in to your HYPR dashboard
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys
  3. Click "Generate New API Key" or use an existing one
  4. Copy the API key and paste it above
  5. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Your API key provides access to influencer search and audience analysis
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API requests are rate limited - check your plan limits
  • Contact HYPR support if you need higher rate limits
HYPR API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for influencers based on criteria like audience demographics, location, and engagement

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for in influencer profiles
platform select instagram
follower_min number 1000 Minimum number of followers
follower_max number Maximum number of followers (leave empty for no limit)
engagement_rate_min number 2 Minimum engagement rate as percentage
location text Geographic location (country, state, or city)
limit number 50 Maximum number of results to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of influencer profiles matching search criteria
total_count number Total number of influencers found

Get detailed audience analysis for a specific influencer including demographics and authenticity scores

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_quality object Audience authenticity and quality metrics
demographics object Age, gender, location breakdown of audience
authenticity_score number Overall authenticity score (0-100)
fake_followers_percentage number Estimated percentage of fake followers

Get comprehensive profile data for a specific influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Complete influencer profile information
followers_count number Total number of followers
engagement_rate number Average engagement rate percentage
categories array Content categories this influencer covers
IFTTT

IFTTT

Automation platform for smart devices and services with simple trigger-action logic

Free

Setting up IFTTT Integration

  1. Log in to your IFTTT account
  2. Go to Webhooks service
  3. Click "Documentation"
  4. Copy your unique webhook key from the URL (https://maker.ifttt.com/use/YOUR_KEY)
  5. Paste the webhook key above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your webhook key secure and never share it publicly
  • The webhook key allows triggering any of your IFTTT applets
  • You can create custom applets that respond to webhook triggers
  • IFTTT webhooks support up to 3 custom data values (value1, value2, value3)
IFTTT Webhooks Documentation

Available Operations

Trigger an IFTTT applet with custom event name and data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_name text The event name configured in your IFTTT applet
value1 text First custom value to pass to the applet
value2 text Second custom value to pass to the applet
value3 text Third custom value to pass to the applet
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the event was triggered successfully
event_name string The name of the triggered event
message string Response message from IFTTT

Trigger an IFTTT applet with complex JSON data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_name text The event name configured in your IFTTT applet
json_data textarea {} Custom JSON payload to send with the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the event was triggered successfully
event_name string The name of the triggered event
response string Full response from IFTTT

Trigger smart home devices through IFTTT

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
device_action select
device_name text Specific device name (optional)
custom_value text Additional parameter for the action
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the smart home action was triggered
action string The smart home action that was executed
device string The device that was controlled

Send push notifications through IFTTT mobile app

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea The message to send as a push notification
title text Optional title for the notification
url text Optional URL to open when notification is tapped
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the notification was sent successfully
message_sent string The notification message that was sent

Add a row to Google Sheets through IFTTT

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
spreadsheet_name text Name of the Google Sheets file
row_data text Data to add to the spreadsheet (pipe-separated: col1|col2|col3)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the data was logged successfully
spreadsheet string The name of the updated spreadsheet
data_logged string The data that was added to the spreadsheet
IKEA Scraper

IKEA Scraper

Extract furniture, home products, categories, and customer reviews from IKEA with 2 comprehensive operations

45 credits

Using IKEA Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add IKEA scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between product URLs or category discovery
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract furniture data with pricing and specifications

Notes:

  • Extract furniture and home products with detailed specifications
  • Category-based discovery for comprehensive product catalogs
  • Product pricing, availability, and customer reviews
  • SKU numbers and product dimensions
  • Assembly instructions and care information
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from IKEA product URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea IKEA product URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed product information with pricing, specifications, and reviews
count number Number of products scraped

Find products from IKEA category pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrls textarea IKEA category URLs (e.g., https://www.ikea.com/us/en/cat/table-lamps-10732/)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products found in the specified categories
count number Number of products found
Impact API

Impact API

Partnership automation and affiliate management platform

Free

Setting up Impact API

  1. Log in to your Impact account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API & Integrations"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Account SID from the account settings
  5. Paste both the API Key and Account SID above and save

Notes:

  • You need an Impact account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions
Impact API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve affiliate partners and their details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter partners by status
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
page_size number 20 Number of partners per page (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
partners array Array of partner data
total_partners number Total number of partners
page_info object Pagination information

Retrieve marketing campaigns and their performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign data
total_campaigns number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve conversion actions and tracking data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start date for actions (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for actions (YYYY-MM-DD format)
campaign_id text Filter by specific campaign ID
partner_id text Filter by specific partner ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
actions array Array of conversion action data
total_actions number Total number of actions
total_revenue number Total revenue from actions

Create a new affiliate partner

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_name text Name of the new partner
email text Partner email address
website text Partner website URL
category text Partner business category
Outputs
Name Type Description
partner_created boolean Whether partner was created successfully
partner_id string ID of the created partner
partner_data object Created partner information

Update the status of an affiliate partner

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text ID of the partner to update
status select New status for the partner
reason textarea Reason for status change
Outputs
Name Type Description
status_updated boolean Whether status was updated successfully
partner_data object Updated partner information

Generate performance reports and analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
report_type select Type of report to generate
start_date text Report start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text Report end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
group_by select day How to group the report data
Outputs
Name Type Description
report_data array Generated report data
summary object Summary statistics
total_clicks number Total clicks in report period
total_conversions number Total conversions in report period
total_revenue number Total revenue in report period
Indeed Scraper

Indeed Scraper

Extract job postings, company reviews, and salaries from Indeed with 7 comprehensive operations

45 credits

Using Indeed Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Indeed scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between job listings or company information
  4. Configure location, keywords, and search parameters
  5. The scraper will extract employment data with salaries and company details

Notes:

  • Extract job postings with salary ranges and requirements
  • Company information with reviews and ratings
  • Location-based job search with country/domain filtering
  • Industry-specific company discovery
  • Date-posted filtering for recent job opportunities
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed job information from Indeed job URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Indeed job listing URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Job postings with salary, requirements, and company details
count number Number of job listings scraped

Find job listings using keyword search with location and date filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
country select Country to search for jobs
domain text Indeed domain (e.g., "indeed.com", "fr.indeed.com")
keywordSearch text Job title or company to search for (e.g., "analyst", "product manager")
location text Job location (e.g., "New York, NY", "Paris")
datePosted select Filter by when the job was posted
postedBy text Filter by who posted the job (optional)
locationRadius text Search radius from location (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Jobs matching the search criteria
count number Number of jobs found

Extract job listings from Indeed company job pages or search URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Indeed company job pages or search URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Jobs found from the specified URLs
count number Number of jobs extracted

Extract company information from Indeed company URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Indeed company page URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Company information with reviews, ratings, and details
count number Number of companies scraped

Find companies from Indeed browse companies pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Indeed browse companies URLs (e.g., https://www.indeed.com/companies/browse-companies)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies from browse pages
count number Number of companies found

Find companies using industry and state/location filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
industry text Company industry (e.g., "All", "Airlines, Airports & Air Transportation", "Drug & Health Stores")
state text State or location (e.g., "United States", "Alabama", "Sacramento, CA")
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies matching the industry and location criteria
count number Number of companies found

Find companies using keyword search on Indeed

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for companies (e.g., "Tesla", "Google")
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies matching the keyword search
count number Number of companies found
Infusionsoft

Infusionsoft

Small business CRM and marketing automation platform by Keap

Free

Setting up Infusionsoft Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Infusionsoft/Keap
  2. You need to have an active Infusionsoft/Keap account with API access
  3. Click the "Connect" button to start OAuth2 authorization
  4. You will be redirected to Infusionsoft to grant permissions
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your integration is now ready to use

Notes:

  • Infusionsoft is now part of Keap but the API remains the same
  • You need appropriate permissions in your Infusionsoft account
  • API calls are subject to Infusionsoft rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • The integration uses the latest Infusionsoft REST API
Infusionsoft API Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a contact in Infusionsoft

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
givenName text Contact first name
familyName text Contact last name
company text Contact company name
phoneNumber text Contact phone number
customFields textarea {} Additional contact fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId number The Infusionsoft contact ID
status string Created or Updated

Apply a tag to a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Infusionsoft contact ID
tagIds text Comma-separated list of tag IDs to apply
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the tags were applied successfully
message string Success or error message

Remove a tag from a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Infusionsoft contact ID
tagId text The ID of the tag to remove
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the tag was removed successfully
message string Success or error message

Add a contact to a campaign sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Infusionsoft contact ID
campaignId text The ID of the campaign sequence
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was added to the campaign
message string Success or error message

Retrieve contact information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for contact lookup
lookupValue text The email address or contact ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Complete contact information from Infusionsoft
found boolean Whether the contact was found

Create a sales opportunity in Infusionsoft

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Infusionsoft contact ID
opportunityTitle text Title for the opportunity
stageId text The ID of the opportunity stage
projectedRevenueHigh number Projected revenue amount
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunityId number The created opportunity ID
success boolean Whether the opportunity was created successfully

Retrieve all Infusionsoft tags

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of tags to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array Array of Infusionsoft tags
count number Number of tags returned

Retrieve all Infusionsoft campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of Infusionsoft campaigns
count number Number of campaigns returned
Insightly

Insightly

Project-based CRM with integrated task management and relationship mapping

Free

Setting up Insightly CRM API Integration

  1. Log in to your Insightly account
  2. Go to User Settings → API Keys
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing key
  4. Your instance URL is typically "api.insightly.com" but may vary for specific regions
  5. For North America instances, it might be "api.na1.insightly.com"
  6. Paste the API key above and adjust the instance URL if needed
  7. Ensure your user account has the necessary permissions for API access

Notes:

  • API access is available on Insightly Plus and Professional plans
  • API keys don't expire but should be kept secure
  • Rate limits apply: 1000 requests per day for Plus, 10000 for Professional
  • Insightly specializes in project-based CRM with integrated task management
  • The platform includes pipeline management, project tracking, and relationship mapping
Insightly API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of contacts from Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
top number 50 Number of contacts to return (max 500)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
orderby select Field to sort by
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
count number
success boolean

Create a new contact in Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text Contact's first name
lastName text Contact's last name
emailAddress text Contact's primary email address
phoneNumber text Contact's phone number
jobTitle text Contact's job title
organizationId text ID of the organization to associate with
isPrivate select false Contact visibility setting
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId string
contact object
success boolean

Update an existing contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The ID of the contact to update
updateData textarea Contact data to update as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object
updated boolean
success boolean

Get list of organizations from Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
top number 50 Number of organizations to return (max 500)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
organizations array
count number
success boolean

Create a new organization in Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
organizationName text Name of the organization
website text Organization website URL
phone text Organization phone number
industry text Organization industry
isPrivate select false Organization visibility setting
Outputs
Name Type Description
organizationId string
organization object
success boolean

Get list of opportunities (deals) from Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
top number 50 Number of opportunities to return (max 500)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array
count number
totalValue number
success boolean

Create a new opportunity in Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
opportunityName text Name of the opportunity
bidAmount number Opportunity value
probability number Probability of closing (0-100)
forecastCloseDate text Expected close date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
organizationId text ID of the associated organization
pipelineId text ID of the sales pipeline
stageId text ID of the pipeline stage
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunityId string
opportunity object
success boolean

Get list of projects from Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
top number 50 Number of projects to return (max 500)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array
count number
success boolean

Create a new project in Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
projectName text Name of the project
projectDetails textarea Project description and details
status select In Progress Current project status
startDate text Project start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text Project end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
organizationId text ID of the associated organization
Outputs
Name Type Description
projectId string
project object
success boolean

Get list of tasks from Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
projectId text Filter tasks by project ID
top number 50 Number of tasks to return (max 500)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array
count number
success boolean

Create a new task in Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the task
details textarea Task description and details
status select Not Started Current task status
priority select 2 Task priority level
dueDate text Task due date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
projectId text ID of the associated project
assignedUserId text ID of the user to assign task to
Outputs
Name Type Description
taskId string
task object
success boolean

Update an existing task

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
taskId text The ID of the task to update
status select Update task status
updateData textarea Additional task data to update as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
task object
updated boolean
success boolean

Get list of events and activities from Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
top number 50 Number of events to return (max 500)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
count number
success boolean

Create a new event or activity in Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the event
details textarea Event description and details
startDate text Event start date and time (YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm format)
endDate text Event end date and time (YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm format)
allDay select false Whether this is an all-day event
organizationId text ID of the associated organization
contactId text ID of the associated contact
Outputs
Name Type Description
eventId string
event object
success boolean

Search for records across Insightly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term or query
searchFor select all Type of records to search
top number 50 Maximum number of results
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array
count number
query string
success boolean
Instagram Comment Scraper

Instagram Comment Scraper

Scrape comments from Instagram posts and reels. Extract comment text, timestamps, usernames, profile data, and more. Includes premium features for newest comments first and nested replies.

50 credits

Using Instagram Comment Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Instagram Comment scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add Instagram post or reel URLs to scrape comments from
  5. - Set maximum comments per post/reel
  6. - Choose sorting order (newest first - premium feature)
  7. - Include replies to comments (premium feature)
  8. The scraper will extract comprehensive comment data

Notes:

  • Scrape comments from Instagram posts and reels
  • Extract comment text, timestamps, owner IDs, usernames, profile pics, and URLs
  • Get comment position and post IDs for context
  • Support for multiple URLs in one operation
  • Configurable comment limits per post/reel
  • Premium features: Newest comments first, include nested replies
  • Note: Including replies increases total results beyond the set limit
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Respect Instagram's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Instagram comment scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
directUrls textarea Instagram post or reel URLs to scrape comments from (one per line)
resultsLimit number 20 Number of comments to scrape per post/reel (e.g., 5 comments per URL)
isNewestComments checkbox Premium feature: Extract newest comments first instead of top comments
includeNestedComments checkbox Premium feature: Include replies to comments (increases total results)
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped Instagram comments with comprehensive information
count number Number of comments successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async Instagram comment scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
directUrls textarea Instagram post or reel URLs to scrape comments from (one per line)
resultsLimit number 20 Number of comments to scrape per post/reel
isNewestComments checkbox Premium feature: Extract newest comments first
includeNestedComments checkbox Premium feature: Include replies to comments
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute Instagram comment scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
directUrls textarea Instagram post or reel URLs to scrape comments from (one per line)
resultsLimit number 20 Number of comments to scrape per post/reel
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the Instagram comment scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
Instagram Post Scraper

Instagram Post Scraper

Scrape Instagram posts from multiple profiles. Extract comprehensive data including text, hashtags, mentions, comments, images, URLs, likes, locations, and metadata in seconds.

32 credits

Using Instagram Post Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Instagram Post scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add Instagram usernames or profile URLs to scrape posts from
  5. - Set maximum posts per profile to control data volume
  6. - Use date filtering to get only recent posts
  7. - Choose whether to skip pinned posts
  8. The scraper will extract comprehensive post data in seconds

Notes:

  • Scrape Instagram posts from multiple profiles simultaneously
  • Extract comprehensive data: text, hashtags, mentions, comments, images, URLs, likes, locations, and metadata
  • Fast scraping - get your data in seconds
  • Support for both usernames and full Instagram URLs
  • Configurable post limits per profile (e.g., 5 posts per profile)
  • Date filtering: YYYY-MM-DD format or relative (1 days, 2 months, 3 years)
  • Option to skip pinned posts for more organic content
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Respect Instagram's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Instagram post scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username textarea Instagram usernames or profile URLs to scrape posts from (one per line). Can be just username or full URL.
resultsLimit number 10 Maximum number of posts to scrape per profile. If set to 5, you'll get 5 posts for each profile.
onlyPostsNewerThan text Date filter: YYYY-MM-DD format or relative (e.g., "1 days", "2 months", "3 years"). UTC timezone.
skipPinnedPosts checkbox Do not save pinned posts (get more organic content)
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped Instagram posts with comprehensive information
count number Number of posts successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async Instagram post scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username textarea Instagram usernames or profile URLs to scrape posts from (one per line)
resultsLimit number 10 Maximum number of posts to scrape per profile
onlyPostsNewerThan text Date filter: YYYY-MM-DD or relative format
skipPinnedPosts checkbox Do not save pinned posts
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute Instagram post scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username textarea Instagram usernames or profile URLs to scrape posts from (one per line)
resultsLimit number 10 Maximum number of posts to scrape per profile
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the Instagram post scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
Instagram Profile Scraper

Instagram Profile Scraper

Scrape comprehensive Instagram profile information. Extract followers & following counts, bio, posts, likes, related profiles, captions, and highlight reels. Perfect for influencer research and audience insights.

50 credits

Using Instagram Profile Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Instagram Profile scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add Instagram usernames or user IDs to scrape profile data from
  5. - The scraper will extract comprehensive profile information
  6. - Get followers, following counts, bio, posts, and more
  7. The scraper will return detailed profile analytics and data

Notes:

  • Scrape comprehensive Instagram profile information from multiple accounts
  • Extract followers & following counts, URLs, bio, posts data
  • Get likes counts, related profiles, captions, and highlight reels
  • Support for both usernames and user IDs
  • Fast and reliable profile data extraction
  • Pricing: $0.60 per 100 results (profiles scraped)
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Perfect for influencer research, competitor analysis, and audience insights
  • Respect Instagram's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Instagram profile scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea Instagram usernames or user IDs to scrape profile data from (one per line). Supports both usernames and numeric user IDs.
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped Instagram profiles with comprehensive information
count number Number of profiles successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async Instagram profile scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea Instagram usernames or user IDs to scrape profile data from (one per line)
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute Instagram profile scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea Instagram usernames or user IDs to scrape profile data from (one per line)
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the Instagram profile scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
Instagram Scraper

Instagram Scraper

Scrape and download Instagram posts, profiles, places, hashtags, photos, and comments. Get data from Instagram using URLs or search queries.

40 credits

Using Instagram Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Instagram scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add Instagram URLs to scrape (profiles, posts, hashtags, places)
  5. - Or use search queries to find content
  6. - Set result limits and filtering options
  7. The scraper will extract posts, comments, profiles, or stories data

Notes:

  • Extract posts, comments, profile details, mentions, and stories from Instagram
  • Supports direct Instagram URLs (profiles, posts, hashtags, places)
  • Search functionality for users, hashtags, and places
  • Configurable result limits and date filtering
  • Enhanced user search with Facebook page data (higher credit usage)
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Respect Instagram's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Instagram scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
directUrls textarea Instagram URLs to scrape (one per line). Optional if using search query.
resultsType select posts What content to scrape from each page
resultsLimit number Maximum number of posts or comments to scrape from each URL
onlyPostsNewerThan text Date filter (YYYY-MM-DD or relative like "1 days", "2 months")
isUserTaggedFeedURL checkbox Get tagged posts for each profile
isUserReelFeedURL checkbox Get reels posts for each profile
search text Search query for finding profiles, hashtags, or places
searchType select hashtag Type of content to search for
searchLimit number Maximum search results to return
enhanceUserSearchWithFacebookPage checkbox Extract Facebook page data for top 10 users (higher credit usage)
addParentData checkbox Add data source metadata to results
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped Instagram items
count number Number of items successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async Instagram scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
directUrls textarea Instagram URLs to scrape (one per line). Optional if using search query.
resultsType select posts What content to scrape from each page
resultsLimit number Maximum number of posts or comments to scrape from each URL
search text Search query for finding profiles, hashtags, or places
searchType select hashtag Type of content to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute Instagram scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
directUrls textarea Instagram URLs to scrape (one per line). Optional if using search query.
resultsType select posts What content to scrape from each page
resultsLimit number Maximum number of posts or comments to scrape from each URL
search text Search query for finding profiles, hashtags, or places
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
Instagram Scraper Pro

Instagram Scraper Pro

Extract user profiles, posts, images, videos, followers, and comments from Instagram with 8 comprehensive operations

45 credits

Using Instagram Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Instagram scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from profiles, posts, reels, or comments
  4. Configure your scraping parameters and filters
  5. The scraper will extract social media data with engagement metrics

Notes:

  • Extract user profiles with follower counts and bio information
  • Post and reel content with likes, comments, and engagement data
  • Date-based filtering for content discovery
  • Comment extraction from specific posts and reels
  • Username-based profile discovery
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract user profile information from Instagram URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Instagram profile URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array User profiles with follower counts, bio, and engagement metrics
count number Number of profiles scraped

Find Instagram profiles using usernames

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea Instagram usernames to find profiles for (without @ symbol)
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Profiles found by username
count number Number of profiles found

Extract post details from Instagram post URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Instagram post URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts with content, likes, comments, and engagement metrics
count number Number of posts scraped

Find posts from Instagram profile URLs with filtering options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Instagram profile URLs to scrape posts from
numOfPosts number Maximum number of posts to extract per profile (optional)
startDate text Filter posts from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter posts until this date (optional)
postType select Filter by post type
postsToNotInclude textarea Post IDs to exclude (one per line, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from the specified profiles
count number Number of posts found

Extract reel details from Instagram reel URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Instagram reel URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
reels array Reels with video content, views, and engagement metrics
count number Number of reels scraped

Find reels from Instagram profile URLs with date filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Instagram profile URLs to scrape reels from
startDate text Filter reels from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter reels until this date (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reels array Reels from the specified profiles
count number Number of reels found

Extract all reels from Instagram profiles with quantity control

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Instagram profile URLs to scrape all reels from
numOfPosts number 20 Maximum number of reels to extract per profile
startDate text Filter reels from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter reels until this date (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reels array All reels from the specified profiles
count number Number of reels found

Extract comments from Instagram post and reel URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Instagram post or reel URLs to scrape comments from (gets latest 10 comments per URL)
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Comments with user information and engagement data
count number Number of comments extracted
Instantly.AI

Instantly.AI

AI-powered email marketing and cold outreach automation platform

Free

Setting up Instantly.AI Integration

  1. Log in to your Instantly.AI account
  2. Go to Settings → API Keys
  3. Click "Create New API Key"
  4. Give your API key a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. Paste the API key above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • You can manage your API keys from the Instantly.AI settings
  • API calls are subject to Instantly.AI rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • You can revoke API keys anytime from your account settings
Instantly.AI API Documentation

Available Operations

Add a new lead to Instantly.AI for cold email campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Lead email address
firstName text Lead first name
lastName text Lead last name
companyName text Lead company name
website text Company website URL
campaignId text Campaign ID to add the lead to
customFields textarea {} Additional lead fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
leadId string The Instantly.AI lead ID
status string Success or error status

Add an existing lead to an Instantly.AI campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
leadEmail text The email address of the lead to add
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the lead was added successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve lead information by email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text The email address to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead object Complete lead information from Instantly.AI
found boolean Whether the lead was found

Retrieve all campaigns from Instantly.AI

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaigns
count number Number of campaigns returned

Get detailed statistics for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign to get stats for
Outputs
Name Type Description
stats object Detailed campaign performance metrics
totalSent number Total emails sent
totalReplies number Total replies received
replyRate number Reply rate percentage

Remove a lead from an Instantly.AI campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
leadEmail text The email address of the lead to remove
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the lead was removed successfully
message string Success or error message
Integromat

Integromat

Advanced automation platform with visual workflow builder and complex logic

Free

Setting up Integromat (Make.com) Integration

  1. Log in to your Make.com account
  2. Go to your API settings
  3. Click "Generate API token" or copy your existing token
  4. Select your region based on your Make.com instance URL
  5. Paste the API token above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • The API token provides full access to your Make.com account
  • You can regenerate your API token anytime from your profile settings
  • Make sure to select the correct region that matches your account
  • Note: Integromat was rebranded to Make.com but the API endpoints may still use legacy names
Make.com API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of your Make.com scenarios

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
team_id text Specific team ID (leave empty for personal scenarios)
filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
scenarios array List of Make.com scenarios
count number Total number of scenarios returned

Get detailed information about a specific scenario

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
scenario_id text The unique ID of the scenario
Outputs
Name Type Description
scenario_name string Display name of the scenario
scenario_state string Current state of the scenario
scheduling object Scenario scheduling configuration
created_at string When the scenario was created
updated_at string When the scenario was last updated

Activate or deactivate a Make.com scenario

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
scenario_id text The unique ID of the scenario
action select
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
scenario_state string The new state of the scenario
message string Details about the operation

Manually execute a Make.com scenario

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
scenario_id text The unique ID of the scenario to run
wait_for_completion checkbox Wait for the scenario execution to complete
Outputs
Name Type Description
execution_id string Unique ID of the scenario execution
success boolean Whether the execution was triggered successfully
status string Current status of the execution

Retrieve execution history for a specific scenario

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
scenario_id text The unique ID of the scenario
limit number 50 Maximum number of executions to retrieve
status_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
executions array List of scenario execution records
count number Number of execution records returned

Create a webhook endpoint for external systems to trigger scenarios

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_name text A descriptive name for this webhook
team_id text Team ID if creating for a team (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
webhook_url string The generated webhook URL
webhook_id string Unique identifier for the webhook
success boolean Whether the webhook was created successfully

Retrieve usage statistics for your Make.com organization

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
period select current_month
Outputs
Name Type Description
operations_used number Number of operations consumed
operations_limit number Maximum operations allowed
data_transfer number Data transfer usage in megabytes
active_scenarios number Number of currently active scenarios
Intercom

Intercom

Customer support and messaging platform with contacts, conversations, events, and company management

Free

Setting up Intercom Integration

  1. Log in to your Intercom account
  2. Go to Settings (gear icon) in the bottom left corner
  3. Navigate to "Integrations" in the left sidebar
  4. Click on "Developer Hub" or go directly to Developer Hub
  5. Click "New App" to create a new app integration
  6. Fill in your app details (Name, Description, etc.)
  7. In the "Authentication" section, note your Access Token
  8. Configure the required permissions:
  9. - Read contacts and companies
  10. - Write contacts and companies
  11. - Read conversations
  12. - Write conversations
  13. - Read and write messages
  14. Copy the Access Token from the authentication section
  15. Paste the Access Token in the field above
  16. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Access tokens provide secure access to your Intercom workspace
  • Different permission scopes control what data the integration can access
  • You can manage and revoke access tokens from the Developer Hub
  • Intercom API has rate limits: 1000 requests per minute by default
  • Some features require specific Intercom plan levels
  • Always test with a development workspace first if available
  • API version used: v2.8 (stable version)
  • Monitor your API usage in the Developer Hub analytics
Intercom API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve contacts from your Intercom workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Optional: Filter by specific email address
tag text Optional: Filter by contact tag
limit number 20 Number of contacts to retrieve (max 150)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact objects
total number

Create a new contact in Intercom

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact's email address
externalUserId text External user ID (either email or user_id required)
name text Contact's full name
phone text Contact's phone number
customAttributes textarea {} Custom attributes as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object
contactId string

Update an existing contact in Intercom

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text Intercom contact ID to update
name text Updated name
email text Updated email address
phone text Updated phone number
customAttributes textarea {} Custom attributes to update as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object

Retrieve conversations from Intercom

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
state select
assigneeId text Filter by assigned team member
limit number 20 Number of conversations to retrieve (max 150)
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array
total number

Create a new conversation in Intercom

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text Intercom contact ID to start conversation with
subject text Conversation subject/title
body textarea Initial message content
messageType select email
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation object
conversationId string

Add a reply to an existing conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversationId text Intercom conversation ID to reply to
body textarea Reply message content
messageType select comment
Outputs
Name Type Description
message object
messageId string

Close an open conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversationId text Intercom conversation ID to close
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation object

Track a custom event for a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text Intercom contact ID (either contact ID or email required)
email text Contact email address (either contact ID or email required)
eventName text Name of the event to track
metadata textarea {} Event metadata as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Add a tag to a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text Intercom contact ID
tagName text Name of the tag to add
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Remove a tag from a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text Intercom contact ID
tagName text Name of the tag to remove
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Retrieve companies from Intercom

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Optional: Filter by company name
limit number 20 Number of companies to retrieve (max 150)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array
total number

Create a new company in Intercom

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Company name
companyId text Your internal company ID
website text Company website URL
industry text Company industry
customAttributes textarea {} Custom attributes as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object
companyId string
Jira

Jira

Issue tracking and project management software for agile development teams

Free

Setting up Jira Integration

  1. Log in to your Atlassian Account
  2. Click "Create API token"
  3. Enter a label for your token (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  4. Click "Create" and copy the generated token
  5. Find your Jira domain (e.g., yourcompany.atlassian.net)
  6. Enter your Jira domain, email, and API token above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • The API token provides access to all Jira projects you have permissions for
  • You can revoke the token anytime from your Atlassian account settings
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions in the Jira projects you want to access
  • Use the full domain including .atlassian.net (e.g., mycompany.atlassian.net)
Jira REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new issue in Jira

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_key text The key of the project to create the issue in
summary text The title/summary of the issue
description textarea Detailed description of the issue
issue_type select Task The type of issue to create
priority select Priority level of the issue
assignee text Email or username of the assignee
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_key string The unique key of the created issue
issue_id string The numeric ID of the created issue
issue_url string The URL to view the issue in Jira
summary string The summary/title of the created issue

Update an existing issue in Jira

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
issue_key text The key of the issue to update (e.g., PROJ-123)
summary text New summary for the issue
description textarea Updated description of the issue
status text New status for the issue (e.g., "In Progress", "Done")
assignee text Email or username of the new assignee
labels text Comma-separated list of labels to set on the issue (replaces existing labels)
add_labels text Comma-separated list of labels to add (keeps existing labels)
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_key string The key of the updated issue
success boolean Whether the update was successful
labels array Labels on the issue after update

Retrieve details of a specific issue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
issue_key text The key of the issue to retrieve (e.g., PROJ-123)
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_key string
issue_id string
summary string
description string
status string
priority string
assignee object
reporter object
project object
created string
updated string

Search for issues using JQL (Jira Query Language)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
jql textarea project = "PROJECT_KEY" ORDER BY created DESC Jira Query Language search string
max_results number 50 Maximum number of issues to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
issues array Array of issue objects
total number Total number of issues matching the query
count number Number of issues returned in this response

Add a comment to an existing issue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
issue_key text The key of the issue to comment on
body textarea The content of the comment
Outputs
Name Type Description
comment_id string The unique ID of the created comment
body string The content of the comment
created string When the comment was created
JotForm

JotForm

Online form builder and automation platform

Free

Setting up JotForm Integration

  1. Log in to your JotForm account
  2. Go to My Account → API section
  3. Or directly visit API Settings
  4. Click "Create New Key" if you don't have one
  5. Copy your API key
  6. Paste the API key above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys are found in My Account → API section
  • Each API key has rate limits based on your plan
  • The API key provides access to your forms and submissions
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
JotForm API Documentation

Available Operations

Get a list of your JotForm forms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
offset number 0 Start position for results
limit number 20 Number of forms to retrieve (max 1000)
filter text Filter forms (e.g., "ENABLED" or "DISABLED")
order_by select created_at How to order the results
Outputs
Name Type Description
forms array Array of form objects
result_set object Pagination information

Get details of a specific form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The form ID
title string Form title
status string Form status (ENABLED/DISABLED)
url string Public URL of the form
count number Number of submissions received
created_at string When the form was created
updated_at string When the form was last updated

Get submissions for a specific form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to get submissions for
offset number 0 Start position for results
limit number 20 Number of submissions to retrieve (max 1000)
filter text Filter submissions (e.g., date filters)
order_by select created_at How to order the results
Outputs
Name Type Description
submissions array Array of submission objects
result_set object Pagination information

Get details of a specific submission

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
submission_id text ID of the submission to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
submission_id string The submission ID
form_id string ID of the form this submission belongs to
ip string IP address of the submitter
created_at string When the submission was created
status string Submission status
answers object Submission answers data

Create a new JotForm form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the new form
questions textarea [] JSON array of questions to add to the form
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The ID of the created form
title string Form title
url string Public URL of the form

Delete a specific submission

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
submission_id text ID of the submission to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean Whether the submission was successfully deleted
submission_id string ID of the deleted submission

Get questions/fields for a specific form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to get questions for
Outputs
Name Type Description
questions array Array of form questions/fields
form_id string The form ID
Judge.me

Judge.me

Product review platform for e-commerce

Free

Setting up Judge.me API

  1. Log in to your Judge.me account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "Integrations" → "API"
  3. Click "Generate API Token" or copy your existing API token
  4. Copy your shop domain from the account settings
  5. Paste both the API Token and Shop Domain above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Judge.me account connected to your e-commerce store
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
Judge.me API Documentation

Available Operations

Get product reviews from Judge.me

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Specific product ID to filter by
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 250)
rating select Filter by rating
published select Filter by published status
featured select Filter by featured status
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get reviews for a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_external_id text External product ID (from your e-commerce platform)
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 250)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of product review data
product_info object Product information
total_reviews number Total number of reviews for this product
average_rating number Average rating for this product

Send review invitation to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Customer email address
order_id text Order identifier
customer_name text Customer full name
products textarea JSON array of products [{\"external_id\":\"123\",\"name\":\"Product Name\"}]
send_in_days number 7 Number of days to wait before sending invitation
Outputs
Name Type Description
invite_created boolean Whether invitation was created successfully
invite_id string Unique invitation identifier

Get available review widgets

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product ID for product-specific widgets
Outputs
Name Type Description
widgets array Array of available widgets

Get review statistics for a product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_external_id text External product ID (from your e-commerce platform)
Outputs
Name Type Description
statistics object Product review statistics
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating
rating_distribution object Distribution of ratings by star count

Update a review (publish, feature, respond)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
review_id text ID of the review to update
published select Set published status
featured select Set featured status
reply textarea Reply message to the review
Outputs
Name Type Description
review_updated boolean Whether review was updated successfully
review_data object Updated review information
Keyhole

Keyhole

Social media analytics and influencer tracking platform with hashtag and campaign monitoring

Free

Setting up Keyhole Integration

  1. Log in to your Keyhole account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys
  3. Generate a new API key
  4. Paste the key above and save

Notes:

  • Keyhole provides social media analytics and influencer tracking
  • API usage is subject to your subscription limits
Keyhole API Documentation

Available Operations

Track hashtag performance and influencer analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
hashtag text
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
Kissmetrics

Kissmetrics

Customer analytics and lifetime value tracking with advanced cohort analysis and revenue insights

Free

Setting up Kissmetrics API Integration

  1. Log in to your Kissmetrics account
  2. Go to Settings → Product Settings
  3. Navigate to the API section
  4. Copy your API Key from the API Keys section
  5. Find your Product UUID in the product settings
  6. Enter both the API Key and Product UUID above
  7. Save the configuration to start accessing Kissmetrics data

Notes:

  • API access requires a paid Kissmetrics plan
  • Product UUID is unique to each Kissmetrics product
  • The API provides access to events, people, and cohort data
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls are rate limited - monitor your usage
  • Some data may have processing delays
Kissmetrics API Documentation

Available Operations

Send an event to Kissmetrics for customer analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text Unique identifier for the customer
eventName text Name of the event to track
properties textarea {} Additional properties for the event
timestamp text Event timestamp (ISO 8601 format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
eventId string
timestamp string

Update customer properties in Kissmetrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text Unique identifier for the customer
properties textarea Customer properties to set (name, email, plan, etc.)
timestamp text Property update timestamp
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
customerId string
updatedProperties object

Retrieve customer activity timeline and events

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text Customer to get timeline for
startDate text Start date for timeline
endDate text End date for timeline
limit number 100 Maximum number of events to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
timeline array
eventCount number
customerInfo object
lifetimeValue number

Generate report for specific events with metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventNames textarea Array of event names to analyze
startDate text Report start date
endDate text Report end date
groupBy select day
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array
totalEvents number
uniqueCustomers number
trends array

Analyze customer cohorts and retention patterns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
cohortEvent text Event that defines cohort entry
retentionEvent text Event that indicates customer retention
startDate text Cohort analysis start date
endDate text Cohort analysis end date
cohortPeriod select week
Outputs
Name Type Description
cohortData array
retentionRates array
cohortSizes array
averageRetention number

Analyze conversion funnels and customer journey

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
funnelSteps textarea Array of events representing funnel steps
startDate text Funnel analysis start date
endDate text Funnel analysis end date
conversionWindow number 30 Time window for conversion
Outputs
Name Type Description
funnelData array
conversionRates array
overallConversion number
dropOffAnalysis array

Analyze revenue metrics and customer lifetime value

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
revenueEvent text Event that tracks revenue (e.g., "Purchase")
revenueProperty text Property containing revenue amount
startDate text Revenue analysis start date
endDate text Revenue analysis end date
groupBy select day
Outputs
Name Type Description
revenueData array
totalRevenue number
averageOrderValue number
customerLifetimeValue number
revenueGrowth number

Analyze customer segments based on behavior and properties

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
segmentProperty text Property to segment customers by
eventFilter text Filter customers who performed this event
startDate text Segmentation analysis start date
endDate text Segmentation analysis end date
Outputs
Name Type Description
segments array
segmentCount number
totalCustomers number
segmentInsights array
Kit

Kit

Creator-focused email marketing platform with automation sequences, tags, and segments (formerly ConvertKit)

Free

Setting up Kit Integration

  1. Log in to your Kit account
  2. Click on your profile icon in the top right corner
  3. Navigate to "Settings" from the dropdown menu
  4. Click on "Advanced" in the settings menu
  5. Find the "API" section
  6. Click "Show" to reveal your API Key
  7. Click "Generate" to create your API Secret if you don't have one
  8. Copy both the API Key and API Secret
  9. Paste both values in the fields above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The API key and secret provide full access to your Kit account
  • You can regenerate your API secret anytime from settings
  • Kit API has rate limits: 120 requests per minute
  • Some features require specific Kit plan levels
  • Kit was formerly known as ConvertKit
Kit API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve subscribers from your Kit account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
state select active
email_address text Filter by specific email address
created_after text Only subscribers created after this date
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscribers array Array of subscriber objects
total_subscribers number Total number of subscribers
total_pages number Total number of pages

Create a new subscriber in Kit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Subscriber email address
first_name text Subscriber first name
fields textarea {} Custom fields as JSON object (e.g. {"last_name": "Smith", "city": "New York"})
tags textarea [] Array of tag IDs to apply (e.g. [123, 456])
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The created subscriber object
subscriber_id number ID of the created subscriber

Update an existing subscriber in Kit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subscriber_id text ID of the subscriber to update
first_name text Updated first name
email text Updated email address
fields textarea {} Custom fields to update as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The updated subscriber object

Unsubscribe an email address from all forms and sequences

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to unsubscribe
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber object The unsubscribed subscriber object

Retrieve all tags from your Kit account

Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array Array of tag objects

Create a new tag in Kit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new tag
Outputs
Name Type Description
tag object The created tag object
tag_id number ID of the created tag

Add a tag to a subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address of the subscriber
tag_id text ID of the tag to apply
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscription object The tag subscription object

Remove a tag from a subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subscriber_id text ID of the subscriber
tag_id text ID of the tag to remove
Outputs
Name Type Description
removed boolean Whether the tag was successfully removed

Retrieve all forms from your Kit account

Outputs
Name Type Description
forms array Array of form objects

Add a subscriber to a specific form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form
email text Subscriber email address
first_name text Subscriber first name
fields textarea {} Custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscription object The form subscription object

Retrieve all email sequences from your Kit account

Outputs
Name Type Description
sequences array Array of sequence objects

Add a subscriber to an email sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequence_id text ID of the sequence
email text Subscriber email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscription object The sequence subscription object

Retrieve broadcasts from your Kit account

Outputs
Name Type Description
broadcasts array Array of broadcast objects

Create a new broadcast email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Email subject line
content textarea HTML content of the email
description text Internal description for the broadcast
public checkbox Whether to make the broadcast publicly viewable
Outputs
Name Type Description
broadcast object The created broadcast object
broadcast_id number ID of the created broadcast
Klear

Klear

Influencer marketing and social intelligence platform with audience analysis and campaign management

Free

Setting up Klear Integration

  1. Log in to your Klear account
  2. Go to Settings → API or Developer Settings
  3. Generate a new API token for TaskAGI integration
  4. Copy the API token and paste it above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API access may need to be enabled by your account manager
  • API calls are subject to Klear rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • Contact Klear support if you need API access enabled
  • Enterprise features may require a higher-tier subscription
Klear API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for influencers with advanced filtering and social intelligence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search in influencer profiles and content
platforms select Social media platform to search on
minFollowers number Minimum follower count
maxFollowers number Maximum follower count
location text Geographic location (city, country, or region)
categories text Content categories (comma-separated)
minEngagementRate number Minimum engagement rate percentage
audienceGender select Filter by audience gender distribution
audienceAgeGroup select Primary age group of the influencer's audience
limit number 50 Maximum number of influencers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of influencer profiles with detailed social intelligence metrics
count number Number of influencers found

Get detailed profile and social intelligence data for an influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
influencerId text The ID of the influencer (can be Klear ID or social handle)
platform select Platform to get profile from (if using handle)
includeAudienceAnalysis checkbox 1 Include detailed audience demographics and quality analysis
includeContentAnalysis checkbox Include analysis of recent content and performance
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Comprehensive influencer profile with social intelligence metrics
audienceQuality object Audience quality metrics including authenticity scores
demographics object Detailed audience demographics and geographic distribution
found boolean Whether the influencer profile was found

Analyze brand mentions and sentiment across social platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
brandName text Name of the brand to analyze mentions for
hashtags text Relevant hashtags to include in analysis (comma-separated)
platforms text instagram,youtube,twitter Platforms to analyze (comma-separated: instagram,youtube,twitter,tiktok)
dateRange select 30d Time period for the analysis
Outputs
Name Type Description
mentions array Array of brand mentions with sentiment and reach data
sentiment object Overall sentiment breakdown (positive, negative, neutral)
reach object Total reach and impressions from brand mentions
topInfluencers array Influencers with the highest reach for brand mentions

Analyze competitor brand presence and influencer partnerships

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
competitorBrand text Name of the competitor brand to analyze
platforms text instagram,youtube,twitter Platforms to analyze (comma-separated)
includeInfluencers checkbox 1 Include analysis of competitor's influencer partnerships
Outputs
Name Type Description
brandMetrics object Competitor brand social media metrics and performance
topInfluencers array Influencers frequently partnering with the competitor
contentThemes array Popular content themes and strategies used
campaignInsights object Analysis of competitor campaign strategies and performance

Track and analyze hashtag performance and influencer usage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
hashtag text Hashtag to track (without the # symbol)
platforms text instagram,twitter,tiktok Platforms to track on (comma-separated)
dateRange select 30d Time period for the analysis
Outputs
Name Type Description
performance object Overall hashtag performance metrics
topPosts array Top-performing posts using the hashtag
topInfluencers array Influencers with highest reach using this hashtag
trends object Trending patterns and momentum for the hashtag

Generate a comprehensive report for an influencer or campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
influencerId text The ID of the influencer to generate report for
reportType select profile Type of report to generate
includeCompetitorAnalysis checkbox Include analysis of similar influencers and competitive landscape
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportId string Generated report ID for future reference
reportData object Complete report data and analysis
insights array Key insights and recommendations from the analysis
success boolean Whether the report was generated successfully
Knowledge Base

Knowledge Base

Create & manage knowledge bases for your AI agents and tasks.

Free
Kraken

Kraken

Secure cryptocurrency exchange with professional trading tools

Free

Setting up Kraken Integration

  1. Log in to your Kraken account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API
  3. Create a new API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy your API Key and Private Key
  5. Configure key permissions (Query Funds, Create & Modify Orders, etc.)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Only enable the permissions you need for your use case
  • Consider using IP restrictions for additional security
  • API keys can be restricted to specific operations
Kraken API Documentation

Available Operations

Get account balance information

Outputs
Name Type Description
balances object Balances for all assets

Get ticker information for trading pairs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pair text XBTUSD Trading pair (e.g., XBTUSD, ETHUSD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ask_price number
bid_price number
last_price number
volume_24h number
ticker_data object

Place a buy or sell order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pair text Trading pair (e.g., XBTUSD)
type select Buy or sell order
ordertype select market Market or limit order
volume number Amount to buy/sell
price number Price for limit orders
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
description string
order_data object

Cancel an open order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
txid text Order transaction ID to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
count number
pending boolean

Get information about orders

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
txid text Specific order ID (leave empty for all orders)
trades select false Include trade information
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders object Details about orders

Get trade balance information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
asset text ZUSD Base asset for balance calculation
Outputs
Name Type Description
equivalent_balance number
trade_balance number
margin_amount number
unrealized_pnl number
balance_data object
Later

Later

Visual social media scheduling platform

Free

Setting up Later API Integration

  1. Log in to your Later account
  2. Go to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API token or use an existing one
  4. Copy the access token and paste it above
  5. Ensure your Later plan supports API access (Business and higher plans)
  6. Your token should have the required scopes: read_posts, write_posts, read_media, write_media

Notes:

  • API access is available for Later Business plans and higher
  • Access tokens don't expire but can be revoked from your account settings
  • Rate limits apply: 1000 requests per hour per token
  • Later specializes in visual content scheduling for Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, and Pinterest
  • The platform includes media library and visual content calendar features
Later API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of connected social media profiles

Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array
count number
success boolean

Schedule a visual social media post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Social profile ID to post to
caption textarea Caption text for the post
scheduledTime text When to publish the post (ISO 8601 format)
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
firstComment textarea First comment to post (Instagram only)
linkInBio text URL for Instagram link in bio
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string
post object
scheduledAt string
success boolean

Get list of scheduled and published posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
status select Filter by post status
limit number 50 Maximum number of posts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array
count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
caption string
status string
scheduledAt string
success boolean

Update a scheduled post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to update
caption textarea New caption text for the post
scheduledTime text New scheduled time (ISO 8601 format)
firstComment textarea Updated first comment text
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
updated boolean
success boolean

Delete a scheduled or draft post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
postId string
success boolean

Get media files from Later media library

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mediaType select all Filter by media type
limit number 50 Maximum number of media items to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
media array
count number
success boolean

Upload media file to Later media library

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mediaUrl text URL of the media file to upload
filename text Name for the uploaded file
alt_text text Alt text for accessibility
Outputs
Name Type Description
mediaId string
media object
url string
success boolean

Get posts scheduled in the content calendar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
calendar array
count number
success boolean

Get hashtag suggestions based on content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword or topic for hashtag suggestions
limit number 20 Maximum number of hashtag suggestions
Outputs
Name Type Description
hashtags array
count number
success boolean
Later Influence

Later Influence

Influencer marketing and UGC management platform with content scheduling capabilities

Free

Setting up Later Influence Integration

  1. Log in to your Later Influence account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API & Integrations
  3. Click "Generate New API Key" or use an existing one
  4. Copy the API key and paste it above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Later Influence provides influencer marketing and UGC management tools
  • Your API key enables access to influencer discovery, campaign management, and UGC tracking
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is subject to your Later Influence subscription plan limits
Later Influence API Documentation

Available Operations

Discover and search for influencers using Later Influence's database

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
platform select instagram
keywords text Search keywords related to niche or content
location text Geographic location filter
follower_min number 1000
follower_max number Leave empty for unlimited
engagement_rate_min number 2
categories text Comma-separated categories (fashion, beauty, travel, etc.)
limit number 50 Maximum results to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of discovered influencer profiles
total_count number Total number of influencers found

Monitor and track user-generated content mentions and hashtags

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
hashtags textarea Hashtags to monitor (one per line, include # symbol)
platforms select ["instagram"]
days number 7 Number of days to search back (1-30)
min_engagement number 10 Minimum likes/reactions for content to be included
limit number 100 Maximum UGC posts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
ugc_posts array Array of user-generated content posts
total_posts number Total number of UGC posts found
top_hashtags array Most frequently used hashtags
engagement_stats object Aggregated engagement metrics

Create and manage influencer marketing campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
action select
campaign_id text Required for update and get_details actions
campaign_name text Required for create action
description textarea Campaign details and objectives
budget number Total campaign budget in USD
start_date text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
end_date text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Campaign information and details
campaign_id string Unique campaign identifier
status string Current campaign status

Get detailed analytics and performance insights for a specific influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
period select 30d
Outputs
Name Type Description
insights object Comprehensive influencer analytics data
audience_demographics object Age, gender, location breakdown
engagement_metrics object Detailed engagement performance
content_performance array Top performing posts and content analysis
brand_safety_score number Brand safety rating (0-100)
LeadIQ

LeadIQ

Sales prospecting and lead capture platform with contact discovery, CRM integration, and personalized outreach automation

Free

Setting up LeadIQ Integration

  1. Log in to your LeadIQ account
  2. Navigate to Settings > API Keys in your dashboard
  3. Click "Generate New API Key" or copy your existing key
  4. Copy the API key and paste it in the field above
  5. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Free plans have 10 requests per minute, paid plans have 60 requests per minute
  • The API uses GraphQL for structured data queries
  • You can track your API usage within your LeadIQ account
LeadIQ API Documentation

Available Operations

Find individuals by name, company, email, or LinkedIn profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person_name text Full name of the person to search for
company_name text Current or past company name
email text Work or personal email address
linkedin_url text LinkedIn profile URL of the person
location text Geographic location (city, state, country)
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id string
full_name string
first_name string
last_name string
job_title string
company object
email_address string
phone_number string
linkedin_url string
location string
confidence_score number

Find company information by name, domain, or LinkedIn URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Name of the company to search for
domain text Company website domain (e.g., example.com)
country text Country where the company is located
linkedin_url text LinkedIn company page URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
company_id string
name string
domain string
industry string
employee_count number
revenue string
headquarters string
linkedin_url string
description string
founded_year number

Find multiple people with complex filtering criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
job_titles textarea Job titles to search for (one per line)
seniority_levels textarea Seniority levels (e.g., Senior, Manager, Director)
company_domains textarea Company domains to search within (one per line)
locations textarea Geographic locations (one per line)
industries textarea Industry sectors (one per line)
company_size_min number Minimum number of employees
company_size_max number Maximum number of employees
limit number 10 Maximum number of results to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
people array
total_results number
search_criteria object

Enrich existing contact data with additional information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to enrich
include_company_data checkbox 1 Include company information in the enrichment
include_social_profiles checkbox 1 Include social media profile links
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_data object
company_data object
social_profiles array
data_quality_score number
Linear

Linear

Modern issue tracking and project management tool designed for software development

Free

Setting up Linear Integration

  1. Log in to your Linear account
  2. Click on your profile avatar in the bottom left corner
  3. Select "Settings" from the menu
  4. Go to "API" in the left sidebar
  5. Click "Create new API key"
  6. Enter a label for your key (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to all teams and projects you have access to
  • You can revoke the API key anytime from your Linear settings
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions in the teams you want to access
  • Linear uses GraphQL for its API, which provides flexible data querying
Linear API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new issue in Linear

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the issue to create
description textarea Detailed description of the issue
team_id text The ID of the team to create the issue in
assignee_id text The ID of the user to assign the issue to
priority select Priority level of the issue
project_id text The ID of the project to add the issue to
label_ids text Comma-separated list of label IDs to apply
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_id string The unique ID of the created issue
issue_url string The URL to view the issue in Linear
issue_number number The sequential number of the issue
title string The title of the created issue

Update an existing issue in Linear

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
issue_id text The ID of the issue to update
title text New title for the issue
description textarea Updated description of the issue
state_id text ID of the new state for the issue
assignee_id text ID of the user to assign the issue to
priority select New priority level of the issue
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_id string The unique ID of the updated issue
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve details of a specific issue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
issue_id text The ID of the issue to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_id string
title string
description string
number number
priority number
url string
state object
assignee object
team object
project object
labels array
created_at string
updated_at string

List issues from a team or project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
team_id text ID of team to list issues from
project_id text ID of project to list issues from
assignee_id text Filter issues by assignee ID
state_type select Filter issues by state type
limit number 25 Maximum number of issues to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
issues array Array of issue objects
count number Number of issues returned

Add a comment to an issue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
issue_id text The ID of the issue to comment on
body textarea The content of the comment
Outputs
Name Type Description
comment_id string The unique ID of the created comment
body string The content of the comment
created_at string When the comment was created
LinkedIn

LinkedIn

Professional networking, sponsored content, and lead generation with LinkedIn Marketing API

Free

Setting up LinkedIn Marketing API Integration

  1. Create a LinkedIn developer app at developer.linkedin.com
  2. Associate your app with a LinkedIn Company Page
  3. Apply for Marketing API access through the Developer Portal
  4. Wait for LinkedIn approval (this can take several days)
  5. Copy your Client ID and Client Secret from the app settings
  6. Set your redirect URI to: /oauth/callback/linkedin
  7. Add the Client ID and Secret to your .env file
  8. Click "Connect to LinkedIn" to authorize access

Notes:

  • LinkedIn Marketing API requires approval and vetting by LinkedIn
  • You must have a LinkedIn Company Page to use Marketing APIs
  • Development tier allows read-only access and limited edit capabilities
  • Standard tier requires additional approval for full campaign management
  • Rate limits vary by endpoint and are viewable in the Developer Portal
  • Minimum audience size of 300 members required for campaigns
  • API versioning follows monthly releases (YYYYMM format)
LinkedIn Marketing API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new LinkedIn advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_account_id text LinkedIn ad account ID (urn:li:sponsoredAccount:123456)
campaign_group_id text Campaign group ID to organize campaigns
campaign_name text Name for the campaign
campaign_type select Type of LinkedIn campaign
objective select Campaign objective
daily_budget number Daily budget in USD cents (e.g., 10000 = $100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string ID of the created campaign
campaign_name string
status string
success boolean

Create a sponsored content post for LinkedIn

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
organization_id text LinkedIn organization ID (urn:li:organization:123456)
post_text textarea Content text for the sponsored post
title text Title for the sponsored post
image_url text URL of image to include in the post
landing_page_url text URL to redirect users when they click the post
visibility select PUBLIC Visibility setting for the post
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id string ID of the created post
post_url string Public URL of the post
status string
success boolean

Retrieve LinkedIn ad accounts associated with the user

Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_accounts array List of available ad accounts
count number
success boolean

Retrieve analytics and performance data for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text LinkedIn campaign ID to analyze
date_range_start text Start date for analytics (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_range_end text End date for analytics (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
impressions number
clicks number
spend number
ctr number
cpc number
leads number
cost_per_lead number
success boolean

Create a lead generation form for LinkedIn campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_account_id text LinkedIn ad account ID
form_name text Name for the lead generation form
headline text Headline text for the form
description textarea Description text for the form
privacy_policy_url text URL to your privacy policy
thank_you_message textarea Message shown after form submission
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string ID of the created lead generation form
form_name string
status string
success boolean

Retrieve leads generated from LinkedIn campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text LinkedIn lead generation form ID
start_date text Start date for leads (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for leads (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array Array of lead data
count number
success boolean

Retrieve detailed information about a LinkedIn company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_id text LinkedIn company ID or universal name
Outputs
Name Type Description
company_id string
name string
description string
industry string
company_size string
follower_count number
website_url string
headquarters string
success boolean

Get audience insights and targeting data for LinkedIn campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
targeting_criteria textarea {"industries": [], "jobFunctions": [], "seniorities": []} JSON object with targeting criteria (industries, job functions, etc.)
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_size number
targeting_criteria object
demographics object
success boolean
LinkedIn Ads

LinkedIn Ads

Professional advertising and sponsored content platform for B2B marketing and lead generation

Free

Setting up LinkedIn Ads API Integration

  1. Create a LinkedIn Developer application at LinkedIn Developers
  2. Go to the My Apps section
  3. Click "Create app" and fill in your application details
  4. Select your LinkedIn company page as the associated organization
  5. Request access to the "Advertising API" product
  6. Wait for LinkedIn approval (this can take several business days)
  7. Once approved, go to the "Auth" tab in your app settings
  8. Add the required OAuth 2.0 scopes: r_ads, r_ads_reporting, rw_ads
  9. Generate an access token using OAuth 2.0 flow or LinkedIn's token generator
  10. Find your Ad Account ID in LinkedIn Campaign Manager (Account Settings)
  11. Paste the access token and ad account ID above
  12. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • LinkedIn Ads API requires special approval from LinkedIn
  • Access token must have r_ads, r_ads_reporting, and rw_ads permissions
  • Ad Account ID can be found in Campaign Manager under Account Settings
  • API has strict rate limits - monitor usage carefully
  • Some operations require additional permissions
  • Test in LinkedIn's sandbox environment when available
  • Ensure compliance with LinkedIn advertising policies
LinkedIn Marketing API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve LinkedIn advertising accounts accessible to the authenticated user

Outputs
Name Type Description
adAccounts array Array of LinkedIn advertising account objects
totalAccounts number Number of ad accounts accessible

Retrieve campaigns from LinkedIn Ads account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
campaign_type select Filter by campaign type
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects with details and settings
totalCampaigns number Total number of campaigns retrieved

Create a new LinkedIn Ads campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_name text Name for the new campaign
campaign_type select Type of LinkedIn ads campaign
objective_type select Marketing objective for the campaign
daily_budget number Daily budget amount in USD
total_budget number Total campaign budget in USD
start_date text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
end_date text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the newly created campaign
campaignId string Unique identifier for the created campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Update an existing LinkedIn Ads campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to update
campaign_name text New name for the campaign
status select New campaign status
daily_budget number New daily budget amount
total_budget number New total budget amount
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the updated campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was updated successfully

Retrieve campaign groups from LinkedIn Ads account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter by campaign group status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignGroups array Array of campaign group objects
totalGroups number Total number of campaign groups retrieved

Retrieve ad creatives from campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text Filter creatives by specific campaign ID
status select Filter by creative status
Outputs
Name Type Description
creatives array Array of ad creative objects
totalCreatives number Total number of creatives retrieved

Retrieve performance analytics for LinkedIn Ads campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_ids text Comma-separated campaign IDs (leave empty for all)
start_date text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
end_date text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
time_granularity select ALL Time granularity for analytics data
fields text impressions,clicks,costInUsd,externalWebsiteConversions Comma-separated list of metric fields to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics array Array of analytics data for campaigns
summary object Aggregated performance summary across all campaigns

Retrieve available audience targeting options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
facet_type select Type of targeting criteria to retrieve
query text Search term to filter targeting options
Outputs
Name Type Description
targetingOptions array Array of available targeting options for the specified facet
totalOptions number Number of targeting options available

Retrieve conversion tracking data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversion_id text Specific conversion ID to retrieve (leave empty for all)
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversions array Array of conversion tracking objects
totalConversions number Total number of conversion trackings retrieved
LinkedIn Mass Profile Posts Scraper

LinkedIn Mass Profile Posts Scraper

Scrape in batch LinkedIn posts from LinkedIn profiles including post content, reactions, comments count, and media attachments. No cookies required - process up to 100 profiles.

100 credits

Using LinkedIn Mass Profile Posts Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add LinkedIn profile post scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add LinkedIn profile usernames or URLs to scrape posts from
  5. - Set the limit for posts per profile (1-100)
  6. - The scraper supports both usernames and full LinkedIn URLs
  7. The scraper will extract comprehensive LinkedIn post data without cookies

Notes:

  • Scrape LinkedIn posts from multiple profiles in batch without requiring cookies
  • Extract post content, reactions, comments count, and media attachments
  • Support for both LinkedIn usernames (e.g., "satyanadella") and full URLs
  • Process up to 100 profiles in a single operation
  • Configurable post limit per profile (1-100 posts)
  • No LinkedIn login or cookies required - completely automated
  • Comma-separated values are automatically split into individual profiles
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Respect LinkedIn's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute LinkedIn profile posts scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea LinkedIn profile identifiers (one per line). Use usernames (e.g., "satyanadella") or full URLs. Max 100 profiles.
limit number 100 Number of posts to scrape per profile (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped LinkedIn posts with comprehensive information
count number Number of posts successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async LinkedIn profile posts scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea LinkedIn profile identifiers (one per line). Use usernames or full URLs.
limit number 100 Number of posts to scrape per profile
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute LinkedIn profile posts scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea LinkedIn profile identifiers (one per line). Use usernames or full URLs.
limit number 100 Number of posts to scrape per profile
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the LinkedIn profile posts scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
LinkedIn Scraper Pro

LinkedIn Scraper Pro

Extract profiles, company pages, job postings, connections, and posts from LinkedIn with 11 comprehensive operations

45 credits

Using LinkedIn Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add LinkedIn scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from profiles, companies, jobs, posts, or people search
  4. Configure your search parameters and filters
  5. The scraper will extract professional networking data with comprehensive insights

Notes:

  • Extract professional profiles with experience and connections
  • Company information with employee counts and industry insights
  • Job listings with salary ranges and requirements
  • Professional posts and articles with engagement metrics
  • Advanced people search with name-based discovery
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed profile information from LinkedIn profile URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn profile URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Professional profiles with experience, skills, and connections
count number Number of profiles scraped

Find LinkedIn profiles using first and last names

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text First name of the person to search for
lastName text Last name of the person to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Profiles matching the specified names
count number Number of profiles found

Extract company details from LinkedIn company URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn company URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Company information with employee counts, industry, and insights
count number Number of companies scraped

Extract job posting details from LinkedIn job URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn job listing URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Job postings with requirements, salary, and company details
count number Number of job listings scraped

Find job listings using location and keyword search with advanced filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location text Location to search for jobs (e.g., "Paris", "New York")
keyword text Job title or keyword (e.g., "product manager", "python developer")
country text Country code (e.g., "US", "FR") - optional
timeRange select Filter by when the job was posted
jobType select Type of employment
experienceLevel select Required experience level
remote select Remote work preference
company text Specific company name to filter by (optional)
locationRadius text Search radius from location (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Jobs matching the search criteria
count number Number of jobs found

Extract job listings from LinkedIn job search or company URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn job search URLs or company job pages
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array Jobs found from the specified URLs
count number Number of jobs extracted

Extract post and article details from LinkedIn post URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn post or article URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts and articles with content and engagement metrics
count number Number of posts scraped

Find posts from LinkedIn company pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn company URLs to scrape posts from
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from the specified companies
count number Number of posts found

Find posts from LinkedIn profile URLs with date filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn profile URLs to scrape posts from
startDate text Filter posts from this date onwards (ISO 8601 format, optional)
endDate text Filter posts until this date (ISO 8601 format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from the specified profiles
count number Number of posts found

Extract posts from LinkedIn author or general URLs with limits

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea LinkedIn author or general URLs to scrape posts from
limit number 50 Maximum number of posts to extract per URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts found from the specified URLs
count number Number of posts extracted

Search for people on LinkedIn using first and last names

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text First name of the person to search for
lastName text Last name of the person to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
people array People matching the search criteria
count number Number of people found
LiveChat

LiveChat

Live customer support and engagement platform

Free

Setting up LiveChat Integration

  1. Log in to your LiveChat account
  2. Go to Developer Console
  3. Click "Create new token" under Personal Access Tokens
  4. Select the required scopes (chats:rw, customers:rw, agents:r)
  5. Click "Create token"
  6. Copy the generated access token
  7. Paste the access token above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • You need a Personal Access Token with appropriate scopes
  • Required scopes: chats:rw, customers:rw, agents:r
  • The token provides API access to your LiveChat data
  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
LiveChat API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a message in a LiveChat conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text ID of the chat to send message to
text textarea Content of the message
author_id text ID of the agent sending the message (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string The ID of the sent message
text string The message content
timestamp string When the message was sent

Retrieve details of a specific chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text ID of the chat to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
chat_id string The chat ID
active boolean Whether the chat is active
users_count number Number of users in the chat
thread_id string Current thread ID
created_at string When the chat was created

Get a list of chats with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 10 Number of chats to retrieve (max 25)
page_id text Pagination token for next page
sort_order select desc Sort order for results
Outputs
Name Type Description
chats array Array of chat objects
next_page_id string Token for retrieving next page
previous_page_id string Token for retrieving previous page

Create a new customer in LiveChat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Customer full name
email text Customer email address
avatar text URL to customer avatar image
session_fields textarea {} Additional session fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string The ID of the created customer
name string Customer name
email string Customer email
created_at string When the customer was created

Retrieve details of a specific customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text ID of the customer to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string The customer ID
name string Customer name
email string Customer email
avatar string Customer avatar URL
created_at string When the customer was created

Update an existing customer in LiveChat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text ID of the customer to update
name text New customer name
email text New email address
avatar text New avatar URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string The ID of the updated customer
updated_at string When the customer was updated
Livestorm

Livestorm

Browser-based webinar platform with automated workflows and CRM integration

Free

Setting up Livestorm Integration

  1. Log in to your Livestorm account as an admin
  2. Contact Livestorm support at support@livestorm.co to request API access for your workspace
  3. Once API access is enabled, navigate to your account settings
  4. Find the API section and generate a new API token
  5. Copy the API token and paste it in the field above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API access must be enabled by Livestorm support before you can use this integration
  • Only workspace admins can generate API tokens
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API tokens have full access to your workspace data
  • You can monitor API usage from your Livestorm dashboard
Livestorm API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Livestorm webinar event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the webinar event
description textarea Event description
starts_at text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
estimated_duration number 60 Estimated event duration in minutes
timezone text UTC e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London
language text en Event language code (e.g., en, fr, es)
registration_required checkbox Require attendees to register
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string
event_url string
registration_url string
success boolean

Create a session within an existing event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The ID of the parent event
starts_at text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
estimated_duration number 60 Estimated session duration in minutes
Outputs
Name Type Description
session_id string
session_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
starts_at string
estimated_duration number
status string
event_url string
registration_url string
success boolean

Register a person for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
email text Attendee email address
first_name text Attendee first name
last_name text Attendee last name
role text Attendee role or job title
company text Attendee company name
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id string
registration_id string
join_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of registrations for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
limit number 50 Maximum number of registrations to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrations array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of attendees for a session

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
session_id text The unique ID of the session
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of events

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
limit number 50 Maximum number of events to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_count number
success boolean
Lottie

Lottie

Animation and motion graphics platform for accessing Lottie animations and JSON files

Free

Setting up LottieFiles API Integration

  1. Create a free account at LottieFiles
  2. Log in to your LottieFiles account
  3. Go to your API settings
  4. Click "Generate API Key" or "Create New Key"
  5. Give your API key a descriptive name
  6. Copy the generated API key
  7. Paste the API key in the field above
  8. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Free tier includes access to public animations
  • Paid plans provide access to premium animations and higher rate limits
  • Always respect the licensing terms of animations you use
  • Some animations may require attribution to the creator
  • Rate limits apply based on your account type
  • Animations are provided in JSON format for use with Lottie players
LottieFiles API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for Lottie animations by query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
q text Keywords to search for (e.g., "loading", "success", "confetti")
page number 1 Page number for pagination
limit number 20 Number of animations to return (max 100)
sort select relevance Sort order for results
type select Filter by animation type
category select Filter by category
Outputs
Name Type Description
animations array Array of animation objects with metadata and URLs
total number Total number of animations matching the search
page number Current page number
totalPages number Total number of pages available

Get featured Lottie animations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
limit number 20 Number of animations to return (max 100)
category select Filter by category
Outputs
Name Type Description
animations array Array of featured animation objects
page number Current page number
totalPages number Total number of pages available

Get detailed information about a specific animation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
animation_id text LottieFiles animation ID or URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
animation object Complete animation information
id number Unique animation identifier
name string Name of the animation
description string Animation description
lottieUrl string Direct URL to the Lottie JSON file
gifUrl string URL to GIF preview of the animation
previewUrl string URL to static preview image
tags array Array of tags associated with the animation
creator object Information about the animation creator

Download the Lottie JSON file for an animation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
animation_id text LottieFiles animation ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
lottieJson object The complete Lottie animation JSON data
downloadUrl string Direct download URL for the Lottie JSON file
success boolean Whether the download was successful

Get list of available animation categories

Outputs
Name Type Description
categories array Array of available animation categories
totalCategories number Number of categories available

Get most popular Lottie animations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
limit number 20 Number of animations to return (max 100)
timeframe select week Popularity timeframe
Outputs
Name Type Description
animations array Array of popular animation objects
page number Current page number
totalPages number Total number of pages available
Lusha

Lusha

Contact information and lead generation platform with email finder, phone numbers, and LinkedIn prospecting tools

Free

Setting up Lusha Integration

  1. Log in to your Lusha account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API in your dashboard
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing one
  4. Copy the API key to your clipboard
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  6. Your Lusha integration is now ready for contact information and lead generation

Notes:

  • Lusha provides accurate contact information and LinkedIn prospecting tools
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is limited by your Lusha subscription plan and credits
  • The integration supports contact enrichment, company lookup, and phone number discovery
  • Upgrade your Lusha plan for increased API limits and additional features
Lusha API Documentation

Available Operations

Enrich contact information using email or LinkedIn profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to enrich
linkedin_url text LinkedIn profile URL to enrich
first_name text Person's first name for additional context
last_name text Person's last name for additional context
company text Company name for additional context
include_phone checkbox 1 Attempt to find phone number (uses credits)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Enriched contact details and profile data
phone_numbers array Found phone numbers with types
email_addresses array Found email addresses with verification status
company_info object Company details and business information
social_profiles array Social media and professional profiles
confidence_score number Data confidence score from 0-100

Find contact information using name and company details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
company_name text Company name where person works
company_domain text Company domain (e.g., google.com)
job_title text Person's job title for better matching
location text Geographic location (city, state, country)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contacts matching the search criteria
total_results number Total number of contacts found
search_query object The search parameters that were used

Get detailed company information and employee insights

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Company name to enrich
domain text Company domain to enrich
linkedin_url text LinkedIn company page URL
include_employees checkbox 1 Include employee count and department breakdown
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object Comprehensive company information
employee_data object Employee count and department insights
contact_info object Company contact details
technology_stack array Technologies used by the company

Enrich multiple contacts in a single batch request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contacts textarea [{"email": "john@example.com"}, {"first_name": "Jane", "last_name": "Smith", "company": "Acme Corp"}] Array of contacts with email, name, or LinkedIn URL
include_phone checkbox Attempt to find phone numbers (uses more credits)
webhook_url text Webhook URL for batch completion notification
Outputs
Name Type Description
batch_id string Unique identifier for the bulk enrichment job
status string Batch processing status
total_contacts number Number of contacts in the batch
estimated_completion string Estimated completion time

Search for people using advanced filters and criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_names textarea [] Array of company names to search within
job_titles textarea [] Array of job titles to filter by
departments textarea [] Array of departments (e.g., ["Sales", "Marketing", "Engineering"])
seniority_levels textarea [] Array of seniority levels (e.g., ["C-Level", "VP", "Director"])
locations textarea [] Array of geographic locations
company_size select Filter by company size
limit number 25 Maximum number of people to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
people array Array of people matching the search criteria
total_results number Total number of people found
search_filters object The filters that were applied

Verify email address validity and deliverability

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string The email address that was verified
is_valid boolean Whether the email address is valid
is_deliverable boolean Whether the email is deliverable
risk_level string Email risk level: low, medium, high
verification_details object Detailed verification results

Check remaining API credits and usage statistics

Outputs
Name Type Description
credits_remaining number Number of API credits remaining
credits_used number Number of credits used this period
plan_type string Current subscription plan
reset_date string Date when credits reset
Magento

Magento

Open-source e-commerce platform for creating and managing online stores with advanced features

Free

Setting up Magento Integration

  1. Log in to your Magento admin panel
  2. Go to System → Integrations
  3. Click "Add New Integration"
  4. Enter a name for the integration (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Go to the API tab and select the resources you want to allow access to
  6. For full functionality, select: Catalog, Sales, Customers, and System
  7. Click "Save" to create the integration
  8. Click "Activate" on the integration you just created
  9. Copy the Access Token from the activation dialog
  10. Enter your Magento store URL and Access Token above
  11. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • The Access Token is only displayed once during activation - save it securely
  • Your base URL should include https:// and not end with a slash
  • Ensure the integration has proper API resource permissions
  • You can manage integrations in System → Integrations
  • Magento 2.0+ is required for REST API access
Magento REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from your Magento store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_size number 20 Number of products to retrieve per page
current_page number 1 Page number to retrieve
search_criteria text Search term for product name or SKU
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
total_count number Total number of products found

Get a specific product by SKU

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sku text The SKU of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Complete product details
id number
sku string
name string
price number

Create a new product in your Magento store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sku text Unique SKU for the product
name text The name of the product
attribute_set_id number 4 Attribute set ID (default is usually 4)
price text Product price (e.g., 19.99)
type_id select simple
weight text Product weight for shipping
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The created product object
id number ID of the created product
sku string

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sku text SKU of the product to update
name text New product name
price text New price
weight text New weight
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The updated product object
id number
sku string

Retrieve orders from your Magento store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_size number 20 Number of orders to retrieve per page
current_page number 1 Page number to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order objects
total_count number Total number of orders found

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id number The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Complete order details
entity_id number
increment_id string
status string
grand_total number
customer_email string

Retrieve customers from your Magento store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_size number 20 Number of customers to retrieve per page
current_page number 1 Page number to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer objects
total_count number Total number of customers found
Mantis Bug Tracker

Mantis Bug Tracker

Web-based bug tracking system for issue management and project tracking

Free

Setting up MantisBT Integration

  1. Ensure your MantisBT instance has REST API enabled
  2. Create or use existing user credentials
  3. Enter your server URL, username, and password above
  4. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires MantisBT with REST API plugin
  • Uses basic authentication
  • Include protocol (http/https) in server URL
MantisBT Web Service API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new issue in MantisBT

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID of the project
summary text The summary of the issue
description textarea Description of the issue
category_id text 1 The category ID for the issue
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_id string The unique ID of the created issue
Marketo

Marketo

Enterprise marketing automation and lead nurturing platform with advanced analytics and campaign management

Free

Setting up Marketo Integration

  1. Log in to your Marketo instance
  2. Go to Admin > LaunchPoint
  3. Click "New" and select "New Service"
  4. Choose "Custom" as the service type
  5. Enter a display name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Copy the Client ID and Client Secret provided
  7. Go to Admin > Web Services to find your REST API endpoint
  8. Go to Admin > Munchkin to find your Munchkin ID
  9. Paste all credentials above and save

Notes:

  • You need Admin privileges in Marketo to create LaunchPoint services
  • The REST API endpoint format is typically: https://[munchkin-id].mktorest.com
  • Keep your Client Secret secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls are subject to Marketo rate limits (100 calls per 20 seconds by default)
  • Some operations may require additional Marketo permissions
Marketo REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a lead in Marketo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Lead email address
firstName text Lead first name
lastName text Lead last name
company text Lead company name
customFields textarea {} Additional lead fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
leadId number The Marketo lead ID
status string Created or Updated

Add a lead to a Marketo static list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listId text The ID of the static list
leadId text The Marketo lead ID to add to the list
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the lead was added successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve lead information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for lead lookup
lookupValue text The email address or lead ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead object Complete lead information from Marketo
found boolean Whether the lead was found

Trigger a Marketo smart campaign for a lead

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the smart campaign to trigger
leadId text The Marketo lead ID to run the campaign for
tokens textarea {} Campaign tokens as JSON object (e.g., {"my.token1": "value1"})
Outputs
Name Type Description
requestId string The campaign request ID
success boolean Whether the campaign was triggered successfully

Get activity history for a lead

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
leadId text The Marketo lead ID to get activities for
activityTypeIds text Comma-separated list of activity type IDs to filter (optional)
limit number 100 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array Array of lead activities
count number Number of activities returned
Martindale Scraper

Martindale Scraper

Extract lawyer profiles, reviews, and practice areas from Martindale.com legal directory

45 credits

Using Martindale Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Martindale scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between lawyer profile scraping or keyword search
  4. Configure your search parameters or URLs
  5. The scraper will extract legal directory data with professional profiles

Notes:

  • Extract lawyer profiles with practice areas and contact information
  • Search lawyers by keyword including name, location, or law school
  • Professional directory data with reviews and ratings
  • Educational background and bar admission details
  • Contact information and firm associations
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed lawyer information from Martindale profile URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Martindale lawyer profile URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
lawyers array Lawyer profiles with practice areas, education, and contact information
count number Number of lawyer profiles scraped

Find lawyers using keyword search on Martindale directory

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for lawyers (e.g., "Harvard", "Timothy", "New York, USA")
Outputs
Name Type Description
lawyers array Lawyers matching the search keyword
count number Number of lawyers found
Mautic

Mautic

Open-source marketing automation platform with campaign management and lead tracking

Free

Setting up Mautic Integration

  1. You need a Mautic installation (self-hosted or cloud)
  2. Log in to your Mautic admin panel
  3. Go to Settings → Configuration → API Settings
  4. Enable API and set "HTTP basic auth" to "Yes"
  5. Make sure your user account has API access permissions
  6. Enter your Mautic base URL above (including /mautic if applicable)
  7. Enter your Mautic username and password above
  8. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • Mautic must have API access enabled in the configuration
  • Your user account needs appropriate permissions for API access
  • The base URL should include the full path to your Mautic installation
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • API calls are subject to Mautic rate limits
  • This integration uses HTTP Basic Auth as recommended by Mautic
  • For better security, consider creating a dedicated API user
Mautic Developer Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a contact in Mautic

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
firstName text Contact first name
lastName text Contact last name
company text Contact company name
phone text Contact phone number
customFields textarea {} Additional contact fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId number The Mautic contact ID
status string Created or Updated

Add a contact to a Mautic segment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Mautic contact ID
segmentId text The ID of the segment
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was added to the segment
message string Success or error message

Add points to a contact in Mautic

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Mautic contact ID
points number Number of points to add
eventName text API Points Added Name of the point event
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether points were added successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve contact information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for contact lookup
lookupValue text The email address or contact ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Complete contact information from Mautic
found boolean Whether the contact was found

Send an email to a contact using a Mautic email template

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactId text The Mautic contact ID
emailId text The ID of the Mautic email template
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the email was sent successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve all Mautic segments

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of segments to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
segments array Array of Mautic segments
count number Number of segments returned

Retrieve all Mautic campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of Mautic campaigns
count number Number of campaigns returned

Retrieve all Mautic email templates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of email templates to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails array Array of Mautic email templates
count number Number of email templates returned
MCP Client

MCP Client

Connect to external MCP (Model Context Protocol) servers and use their tools in your workflows. Works with Zapier MCP, custom servers, and any MCP-compatible service.

Free

Setting up MCP Client Integration

  1. Get the MCP server URL from the service provider (e.g., Zapier MCP, custom server)
  2. If authentication is required, obtain an API key or bearer token
  3. Enter the MCP Server URL above
  4. Add the API key if required
  5. Click "Test Connection" to verify the connection works
  6. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • MCP (Model Context Protocol) is an open standard by Anthropic for AI-to-tool communication
  • After connecting, available tools from the MCP server will appear as workflow operations
  • Each MCP server provides different tools - use "Discover Tools" to see what's available
  • The "Call Tool" operation allows you to execute any tool on the connected MCP server
MCP Documentation

Available Operations

Fetch and list available tools from the MCP server

Outputs
Name Type Description
tools array List of tools with name, description, and input schema
toolCount number Number of available tools
serverInfo object Information about the MCP server

Execute a specific tool on the MCP server

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
toolName text The name of the MCP tool to execute
arguments code_editor {} JSON object with arguments to pass to the tool
Outputs
Name Type Description
result any The result returned by the MCP tool
isError boolean Whether the tool call resulted in an error

Test the connection to the MCP server

Outputs
Name Type Description
connected boolean Whether the connection was successful
serverInfo object Information about the MCP server
message string Connection status message
MediaFire

MediaFire

File hosting and cloud storage platform

Free

Setting up MediaFire Integration

  1. Create a MediaFire account if you don't have one
  2. Go to the MediaFire Developer Portal
  3. Register for API access and create a new application
  4. Copy your Application ID and API Key from the developer dashboard
  5. Enter your MediaFire email and password in the fields above
  6. Paste the Application ID and API Key in the respective fields
  7. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • MediaFire API access requires developer registration
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Free MediaFire accounts have storage and bandwidth limitations
  • API calls count towards your daily limits
  • Consider using a dedicated MediaFire account for automation
MediaFire API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload a file to MediaFire

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_key text MediaFire folder key to upload to. Leave empty for root folder.
file_name text Name for the uploaded file including extension
Outputs
Name Type Description
quickkey string Unique identifier of the uploaded file
download_url string Public URL to download the file
file_size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Download a file from MediaFire

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
quickkey text MediaFire quick key of the file to download
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_content binary The downloaded file content
file_name string Original name of the file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes

List files and folders in MediaFire

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_key text MediaFire folder key to list files from. Leave empty for root folder.
chunk number 100 Number of items to return (1-1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array List of files
folders array List of folders
total_count number Total number of items

Delete a file from MediaFire

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
quickkey text Quick key of the file to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the file was successfully deleted
message string Status message

Create a new folder in MediaFire

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_name text Name of the folder to create
parent_key text Key of parent folder. Leave empty for root.
Outputs
Name Type Description
folder_key string Key of the created folder
folder_name string Name of the created folder

Get detailed information about a file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
quickkey text Quick key of the file
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_name string Name of the file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes
file_type string MIME type of the file
download_count number Number of times the file has been downloaded
created_date string When the file was created
Meetup

Meetup

Local community event organization platform for group meetings and activities

Free

Setting up Meetup Integration

  1. Go to Meetup OAuth Client Creation
  2. Sign in with your Meetup account
  3. Create a new OAuth client application
  4. Set your redirect URI to: /oauth/callback/meetup
  5. Select required scopes: basic, ageless, event_management
  6. Copy your Client ID and Client Secret
  7. Add them to your .env file as MEETUP_CLIENT_ID and MEETUP_CLIENT_SECRET
  8. Click "Connect" below to authorize access to your Meetup account

Notes:

  • Requires a Meetup account with group organizer privileges for event management
  • OAuth tokens need to be refreshed periodically
  • Rate limits apply to API requests
  • Event creation requires group organizer or event management permissions
Meetup API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Meetup event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
group_urlname text The URL name of the Meetup group (e.g., "my-awesome-group")
title text The title of the event
description textarea Event description
date_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T19:00:00)
duration number 120 Event duration in minutes
venue_name text Name of the venue
venue_address text Address of the venue
max_attendees number Maximum number of attendees (leave empty for unlimited)
guest_limit number Number of guests each member can bring
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string
event_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific Meetup event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
date_time string
event_url string
rsvp_count number
status string
success boolean

Retrieve RSVPs for a Meetup event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
response select yes
Outputs
Name Type Description
rsvps array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve events for a specific Meetup group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
group_urlname text The URL name of the Meetup group
status select upcoming
page_size number 20 Number of events to return (max 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve details of a Meetup group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
group_urlname text The URL name of the Meetup group
Outputs
Name Type Description
group_id string
name string
description string
member_count number
urlname string
link string
success boolean

Update an existing Meetup event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
title text Updated event title
description textarea Updated event description
date_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T19:00:00)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
event_id string
Mega

Mega

Cloud storage and file hosting with strong encryption

Free

Setting up Mega Integration

  1. Create a Mega account if you don't have one
  2. Enter your Mega email address in the email field above
  3. Enter your Mega account password in the password field above
  4. Click Save to complete the setup
  5. The integration will use these credentials to access your Mega storage

Notes:

  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Consider using a dedicated Mega account for automation purposes
  • Mega provides 20GB of free storage for new accounts
  • Files uploaded through this integration will be encrypted by Mega
  • Two-factor authentication may interfere with API access
Mega Help Center

Available Operations

Upload a file to Mega

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_path text Path to upload folder (e.g., /Documents/MyFolder). Leave empty for root folder.
file_name text Name for the uploaded file including extension
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_id string Unique identifier of the uploaded file
download_url string Public URL to download the file
file_size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Download a file from Mega

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_url text Mega file URL (e.g., https://mega.nz/file/...) or file ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_content binary The downloaded file content
file_name string Original name of the file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes

List files and folders in Mega

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_path text Path to list files from. Leave empty for root folder.
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array List of files and folders
total_count number Total number of items found

Delete a file from Mega

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the file was successfully deleted
message string Status message

Create a new folder in Mega

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_name text Name of the folder to create
parent_path text Path where to create the folder. Leave empty for root.
Outputs
Name Type Description
folder_id string ID of the created folder
folder_path string Full path of the created folder

Create a public share link for a file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to share
Outputs
Name Type Description
share_url string Public URL to access the file
share_key string Encryption key for the shared file

Get information about the Mega account

Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Account email address
storage_used number Storage used in bytes
storage_total number Total storage available in bytes
account_type string Type of Mega account (Free, Pro I, Pro II, etc.)
Mention

Mention

Social media monitoring and influencer tracking platform with brand mention analysis

Free

Setting up Mention Integration

  1. Log in to your Mention dashboard
  2. Navigate to Settings → API
  3. Generate a new API token or copy an existing one
  4. Paste the token in the field above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Mention provides social media monitoring and influencer tracking capabilities
  • Your API token enables access to mentions, alerts, and influencer data
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is subject to your Mention subscription plan limits
Mention API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for brand mentions across social media and web platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Keywords or brand names to monitor
sources select ["web","twitter","facebook"]
sentiment select
language select en
days_back number 7 Number of days to search back (1-30)
limit number 100 Maximum mentions to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
mentions array Array of found mentions
total_mentions number Total number of mentions found
sentiment_breakdown object Breakdown by sentiment (positive, negative, neutral)
source_breakdown object Breakdown by source platform

Discover influencers who are talking about specific topics or brands

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
topic text Topic or brand to find influencers for
platforms select ["twitter","instagram"]
min_followers number 1000
max_followers number Leave empty for no limit
location text Geographic location filter
limit number 50 Maximum influencers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of discovered influencers
total_found number Total number of influencers found

Retrieve alerts and monitoring data from your Mention account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
alert_id text Specific alert ID to retrieve (leave empty for all)
since_days number 7 Get alerts from the last X days
Outputs
Name Type Description
alerts array Array of alert data
total_alerts number Total number of alerts

Analyze the reach and impact of mentions for specific topics or campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Topic or brand to analyze reach for
days_back number 30 Number of days to analyze (1-90)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reach_analysis object Complete reach and impact analysis
total_reach number Total estimated reach
engagement_count number Total engagement across mentions
top_influencers array Most influential accounts mentioning the topic
MessageBird

MessageBird

Omnichannel communication platform for SMS, voice, and chat messaging globally

Free

Setting up MessageBird Integration

  1. Log in to your MessageBird dashboard
  2. Go to API → API Keys
  3. Copy your Live API key (or Test key for testing)
  4. Paste the API key in the field above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Use Test API keys for development and testing
  • Live API keys are required for production usage
  • MessageBird supports SMS, voice, chat, and email
  • Messages consume credits from your MessageBird balance
MessageBird API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via MessageBird

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
body textarea SMS message content
recipients textarea Phone numbers separated by commas (e.g., +1234567890, +0987654321)
originator text Custom sender ID (optional)
datacoding select plain Character encoding for the message
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
recipients_count number Number of recipients
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send voice messages via MessageBird

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
recipients text Recipient phone number with country code
body textarea Text to be converted to speech
voice select female Voice type for text-to-speech
language select en-us Language for text-to-speech
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_id string Unique identifier for the voice call
status string Voice call status
success boolean Whether the voice message was sent successfully

Send verification code to phone number

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
recipient text Phone number to verify with country code
originator text Custom sender ID for verification message
template text Your verification code is %token Custom message template (use %token for code)
Outputs
Name Type Description
verify_id string Unique identifier for the verification request
status string Verification request status
success boolean Whether the verification was sent successfully

Verify a phone number with the provided code

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
verify_id text ID from the verification request
token text Code entered by the user
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string Verification status (verified, invalid, etc.)
verified boolean Whether the code was correct
success boolean Whether the check was successful

Check your MessageBird account balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
amount number Current account balance
type string Account payment type
success boolean Whether the balance check was successful
Microsoft 365

Microsoft 365

Productivity software suite including Outlook, Word, Excel, and OneDrive

Free

Setting up Microsoft 365 Integration

  1. Go to the Azure Portal
  2. Navigate to "Azure Active Directory" → "App registrations"
  3. Click "New registration" and create a new app
  4. Add redirect URI: /oauth/callback/microsoft365
  5. Go to "API permissions" and add Microsoft Graph permissions:
  6. - Mail.ReadWrite, Mail.Send, Files.ReadWrite.All, Sites.ReadWrite.All, Calendars.ReadWrite
  7. Generate a client secret in "Certificates & secrets"
  8. Click the "Connect to Microsoft 365" button below to authorize access

Notes:

  • You need a Microsoft 365 or Outlook.com account
  • Admin consent may be required for some permissions
  • You can manage permissions in your Microsoft account settings
  • The integration works with Exchange Online, OneDrive, and SharePoint
Microsoft Graph API Documentation

Available Operations

Send an email through Outlook

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email address
subject text Email subject line
body textarea Email content (supports HTML)
cc text CC email addresses (comma separated)
bcc text BCC email addresses (comma separated)
importance select normal Email importance level
Outputs
Name Type Description
messageId string Outlook message ID
webLink string Link to view the email
success boolean

Retrieve emails from Outlook

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
filter text isRead eq false OData filter (e.g., "isRead eq false", "from/emailAddress/address eq 'user@domain.com'")
maxResults number 10 Maximum number of emails to retrieve
orderBy select receivedDateTime desc How to sort the results
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails array Array of email objects
totalCount number Number of emails retrieved

Upload a file to OneDrive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileData file Yes File content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileName text Name for the uploaded file
folderPath text / OneDrive folder path (e.g., "/Documents/MyFolder")
description text File description
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId string OneDrive file ID
webUrl string URL to access the file
downloadUrl string Direct download URL
fileName string

List files from OneDrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderPath text / OneDrive folder path (leave empty for root)
filter text OData filter (e.g., "name eq 'report.pdf'")
maxResults number 20 Maximum number of files to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array Array of file objects
totalCount number Number of files found

Create a new folder in OneDrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderName text Name of the folder to create
parentPath text / Parent folder path (leave empty for root)
Outputs
Name Type Description
folderId string OneDrive folder ID
webUrl string URL to access the folder
folderName string

Create a sharing link for a OneDrive file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId text OneDrive file ID to share
linkType select view Type of sharing link
scope select anonymous Who can access the link
Outputs
Name Type Description
shareUrl string Sharing link URL
linkType string
success boolean

Create a new event in Outlook Calendar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Title of the calendar event
body textarea Event description (supports HTML)
startDateTime text Start date and time (ISO 8601 format)
endDateTime text End date and time (ISO 8601 format)
timeZone text UTC Time zone (e.g., "Pacific Standard Time")
attendees text Email addresses of attendees (comma separated)
location text Event location
Outputs
Name Type Description
eventId string Outlook Calendar event ID
webLink string URL to view the event
subject string

Retrieve events from Outlook Calendar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startTime text Filter events after this time (ISO 8601 format)
endTime text Filter events before this time (ISO 8601 format)
maxResults number 20 Maximum number of events to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array Array of calendar event objects
totalCount number Number of events retrieved
Microsoft Advertising

Microsoft Advertising

Bing Ads campaign management and optimization platform for search, shopping, and audience advertising

Free

Setting up Microsoft Advertising API Integration

  1. Create a Microsoft Advertising account at ads.microsoft.com
  2. Go to the Microsoft Advertising Developer Portal
  3. Sign in with your Microsoft account
  4. Navigate to "My Apps" and click "Create App"
  5. Fill in your application details and select the required permissions
  6. Copy your Developer Token from the app dashboard
  7. Find your Customer ID in the Microsoft Advertising interface (Account Summary)
  8. Find your Account ID in the account settings
  9. Paste the Developer Token, Customer ID, and Account ID above
  10. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Developer Token is required for all API requests
  • Customer ID and Account ID are specific to your advertising account
  • Ensure your Microsoft Advertising account has appropriate permissions
  • API has rate limits - monitor your usage to avoid throttling
  • Test in sandbox environment before using production credentials
  • Some operations require additional account permissions
Microsoft Advertising API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve campaigns from Microsoft Advertising account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_type select Filter by campaign type
campaign_status select Filter by campaign status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects with details and metrics
totalCampaigns number Total number of campaigns retrieved

Create a new campaign in Microsoft Advertising

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_name text Name for the new campaign
campaign_type select Type of campaign to create
daily_budget number Daily budget amount in account currency
target_languages text English Comma-separated list of target languages
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the newly created campaign
campaignId string Unique identifier for the created campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Update an existing campaign in Microsoft Advertising

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to update
campaign_name text New name for the campaign
daily_budget number New daily budget amount
status select New campaign status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the updated campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was updated successfully

Retrieve ad groups from a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to get ad groups from
ad_group_status select Filter by ad group status
Outputs
Name Type Description
adGroups array Array of ad group objects
totalAdGroups number Total number of ad groups retrieved

Retrieve keywords from an ad group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_group_id text ID of the ad group to get keywords from
keyword_status select Filter by keyword status
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywords array Array of keyword objects with bids and match types
totalKeywords number Total number of keywords retrieved

Retrieve performance data for campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_ids text Comma-separated campaign IDs (leave empty for all)
date_range select LastMonth Time period for performance data
metrics text Impressions,Clicks,Spend,Ctr,AverageCpc Comma-separated list of metrics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
performance array Array of performance data for each campaign
summary object Aggregated performance summary across all campaigns
Microsoft Dynamics

Microsoft Dynamics

Enterprise resource planning - Business applications for finance, operations, and customer service

Free

Setting up Microsoft Dynamics Integration

  1. Contact your Microsoft 365/Azure administrator for setup assistance
  2. Register a new application in Azure Active Directory
  3. Navigate to Azure Portal → Azure Active Directory → App registrations
  4. Click "New registration" and create an application
  5. Note the Application (client) ID and Directory (tenant) ID
  6. Go to "Certificates & secrets" and create a new client secret
  7. Copy the client secret value immediately (it won't be shown again)
  8. Under "API permissions", add Dynamics CRM permissions (user_impersonation)
  9. Grant admin consent for the permissions
  10. Get your Dynamics 365 Web API URL from your Dynamics administrator
  11. Enter all credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • This integration uses OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow for authentication
  • Requires Azure Active Directory application registration
  • The registered application needs appropriate Dynamics 365 permissions
  • Different Dynamics 365 apps may require different permission scopes
  • Rate limits apply based on your Dynamics 365 license
  • Consider using a dedicated service account for integration
Microsoft Dataverse Web API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve account records from Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_type select Filter by account type
state_code select Filter by account state
top number 100 Maximum number of accounts to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array
account_count number

Create a new account record in Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the account
account_category_code select Account category
account_type select Type of account
telephone1 text Main phone number
emailaddress1 text Primary email address
websiteurl text Company website URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
account_id string
name string
account_number string

Retrieve contact records from Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_id text Filter by parent account ID
state_code select Filter by contact state
top number 100 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
contact_count number

Create a new contact record in Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstname text Contact first name
lastname text Contact last name
emailaddress1 text Primary email address
telephone1 text Business phone number
mobilephone text Mobile phone number
jobtitle text Contact job title
account_id text Associate with an account
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
fullname string
emailaddress1 string

Retrieve opportunity records from Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_id text Filter by parent account ID
state_code select Filter by opportunity state
sales_stage select Filter by sales stage
top number 100 Maximum number of opportunities to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array
opportunity_count number
total_value number

Create a new opportunity record in Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the opportunity
account_id text Associated account ID
contact_id text Primary contact ID
estimatedvalue number Estimated revenue value
closeprobability number Probability of closing (0-100)
estimatedclosedate text Expected close date
description textarea Opportunity description
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity_id string
name string
estimatedvalue number

Retrieve lead records from Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
state_code select Filter by lead state
leadqualitycode select Filter by lead quality
top number 100 Maximum number of leads to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
lead_count number

Create a new lead record in Microsoft Dynamics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstname text Lead first name
lastname text Lead last name
companyname text Lead company name
emailaddress1 text Primary email address
telephone1 text Business phone number
mobilephone text Mobile phone number
jobtitle text Lead job title
leadqualitycode select Quality rating of the lead
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id string
fullname string
companyname string
Microsoft Power Automate

Microsoft Power Automate

Workflow automation service for Microsoft 365 and business applications

Free

Setting up Microsoft Power Automate Integration

  1. Go to Azure App Registrations
  2. Click "New registration" to create a new app
  3. Enter a name for your app and select supported account types
  4. Under "Redirect URI", add: /oauth/callback/microsoftpowerautomate
  5. Click "Register" to create the app
  6. Copy the "Application (client) ID" and paste it as Client ID above
  7. Copy the "Directory (tenant) ID" and paste it as Tenant ID above
  8. Go to "Certificates & secrets" → "Client secrets" → "New client secret"
  9. Create a new secret and copy its value as Client Secret above
  10. Go to "API permissions" and add Microsoft Graph permissions:
  11. - Flow.ReadWrite.All (for reading and managing flows)
  12. - User.Read (for basic user information)
  13. Click "Grant admin consent" for your organization
  14. Save the configuration above

Notes:

  • Keep your client credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The app needs appropriate permissions to access Power Automate APIs
  • Admin consent may be required depending on your organization's policies
  • This integration requires an active Microsoft 365 subscription with Power Automate access
Power Automate Web API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of your Power Automate flows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
environment_name text Specific environment name (leave empty for default)
filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
flows array List of Power Automate flows
count number Total number of flows returned

Get detailed information about a specific flow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text The unique ID of the flow
environment_name text Specific environment name (leave empty for default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
flow_name string Display name of the flow
flow_state string Current state of the flow (Started/Stopped)
trigger_type string Type of trigger used by the flow
created_time string When the flow was created
modified_time string When the flow was last modified

Start or stop a Power Automate flow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text The unique ID of the flow
action select
environment_name text Specific environment name (leave empty for default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
flow_state string The new state of the flow
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve execution history for a specific flow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text The unique ID of the flow
environment_name text Specific environment name (leave empty for default)
limit number 50 Maximum number of runs to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
runs array List of flow execution records
count number Number of run records returned

Manually trigger a Power Automate flow with custom data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text The unique ID of the flow to trigger
trigger_data textarea {} Custom data to send with the trigger as JSON
environment_name text Specific environment name (leave empty for default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
run_id string Unique ID of the triggered flow run
success boolean Whether the trigger was successful
message string Details about the trigger operation

Create an HTTP webhook endpoint for external systems to trigger flows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_name text A descriptive name for this webhook
method select POST
response_format select json
Outputs
Name Type Description
webhook_url string The generated webhook URL
webhook_id string Unique identifier for the webhook
success boolean Whether the webhook was created successfully
Microsoft Project

Microsoft Project

Project management software for planning, scheduling, and resource management

Free

Setting up Microsoft Project Integration

  1. Register an application in Azure Active Directory
  2. Grant appropriate permissions for Project Online
  3. Generate an access token
  4. Copy the token and paste it above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires Microsoft Project Online subscription
  • Access token provides access to your projects
  • Token may need periodic renewal
Microsoft Project API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new project in Microsoft Project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the project
description textarea Description of the project
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_id string The unique ID of the created project
Microsoft Teams

Microsoft Teams

Send messages to Microsoft Teams channels and chats. Route notifications, feedback, and alerts to your team.

Free

Setting up Microsoft Teams Integration

  1. Go to the Azure Portal
  2. Navigate to "Azure Active Directory" → "App registrations"
  3. Click "New registration" or use an existing app
  4. Add redirect URI: /oauth/callback/microsoftteams
  5. Go to "API permissions" and add Microsoft Graph permissions:
  6. - Team.ReadBasic.All (list joined teams)
  7. - Channel.ReadBasic.All (list channels)
  8. - ChannelMessage.Send (post to channels)
  9. - Chat.ReadWrite (access chats)
  10. - ChatMessage.Send (send chat messages)
  11. Generate a client secret in "Certificates & secrets"
  12. Add MICROSOFT_TEAMS_CLIENT_ID and MICROSOFT_TEAMS_CLIENT_SECRET to your .env file
  13. Click the "Connect to Microsoft Teams" button below to authorize access

Notes:

  • You need a Microsoft 365 or Teams account with appropriate access
  • Admin consent may be required for some permissions in your organization
  • The integration can post to any channel you have access to
  • Chat messages require the chat to already exist
  • Rate limits apply: approximately 10 messages per 10 seconds per channel
Microsoft Graph Teams API Documentation

Available Operations

Post a message to a Microsoft Teams channel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
teamId text The ID of the team (use Get Teams node to find this)
channelId text The ID of the channel (use Get Channels node to find this)
message textarea The message content to send (supports HTML)
contentType select html Format of the message content
Outputs
Name Type Description
messageId string The ID of the sent message
webUrl string Link to view the message in Teams
createdDateTime string When the message was created
success boolean

Send a message to a Teams chat (1:1 or group)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chatId text The ID of the chat (format: 19:xxx@thread.v2)
message textarea The message content to send
contentType select text Format of the message content
Outputs
Name Type Description
messageId string The ID of the sent message
chatId string The chat where the message was sent
createdDateTime string When the message was created
success boolean

Get a list of teams the user has joined

Outputs
Name Type Description
teams array Array of team objects with id and displayName
count number Number of teams returned
success boolean

Get a list of channels in a team

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
teamId text The ID of the team to get channels from
Outputs
Name Type Description
channels array Array of channel objects with id and displayName
count number Number of channels returned
success boolean

Get a list of chats the user is part of

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of chats to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
chats array Array of chat objects with id, topic, and chatType
count number Number of chats returned
success boolean
Mixmax

Mixmax

Email productivity and automation platform with scheduling, templates, tracking, and sales engagement features

Free

Setting up Mixmax Integration

  1. Log in to your Mixmax account
  2. Navigate to Settings > Integrations in your dashboard
  3. Find the "API" integration near the top of the page
  4. Click to generate your Mixmax API token
  5. Copy the generated token and paste it in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • API access requires Mixmax Growth+ or Enterprise annual plan
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • Rate limits: 120 requests per 60-second window per user
  • API is available over HTTPS/TLS only for security
Mixmax API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new contact in Mixmax

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact's email address
first_name text Contact's first name
last_name text Contact's last name
company text Company name
phone text Contact's phone number
title text Contact's job title
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
email string
full_name string
created_at string

Add a contact to an email sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequence_id text ID of the sequence to add contact to
email text Email of the contact to add to sequence
first_name text Contact's first name
last_name text Contact's last name
company text Company name
custom_fields textarea Additional custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
recipient_id string
sequence_id string
email string
status string

Get list of available email sequences

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of sequences to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
sequences array
total_count number

Retrieve performance statistics for a sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequence_id text ID of the sequence to get stats for
Outputs
Name Type Description
sequence_id string
total_recipients number
active_recipients number
completed_recipients number
paused_recipients number

Search for contacts by email or other criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Search by email address
first_name text Search by first name
last_name text Search by last name
company text Search by company name
limit number 10 Maximum number of results (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
total_count number

Create a reusable email snippet/template

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the snippet
subject text Default subject line
body textarea Email content/template
shortcut text Keyboard shortcut for the snippet
Outputs
Name Type Description
snippet_id string
name string
shortcut string
created_at string

Retrieve email activity and tracking data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Filter by specific contact email
sequence_id text Filter by specific sequence
activity_types textarea Filter by activity types (one per line: open, click, reply, bounce)
limit number 50 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
total_activities number
Mixpanel

Mixpanel

Product analytics and user behavior tracking with advanced segmentation and funnel analysis

Free

Setting up Mixpanel API Integration

  1. Log in to your Mixpanel account
  2. Go to Settings > Project Settings
  3. Find your Project ID in the project settings
  4. Navigate to Settings > Service Accounts
  5. Create a new Service Account or use an existing one
  6. Copy the Service Account Username and Secret
  7. Enter the Project ID, Username, and Secret above
  8. Save the configuration to start using Mixpanel analytics

Notes:

  • Service Accounts provide secure API access without requiring user authentication
  • You can set different permissions for service accounts based on your needs
  • The Project ID is unique to each Mixpanel project
  • Keep your service account credentials secure and never share them
  • API requests are rate limited - monitor your usage to avoid limits
Mixpanel API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a custom event to Mixpanel for analytics tracking

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventName text Name of the event to track
distinctId text Unique identifier for the user
properties textarea {} Additional properties for the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
eventId string
timestamp string

Get event analytics and insights for specified events and date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventNames textarea Array of event names to analyze
fromDate text Start date for the analysis
toDate text End date for the analysis
unit select day
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array
totalEvents number
dateRange object

Analyze user conversion funnels with multiple steps

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
funnelSteps textarea Array of events representing funnel steps
fromDate text
toDate text
conversionWindow number 7 Number of days for conversion window
Outputs
Name Type Description
funnelData array
conversionRate number
dropOffPoints array

Analyze user retention and behavior over time cohorts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
cohortEvent text Event that defines cohort membership
retentionEvent text Event that indicates user retention
fromDate text
toDate text
cohortSize select week
Outputs
Name Type Description
cohortData array
retentionRates array
cohortSizes array

Segment users based on properties and analyze their behavior

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventName text Event to analyze for segmentation
segmentBy text Property to segment users by
fromDate text
toDate text
limit number 10 Maximum number of segments to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
segments array
totalUsers number
topSegments array

Retrieve detailed user profiles and their properties

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
distinctIds textarea Array of user distinct IDs to retrieve
includeEvents checkbox Include recent event history for each user
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array
userCount number
properties array

Analyze revenue metrics and trends over time

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
revenueEvent text Event that tracks revenue (e.g., "Purchase")
revenueProperty text Property that contains revenue value
fromDate text
toDate text
unit select day
Outputs
Name Type Description
revenueData array
totalRevenue number
averageOrderValue number
revenueGrowth number

Get all properties and values for a specific event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
eventName text Name of the event to analyze
fromDate text
toDate text
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array
propertyValues object
topProperties array
Modash

Modash

Influencer discovery and analytics platform with detailed audience insights and campaign tracking

Free

Setting up Modash Integration

  1. Log in to your Modash account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys
  3. Click "Generate New API Key" or copy an existing one
  4. Paste the API key above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Modash provides comprehensive influencer discovery and analytics
  • Your API key enables access to influencer search, audience analysis, and performance metrics
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage may be subject to rate limits based on your subscription plan
Modash API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for influencers using Modash's comprehensive database with advanced filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
platform select instagram
keywords text Keywords to search in bio or content
location text Country, state, or city
follower_min number 1000
follower_max number Leave empty for no limit
engagement_rate_min number 1
engagement_rate_max number Leave empty for no limit
gender select
age_min number Minimum age of influencer
age_max number Maximum age of influencer
categories text Comma-separated categories (fashion, beauty, tech, etc.)
limit number 50 Maximum results to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of matching influencer profiles
total_results number Total number of influencers found

Get detailed profile information and metrics for a specific influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Complete influencer profile information
followers_count number Total number of followers
engagement_rate number Average engagement rate percentage
audience_quality number Audience authenticity score (0-100)
categories array Primary content categories

Get detailed audience demographics and quality analysis for an influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_analysis object Complete audience analysis data
demographics object Age, gender, and location breakdown
authenticity_score number Audience authenticity score (0-100)
fake_followers_percentage number Estimated percentage of fake followers
audience_interests array Top interests of the audience

Get detailed performance metrics and post analysis for an influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
period select 30
Outputs
Name Type Description
performance object Complete performance analytics
avg_engagement number Average engagement per post
best_posting_times array Optimal posting times for engagement
top_posts array Best performing posts in the period
growth_rate number Follower growth rate percentage
Monday.com

Monday.com

Work operating system and project management platform for team collaboration

Free

Setting up Monday.com Integration

  1. Log in to your Monday.com account
  2. Click on your profile picture in the top right corner
  3. Select "Admin" from the dropdown menu
  4. Go to "API" in the left sidebar
  5. Click "Copy" next to your API token (or generate a new one if needed)
  6. Paste the API token above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • The token provides access to all boards you have permission to view
  • You can generate a new token anytime from your admin settings
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions on the boards you want to access
  • API rate limits apply - see Monday.com documentation for details
Monday.com API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new item in a Monday.com board

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
board_id text The ID of the board to create the item in
item_name text The name of the item to create
group_id text The ID of the group to add the item to
column_values textarea {} JSON object with column values to set
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string The unique ID of the created item
item_name string The name of the created item
board_id string The ID of the board containing the item

Update an existing item in Monday.com

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_id text The ID of the item to update
item_name text New name for the item
column_values textarea {} JSON object with column values to update
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string The unique ID of the updated item
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve details of a specific item

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_id text The ID of the item to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string
name string
state string
board object
group object
column_values array

List items from a Monday.com board

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
board_id text ID of board to list items from
group_id text Filter items by specific group
limit number 25 Maximum number of items to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of item objects
count number Number of items returned

Create a new board in Monday.com

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
board_name text The name of the board to create
board_kind select public The type of board to create
workspace_id text The ID of the workspace to create the board in
Outputs
Name Type Description
board_id string The unique ID of the created board
board_name string The name of the created board

Create an update (comment) on an item

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_id text The ID of the item to comment on
body textarea The content of the update
Outputs
Name Type Description
update_id string The unique ID of the created update
body string The content of the update
MoneyGram

MoneyGram

Cross-border P2P payments and money transfer service

Free

Setting up MoneyGram Integration

  1. Contact MoneyGram to apply for API access
  2. Complete the partner onboarding process
  3. Receive your Client ID, Client Secret, and Agent ID
  4. Access the MoneyGram developer portal
  5. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Production for live)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • API access requires approval and partnership with MoneyGram
  • Agent ID is provided during the onboarding process
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
MoneyGram Developer Documentation

Available Operations

Initiate a money transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sender_first_name text Sender's first name
sender_last_name text Sender's last name
sender_phone text Sender's phone number
receiver_first_name text Receiver's first name
receiver_last_name text Receiver's last name
receiver_phone text Receiver's phone number
amount number Amount to transfer
currency text USD 3-letter currency code
destination_country text 2-letter country code
purpose text Family Support Purpose of the transfer
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string MoneyGram transfer reference
reference_number string 8-digit reference number for pickup
status string
fees number
exchange_rate number
transfer_data object

Check the status of a transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reference_number text 8-digit MoneyGram reference number
Outputs
Name Type Description
reference_number string
status string
amount_sent number
amount_received number
pickup_location string
transfer_data object

Calculate transfer fees and exchange rates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
send_amount number Amount to send
send_currency text USD Currency to send from
receive_currency text Currency to receive
destination_country text 2-letter country code
Outputs
Name Type Description
fees number
exchange_rate number
receive_amount number
total_cost number
calculation_data object

Find MoneyGram pickup locations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
country_code text 2-letter country code
city text City name (optional filter)
postal_code text Postal/ZIP code (optional filter)
limit number 10 Maximum number of locations to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
locations array Array of available pickup locations
total_found number

Cancel an unclaimed transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reference_number text 8-digit MoneyGram reference number
reason text Reason for cancellation
Outputs
Name Type Description
reference_number string
status string
refund_amount number
cancel_data object
Moosend

Moosend

Email marketing automation and analytics platform

Free

Setting up Moosend Integration

  1. Log in to your Moosend account
  2. On the menu bar, click More → Settings
  3. Click "API key" in the settings menu
  4. Click "Copy" to copy your API key
  5. Paste the API key above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to all Moosend features including campaigns, lists, and analytics
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from your account settings
  • Moosend API has rate limits to ensure service stability
Moosend API Documentation

Available Operations

Add a new subscriber to a mailing list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text ID of the mailing list to add subscriber to
email text Subscriber email address
name text Subscriber name
custom_fields textarea {} Custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber_id string ID of the added subscriber
success boolean

Get subscriber details by email address

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text ID of the mailing list
email text Subscriber email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber_id string
email string
name string
date_created string
status string
custom_fields object
success boolean

Update an existing subscriber

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text ID of the mailing list
subscriber_id text ID of the subscriber to update
name text Updated subscriber name
custom_fields textarea {} Updated custom fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Unsubscribe a subscriber from a mailing list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text ID of the mailing list
email text Subscriber email address to unsubscribe
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Get all mailing lists in your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number (default: 1)
page_size number 100 Number of lists per page (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of mailing lists
total_count number
success boolean

Create a new mailing list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new mailing list
description textarea Description for the mailing list
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string ID of the created list
success boolean

Send a transactional email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to_email text Recipient email address
to_name text Recipient name
subject text Email subject line
html_body textarea HTML email content
text_body textarea Plain text email content
from_email text Sender email address
from_name text Sender name
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string ID of the sent email
success boolean

Get all campaigns in your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number (default: 1)
page_size number 100 Number of campaigns per page (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaigns
total_count number
success boolean

Get detailed statistics for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to get stats for
Outputs
Name Type Description
sent number
delivered number
opened number
clicked number
unsubscribed number
bounced number
open_rate number
click_rate number
success boolean
Moz

Moz

SEO metrics and keyword tracking platform for domain authority, backlinks, and keyword difficulty analysis

Free

Setting up Moz API Integration

  1. Log in to your Moz account
  2. Navigate to Moz API page
  3. Sign up for Moz API access if you haven't already
  4. Go to your API Keys section
  5. Generate new API credentials if needed
  6. Copy your Access ID and Secret Key
  7. Paste the credentials in the fields above
  8. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Moz API requires a paid subscription for full access
  • Free accounts have limited API access and rate limits
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The API has rate limits - monitor your usage to avoid interruptions
  • Some features require specific subscription levels
Moz API Documentation

Available Operations

Get domain authority and page authority metrics for a URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text The URL to analyze (domain or specific page)
Outputs
Name Type Description
domainAuthority number Domain Authority score (0-100)
pageAuthority number Page Authority score (0-100)
spamScore number Spam Score percentage (0-100)
linkingDomains number Number of linking root domains
totalLinks number Total number of links to this URL

Retrieve backlink data for a domain or URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text The URL or domain to get backlinks for
limit number 50 Maximum number of backlinks to retrieve (max 1000)
filter select all Filter backlinks by type
Outputs
Name Type Description
backlinks array Array of backlink data
totalBacklinks number Total number of backlinks found

Get keyword ranking data for a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to check rankings for
keywords textarea Keywords to check rankings for (one per line)
country select US Country for localized search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
rankings array Array of keyword ranking data
averagePosition number Average ranking position across all keywords
topKeywords array Keywords ranking in top 10

Analyze competitor domains and their SEO metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Your domain to compare against competitors
competitors textarea Competitor domains to analyze (one per line)
Outputs
Name Type Description
yourDomain object SEO metrics for your domain
competitors array SEO metrics for competitor domains
comparison object Summary comparing your domain to competitors

Get keyword difficulty scores for SEO planning

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords to analyze difficulty for (one per line)
location select US Geographic location for search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywordData array Array of keyword difficulty scores and metrics
averageDifficulty number Average difficulty score across all keywords
easyKeywords array Keywords with low difficulty scores
hardKeywords array Keywords with high difficulty scores

Get top performing pages for a domain by authority

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text The domain to analyze top pages for
limit number 25 Maximum number of pages to retrieve
sortBy select page_authority Sort pages by specific metric
Outputs
Name Type Description
topPages array Array of top performing pages with metrics
averagePageAuthority number Average page authority of top pages
totalPages number Total number of pages analyzed
N8N

N8N

Create powerful automated workflows with n8n's fair-code licensed workflow automation tool. Connect apps, services, and APIs without coding.

Free

Setting up n8n Integration

  1. Access your n8n instance (self-hosted or n8n Cloud)
  2. Go to Settings → API Keys in your n8n interface
  3. Click "Create API Key" and give it a descriptive name
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. Enter your n8n instance base URL (e.g., https://your-domain.com or https://app.n8n.cloud)
  6. Paste the API key above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides full access to your n8n workflows and data
  • For self-hosted instances, ensure your n8n has API access enabled
  • For n8n Cloud, you can find your instance URL in your account dashboard
  • API keys can be managed and revoked from your n8n settings
n8n API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of your n8n workflows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox Only return active workflows
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflows array List of n8n workflows
count number Total number of workflows returned

Get detailed information about a specific workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text The unique ID of the workflow
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflow_name string Display name of the workflow
workflow_active boolean Whether the workflow is currently active
created_at string When the workflow was created
updated_at string When the workflow was last updated
nodes_count number Number of nodes in the workflow

Activate an n8n workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text The unique ID of the workflow to activate
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the activation was successful
message string Details about the operation

Deactivate an n8n workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text The unique ID of the workflow to deactivate
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the deactivation was successful
message string Details about the operation

Manually execute an n8n workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text The unique ID of the workflow to execute
input_data textarea {} Input data to pass to the workflow as JSON
wait_for_completion checkbox 1 Wait for the workflow execution to complete
Outputs
Name Type Description
execution_id string Unique ID of the workflow execution
success boolean Whether the execution was successful
result object The result data from the workflow execution
status string Status of the workflow execution

Retrieve execution history for workflows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text Filter by specific workflow ID (optional)
limit number 20 Maximum number of executions to retrieve
status_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
executions array List of workflow execution records
count number Number of execution records returned

Create a webhook endpoint for triggering workflows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_name text A descriptive name for this webhook
method select POST
path text Custom path for the webhook (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
webhook_id string Unique identifier for the webhook
webhook_url string The full webhook URL to call
success boolean Whether the webhook was created successfully

Retrieve a list of stored credentials in n8n

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
credential_type text Filter by credential type (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
credentials array List of stored credentials
count number Number of credentials returned
NetSuite

NetSuite

Enterprise resource planning - Complete business management suite in the cloud

Free

Setting up NetSuite Integration

  1. Log in to your NetSuite account as an Administrator
  2. Navigate to Setup → Integration → Manage Integrations
  3. Click "New" to create a new integration
  4. Fill in the Name and Description for your integration
  5. Check "Token-Based Authentication" and note the Consumer Key and Consumer Secret
  6. Save the integration record
  7. Navigate to Setup → Users/Roles → Access Tokens
  8. Click "New" to create a new access token
  9. Select the Application (integration) you just created
  10. Select the User and Role for the token
  11. Save and note the Token ID and Token Secret
  12. Enter all credentials above and save

Notes:

  • NetSuite uses OAuth 1.0 for authentication with token-based access
  • The integration user must have appropriate permissions for the data you want to access
  • Different NetSuite environments (sandbox, production) require different Account IDs
  • Rate limits vary by NetSuite plan - typically 1000 requests per hour
  • RESTlets provide custom API endpoints for specific business logic
NetSuite SuiteScript Integration Guide

Available Operations

Retrieve customer records from NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
subsidiary text Filter by subsidiary ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array
customer_count number

Create a new customer record in NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Customer company name
email text Customer email address
phone text Customer phone number
subsidiary text Subsidiary to assign customer to
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string
company_name string
internal_id string

Retrieve sales order records from NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by specific customer
from_date text Filter orders from this date
to_date text Filter orders to this date
status select Filter by order status
Outputs
Name Type Description
sales_orders array
order_count number
total_amount number

Create a new sales order in NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text NetSuite Customer internal ID
memo text Order memo/notes
subsidiary text Subsidiary for the order
Outputs
Name Type Description
sales_order_id string
tranid string
total number
status string

Retrieve item/product records from NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_type select Filter by item type
is_inactive select false
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array
item_count number

Create a new item/product in NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_name text Name of the item
item_type select InvtPart
description text Item description
unit_price number Base selling price
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string
item_name string
item_type string

Retrieve invoice records from NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by specific customer
from_date text Filter invoices from this date
to_date text Filter invoices to this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Create a new invoice in NetSuite

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text NetSuite Customer internal ID
memo text Invoice memo/notes
terms text NetSuite Payment Terms internal ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
tranid string
total number
status string
NiceJob

NiceJob

Reputation marketing platform

Free

Setting up NiceJob API

  1. Log in to your NiceJob account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API & Integrations"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Company ID from the settings page or dashboard
  5. Paste both the API Key and Company ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a NiceJob business account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep both your API key and Company ID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
NiceJob API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new marketing story/post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_name text Name of the customer featured in the story
customer_email text Customer email address
story_title text Title of the marketing story
story_content textarea Main content of the story
images textarea JSON array of image URLs ["url1", "url2"]
tags text Comma-separated tags for the story
auto_publish checkbox Automatically publish the story
Outputs
Name Type Description
story_created boolean Whether story was created successfully
story_id string Unique story identifier
story_url string Public URL of the created story

Send review request to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_name text Customer full name
customer_email text Customer email address
phone_number text Customer phone number
job_description textarea Description of the work completed
custom_message textarea Custom message to include with request
send_via select email How to send the review request
delay_days number 0 Days to delay sending the request
Outputs
Name Type Description
request_sent boolean Whether request was sent successfully
request_id string Unique request identifier
tracking_url string URL to track request status

Get marketing stories/posts from NiceJob

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of stories to return (max 100)
status select Filter by story status
tag text Filter by specific tag
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
stories array Array of story data
total_count number Total number of stories

Get customer reviews and testimonials

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
has_content select Filter by review content
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Publish a draft story to social media

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
story_id text ID of the story to publish
platforms text Comma-separated platforms (facebook,twitter,linkedin,instagram)
schedule_date text Schedule publication date (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
story_published boolean Whether story was published successfully
published_urls array URLs where the story was published

Get marketing analytics and performance data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metric_type select overview Type of analytics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Detailed analytics information
total_stories number Total number of stories in period
total_reviews number Total number of reviews in period
engagement_rate number Social media engagement rate
Notion

Notion

All-in-one workspace for content and collaboration with powerful database and page management capabilities

Free

Setting up Notion API Integration

  1. Go to notion.so/my-integrations
  2. Click "Create new integration"
  3. Fill in the integration name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  4. Select the workspace you want to integrate with
  5. Choose capabilities: Read content, Update content, Insert content
  6. Click "Submit" to create the integration
  7. Copy the "Internal Integration Token" from the integration page
  8. Paste the token in the field above
  9. Important: Share pages and databases with your integration
  10. Go to each page/database → Share → Invite → Search for your integration name
  11. Grant appropriate permissions to your integration
  12. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Your integration must be explicitly shared with pages/databases to access them
  • Integration tokens provide access only to shared content
  • You can manage integration permissions from the workspace settings
  • Keep your integration token secure and never share it publicly
  • The API has rate limits - avoid making too many requests quickly
  • Some properties may be read-only depending on their type
Notion API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for pages and databases in your Notion workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Text to search for (leave empty to get all accessible pages)
filter_type select all Filter results by object type
page_size number 100 Maximum number of results to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of pages and databases found
hasMore boolean Whether there are more results available
nextCursor string Cursor for next page of results
totalResults number Number of results returned

Retrieve a specific page by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text Notion page ID or URL
include_content select true Whether to include page content blocks
Outputs
Name Type Description
page object Complete page information
title string Title of the page
url string URL to the page
properties object Page properties and values
content array Array of content blocks
createdTime string When the page was created
lastEditedTime string When the page was last edited

Create a new page in Notion

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
parent_id text ID of parent page or database to create the new page in
title text Title for the new page
properties code_editor Page properties as JSON object (for database pages)
content code_editor Array of content blocks as JSON (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
pageId string ID of the created page
page object Complete created page data
url string URL to the created page
title string Title of the created page

Update properties of an existing page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text ID of the page to update
properties code_editor Updated page properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
pageId string ID of the updated page
page object Complete updated page data
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve the schema and properties of a database

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
database_id text Notion database ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
database object Complete database schema information
title string Title of the database
properties object Schema properties of the database
url string URL to the database

Query and filter database entries

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
database_id text Notion database ID to query
filter code_editor Filter conditions as JSON object
sorts code_editor Sort configuration as JSON array
page_size number 100 Maximum number of results (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of database entries matching the query
hasMore boolean Whether there are more results available
nextCursor string Cursor for next page of results
totalResults number Number of results returned

Create a new entry in a Notion database

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
database_id text Notion database ID
properties code_editor Entry properties as JSON object
content code_editor Array of content blocks as JSON (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
entryId string ID of the created database entry
entry object Complete created entry data
url string URL to the created entry
properties object Properties of the created entry

Update properties of an existing database entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text ID of the database entry to update
properties code_editor Updated entry properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
entryId string ID of the updated entry
entry object Complete updated entry data
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Add content blocks to the end of a page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text ID of the page to append content to
blocks code_editor Array of content blocks to append as JSON
Outputs
Name Type Description
pageId string ID of the page that was updated
blocks array Array of blocks that were appended
success boolean Whether content was successfully appended

Retrieve users from the Notion workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_size number 100 Maximum number of users to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
users array Array of workspace users
hasMore boolean Whether there are more users available
nextCursor string Cursor for next page of results
totalUsers number Number of users returned
Nutshell

Nutshell

Simple CRM with email marketing, lead management, and sales automation

Free

Setting up Nutshell Integration

  1. Log in to your Nutshell CRM account
  2. Go to Setup → Integrations → API Credentials
  3. Click "Create New API Key" to generate a new key
  4. Give your API key a descriptive name
  5. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  6. Enter your Nutshell username (email address) above
  7. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys provide full access to your Nutshell data - keep them secure
  • Only admin users can create and manage API keys
  • API keys inherit the permissions of the user account
  • You can revoke API keys anytime from your account settings
  • Nutshell uses JSON-RPC API with username and API key authentication
Nutshell API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve contacts from Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve (1-200)
query text Search term to filter contacts
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
total_count number

Create a new contact in Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Full name of the contact
email email Email address of the contact
phone text Phone number of the contact
title text Job title of the contact
description textarea Description or notes about the contact
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number
name string
email string
phone string
created_at string

Update an existing contact in Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id number ID of the contact to update
name text Full name of the contact
email email Email address of the contact
phone text Phone number of the contact
title text Job title of the contact
description textarea Description or notes about the contact
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number
name string
email string
phone string
updated_at string

Retrieve accounts (companies) from Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of accounts to retrieve (1-200)
query text Search term to filter accounts
Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array
total_count number

Create a new account (company) in Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the account/company
url url Website URL of the account
phone text Phone number of the account
description textarea Description or notes about the account
Outputs
Name Type Description
account_id number
name string
url string
created_at string

Retrieve leads from Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of leads to retrieve (1-200)
market_id number Filter leads by market ID
query text Search term to filter leads
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
total_count number

Create a new lead in Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the lead/opportunity
market_id number Market ID for the lead
value number Monetary value of the lead
confidence number Confidence percentage (0-100)
estimated_close_date date Estimated close date (YYYY-MM-DD)
description textarea Description or notes about the lead
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id number
name string
value number
confidence number
created_at string

Retrieve activities from Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of activities to retrieve (1-200)
entity_type select Filter activities by entity type
entity_id number Filter activities by specific entity ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
total_count number

Create a new activity in Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
activityType_id number Activity type ID (1=Call, 2=Meeting, 3=Task, etc.)
note textarea Description of the activity
entity_type select Type of entity this activity relates to
entity_id number ID of the related entity
due_time datetime-local Due date and time for the activity
Outputs
Name Type Description
activity_id number
note string
due_time string
created_at string

Send an email through Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to_emails text Recipient email addresses (comma-separated for multiple)
subject text Email subject line
htmlBody textarea Email body content in HTML format
entity_type select Type of entity this email relates to
entity_id number ID of the related entity
Outputs
Name Type Description
email_id number
subject string
status string
created_at string

Search across all records in Nutshell CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term to find across all records
entity_types select Limit search to specific record types
limit number 50 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array
total_count number
Odoo

Odoo

Open-source ERP and CRM - All-in-one business management software

Free

Setting up Odoo Integration

  1. Obtain your Odoo instance URL from your administrator
  2. Get the database name for your Odoo instance
  3. Use your regular Odoo login credentials (email and password)
  4. Alternatively, generate an API key from User Preferences → Account Security → API Keys
  5. If using API keys, use your email as username and the API key as password
  6. Ensure your user has appropriate permissions for the modules you want to access
  7. For better security, create a dedicated integration user with minimal required permissions
  8. Enter all credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • This integration uses Odoo's XML-RPC API for data access
  • Compatible with Odoo Community and Enterprise editions
  • User must have read/write permissions for the models being accessed
  • Different Odoo modules may require additional user permissions
  • API rate limits depend on your Odoo hosting provider
  • Consider using API keys instead of passwords for better security
Odoo External API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve partner (customer/supplier) records from Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
is_company select Filter by partner type
customer_rank select Filter by customer status
supplier_rank select Filter by supplier status
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
partners array
partner_count number

Create a new partner (customer/supplier) in Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the partner
is_company select true
customer_rank select 1
supplier_rank select 0
email text Partner email address
phone text Partner phone number
street text Street address
city text City
country_code text Country code (e.g., US, GB, FR)
Outputs
Name Type Description
partner_id string
name string
ref string

Retrieve product records from Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
detailed_type select Filter by product type
sale_ok select Filter by sale status
purchase_ok select Filter by purchase status
active select true
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array
product_count number

Create a new product in Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
detailed_type select product
list_price number Sales price of the product
standard_price number Cost price of the product
default_code text Internal reference/SKU
barcode text Product barcode
categ_id text Product category ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_id string
name string
default_code string

Retrieve sales order records from Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text Filter by customer partner ID
state select Filter by order state
date_order_from text Filter orders from this date
date_order_to text Filter orders to this date
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
sales_orders array
order_count number
total_amount number

Create a new sales order in Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text Customer partner ID
date_order text Order date (defaults to today)
validity_date text Quotation validity date
client_order_ref text Customer order reference
note textarea Terms and conditions
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_id string
name string
amount_total number
state string

Retrieve invoice records from Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text Filter by customer partner ID
move_type select Filter by invoice type
state select Filter by invoice state
payment_state select Filter by payment state
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Create a new invoice in Odoo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text Customer partner ID
move_type select out_invoice
invoice_date text Invoice date (defaults to today)
invoice_date_due text Invoice due date
ref text Vendor reference number
narration textarea Invoice terms and conditions
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
name string
amount_total number
state string
Okendo

Okendo

Customer marketing platform with reviews

Free

Setting up Okendo API

  1. Log in to your Okendo account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "Integrations" → "API"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Shop ID from the account settings or dashboard URL
  5. Paste both the API Key and Shop ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need an Okendo account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
Okendo API Documentation

Available Operations

Get customer reviews from Okendo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Specific product ID to filter by
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 250)
rating select Filter by rating
status select Filter by review status
sort select created_at_desc Sort reviews by
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get reviews for a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product identifier
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 250)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of product review data
product_info object Product information
total_reviews number Total number of reviews for this product
average_rating number Average rating for this product

Send review request to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_email text Customer email address
customer_first_name text Customer first name
customer_last_name text Customer last name
order_id text Order identifier
order_date text Order date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
products textarea JSON array of products [{\"id\":\"123\",\"name\":\"Product Name\",\"price\":29.99,\"image_url\":\"https://...\"}]
delay_days number 7 Days to wait before sending request
Outputs
Name Type Description
request_created boolean Whether request was created successfully
request_id string Unique request identifier

Get customer list with review data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of customers to return (max 250)
email text Filter by customer email
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer data
total_customers number Total number of customers

Get review statistics for a product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product identifier
Outputs
Name Type Description
statistics object Product review statistics
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating
rating_distribution object Distribution of ratings by star count
review_velocity number Reviews per month average

Get embeddable widget code

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
widget_type select Type of widget to generate
product_id text Product ID for product-specific widgets
max_reviews number 5 Maximum number of reviews to display
Outputs
Name Type Description
widget_code string HTML/JavaScript widget code
widget_config object Widget configuration details

Approve, reject, or respond to a review

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
review_id text ID of the review to moderate
action select Action to take on the review
response_text textarea Response message (required for respond action)
rejection_reason text Reason for rejection (optional for reject action)
Outputs
Name Type Description
moderation_success boolean Whether moderation action was successful
review_status string Updated review status

Get review analytics and insights

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metric_type select overview Type of analytics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Detailed analytics information
total_reviews number Total reviews in period
average_rating number Average rating in period
response_rate number Review request response rate
Olark

Olark

Live chat and customer engagement platform

Free

Setting up Olark Integration

  1. Log in to your Olark account
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations
  3. Click "API" in the integrations list
  4. Click "Generate API Key"
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. To find your Site ID, go to Settings → Install Code
  7. Your Site ID is shown in the install code (e.g., "1234-567-890-1234")
  8. Enter both the API key and Site ID above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys are found under Settings → Integrations → API
  • Site ID is found in Settings → Install Code
  • The API key provides access to your Olark chat data
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
Olark API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a message in an Olark chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
visitor_id text ID of the visitor to send message to
body textarea Content of the message
nickname text Support Nickname of the operator sending the message
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string The ID of the sent message
body string The message content
timestamp string When the message was sent

Retrieve details of a specific visitor

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
visitor_id text ID of the visitor to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
visitor_id string The visitor ID
fullname string Visitor full name
email string Visitor email address
phone string Visitor phone number
city string Visitor city
region string Visitor region/state
country_code string Visitor country code

Get a list of chat transcripts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Number of chats to retrieve (max 100)
start text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
end text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
Outputs
Name Type Description
chats array Array of chat objects
total_count number Total number of chats

Retrieve details of a specific chat transcript

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text ID of the chat to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
chat_id string The chat ID
visitor_nickname string Nickname of the visitor
visitor_email string Email of the visitor
started_timestamp string When the chat started
ended_timestamp string When the chat ended
messages array Array of chat messages

Update visitor information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
visitor_id text ID of the visitor to update
fullname text New full name
email text New email address
phone text New phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
visitor_id string The ID of the updated visitor
updated_at string When the visitor was updated

Create a note for a visitor

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
visitor_id text ID of the visitor to add note to
text textarea Content of the note
Outputs
Name Type Description
note_id string The ID of the created note
text string The note content
created_at string When the note was created
Omnisend

Omnisend

Omnichannel marketing automation platform for e-commerce with email, SMS, push notifications, and customer journey mapping

Free

Setting up Omnisend Integration

  1. Log in to your Omnisend account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" in the left sidebar
  3. Click on "Integrations" in the settings menu
  4. Find "API Keys" section or go to API Keys page
  5. Click "Create API Key" to generate a new key
  6. Give your API key a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Select the appropriate permissions for your use case
  8. Copy the generated API key
  9. Paste the API key in the field above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API keys provide access to your Omnisend account data and campaigns
  • You can manage and revoke API keys from your Omnisend account settings
  • Rate limits apply - Omnisend allows up to 600 requests per minute
  • Some features require specific Omnisend plan levels
  • Omnisend supports omnichannel marketing including email, SMS, and push notifications
Omnisend API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve contacts from your Omnisend account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select subscribed
sort select createdAt
sort_direction select desc
limit number 250 Number of contacts to retrieve (max 250)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact objects
paging object Pagination information

Create a new contact in Omnisend

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
phone text Contact phone number (international format)
country text Country name or ISO code
state text State or region
city text City name
postal_code text Postal or ZIP code
custom_properties textarea {} Custom properties as JSON object (e.g. {"company": "Acme", "role": "Manager"})
tags textarea [] Tags as JSON array (e.g. ["customer", "vip"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The created contact object
contact_id string ID of the created contact

Update an existing contact in Omnisend

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to update
first_name text Updated first name
last_name text Updated last name
phone text Updated phone number
custom_properties textarea {} Custom properties to update as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The updated contact object

Retrieve a specific contact by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The contact object

Add tags to a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact
tags textarea Tags to add as JSON array (e.g. ["customer", "vip"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The contact with added tags

Remove tags from a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact
tags textarea Tags to remove as JSON array (e.g. ["old-customer"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object The contact with removed tags

Track a custom event for a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact
event_name text Name of the custom event
fields textarea {} Event properties as JSON object (e.g. {"product": "Widget", "value": 99.99})
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string ID of the tracked event

Retrieve campaigns from your Omnisend account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select regular
status select
limit number 250 Number of campaigns to retrieve (max 250)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects

Retrieve a specific campaign by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object The campaign object

Start a draft campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to start
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object The started campaign object

Pause a running campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to pause
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object The paused campaign object

Retrieve automation workflows from your account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
automations array Array of automation objects

Start an automation workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
automation_id text ID of the automation to start
Outputs
Name Type Description
automation object The started automation object

Pause an automation workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
automation_id text ID of the automation to pause
Outputs
Name Type Description
automation object The paused automation object

Retrieve orders from your Omnisend account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 250 Number of orders to retrieve (max 250)
sort select createdAt
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order objects

Create a new order in Omnisend

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text Unique order identifier
email text Customer email address
order_sum number Total order amount
currency text Currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
order_status select awaitingPayment
order_url text URL to view the order
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object The created order object
ON24

ON24

Webinar and virtual event platform for interactive digital experiences

Free

Setting up ON24 Integration

  1. Log in to your ON24 account
  2. Navigate to Analytics → API Dashboard
  3. Create a new API token or use existing one
  4. Copy your Client ID, Token Key, and Token Secret
  5. Select your region (US or EU based on your account)
  6. Ensure your token has access to Event Management, Registration, and Analytics endpoints
  7. Save the configuration above

Notes:

  • Requires ON24 account with API access enabled
  • Token Key and Secret must be kept secure (server-to-server only)
  • All endpoints access is recommended for optimal functionality
  • API calls have rate limits - check your account limits
  • Different regions use different base URLs
ON24 API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new ON24 webinar event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the webinar event
description textarea Event description
start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
duration number 60 Event duration in minutes
timezone text UTC e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London
presenter_name text Main presenter name
presenter_email text Main presenter email address
registration_required checkbox Require attendees to register
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string
registration_url string
attendee_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific ON24 event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
start_time string
duration number
registration_url string
attendee_url string
status string
success boolean

Register an attendee for an ON24 event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
first_name text Attendee first name
last_name text Attendee last name
email text Attendee email address
company text Attendee company name
title text Attendee job title
phone text Attendee phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrant_id string
attendee_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of registrants for an event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
page_size number 100 Number of registrants per page
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrants array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of attendees for a completed event

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
event_id text The unique ID of the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
attendees array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of events for the client

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select active
limit number 50 Maximum number of events to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
total_count number
success boolean
OneDrive

OneDrive

Microsoft cloud file hosting and synchronization service

Free

Setting up OneDrive Integration

  1. Go to the Azure Portal
  2. Navigate to "Azure Active Directory" → "App registrations"
  3. Click "New registration" and create a new app
  4. Add redirect URI: /oauth/callback/onedrive
  5. Go to "API permissions" and add Microsoft Graph permissions:
  6. - Files.ReadWrite.All, Sites.ReadWrite.All
  7. Generate a client secret in "Certificates & secrets"
  8. Click the "Connect to OneDrive" button below to authorize access

Notes:

  • You need a Microsoft account or Microsoft 365 account
  • The integration provides access to your personal OneDrive
  • You can revoke access anytime from your Microsoft account settings
  • File operations are subject to your OneDrive storage limits
OneDrive API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload a file to OneDrive

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
fileData file Yes File content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileName text Name for the uploaded file
folderPath text / OneDrive folder path (e.g., "/Documents/MyFolder")
conflictBehavior select rename What to do if file already exists
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId string OneDrive file ID
fileName string Name of the uploaded file
webUrl string URL to view the file online
downloadUrl string Direct download URL
size number Size of the file in bytes
success boolean

Download a file from OneDrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
fileId text OneDrive file ID (use this OR file path)
filePath text Full path to file (use this OR file ID)
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileData binary Downloaded file content
fileName string Name of the downloaded file
size number Size of the file in bytes
mimeType string File MIME type

List files and folders in OneDrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderPath text / OneDrive folder path (leave empty for root)
filter text OData filter (e.g., "name eq 'report.pdf'")
orderBy select name How to sort the results
top number 100 Maximum number of items to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array Array of files and folders
totalCount number Number of items found

Create a new folder in OneDrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folderName text Name of the folder to create
parentPath text / Parent folder path (leave empty for root)
conflictBehavior select rename What to do if folder already exists
Outputs
Name Type Description
folderId string OneDrive folder ID
folderName string Name of the created folder
webUrl string URL to view the folder online
success boolean

Delete a file or folder from OneDrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text OneDrive item ID (use this OR item path)
itemPath text Full path to item (use this OR item ID)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
deletedPath string Path of the deleted item

Move a file or folder to another location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text OneDrive item ID (use this OR item path)
itemPath text Current path to item (use this OR item ID)
destinationPath text New folder path for the item
newName text New name for the item (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
itemId string ID of the moved item
newPath string New path of the item
webUrl string URL to view the moved item
success boolean

Copy a file or folder to another location

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text OneDrive item ID (use this OR item path)
itemPath text Path to item to copy (use this OR item ID)
destinationPath text Destination folder path
newName text New name for the copied item (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
newItemId string ID of the copied item
newPath string Path of the copied item
webUrl string URL to view the copied item
success boolean

Get information about a file or folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text OneDrive item ID (use this OR item path)
itemPath text Full path to item (use this OR item ID)
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string OneDrive item ID
name string Item name
size number Size in bytes (files only)
isFolder boolean Whether this is a folder
createdDateTime string Creation timestamp
lastModifiedDateTime string Last modification timestamp
webUrl string URL to view the item online
downloadUrl string Direct download URL (files only)

Create a sharing link for a file or folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
itemId text OneDrive item ID (use this OR item path)
itemPath text Full path to item (use this OR item ID)
linkType select view Type of sharing link
scope select anonymous Who can access the link
Outputs
Name Type Description
shareUrl string Sharing link URL
linkType string Type of the created link
scope string Access scope of the link
success boolean

Search for files and folders in OneDrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Text to search for in file names and content
top number 50 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of matching files and folders
totalCount number Number of results found
Ontraport

Ontraport

Business automation platform combining CRM, email marketing, and e-commerce tools

Free

Setting up Ontraport Integration

  1. Log in to your Ontraport account
  2. Go to Administration → Integrations → API Instructions & Key Manager
  3. Click "New API Key"
  4. Enter a name for your API key (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy both the App ID and API Key provided
  6. Paste both values above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Both App ID and API Key are required for authentication
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • You can manage your API keys from the Ontraport admin panel
  • API calls are subject to Ontraport rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • You can revoke API keys anytime from your account settings
Ontraport API Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a contact in Ontraport

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
firstname text Contact first name
lastname text Contact last name
company text Contact company name
phone text Contact phone number
customFields textarea {} Additional contact fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId number The Ontraport contact ID
status string Created or Updated

Add a contact to an Ontraport sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sequenceId text The ID of the sequence
contactId text The Ontraport contact ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was added to the sequence
message string Success or error message

Add a contact to an Ontraport campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
contactId text The Ontraport contact ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the contact was added to the campaign
message string Success or error message

Add a tag to a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tagId text The ID of the tag to add
contactId text The Ontraport contact ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the tag was added successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve contact information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for contact lookup
lookupValue text The email address or contact ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Complete contact information from Ontraport
found boolean Whether the contact was found

Retrieve all Ontraport campaigns

Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of Ontraport campaigns
count number Number of campaigns returned

Retrieve all Ontraport sequences

Outputs
Name Type Description
sequences array Array of Ontraport sequences
count number Number of sequences returned

Retrieve all Ontraport tags

Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array Array of Ontraport tags
count number Number of tags returned
OpenAI

OpenAI

Leverage OpenAI's powerful language models to generate text, answer questions, and enhance automation. Integrate AI-driven capabilities into your workflows effortlessly.

Free

Setting up your OpenAI API Key

  1. Go to OpenAI Platform (you must be logged into your OpenAI account)
  2. Click "Create new secret key"
  3. Give your key a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  4. Copy the generated API key (it starts with "sk-")
  5. Paste the API key into the form above and save
  6. You can now use OpenAI's GPT models, Whisper transcription, and text-to-speech in your workflows

Notes:

  • You need to add a payment method to your OpenAI account for API usage
  • API usage is billed separately by OpenAI based on tokens consumed
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • You can monitor usage and set billing limits in your OpenAI dashboard
  • Different models (GPT-4, GPT-3.5, etc.) have different pricing tiers
OpenAI API Documentation

Available Operations

Generate text using OpenAI GPT models

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
prompt string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Enter your prompt text. You can drag & drop parameters from previous nodes.
model select gpt-4o Select the GPT model to use
temperature float 0.7 Controls randomness: 0 = deterministic, 2 = very creative
max_tokens number 500 Maximum number of tokens to generate
json_schema code Define output structure. Response is GUARANTEED to match this schema. Example: {"type": "object", "properties": {"title": {"type": "string"}, "score": {"type": "number"}}, "required": ["title", "score"]}
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string
data object
usage object
model string
finish_reason string
success boolean
Inputs
Name Type Required Description
audioFile file Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
language string
Outputs
Name Type Description
text string
success boolean

Download audio from URL and transcribe using Whisper

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audio_url text URL of the audio file to transcribe
auth_header text Full Authorization header value if URL requires auth (e.g., "Bearer xxx")
language text ISO-639-1 language code (e.g., en, es, fr)
Outputs
Name Type Description
text string The transcribed text from the audio
success boolean

Convert text into spoken audio using OpenAI TTS. Outputs raw audio data.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
text textarea Yes Enter the text to convert into speech. You can use parameters like [[nodes.node_id.output.key]].
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text textarea Enter text directly, or map an input from a previous node. Input mapping takes precedence if set.
model select tts-1 Choose the TTS model.
voice select alloy Choose the voice for the audio.
response_format select mp3 The format for the generated audio file.
speed float 1
Outputs
Name Type Description
audio_data binary The raw binary audio data.
content_type string The MIME type of the audio data (e.g., audio/mpeg).
success boolean

Generate images using OpenAI DALL-E 3 or DALL-E 2 models

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
prompt string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate. Be specific about style, composition, and details.
model select dall-e-3 Select the DALL-E model to use
size select 1024x1024 Image dimensions (DALL-E 3 supports all sizes)
quality select standard Image quality (DALL-E 3 only)
style select vivid Image style (DALL-E 3 only)
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The raw binary image data (PNG)
content_type string The MIME type of the image (e.g., image/png)
original_url string The temporary OpenAI URL (expires in ~1 hour)
revised_prompt string The prompt as revised by DALL-E 3 for safety/clarity
model string
size string
quality string
style string
success boolean

Analyze an image using GPT-4o Vision. Extract information, describe contents, read text, or answer questions about images.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
image_url string Yes
prompt string Yes
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
image_url text URL of the image to analyze. Supports JPG, PNG, GIF, WEBP.
prompt textarea Instructions for what to analyze. Examples: "Describe this image", "Read the text in this image", "What damage do you see?"
model select gpt-4o Select the vision model to use
detail select auto Image processing detail level. High uses more tokens but captures fine details.
max_tokens number 1000 Maximum tokens for the response
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string The AI analysis of the image
usage object API token usage statistics
model string
finish_reason string
success boolean
OpenCart

OpenCart

Open-source shopping cart system for managing products, orders, and customers

Free

Setting up OpenCart Integration

  1. Log in to your OpenCart admin panel
  2. Navigate to System → Users → API
  3. Create a new API user or edit an existing one
  4. Copy the API Token and Username
  5. Enter your store URL in the format: https://yourstore.com
  6. Paste the API credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure your API user has proper permissions for products and orders
  • The store URL should not include /admin or trailing slashes
  • API access may need to be enabled in your OpenCart settings
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them
OpenCart API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from OpenCart store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of products to retrieve
filter_name text Filter products by name
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
total number Total number of products

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in OpenCart

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
description textarea Product description
price number Product price
quantity number 1 Stock quantity
model text Product model or SKU
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_id string ID of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
price number New product price
quantity number New stock quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from OpenCart store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
order_status_id text Filter by order status ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
total number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update the status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to update
order_status_id text New order status ID
comment textarea Optional comment for the status change
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the order status was updated successfully
OpenProject

OpenProject

Open-source project management software with task tracking and collaboration

Free

Setting up OpenProject Integration

  1. Log in to your OpenProject instance
  2. Go to your Account Settings
  3. Navigate to Access Tokens
  4. Create a new API token
  5. Copy your server URL and API key
  6. Enter both values above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires OpenProject instance with API access
  • API key provides access to your projects
  • Include protocol (http/https) in server URL
OpenProject API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new work package in OpenProject

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID of the project
subject text The subject of the work package
type_id text 1 The type ID (e.g., 1 for Task)
Outputs
Name Type Description
work_package_id string The unique ID of the created work package
OpenWeatherMap

OpenWeatherMap

Get current weather, forecasts, and geocoding for any location worldwide

Free

Setting up OpenWeatherMap Integration

  1. Create a free account at OpenWeatherMap
  2. After signing up, go to your API keys page
  3. You will see a default API key, or you can create a new one
  4. Copy your API key and paste it in the field above
  5. Click Save to complete the integration setup
  6. Note: New API keys may take a few minutes to activate

Notes:

  • Free tier includes 1,000 API calls per day
  • Weather data is updated every 10 minutes
  • Use the Geocode City operation to convert city names to coordinates
  • Coordinates provide more accurate results than city names
  • Supported temperature units: Celsius (metric), Fahrenheit (imperial), Kelvin (standard)
  • API rate limit: 60 calls per minute on free tier
OpenWeatherMap API Documentation

Available Operations

Get current weather data for a location by coordinates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
latitude text Latitude coordinate (e.g., 40.7128)
longitude text Longitude coordinate (e.g., -74.0060)
units select metric Unit system for temperature and wind speed
Outputs
Name Type Description
temperature number Current temperature in selected units
feels_like number Perceived temperature
humidity number Humidity percentage
pressure number Atmospheric pressure
description string Text description of weather conditions
main_weather string Main weather category (e.g., Clear, Clouds, Rain)
icon string Weather icon code
wind_speed number Wind speed (m/s for metric, mph for imperial)
wind_direction number Wind direction in degrees
visibility number Visibility distance in meters
clouds number Cloudiness percentage
sunrise string Sunrise time (UTC)
sunset string Sunset time (UTC)
location_name string Name of the location
country string Country code (e.g., US, GB)

Get 5-day weather forecast with 3-hour intervals

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
latitude text Latitude coordinate (e.g., 40.7128)
longitude text Longitude coordinate (e.g., -74.0060)
units select metric Unit system for temperature and wind speed
Outputs
Name Type Description
forecast array Array of forecast items with temperature, weather, and timestamps
city_name string Name of the city
country string Country code
count number Number of forecast items returned

Get latitude and longitude coordinates from a city name

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
city text Name of the city (e.g., New York, London, Tokyo)
state_code text State code for US cities only (e.g., NY, CA)
country_code text ISO 3166 country code (e.g., US, GB, JP)
limit number 1 Number of results to return (1-5)
Outputs
Name Type Description
latitude number Latitude coordinate of first result
longitude number Longitude coordinate of first result
name string Official name of the location
country string Country code
state string State or region name
locations array Array of all matching locations (if limit > 1)

Get location name from latitude and longitude coordinates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
latitude text Latitude coordinate (e.g., 40.7128)
longitude text Longitude coordinate (e.g., -74.0060)
limit number 1 Number of results to return (1-5)
Outputs
Name Type Description
name string Name of the location
country string Country code
state string State or region name
locations array Array of all matching locations
Oracle ERP

Oracle ERP

Enterprise resource planning - Comprehensive cloud applications for finance and operations

Free

Setting up Oracle ERP Integration

  1. Contact your Oracle Cloud administrator to get the necessary credentials
  2. Obtain your Oracle Cloud instance base URL from your administrator
  3. Get your Oracle Cloud username and password for API access
  4. Ensure your user has appropriate roles for REST API access
  5. Verify that required Oracle Cloud modules are provisioned (Financials, Procurement, etc.)
  6. Your user needs roles like: Application Developer, Integration Developer, or custom roles with REST service privileges
  7. Test connectivity to Oracle Cloud REST APIs at /fscmRestApi/resources/
  8. Enter all credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • This integration uses Oracle Cloud REST APIs for ERP operations
  • Requires Oracle Fusion Cloud Applications (SaaS) or Oracle Cloud@Customer
  • User must have appropriate roles and privileges for REST service access
  • Different Oracle Cloud modules may require additional role assignments
  • Connection uses HTTP Basic Authentication over HTTPS
  • Rate limits apply based on your Oracle Cloud subscription
Oracle Fusion Cloud Applications REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve customer records from Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_status select Filter by customer status
customer_type select Filter by customer type
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array
customer_count number

Create a new customer record in Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
party_name text Customer name
party_type select ORGANIZATION
customer_class text Customer classification code
primary_email text Customer primary email address
primary_phone text Customer primary phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
party_id string
party_number string
party_name string

Retrieve sales orders from Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by customer party ID
business_unit text Filter by business unit
from_date text Filter orders from this date
to_date text Filter orders to this date
order_status select Filter by order status
Outputs
Name Type Description
sales_orders array
order_count number
total_amount number

Create a new sales order in Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Oracle customer party ID
business_unit text Business unit for the order
order_type text STANDARD Sales order type
currency_code text USD Order currency (e.g., USD, EUR)
customer_po_number text Customer purchase order number
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_number string
header_id string
order_amount number
order_status string

Retrieve item master data from Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_class text Filter by item class
organization_id text Filter by inventory organization
enabled_flag select Y
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array
item_count number

Create a new item in Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_number text Unique item number
description text Item description
item_type select STANDARD
primary_uom text Primary unit of measure (e.g., Each, Kg)
item_class text Item classification
Outputs
Name Type Description
inventory_item_id string
item_number string
description string

Retrieve AR invoices from Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by customer party ID
business_unit text Filter by business unit
from_date text Filter invoices from this date
to_date text Filter invoices to this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Create a new AR invoice in Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Oracle customer party ID
business_unit text Business unit for the invoice
transaction_type text Invoice Invoice transaction type
invoice_currency text USD Invoice currency code
terms text Payment terms code
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
transaction_number string
invoice_amount number
invoice_status string

Retrieve payment records from Oracle ERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by customer party ID
payment_method text Filter by payment method code
from_date text Filter payments from this date
to_date text Filter payments to this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
payments array
payment_count number
total_amount number
Outbrain

Outbrain

Native advertising and content recommendation platform. Create and manage native ad campaigns, get performance analytics, and discover content recommendations for maximum engagement.

Free

Setting up Outbrain Integration

  1. Log in to your Outbrain Amplify account
  2. Navigate to Account Settings and find your Account ID
  3. Contact Outbrain support to request API access if not already enabled
  4. Use your regular Amplify login credentials (username and password)
  5. Note your Marketer Account ID from the account dashboard
  6. Enter your credentials and account ID above

Notes:

  • API access may require approval from Outbrain support
  • You need an active Outbrain Amplify advertiser account
  • API uses basic authentication with your regular credentials
  • Rate limits apply - check Outbrain's documentation for current limits
  • Content must comply with Outbrain's editorial guidelines
  • Some operations require specific account permissions
  • Native ads go through editorial review before approval
Outbrain Amplify API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve advertising campaigns from Outbrain Amplify

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
enabled select Filter campaigns by enabled status
archived select Filter campaigns by archived status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of native advertising campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve promoted links (ads) from campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
enabled select Filter links by enabled status
archived select Filter links by archived status
Outputs
Name Type Description
promotedLinks array List of promoted links (ads)
totalCount number

Get detailed performance analytics and reports

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startDate text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
breakdown select How to break down the report data
metrics textarea ["impressions", "clicks", "ctr", "spend", "cpc", "conversions"] Metrics to include (JSON array)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array Performance metrics and analytics data
totalSpend number Total advertising spend for the period
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
averageCtr number Average click-through rate
totalConversions number

Create a new native advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
budget number Campaign budget amount
budgetType select Type of budget allocation
cpcBid number Cost per click bid amount
suffixTrackingCode text UTM or tracking parameters to append
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Create a new promoted link (ad) within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to add promoted link to
linkText text Headline/title for the promoted link
url text URL where users will be directed when clicking
imageUrl text URL of the image for the promoted link
sectionId text Target section ID for content placement
Outputs
Name Type Description
promotedLinkId string ID of the created promoted link
linkText string
status string

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Get budget and bid optimization recommendations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign for recommendations
Outputs
Name Type Description
recommendations array Recommended budget and bid optimizations
currentBudget number
recommendedBudget number
currentCpc number
recommendedCpc number

Get content recommendations based on performance data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category text Content category to get recommendations for
country text US Two-letter country code (e.g., US, UK, CA)
limit number 20 Number of content recommendations to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contentRecommendations array List of recommended content based on performance
totalCount number
Outreach

Outreach

Sales engagement and automation platform with email sequences, call automation, and comprehensive sales analytics

Free

Setting up Outreach Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication
  2. Contact your Outreach administrator to request API access
  3. Ensure your Outreach account has the necessary permissions for the scopes you need
  4. Click the "Connect" button below to start the OAuth authorization
  5. You will be redirected to Outreach to grant permissions
  6. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  7. Your integration is now ready for sales engagement automation

Notes:

  • Requires Enterprise or Professional Outreach plan with API access
  • Some endpoints may require specific user permissions in Outreach
  • Rate limits apply based on your Outreach plan
  • API access must be requested from Outreach support team
Outreach API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new prospect in Outreach

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Prospect's first name
last_name text Prospect's last name
email text Primary email address
company_name text Company or organization name
title text Professional title or role
phone_number text Primary phone number
linkedin_url text LinkedIn profile URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
prospect_id number
email string
full_name string
created_at string

Search for prospects by email or other criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Search by email address
first_name text Search by first name
last_name text Search by last name
company_name text Search by company name
limit number 10 Maximum number of results (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
prospects array
total_count number

Add a prospect to an outreach sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prospect_email text Email of the prospect to add to sequence
sequence_id number ID of the sequence to add prospect to
mailbox_id number Mailbox to send from (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
sequence_state_id number
prospect_id number
sequence_id number
state string

Get list of available outreach sequences

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Return only active sequences
limit number 20 Maximum number of sequences to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
sequences array
total_count number

Create a new account (company) in Outreach

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the company/account
domain text Company website domain
industry text Company industry
employee_count number Number of employees
phone_number text Main company phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
account_id number
name string
domain string
created_at string

Retrieve activity history for a specific prospect

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prospect_email text Email of the prospect to get activity for
activity_types textarea Filter by activity types (one per line: email, call, task, etc.)
limit number 50 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
prospect_info object
total_activities number
Owler Scraper

Owler Scraper

Extract company profiles, competitive intelligence, and industry data from Owler.com business directory

45 credits

Using Owler Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Owler scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide company URLs from Owler.com to scrape
  4. The scraper will extract company profiles and competitive intelligence
  5. Results include company data, competitors, and industry information

Notes:

  • Extract detailed company profiles with revenue and employee data
  • Competitive intelligence including top competitors
  • Industry analysis and market positioning
  • Company news and recent updates
  • Leadership information and key executives
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed company information from Owler company URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Owler company URLs to scrape (e.g., https://www.owler.com/company/microsoft)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Company profiles with competitive intelligence and industry data
count number Number of company profiles scraped
PandaDoc

PandaDoc

Create, send, and manage professional documents with PandaDoc. Automate proposal generation, contracts, and e-signatures.

Free

Setting up PandaDoc Integration

  1. Log in to your PandaDoc account
  2. Click on your profile icon in the top-right corner
  3. Select "Developer Dashboard" from the dropdown menu
  4. Go to "API" section and click "Configuration"
  5. Click "Create API Key" to generate a new key
  6. Give your key a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Copy the API key and paste it above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API keys have the same permissions as your account
  • You can create multiple API keys for different integrations
  • Revoke keys anytime from the Developer Dashboard
  • API rate limits: 180 requests per minute
  • Document creation requires a valid template UUID
PandaDoc API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new document from a template with tokens and recipients

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
template_uuid text The UUID of the PandaDoc template to use
document_name text Name for the new document
recipients textarea JSON array of recipients. Example: [{"email":"john@example.com","first_name":"John","last_name":"Doe","role":"Client"}]
tokens textarea JSON array of tokens to populate in template. Example: [{"name":"Client.Name","value":"John Doe"}]
pricing_tables textarea JSON array of pricing table data
metadata textarea Optional metadata as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
name string
status string
date_created string
uuid string
success boolean

Send a document to recipients for viewing/signing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text The ID of the document to send
message textarea Custom message to include in the email
subject text Custom email subject
silent select false
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
status string
recipients array
success boolean

Retrieve detailed information about a document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text The ID of the document
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
name string
status string
date_created string
date_modified string
recipients array
tokens array
fields array
metadata object
data object
success boolean

Retrieve the audit trail (activity history) for a document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text The ID of the document
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array
count number
success boolean

Send a reminder to recipients who have not completed the document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text The ID of the document
recipient_id text Specific recipient ID to remind. Leave empty for all pending recipients.
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string
success boolean

Get the current status of a document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text The ID of the document
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
status string
name string
success boolean

Get a list of available templates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
count number 50 Maximum number of templates to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
templates array
count number
success boolean
Pardot

Pardot

Salesforce B2B marketing automation platform for lead generation, nurturing, and scoring

Free

Setting up Pardot Integration

  1. This integration uses Salesforce OAuth2 authentication since Pardot is part of Salesforce
  2. Ensure you have Pardot licenses and appropriate permissions in your Salesforce org
  3. Click the "Connect" button to start OAuth2 authorization
  4. You will be redirected to Salesforce to grant permissions
  5. After authorization, find your Business Unit ID in Pardot Settings > Business Units
  6. Enter your Business Unit ID in the field above and save

Notes:

  • You need Pardot user permissions in Salesforce to use this integration
  • Business Unit ID is required for all Pardot API calls
  • API calls are subject to Salesforce API limits
  • Some operations require specific Pardot permissions
  • Pardot API v5 uses Salesforce authentication
Pardot API Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a prospect in Pardot

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Prospect email address
firstName text Prospect first name
lastName text Prospect last name
company text Prospect company name
customFields textarea {} Additional prospect fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
prospectId number The Pardot prospect ID
status string Created or Updated

Add a prospect to a Pardot list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listId text The ID of the Pardot list
prospectId text The Pardot prospect ID to add to the list
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the prospect was added successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve prospect information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for prospect lookup
lookupValue text The email address or prospect ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
prospect object Complete prospect information from Pardot
found boolean Whether the prospect was found

Update the score of a Pardot prospect

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prospectId text The Pardot prospect ID
score number The new score value
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the score was updated successfully
newScore number The updated score value

Get activity history for a prospect

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prospectId text The Pardot prospect ID to get activities for
limit number 50 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array Array of prospect activities
count number Number of activities returned

Retrieve all Pardot lists

Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of Pardot lists
count number Number of lists returned
Parse.ly

Parse.ly

Content analytics and audience insights with detailed performance tracking and trending content analysis

Free

Setting up Parse.ly Integration

  1. Log in to your Parse.ly dashboard
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Credentials
  3. Copy your API Key and Site ID
  4. Your Site ID is typically your domain name (e.g., example.com)
  5. Paste both values in the fields above
  6. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Your API key provides access to detailed content analytics
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The Site ID should match the domain configured in your Parse.ly account
  • API rate limits apply - see Parse.ly documentation for details
  • Ensure Parse.ly tracking is installed on your website for data collection
Parse.ly API Documentation

Available Operations

Get the most popular content from your site

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
timeFrame select 7d Time period for content analysis
metric select views Metric to sort content by
limit number 10 Maximum number of content pieces to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
content array
totalViews number
totalEngagement number

Get detailed audience demographics and behavior data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
period select 30d Time period for audience analysis
dimensions textarea ["referrer_type", "device_type", "country"] Array of dimensions to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
demographics object
behavior object
devices object
geography array

Analyze performance of specific content or categories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contentUrl text Specific article URL to analyze (leave empty for all content)
category text Filter by content category/tag
author text Filter by author name
timeFrame select 30d
Outputs
Name Type Description
performance object
engagement object
sharing object
timeOnPage number

Get current real-time visitor and content data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of real-time results
Outputs
Name Type Description
currentVisitors number
topContent array
referrers array
timestamp string

Analyze search terms bringing traffic to your content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
timeFrame select 30d
searchEngine select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
searchTerms array
searchTraffic number
organicPercentage number

Identify content that is currently trending or gaining momentum

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
trendType select rising Type of trending analysis
minViews number 100 Minimum view threshold for trending content
Outputs
Name Type Description
trendingContent array
trendScore number
growthRate number
PartnerStack API

PartnerStack API

Partner relationship management platform

Free

Setting up PartnerStack API

  1. Log in to your PartnerStack account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "Integrations" → "API"
  3. Generate or copy your API Key
  4. Find your Company Key in the account settings or dashboard URL
  5. Paste both the API Key and Company Key above and save

Notes:

  • You need a PartnerStack account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or admin access
PartnerStack API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve partner list and their information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter partners by status
tier select Filter by partner tier
limit number 20 Number of partners to return (max 100)
offset number 0 Number of partners to skip
Outputs
Name Type Description
partners array Array of partner data
total_partners number Total number of partners
pagination object Pagination information

Retrieve partner rewards and commission data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text Filter by specific partner ID
start_date text Start date for rewards (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for rewards (YYYY-MM-DD format)
status select Filter by reward status
Outputs
Name Type Description
rewards array Array of reward data
total_rewards number Total number of rewards
total_amount number Total reward amount

Retrieve partner transaction history

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text Filter by specific partner ID
start_date text Start date for transactions (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text End date for transactions (YYYY-MM-DD format)
transaction_type select Filter by transaction type
Outputs
Name Type Description
transactions array Array of transaction data
total_transactions number Total number of transactions
total_value number Total transaction value

Invite and create a new partner

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Partner email address
first_name text Partner first name
last_name text Partner last name
company_name text Partner company name
partner_type select affiliate Type of partnership
send_invite select true Whether to send invitation email
Outputs
Name Type Description
partner_created boolean Whether partner was created successfully
partner_id string ID of the created partner
partner_data object Created partner information
invite_sent boolean Whether invitation email was sent

Update partner information and status

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text ID of the partner to update
status select Update partner status
tier select Update partner tier
notes textarea Internal notes about the partner
Outputs
Name Type Description
partner_updated boolean Whether partner was updated successfully
partner_data object Updated partner information

Record a new partner transaction or conversion

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
partner_id text ID of the partner
transaction_type select Type of transaction
amount number Transaction value (for sales)
currency select USD Transaction currency
customer_id text Associated customer identifier
description text Transaction description
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_recorded boolean Whether transaction was recorded successfully
transaction_id string ID of the recorded transaction
reward_amount number Calculated reward amount for partner

Retrieve partner program analytics and metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Analytics start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end_date text Analytics end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
partner_id text Filter by specific partner ID
group_by select day How to group the analytics data
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics_data array Detailed analytics information
summary object Summary metrics
total_partners number Total number of active partners
total_transactions number Total transactions in period
total_revenue number Total revenue generated
total_rewards number Total rewards paid out
Payoneer

Payoneer

Cross-border payment platform for global businesses

Free

Setting up Payoneer Integration

  1. Contact Payoneer to get API access and Partner ID
  2. Log in to your Payoneer account
  3. Navigate to Settings → API Integration
  4. Copy your Partner ID, API Username, and Password
  5. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Production for live)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • API access requires approval from Payoneer
  • Partner ID is provided during the onboarding process
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
Payoneer API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new payee account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
payee_id text Your unique identifier for the payee
first_name text Payee first name
last_name text Payee last name
email text Payee email address
date_of_birth text Date of birth (YYYY-MM-DD format)
address text Street address
city text City
country text 2-letter country code (e.g., US, GB)
Outputs
Name Type Description
payee_id string The created payee ID
status string
payee_data object

Check payee account status

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
payee_id text Payee ID to check status
Outputs
Name Type Description
payee_id string
status string
registration_status string
payee_data object

Send payment to a payee

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
program_id text Your Payoneer program ID
payment_id text Your unique payment identifier
payee_id text Recipient payee ID
amount number Payment amount
currency text USD 3-letter currency code
description text Payment description
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment_id string
status string
amount number
currency string
payment_data object

Check status of a payment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
payment_id text Payment ID to check status
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment_id string
status string
amount number
currency string
date_executed string
payment_data object

Retrieve account balance information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
program_id text Your Payoneer program ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
balance number
currency string
balance_data object
PayPal

PayPal

Digital payment platform for online transactions and money transfers

Free

Setting up PayPal Integration

  1. Sign in to the PayPal Developer Dashboard
  2. Click "Create App" or select an existing app
  3. Choose "Default Application" or create a custom app name
  4. Select your merchant account for live environment or use sandbox
  5. Under "Features", select the APIs you need (e.g., Payments, Orders)
  6. Copy the Client ID from the app details
  7. Click "Show" next to Client Secret and copy it
  8. Choose the appropriate environment (Sandbox for testing, Live for production)
  9. Enter your Client ID and Client Secret above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Switch to Live environment only when ready for real transactions
  • Client credentials should be kept secure and never shared publicly
  • You can manage your apps in the PayPal Developer Dashboard
  • Live environment requires business account verification
PayPal API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new PayPal order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount text Order amount (e.g., 19.99)
currency select USD
description text Order description
return_url text URL to redirect after successful payment
cancel_url text URL to redirect after cancelled payment
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object The created order object
id string PayPal order ID
status string
approval_url string URL for customer to approve payment

Get details of a PayPal order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text PayPal order ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Complete order details
id string
status string
amount object Order amount details

Capture payment for an approved order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text PayPal order ID to capture
Outputs
Name Type Description
capture object Payment capture details
id string
status string
amount object

Create a direct payment (legacy API)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount text Payment amount (e.g., 19.99)
currency select USD
description text Payment description
payment_method select paypal
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment object The created payment object
id string
state string
approval_url string

Get details of a payment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
payment_id text PayPal payment ID to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment object Complete payment details
id string
state string
amount object

Refund a captured payment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
capture_id text PayPal capture ID to refund
amount text Amount to refund (leave empty for full refund)
currency text Currency code (e.g., USD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
refund object Refund transaction details
id string
status string
amount object
pCloud

pCloud

Secure cloud storage service with file sharing capabilities

Free

Setting up pCloud Integration

  1. Go to the pCloud OAuth Setup
  2. Contact pCloud support to request OAuth application credentials
  3. Provide your redirect URI: /oauth/callback/pcloud
  4. Once approved, you will receive your Client ID and Client Secret
  5. Add these credentials to your environment configuration
  6. Click the "Connect" button to authorize TaskAGI access to your pCloud

Notes:

  • pCloud requires manual approval for OAuth applications
  • The approval process may take several business days
  • Make sure to specify the exact redirect URI during application setup
  • The integration will have access to read and write files in your pCloud storage
pCloud API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload a file to pCloud

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_path text Path to upload folder (e.g., /Documents/MyFolder). Leave empty for root folder.
file_name text Name for the uploaded file including extension
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_id string Unique identifier of the uploaded file
download_url string URL to download the file
file_size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Download a file from pCloud

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to download
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_content binary The downloaded file content
file_name string Original name of the file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes

List files and folders in pCloud

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_path text Path to list files from. Leave empty for root folder.
recursive checkbox Include files from subfolders
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array List of files and folders
total_count number Total number of items found

Delete a file from pCloud

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the file was successfully deleted
message string Status message

Create a new folder in pCloud

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_name text Name of the folder to create
parent_path text Path where to create the folder. Leave empty for root.
Outputs
Name Type Description
folder_id string ID of the created folder
folder_path string Full path of the created folder

Create a public share link for a file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to share
password password Optional password protection for the share
Outputs
Name Type Description
share_url string Public URL to access the file
share_id string ID of the created share
PDFMonkey

PDFMonkey

Generate professional PDF documents from templates with dynamic data. Create invoices, reports, contracts, and more with PDFMonkey.

Free

Setting up PDFMonkey Integration

  1. Log in to your PDFMonkey dashboard
  2. Click on your profile icon in the top right corner
  3. Select "Account Settings" from the dropdown
  4. Navigate to the "API" section
  5. Copy your "API Secret Key" (not the Public Key)
  6. Paste the key above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your API Secret Key secure - never share it publicly
  • The API key gives full access to your PDFMonkey account
  • Each plan has a monthly document generation limit
  • Generated PDFs are available via download URL for 30 days
  • You can create templates in the PDFMonkey dashboard using their visual editor
PDFMonkey API Documentation

Available Operations

Generate a PDF document from a template with dynamic data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
templateId text The UUID of your PDFMonkey template
payload code_editor {} JSON object with the data to populate your template variables
meta code_editor {} Optional metadata to attach to the document
waitForCompletion checkbox 1 Wait for the PDF to be fully generated before continuing (recommended)
Outputs
Name Type Description
documentId string The unique identifier of the generated document
status string Current status of the document (draft, pending, generating, success, failure)
downloadUrl string Direct URL to download the generated PDF (available for 30 days)
previewUrl string URL to preview the PDF in browser
filename string The filename of the generated PDF

Retrieve details and download URL of a generated document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text The UUID of the document to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
documentId string The document identifier
status string Current status of the document
downloadUrl string Direct URL to download the PDF
previewUrl string URL to preview the PDF
filename string The filename of the PDF
payload object The data used to generate this document
generationLogs array Logs from the PDF generation process

Get a list of your PDF templates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workspaceId text Your PDFMonkey workspace ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
templates array Array of template objects with id, identifier, and name
count number Number of templates returned

Delete a generated document

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
documentId text The UUID of the document to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean Whether the document was successfully deleted
Perplexity Scraper

Perplexity Scraper

Extract AI-powered search results and answers from Perplexity.ai with source citations

45 credits

Using Perplexity Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Perplexity scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between general search or places search
  4. Enter your search prompts to query Perplexity AI
  5. The scraper will extract AI-powered search results and answers

Notes:

  • Extract AI-generated answers with source citations
  • General search for any topic or question
  • Places search for location-based queries
  • Comprehensive answers with related questions
  • Source references and credibility indicators
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Search Perplexity AI for answers to any prompt or question

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt text The question or topic you want to search for (e.g., "automation", "AI trends 2025")
country select Country context for search results (optional)
index number 1 Index of the result to fetch (optional, default: 1)
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array AI-generated answers with sources and related questions
count number Number of results returned

Search Perplexity AI Places tab for location-based queries

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt text Location-based query (e.g., "The best pizza in New York", "Hotels near Times Square")
Outputs
Name Type Description
places array Location-based search results with place information
count number Number of places found
Pexels

Pexels

Free stock photos and videos with high-quality content for commercial and personal use

Free

Setting up Pexels API Integration

  1. Create a free account at Pexels
  2. Go to the Pexels API page
  3. Click "Get Started" or "Create Your App"
  4. Fill out the application form with your project details
  5. Describe how you plan to use the Pexels API
  6. Submit your application for review
  7. Once approved, you will receive your API key via email
  8. Copy your API key and paste it in the field above
  9. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Free API includes 200 requests per hour and 20,000 per month
  • Always provide proper attribution to photographers when required
  • Follow Pexels Guidelines and Terms of Service
  • Some photos may have specific usage restrictions
  • Rate limits apply - monitor your usage to avoid hitting limits
  • Commercial use is allowed for most photos without attribution
Pexels API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for photos on Pexels by query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Keywords to search for (e.g., "nature", "business", "technology")
per_page number 15 Number of photos to return (max 80)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
orientation select Filter by photo orientation
size select Minimum photo resolution
color select Filter by dominant color
locale select en-US Language for search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
photos array Array of photo objects with URLs and metadata
totalResults number Total number of photos available for this query
page number Current page number
perPage number Number of photos per page
nextPage string URL for the next page of results

Get curated photos from Pexels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 15 Number of photos to return (max 80)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
photos array Array of curated photo objects
page number Current page number
perPage number Number of photos per page
nextPage string URL for the next page of results

Get detailed information about a specific photo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
photo_id text Pexels photo ID or URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
photo object Complete photo information
id number Unique photo identifier
photographer string Name of the photographer
photographerUrl string URL to photographer profile
url string URL to the photo page on Pexels
src object Different sizes and formats of the photo
alt string Alternative text description
avgColor string Average color of the photo in hex

Search for videos on Pexels by query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Keywords to search for in videos
per_page number 15 Number of videos to return (max 80)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
min_width number Minimum video width in pixels
min_height number Minimum video height in pixels
min_duration number Minimum video duration in seconds
max_duration number Maximum video duration in seconds
orientation select Filter by video orientation
locale select en-US Language for search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Array of video objects with URLs and metadata
totalResults number Total number of videos available for this query
page number Current page number
perPage number Number of videos per page
nextPage string URL for the next page of results

Get popular videos from Pexels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 15 Number of videos to return (max 80)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
min_width number Minimum video width in pixels
min_height number Minimum video height in pixels
min_duration number Minimum video duration in seconds
max_duration number Maximum video duration in seconds
orientation select Filter by video orientation
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Array of popular video objects
page number Current page number
perPage number Number of videos per page
nextPage string URL for the next page of results

Get detailed information about a specific video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text Pexels video ID or URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
video object Complete video information
id number Unique video identifier
user object Information about the video creator
url string URL to the video page on Pexels
duration number Video duration in seconds
videoFiles array Different qualities and formats of the video
videoPictures array Preview images for the video
Pinecone

Pinecone

Vector database for building knowledgeable AI applications. Store, search, and manage embeddings at scale.

Free

Setting up Pinecone Vector Database

  1. Go to Pinecone Console and log in or create an account
  2. Navigate to API Keys in your project settings
  3. Copy your API key
  4. Paste the API key into the form above and save
  5. Create an index in Pinecone if you don't have one already
  6. You can now use Pinecone for vector storage and retrieval in your workflows

Notes:

  • Pinecone offers a free tier with limited capacity
  • Each index has a specific dimension size - ensure your embeddings match
  • Namespaces help organize vectors within an index
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Monitor usage in your Pinecone dashboard
Pinecone Documentation

Available Operations

List all indexes in your Pinecone project

Outputs
Name Type Description
indexes array Array of index objects with name, host, dimension, metric
count number
success boolean

Get details about a specific index

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
index_name text Name of the index to describe
Outputs
Name Type Description
name string
host string Data plane endpoint for this index
dimension number
metric string
status object
success boolean

Insert or update vectors in an index

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
index_name text Name of the index
namespace text Optional namespace to organize vectors
vectors textarea JSON array of vectors. Each vector: {"id": "vec1", "values": [0.1, 0.2, ...], "metadata": {...}}
Outputs
Name Type Description
upsertedCount number
success boolean

Search for similar vectors in an index

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
index_name text Name of the index to query
namespace text Namespace to search in
vector textarea Query vector as JSON array of numbers, e.g., [0.1, 0.2, 0.3, ...]
topK number 10 Number of results to return (1-10000)
includeMetadata select true
includeValues select false
filter textarea Filter by metadata, e.g., {"genre": {"$eq": "comedy"}}
Outputs
Name Type Description
matches array Array of matching vectors with id, score, and optionally values/metadata
namespace string
success boolean

Delete vectors from an index by IDs, filter, or delete all in namespace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
index_name text Name of the index
namespace text Namespace to delete from
deleteMode select byIds
ids textarea JSON array of vector IDs to delete, e.g., ["id1", "id2"]
filter textarea Filter to select vectors to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
success boolean

Fetch specific vectors by their IDs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
index_name text Name of the index
namespace text Namespace to fetch from
ids textarea JSON array of vector IDs to fetch, e.g., ["id1", "id2"]
Outputs
Name Type Description
vectors object Object with vector ID as key and vector data as value
namespace string
success boolean

Generate vector embeddings for text using Pinecone Inference API

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
model select multilingual-e5-large
text textarea Text content to generate embeddings for
inputType select passage Passage for documents being indexed, Query for search queries
Outputs
Name Type Description
embedding array The generated embedding vector as array of numbers
model string
success boolean

Get statistics about vectors in an index

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
index_name text Name of the index
filter textarea Optional filter to get stats for matching vectors only
Outputs
Name Type Description
dimension number
indexFullness number
totalVectorCount number
namespaces object
success boolean
Pinterest Ads

Pinterest Ads

Visual advertising and promoted pins platform for driving traffic, conversions, and brand awareness

Free

Setting up Pinterest Ads API Integration

  1. Create a Pinterest Business account at business.pinterest.com
  2. Go to the Pinterest Developers portal
  3. Sign in with your Pinterest Business account
  4. Click "Create app" and fill in your application details
  5. Select your app type and describe your use case
  6. Request access to the Pinterest API and Ads API
  7. Wait for Pinterest approval (this can take several business days)
  8. Once approved, go to your app settings and generate an access token
  9. Ensure your token has the following scopes: ads:read, ads:write, user_accounts:read
  10. Find your Ad Account ID in Pinterest Ads Manager (Account Settings)
  11. Paste the access token and ad account ID above
  12. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Pinterest Ads API requires special approval from Pinterest
  • Access token must have ads:read, ads:write, and user_accounts:read scopes
  • Ad Account ID can be found in Pinterest Ads Manager
  • API has rate limits - monitor usage to avoid throttling
  • Some operations require additional permissions
  • Test campaigns with small budgets initially
  • Ensure compliance with Pinterest advertising policies
  • Visual content performs best on Pinterest platform
Pinterest API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve Pinterest advertising accounts accessible to the authenticated user

Outputs
Name Type Description
adAccounts array Array of Pinterest advertising account objects
totalAccounts number Number of ad accounts accessible

Retrieve campaigns from Pinterest Ads account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
entity_statuses select Filter campaigns by status
objective_type select Filter by campaign objective
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects with details and settings
totalCampaigns number Total number of campaigns retrieved

Create a new Pinterest Ads campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_name text Name for the new campaign
objective_type select Marketing objective for the campaign
daily_spend_cap number Daily budget limit in cents (e.g., 1000 = $10.00)
lifetime_spend_cap number Total campaign budget in cents
start_time text Campaign start time in ISO 8601 format
end_time text Campaign end time in ISO 8601 format
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the newly created campaign
campaignId string Unique identifier for the created campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Update an existing Pinterest Ads campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to update
campaign_name text New name for the campaign
entity_status select New campaign status
daily_spend_cap number New daily budget limit in cents
lifetime_spend_cap number New total budget in cents
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the updated campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was updated successfully

Retrieve ad groups from Pinterest Ads campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_ids text Comma-separated campaign IDs to filter ad groups
entity_statuses select Filter by ad group status
Outputs
Name Type Description
adGroups array Array of ad group objects
totalAdGroups number Total number of ad groups retrieved

Retrieve ads from Pinterest Ads ad groups

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_group_ids text Comma-separated ad group IDs to filter ads
entity_statuses select Filter by ad status
Outputs
Name Type Description
ads array Array of ad objects with creative details
totalAds number Total number of ads retrieved

Retrieve performance analytics for Pinterest Ads campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_ids text Comma-separated campaign IDs (leave empty for all)
start_date text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
end_date text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
granularity select TOTAL Time granularity for analytics data
columns text IMPRESSION_1,CLICKTHROUGH_1,SPEND_IN_MICRO_DOLLAR,ENGAGEMENT_1 Comma-separated list of metric columns
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics array Array of analytics data for campaigns
summary object Aggregated performance summary across all campaigns

Retrieve audience insights and demographics data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audience_type select Type of audience insights to retrieve
audience_insight_type select Specific type of insights to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
insights array Array of audience demographic and behavior insights
totalInsights number Number of insight data points retrieved

Retrieve available targeting options for Pinterest Ads

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
targeting_type select Type of targeting options to retrieve
query text Search term to filter targeting options
Outputs
Name Type Description
targetingOptions array Array of available targeting options for the specified type
totalOptions number Number of targeting options available

Retrieve conversion events and tracking data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_size number 25 Number of conversions to return per page
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversions array Array of conversion tracking events
totalConversions number Total number of conversion events retrieved
Pinterest Business

Pinterest Business

Visual marketing, pin management, and advertising platform

Free

Setting up Pinterest Business API Integration

  1. Go to Pinterest Developer Dashboard
  2. Create a new app or select an existing one
  3. Go to "App settings" and copy your App ID and App secret
  4. Set up OAuth redirect URI: /integrations/pinterest/callback
  5. Generate an access token using Pinterest's OAuth flow
  6. Copy the access token and paste it above
  7. Ensure your app has the necessary scopes: pins:read, pins:write, boards:read, boards:write

Notes:

  • You need a Pinterest Business account to use this API
  • Access tokens have expiration dates - you may need to refresh them
  • Rate limits apply: 1000 requests per hour per app
  • Some operations require additional verification for your Pinterest app
Pinterest API v5 Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new pin on Pinterest

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
boardId text The ID of the board to pin to
title text Title for the pin
description textarea Description for the pin
mediaUrl text URL of the image to pin
link text Website URL this pin links to
Outputs
Name Type Description
pinId string
pinUrl string
success boolean

Get details of a specific pin

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pinId text The ID of the pin to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
pin object
title string
description string
imageUrl string
success boolean

Get list of user's boards

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pageSize number 25 Number of boards to return (max 250)
Outputs
Name Type Description
boards array
count number
success boolean

Create a new Pinterest board

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new board
description textarea Description for the board
privacy select PUBLIC Privacy setting for the board
Outputs
Name Type Description
boardId string
boardUrl string
success boolean

Get pins from a specific board

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
boardId text The ID of the board
pageSize number 25 Number of pins to return (max 250)
Outputs
Name Type Description
pins array
count number
success boolean

Get the authenticated user's profile information

Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object
username string
accountType string
followerCount number
success boolean

Get analytics data for a specific pin

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pinId text The ID of the pin
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
impressions number
saves number
pinClicks number
success boolean
Pinterest Scraper Pro

Pinterest Scraper Pro

Extract pins, boards, user profiles, and images from Pinterest with advanced discovery and filtering

45 credits

Using Pinterest Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Pinterest scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between pins/posts or profile scraping
  4. Configure your search parameters or URLs
  5. The scraper will extract Pinterest data with engagement metrics

Notes:

  • Extract pin data with images, descriptions, and engagement
  • Profile information with follower counts and board details
  • Keyword-based discovery for pins and profiles
  • Profile-specific pin collection with date filtering
  • High-resolution image URLs and metadata
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract pin details from Pinterest post URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Pinterest pin URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Pin details with images, descriptions, and engagement metrics
count number Number of pins scraped

Find pins using keyword search on Pinterest

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for pins (e.g., "food", "DIY", "fashion")
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Pins matching the search keyword
count number Number of pins found

Find pins from specific Pinterest profile URLs with date filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Pinterest profile URLs to scrape pins from
startDate text Filter pins from this date onwards (optional)
endDate text Filter pins until this date (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Pins from the specified profiles
count number Number of pins found

Extract detailed profile information from Pinterest profile URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Pinterest profile URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Profile information with follower counts, boards, and details
count number Number of profiles scraped

Find Pinterest profiles using keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for profiles (e.g., "travel blogger", "food")
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Profiles matching the search keyword
count number Number of profiles found
Pipedream

Pipedream

Serverless integration platform for developers with code and no-code options

Free

Setting up Pipedream Integration

  1. Log in to your Pipedream account
  2. Go to Account Settings
  3. Navigate to the "API" section
  4. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing key
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to your Pipedream workflows and data sources
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from your account settings
  • Pipedream offers both free and paid tiers with different rate limits
  • API access allows management of workflows, sources, and executions
Pipedream REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of your Pipedream workflows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of workflows to retrieve
status_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflows array List of Pipedream workflows
count number Total number of workflows returned

Get detailed information about a specific workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text The unique ID of the workflow
Outputs
Name Type Description
workflow_name string Display name of the workflow
workflow_status string Current status of the workflow
created_at string When the workflow was created
updated_at string When the workflow was last updated
steps_count number Number of steps in the workflow

Activate or deactivate a Pipedream workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text The unique ID of the workflow
action select
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
workflow_status string The new status of the workflow
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve execution events for a specific workflow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workflow_id text The unique ID of the workflow
limit number 50 Maximum number of events to retrieve
status_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array List of workflow execution events
count number Number of events returned

Retrieve a list of your Pipedream event sources

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of sources to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
sources array List of Pipedream event sources
count number Number of sources returned

Create a new webhook event source in Pipedream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
source_name text A descriptive name for this webhook source
description textarea Optional description for the webhook source
Outputs
Name Type Description
source_id string Unique identifier for the created source
endpoint_url string The webhook URL to send events to
success boolean Whether the source was created successfully

Emit a custom event to a Pipedream source

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
source_id text The ID of the event source
event_data textarea The event data to emit as JSON
event_name text Optional name for the event
Outputs
Name Type Description
event_id string Unique identifier for the emitted event
success boolean Whether the event was emitted successfully
message string Details about the operation

Execute custom Node.js code in Pipedream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
code code_editor The Node.js code to execute
timeout number 30 Maximum execution time in seconds
async_execution checkbox Execute code asynchronously
Outputs
Name Type Description
result object The result of the code execution
logs array Console logs from the execution
success boolean Whether the code executed successfully
execution_time number Time taken to execute the code
Pipedrive

Pipedrive

Sales-focused CRM with pipeline management, deal tracking, and sales automation

Free

Setting up Pipedrive Integration

  1. Log in to your Pipedrive account
  2. Click on your profile picture in the top right corner
  3. Select "Personal preferences" from the dropdown menu
  4. Navigate to the "API" tab in the left sidebar
  5. Copy your personal API token from the "Your personal API token" section
  6. Note your company domain from your Pipedrive URL (e.g., "yourcompany" from yourcompany.pipedrive.com)
  7. Enter your company domain (without .pipedrive.com) in the first field above
  8. Paste your API token in the API Token field above
  9. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • API tokens provide secure access to your Pipedrive account data
  • Each user has their own personal API token
  • You can regenerate your API token anytime from Personal preferences
  • API rate limits: 100 requests per 10 seconds by default
  • Some features require specific Pipedrive plan levels
  • Always keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • Test with a demo account first if available
  • Monitor your API usage in your account settings
Pipedrive API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve deals from your Pipedrive pipeline

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select open
sort select update_time DESC
limit number 100 Number of deals to retrieve (max 500)
Outputs
Name Type Description
deals array
total number

Get details of a specific deal

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dealId text The ID of the deal to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
deal object
title string
value number
status string

Create a new deal in Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The name/title of the deal
value number The monetary value of the deal
currency text USD Currency code (e.g., USD, EUR, GBP)
personId text ID of the person associated with this deal
orgId text ID of the organization associated with this deal
stageId text ID of the pipeline stage (leave empty for default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
deal object
id number
success boolean

Update an existing deal in Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
dealId text The ID of the deal to update
title text Updated deal title
value number Updated deal value
stageId text Move deal to this pipeline stage
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
deal object
success boolean

Retrieve contacts/people from Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchTerm text Search by name, email, or phone
sort select update_time DESC
limit number 100 Number of persons to retrieve (max 500)
Outputs
Name Type Description
persons array
total number

Create a new contact/person in Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Full name of the person
email text Primary email address
phone text Primary phone number
orgId text ID of the organization this person belongs to
visibleTo select 3
Outputs
Name Type Description
person object
id number
success boolean

Retrieve organizations/companies from Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchTerm text Search by organization name
sort select update_time DESC
limit number 100 Number of organizations to retrieve (max 500)
Outputs
Name Type Description
organizations array
total number

Create a new organization/company in Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the organization/company
address text Physical address of the organization
visibleTo select 3
Outputs
Name Type Description
organization object
id number
success boolean

Retrieve activities (calls, meetings, etc.) from Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select
done select
limit number 100 Number of activities to retrieve (max 500)
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
total number

Create a new activity in Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Subject/title of the activity
type select call
dueDate text Due date in YYYY-MM-DD format
dueTime text Due time in HH:MM format (24-hour)
dealId text ID of the deal this activity is related to
personId text ID of the person this activity is related to
orgId text ID of the organization this activity is related to
note textarea Additional notes for the activity
Outputs
Name Type Description
activity object
id number
success boolean

Retrieve leads from Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
archived select false
limit number 100 Number of leads to retrieve (max 500)
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
total number

Create a new lead in Pipedrive

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title/name of the lead
personId text ID of the person associated with this lead
orgId text ID of the organization associated with this lead
value number Expected monetary value of the lead
expectedCloseDate text Expected close date in YYYY-MM-DD format
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead object
id string
success boolean

Get all sales pipelines and their stages

Outputs
Name Type Description
pipelines array
total number
Pipl

Pipl

People search and identity resolution platform with deep web data mining and comprehensive person intelligence

Free

Setting up Pipl Integration

  1. Sign up for a Pipl API account
  2. Log in to your Pipl developer dashboard
  3. Generate an API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  6. Your Pipl integration is now ready for people search and identity resolution

Notes:

  • Pipl provides comprehensive people search and identity resolution services
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is metered and billed based on your Pipl subscription plan
  • The integration supports deep web data mining and comprehensive person intelligence
  • Contact Pipl support for enterprise features and volume pricing
Pipl API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for detailed person information using various identifiers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to search for
phone text Phone number to search for (international format)
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
middle_name text Person's middle name or initial
city text City where person lives or lived
state text State or province
country text Country (2-letter ISO code)
username text Social media or online username
age number Approximate age of person
minimum_probability number 0.5 Minimum match probability (0.0-1.0, default: 0.5)
minimum_match number 0.7 Minimum match score (0.0-1.0, default: 0.7)
Outputs
Name Type Description
person object Comprehensive person profile and identity information
possible_persons array Additional possible matches with lower confidence
search_id string Unique identifier for this search
match_requirements object Information about search criteria and matches

Search for multiple people in a single batch request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
queries textarea [{"email": "john@example.com"}, {"first_name": "Jane", "last_name": "Smith", "city": "New York"}] Array of search objects with person identifiers
minimum_probability number 0.5 Minimum match probability for all searches (0.0-1.0)
webhook_url text Webhook URL to receive results (for async processing)
Outputs
Name Type Description
bulk_id string Unique identifier for the bulk search job
status string Status of the bulk search: pending, processing, completed
total_queries number Total number of search queries submitted
estimated_completion string Estimated completion time for bulk search

Search for person information using social profile URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text Social profile URL (LinkedIn, Facebook, Twitter, etc.)
minimum_probability number 0.5 Minimum match probability (0.0-1.0, default: 0.5)
Outputs
Name Type Description
person object Person profile derived from URL analysis
url_data object Information extracted from the profile URL
confidence_score number Confidence score for the URL-based match

Generate thumbnail image for a person profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
search_id text Search ID from previous person search
email text Email address to generate thumbnail for
width number 200 Thumbnail width in pixels (default: 200)
height number 200 Thumbnail height in pixels (default: 200)
favicon checkbox 1 Include social network favicons
Outputs
Name Type Description
thumbnail_url string URL of the generated thumbnail image
image_data string Base64 encoded image data
width number Actual width of generated thumbnail
height number Actual height of generated thumbnail

Get additional search suggestions and data sources

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
search_pointer_id text Search pointer ID from previous search result
Outputs
Name Type Description
additional_sources array Additional data sources and search suggestions
suggested_searches array Suggested search queries for better results
search_pointer_id string The search pointer that was queried

Verify if two person profiles refer to the same individual

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person1 textarea {"email": "john@example.com", "first_name": "John", "last_name": "Doe"} First person's identifying information
person2 textarea {"phone": "+1-555-123-4567", "first_name": "John", "last_name": "Doe"} Second person's identifying information
Outputs
Name Type Description
is_match boolean Whether the two profiles refer to the same person
match_probability number Probability that profiles match (0.0-1.0)
matching_fields array Fields that contributed to the match decision
confidence_factors object Detailed confidence analysis
Plivo

Plivo

Voice and SMS communication platform with global carrier connectivity

Free

Setting up Plivo Integration

  1. Log in to your Plivo console
  2. Go to Account → API Keys or Dashboard
  3. Copy your Auth ID and Auth Token
  4. Paste both values in the fields above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your Auth Token secure and never share it publicly
  • Plivo supports voice and SMS globally
  • Messages and calls consume credits from your Plivo balance
  • Test with a small message or call first to verify setup
Plivo API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via Plivo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text textarea SMS message content
dst text Recipient phone number with country code (e.g., 1234567890)
src text Sender phone number or ID
type select sms Type of message to send
media_urls textarea URLs of media files for MMS (one per line)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_uuid string Unique identifier for the sent message
api_id string API request identifier
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Make voice calls via Plivo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
from text Your Plivo phone number
answer_url text Webhook URL that returns XML for call flow
hangup_url text Webhook URL for call end events (optional)
machine_detection select false Enable answering machine detection
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_uuid string Unique identifier for the call
api_id string API request identifier
success boolean Whether the call was initiated successfully

Make a call and speak text using TTS

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
from text Your Plivo phone number
text textarea Text to be converted to speech
voice select WOMAN Voice for text-to-speech
language select en-US Language for text-to-speech
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_uuid string Unique identifier for the call
api_id string API request identifier
success boolean Whether the call was initiated successfully

Get Plivo account information and balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
name string Account name
cash_credits string Available cash credits
postpaid boolean Whether account is postpaid
success boolean Whether the account info was retrieved successfully

Check the delivery status of a message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_uuid text UUID of the message to check status for
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_state string Current state of the message
total_rate string Cost of the message
message_time string When the message was sent
success boolean Whether the status check was successful
Podium

Podium

Messaging and review management platform

Free

Setting up Podium API

  1. Log in to your Podium account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "Integrations" → "API Access"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Organization UID from the API settings page
  5. Paste both the API Key and Organization UID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Podium business account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply - typically 1000 requests per hour
  • Keep both your API key and Organization UID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
Podium API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a text message to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone_number text Customer phone number (with country code)
message textarea Message text to send
location_uid text Specific location UID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_sent boolean Whether message was sent successfully
message_uid string Unique message identifier
conversation_uid string Conversation identifier

Get list of customer conversations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of conversations to return (max 100)
status select Filter by conversation status
location_uid text Filter by specific location
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array Array of conversation data
total_count number Total number of conversations

Get messages from a specific conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_uid text Unique conversation identifier
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 50 Number of messages to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array Array of message data
conversation_info object Conversation metadata

Send review invitation to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone_number text Customer phone number (with country code)
customer_name text Customer full name
template_uid text Review invitation template UID
location_uid text Specific location UID
Outputs
Name Type Description
invite_sent boolean Whether invitation was sent successfully
invite_uid string Unique invitation identifier

Get reviews managed by Podium

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
location_uid text Filter by specific location
rating_filter select Filter by rating range
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get list of business locations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Only return active locations
Outputs
Name Type Description
locations array Array of business locations
total_count number Total number of locations
Port.io

Port.io

Connect to Port.io internal developer portal to access AI agents with full software catalog context. Query services, repos, documentation, dependencies, and more.

Free

Setting up Port.io Integration

  1. Log in to your Port.io account
  2. Click on the "..." button in the top right corner
  3. Select "Credentials" from the dropdown menu
  4. Find your Client ID and Client Secret
  5. Copy both values and paste them above
  6. Select your Port region (EU or US)
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your Client Secret secure and never share it publicly
  • The integration provides access to Port's AI agents and Context Lake
  • You can query your software catalog for services, repos, docs, and dependencies
  • AI responses are generated using your Port catalog data as context
  • API tokens are automatically refreshed every 3 hours
Port.io API Documentation

Available Operations

Invoke Port AI with access to your software catalog context

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userPrompt textarea The prompt to send to Port AI. It will have access to your software catalog.
systemPrompt textarea You are a helpful assistant System instructions for the AI
tools text ["^(list|get|search|track|describe)_.*"] JSON array of regex patterns to filter available tools (e.g., ["^list_.*", "^get_.*"])
provider select port The AI provider to use
model text gpt-4o The model to use (e.g., gpt-4o, gpt-5, claude-sonnet-4-20250514)
waitForResult select true Whether to wait for the AI response or return immediately with invocation ID
maxWaitSeconds number 120 Maximum time to wait for AI response (only if Wait for Result is Yes)
Outputs
Name Type Description
invocationIdentifier string Unique identifier for the invocation
status string Status of the invocation (pending, completed, failed)
result object The AI response result object
message string The AI generated message/response

Retrieve the result of a previous AI invocation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invocationId text The invocation identifier returned from a previous AI invocation
waitForCompletion select true Whether to poll until the invocation completes
maxWaitSeconds number 120 Maximum time to wait for completion
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string Status of the invocation
result object The complete result object
message string The AI generated message/response

Invoke a specific Port AI agent by identifier

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
agentIdentifier text The identifier of the Port AI agent to invoke
prompt textarea The prompt to send to the agent
context textarea Additional context to provide to the agent as JSON
waitForResult select true Whether to wait for the AI response
Outputs
Name Type Description
invocationIdentifier string Unique identifier for the invocation
status string Status of the invocation
result object The AI response result object
message string The AI generated message/response
PostgreSQL

PostgreSQL

Connect to PostgreSQL databases to query and manage data

Free

Setting up PostgreSQL Integration

  1. Ensure your PostgreSQL server is accessible from the internet (or use a secure tunnel)
  2. Create a dedicated database user with appropriate permissions for your use case
  3. If using cloud hosting (AWS RDS, DigitalOcean, etc.), whitelist the TaskAGI server IP
  4. Enter your database connection details above:
  5. - Host: Your database server address
  6. - Port: Usually 5432 for PostgreSQL
  7. - Database: The specific database name
  8. - Username & Password: Your database credentials
  9. - SSL Mode: Use "require" or higher for cloud databases
  10. Click Save to test and store your connection

Notes:

  • All credentials are encrypted and stored securely
  • Use a database user with minimal required permissions (principle of least privilege)
  • For production, always enable SSL encryption
  • Consider using read-only users for SELECT-only operations
  • Large query results may impact workflow performance - use LIMIT when possible
  • Test your connection with a simple SELECT query first
PostgreSQL Documentation

Available Operations

Execute a raw SQL query (SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query textarea The SQL query to execute. Use parameterized values with [[nodes.x.field]] syntax.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the query executed successfully
rows array Array of rows returned by the query (for SELECT statements)
rowCount number Number of rows returned or affected
lastInsertId string The ID of the last inserted row (for INSERT with RETURNING)

Insert a single row into a table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text The table to insert into (e.g., users or schema.table_name)
data textarea JSON object with column names as keys. Example: {"name": "John", "email": "john@example.com"}
returningColumn text Column to return after insert (usually "id"). Leave empty to skip.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the insert succeeded
lastInsertId string The ID of the inserted row (if RETURNING used)
rowCount number Number of rows inserted (should be 1)

Insert multiple rows into a table in a single operation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text The table to insert into
data textarea JSON array of objects. Example: [{"name": "John"}, {"name": "Jane"}]
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether all inserts succeeded
rowCount number Total number of rows inserted

Update rows in a table matching a WHERE condition

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text The table to update
data textarea JSON object with columns to update. Example: {"status": "active", "updated_at": "NOW()"}
where textarea SQL WHERE condition (without the WHERE keyword). Example: id = 123 AND status = 'pending'
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the update succeeded
rowCount number Number of rows affected by the update

Delete rows from a table matching a WHERE condition

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text The table to delete from
where textarea SQL WHERE condition (required to prevent accidental full table delete). Example: id = 123
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the delete succeeded
rowCount number Number of rows deleted
Postiz

Postiz

Social media scheduling and management platform. Post to TikTok, X, LinkedIn, Instagram, and 27+ platforms.

Free

Setting up Postiz Integration

  1. Log in to your Postiz account
  2. Go to Settings in the sidebar
  3. Find the API section and generate a new API key
  4. Copy the API key and paste it above
  5. Connect your social media channels in Postiz (TikTok, X, LinkedIn, etc.)
  6. Save the configuration to start using Postiz in your workflows

Notes:

  • Postiz supports 27+ social media platforms including TikTok, X, LinkedIn, Instagram, and more
  • Rate limit: 30 requests per hour - schedule multiple posts in a single request when possible
  • Videos and images must be uploaded first before attaching to posts
  • Each platform has specific settings - check Postiz docs for platform requirements
  • For self-hosted Postiz, enter your custom API base URL
Postiz API Documentation

Available Operations

Get all connected social media channels from your Postiz account

Outputs
Name Type Description
integrations array Array of connected social media channels with id, name, identifier, picture, profile
success boolean

Upload a media file (image or video) from URL for use in posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text URL of the media file to upload (image or video)
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string Unique identifier for the uploaded file
path string URL path to access the uploaded file
name string
success boolean

Create and schedule a post to one or more social media channels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
integration_id text The Postiz integration/channel ID to post to (from List Connected Channels)
content textarea The text content of your post
post_type select now
schedule_date text Required for scheduled posts. Format: 2024-12-25T10:00:00Z
media_id text ID of uploaded media file (from Upload Media File node)
media_path text Path of uploaded media file (from Upload Media File node)
platform select x The social media platform (used for platform-specific settings)
short_link checkbox 1 Shorten URLs in the post content
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id string ID of the created post
integration string Channel the post was created on
success boolean

Retrieve posts within a date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start of date range. Format: 2024-12-01T00:00:00Z
end_date text End of date range. Format: 2024-12-31T23:59:59Z
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Array of posts with id, content, publishDate, state, integration
success boolean

Delete a scheduled or published post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text ID of the post to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Get the next available time slot for posting to a specific channel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channel_id text The Postiz integration/channel ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
next_slot string ISO 8601 timestamp of next available posting time
success boolean
Prefect

Prefect

Modern workflow orchestration platform with Python-based task definitions

Free

Setting up Prefect Integration

  1. Log in to your Prefect Cloud account
  2. Go to your workspace settings or profile settings
  3. Navigate to "API Keys" section
  4. Click "Create API Key" and give it a descriptive name
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. Get your API URL from the workspace settings (format: https://api.prefect.cloud/api/accounts/[account-id]/workspaces/[workspace-id])
  7. Enter the API URL and key above, then save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to your Prefect flows and deployments
  • For self-hosted Prefect Server, use your server URL instead of Prefect Cloud
  • API keys can be scoped to specific workspaces
  • You can find your account and workspace IDs in the Prefect Cloud URL
Prefect REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of flows in your Prefect workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of flows to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
flows array List of Prefect flows
count number Total number of flows returned

Get detailed information about a specific flow

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text The unique ID of the flow
Outputs
Name Type Description
flow_name string Display name of the flow
created string When the flow was created
updated string When the flow was last updated
tags array Tags associated with the flow

Retrieve a list of deployments in your workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text Filter by specific flow ID (optional)
limit number 100 Maximum number of deployments to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
deployments array List of Prefect deployments
count number Total number of deployments returned

Create and optionally start a new flow run

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
deployment_id text The unique ID of the deployment to run
flow_run_name text Custom name for the flow run (optional)
parameters textarea {} Parameters to pass to the flow as JSON
tags text Comma-separated tags for the flow run
Outputs
Name Type Description
flow_run_id string Unique identifier for the created flow run
flow_run_name string Name of the created flow run
state string Initial state of the flow run
success boolean Whether the flow run was created successfully

Retrieve flow run history and status

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text Filter by specific flow ID (optional)
deployment_id text Filter by specific deployment ID (optional)
state_filter select
limit number 50 Maximum number of flow runs to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
flow_runs array List of flow run records
count number Number of flow runs returned

Get detailed information about a specific flow run

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_run_id text The unique ID of the flow run
Outputs
Name Type Description
flow_run_name string Name of the flow run
state_name string Current state of the flow run
start_time string When the flow run started
end_time string When the flow run ended
total_run_time number Total execution time in seconds

Cancel a running or scheduled flow run

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_run_id text The unique ID of the flow run to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the cancellation was successful
state string The new state of the flow run
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve a list of work pools in your workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of work pools to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
work_pools array List of work pools
count number Number of work pools returned
PrestaShop

PrestaShop

Open-source e-commerce solution for creating and managing online stores

Free

Setting up PrestaShop Integration

  1. Log in to your PrestaShop admin panel
  2. Go to Advanced Parameters → Webservice
  3. Enable the webservice by setting "Enable PrestaShop Webservice" to "Yes"
  4. Click "Add new webservice key"
  5. Enter a description for the key (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Generate or enter an API key
  7. Set permissions for the resources you want to access (products, orders, customers)
  8. Click "Save" to create the webservice key
  9. Copy the API key and your shop URL
  10. Enter your Shop URL and API Key above
  11. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Your shop URL should include https:// and not end with a slash
  • The API key should have appropriate permissions for the operations you need
  • You can manage webservice keys in Advanced Parameters → Webservice
  • Ensure your PrestaShop installation supports webservices
  • SSL is recommended for secure API communications
PrestaShop Webservice Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from your PrestaShop store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of products to retrieve
active select 1
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
total number Total number of products found

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id number The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Complete product details
id number
name string
price string
reference string

Create a new product in your PrestaShop store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the product
reference text Product reference/SKU
price text Product price (e.g., 19.99)
description textarea Product description
weight text Product weight for shipping
active checkbox 1 Make product active
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The created product object
id number ID of the created product

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id number ID of the product to update
name text New product name
price text New price
active select
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The updated product object
id number

Retrieve orders from your PrestaShop store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of orders to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order objects
total number Total number of orders found

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id number The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Complete order details
id number
reference string
total_paid string
current_state number

Retrieve customers from your PrestaShop store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of customers to retrieve
active select 1
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer objects
total number Total number of customers found
ProTexting

ProTexting

SMS marketing and mass texting platform with automation and analytics

Free

Setting up ProTexting Integration

  1. Log in to your ProTexting account
  2. Go to Settings → API Access
  3. Enable API access if not already enabled
  4. Use your ProTexting login credentials
  5. Enter your username and password in the fields above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Use your regular ProTexting login credentials
  • ProTexting specializes in mass texting and SMS marketing
  • Messages consume credits from your ProTexting balance
  • API access may need to be enabled in your account settings
ProTexting API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages to single or multiple recipients

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_text textarea SMS message content
phone_numbers textarea Phone numbers separated by commas (e.g., 1234567890, 0987654321)
sender_id text Custom sender ID (optional)
delivery_time text Schedule delivery (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
batch_id string Unique identifier for the message batch
message_count number Number of messages sent
cost number Total cost of sending messages
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send SMS to a contact group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_text textarea SMS message content
group_id text ID of the contact group to send to
sender_id text Custom sender ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
batch_id string Unique identifier for the group message batch
recipients_count number Number of recipients in the group
success boolean Whether the group message was sent successfully

Add a contact to your address book

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone_number text Contact phone number (10 digits)
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
group_id text ID of the group to add contact to
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the added contact
phone_number string Contact phone number
success boolean Whether the contact was added successfully

Create a new contact group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
group_name text Name for the new group
description textarea Description of the group
Outputs
Name Type Description
group_id string ID of the created group
group_name string Name of the created group
success boolean Whether the group was created successfully

Get delivery report for a message batch

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
batch_id text ID of the message batch to get report for
Outputs
Name Type Description
total_sent number Total messages sent
delivered number Messages successfully delivered
failed number Messages that failed to deliver
pending number Messages pending delivery
delivery_rate number Delivery success rate percentage
success boolean Whether the report was retrieved successfully

Retrieve all contact groups

Outputs
Name Type Description
groups array List of contact groups
total_count number Total number of groups
success boolean Whether groups were retrieved successfully

Check account balance and credits

Outputs
Name Type Description
balance number Current account balance
credits_remaining number SMS credits remaining
success boolean Whether balance was retrieved successfully
QuickBooks

QuickBooks

Accounting software - Comprehensive business accounting and financial management

Free

Setting up QuickBooks Integration

  1. This integration requires OAuth 2.0 authentication with QuickBooks
  2. Go to QuickBooks Developer Console
  3. Create a new app and get your Client ID and Client Secret
  4. Implement OAuth flow to get Access Token, Refresh Token, and Company ID
  5. Paste the tokens and Company ID above
  6. Enable Sandbox mode if using QuickBooks Sandbox environment

Notes:

  • OAuth tokens expire and need to be refreshed periodically
  • Company ID is also called Realm ID in QuickBooks documentation
  • Sandbox mode is for testing - use production for live data
  • Keep all tokens secure and never share them publicly
  • QuickBooks API has rate limits and usage restrictions
QuickBooks API Documentation

Available Operations

Get information about the QuickBooks company

Outputs
Name Type Description
company_name string
legal_name string
address object
phone string
email string

Create a new customer in QuickBooks

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Customer or company name
company_name text Company name if different from customer name
email text Customer email address
phone text Customer phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string
name string
email string

Get all customers from QuickBooks

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Show only active customers
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array
customer_count number

Create a new invoice in QuickBooks

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text QuickBooks Customer ID
due_date text Invoice due date
memo textarea Invoice memo or notes
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
doc_number string
total_amount number
balance number

Add a line item to an existing invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id text QuickBooks Invoice ID
description text Line item description
quantity number 1 Quantity of items
unit_price number Price per unit
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_id string
description string
amount number

Get invoices from QuickBooks

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by specific customer
date_from text Filter invoices from this date
date_to text Filter invoices to this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Record a payment received from a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Customer making the payment
amount number Amount received
payment_method select Cash
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment_id string
amount number
payment_method string

Create a new expense entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Expense amount
description text Expense description
account_ref text QuickBooks account ID for the expense
payee_name text Who the expense was paid to
Outputs
Name Type Description
expense_id string
amount number
description string

Get all items (products/services) from QuickBooks

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Show only active items
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array
item_count number
Quora Ads

Quora Ads

Question and answer platform advertising. Target audiences based on topics and specific questions, reach knowledge-seekers, and create contextual ads that fit naturally into Q&A discussions.

Free
Rakuten

Rakuten

Global e-commerce marketplace for managing products and sales across multiple countries

Free

Setting up Rakuten Integration

  1. Sign up for Rakuten Web Service
  2. Create a new application in the developer console
  3. Copy your Application ID from the application details
  4. If needed, copy your Application Secret
  5. If you have a Rakuten affiliate account, enter your Affiliate ID
  6. Choose the APIs you want to access (Ichiba, Travel, Books, etc.)
  7. Enter your Application ID and other credentials above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Application ID is required for all Rakuten API calls
  • Some APIs may require Application Secret for authentication
  • Affiliate ID is only needed if you want to earn commissions
  • Different Rakuten services have different API endpoints
  • Rate limits apply based on your application type
  • Some APIs are only available in specific regions
Rakuten Web Service Documentation

Available Operations

Search for products on Rakuten Ichiba marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for products
shop_code text Specific shop code to search within
genre_id text Product category/genre ID
hits number 30 Number of results to return (max 100)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
sort select standard
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of product items
count number Number of items returned
page number
first number
last number

Get details of a specific Rakuten Ichiba item

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
item_code text Rakuten item code (format: shopcode:itemcode)
Outputs
Name Type Description
item object Complete item information
item_name string
item_price number
item_url string
shop_name string

Search for hotels and accommodations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
large_class_code text Large area classification code
middle_class_code text Middle area classification code
checkin_date text Check-in date (YYYY-MM-DD)
checkout_date text Check-out date (YYYY-MM-DD)
adult_num number 1 Number of adult guests
hits number 30 Number of results to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
hotels array Array of hotel objects
count number Number of hotels returned

Search for books on Rakuten Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Search by book title
author text Search by author name
publisher text Search by publisher name
isbn text Search by ISBN
booksGenreId text Book genre ID
hits number 30 Number of results to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
books array Array of book objects
count number Number of books returned

Get product rankings from Rakuten

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
genre_id text Product category/genre ID for ranking
age select 30
sex select 0
Outputs
Name Type Description
ranking_items array Array of ranked items
title string
last_build_date string
Razorpay

Razorpay

Indian payment gateway for accepting payments, managing orders, and processing refunds

Free

Setting up Razorpay Integration

  1. Log in to your Razorpay Dashboard
  2. Go to Account & Settings → API Keys
  3. Click "Generate Key" to create a new API key pair
  4. Choose Test Mode for testing or Live Mode for production
  5. Copy both the Key ID (starts with rzp_test_ or rzp_live_) and Key Secret
  6. Paste both values in the fields above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API Key Secret secure - it is only shown once during generation
  • Use Test Mode keys (rzp_test_*) during development
  • Switch to Live Mode keys (rzp_live_*) for production payments
  • API keys can be regenerated anytime from the dashboard
  • Razorpay uses Basic Authentication with Key ID as username and Key Secret as password
  • All monetary amounts are in the smallest currency unit (paise for INR)
Razorpay API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all payments with optional filtering by date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from text Unix timestamp in seconds from when payments are to be fetched
to text Unix timestamp in seconds till when payments are to be fetched
count number 10 Number of payments to fetch (max 100)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the request was successful
count number Number of payments returned
items array Array of payment objects

Retrieve all orders with optional filtering by date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from text Unix timestamp in seconds from when orders are to be fetched
to text Unix timestamp in seconds till when orders are to be fetched
count number 10 Number of orders to fetch (max 100)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the request was successful
count number Number of orders returned
items array Array of order objects

Retrieve all refunds with optional filtering by date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
from text Unix timestamp in seconds from when refunds are to be fetched
to text Unix timestamp in seconds till when refunds are to be fetched
count number 10 Number of refunds to fetch (max 100)
skip number 0 Number of records to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the request was successful
count number Number of refunds returned
items array Array of refund objects

Retrieve details of a specific payment by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
payment_id text The unique payment ID (e.g., pay_FgR9UMzgmKDJRi)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the request was successful
id string Unique payment identifier
amount number Payment amount in smallest currency unit
currency string Payment currency code
status string Payment status (captured, failed, etc.)
method string Payment method used
payment object Complete payment details

Retrieve details of a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The unique order ID (e.g., order_DBJOWzybf0sJbb)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the request was successful
id string Unique order identifier
amount number Order amount in smallest currency unit
currency string Order currency code
status string Order status (created, attempted, paid)
order object Complete order details

Retrieve all payments made for a specific order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The unique order ID to fetch payments for
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the request was successful
count number Number of payments returned
items array Array of payment objects for this order
Reddit

Reddit

Connect to Reddit for reading and posting content

Free

Setting up your Reddit Application

  1. Go to Reddit Apps (you must be logged into Reddit)
  2. Click "Create App" or "Create Another App"
  3. Choose "web app" as the application type
  4. Fill in the form:
  5. ["Name: Give your app a name (e.g., \"TaskAGI Integration\")","Description: Optional description of your app","About URL: You can leave this blank or use your website","Redirect URI: <strong>https:\/\/taskagi.net\/oauth\/callback\/reddit<\/strong> (this is important!)"]
  6. Click "Create app"
  7. Copy the Client ID (shown under the app name, looks like a random string)
  8. Copy the Client Secret (click "edit" if needed to see it)
  9. Paste both values into the form above and save
  10. Click the "Connect to Reddit" button to complete the setup

Notes:

  • You must use your own Reddit application credentials
  • The redirect URI must be exactly: https://taskagi.net/oauth/callback/reddit
  • Keep your Client Secret private and secure
  • You can create multiple Reddit apps if needed for different purposes
Reddit OAuth2 Documentation

Available Operations

Fetch posts from a specific subreddit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subreddit text Name of the subreddit (without r/)
sort select hot
limit text 10 Maximum number of posts to fetch (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Array of Reddit posts
success boolean

Fetch details of a specific Reddit post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_url text Reddit post URL or post ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object Reddit post details
success boolean

Fetch comments from a Reddit post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id text Reddit post ID or full URL
limit text 20 Maximum number of top-level comments (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Array of comments from the post
post_title string
success boolean

Submit a new post to a subreddit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subreddit text Target subreddit (without r/)
title text Title of your post
content textarea Text content or URL (leave empty for title-only post)
kind select self
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id string
url string
success boolean

Fetch both post details and comments in a single operation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_url text Reddit post URL or post ID
comment_limit text 20 Maximum number of top-level comments (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object Complete Reddit post details
comments array Array of comments from the post
comment_count integer Total number of comments on the post
success boolean

Reply to a Reddit post or comment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
parent_id text Reddit URL, post ID, or full ID (e.g., https://reddit.com/r/test/comments/abc123 or t3_abc123)
text textarea Your comment content
Outputs
Name Type Description
comment_id string
success boolean

Fetch posts saved by the authenticated user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Maximum number of saved posts to fetch (1-100)
type select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Array of saved posts/comments
count number Number of items returned
success boolean
Reddit Ads

Reddit Ads

Community-based advertising platform. Create targeted campaigns using subreddit communities and interests, track engagement metrics like upvotes and comments, and reach Reddit's unique audience.

Free

Setting up Reddit Ads Integration

  1. Visit the Reddit Ads Manager and create an advertiser account
  2. Go to the Reddit App Preferences to create an API application
  3. Create a "script" type application and note your client ID and secret
  4. Use OAuth2 flow or generate an access token for your advertising account
  5. Find your Account ID in the Reddit Ads Manager dashboard URL or account settings
  6. Create a unique User Agent string following Reddit's format: "platform:app:version by /u/username"
  7. Enter your access token, account ID, and user agent above

Notes:

  • Reddit Ads API requires approval and may have spending minimums
  • You need an active Reddit advertising account with sufficient permissions
  • User Agent string is required and must be unique to your application
  • Rate limits are strictly enforced - respect Reddit's API guidelines
  • Community targeting requires understanding of Reddit's subreddit ecosystem
  • Ad content must comply with Reddit's advertising policies and community guidelines
  • Some operations require specific account permissions or spending thresholds
Reddit Ads API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve advertising campaigns from Reddit Ads Manager

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of Reddit advertising campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve ad groups from Reddit advertising campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
status select Filter ad groups by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
adGroups array List of ad groups
totalCount number

Retrieve promoted posts (ads) from Reddit campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adGroupId text Filter by specific ad group ID
status select Filter promoted posts by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
promotedPosts array List of promoted posts (ads)
totalCount number

Get advertising performance reports and analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reportType select Type of report to generate
startDate text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metrics textarea ["impressions", "clicks", "ctr", "spend", "cpm", "upvotes", "downvotes", "comments"] Metrics to include (JSON array)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array Performance metrics and analytics data
totalSpend number Total advertising spend for the period
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
totalUpvotes number Total upvotes received on promoted posts
totalComments number Total comments on promoted posts

Create a new Reddit advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
objective select Campaign objective
dailyBudget number Daily budget for the campaign in USD
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Create a new ad group within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to create ad group in
adGroupName text Name for the new ad group
bidStrategy select Bidding strategy for the ad group
bidAmount number Bid amount (required for manual bidding)
subreddits textarea Subreddits to target (JSON array, e.g., ["technology", "programming"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
adGroupId string ID of the created ad group
adGroupName string
status string

Create a new promoted post (ad) within an ad group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adGroupId text ID of the ad group to create promoted post in
postTitle text Title for the promoted post
postText textarea Text content for the promoted post
destinationUrl text URL where users will be directed when clicking
mediaUrl text URL of image or video for the promoted post
postType select Type of promoted post
Outputs
Name Type Description
promotedPostId string ID of the created promoted post
postTitle string
status string

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Search and discover subreddits for targeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term to find relevant subreddits
category text Category to filter subreddits
minSubscribers number Minimum number of subscribers for targeting
Outputs
Name Type Description
subreddits array List of available subreddits for targeting
totalCount number

Get available interest categories for audience targeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
parentCategory text Parent interest category to get subcategories
Outputs
Name Type Description
interests array List of available interest categories
totalCount number
Reddit Scraper Lite

Reddit Scraper Lite

Pay per result unlimited Reddit web scraper to crawl posts, comments, communities, and users without login. Comprehens ive Reddit data extraction with advanced filtering and search capabilities.

90 credits

Using Reddit Scraper Lite

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Reddit scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add search terms for Reddit posts, comments, communities, or users
  5. - Or provide direct URLs to specific Reddit pages
  6. - Set maximum items to control data volume and costs
  7. - Configure filtering options (sort, time period, NSFW)
  8. The scraper will extract comprehensive Reddit data in seconds

Notes:

  • Pay-per-result unlimited Reddit scraper without login required
  • Scrape posts, comments, communities, and users comprehensively
  • Support for search queries and direct Reddit URLs
  • Advanced filtering: sort by relevance/hot/top/new, time periods, NSFW inclusion
  • Extract all data types: post content, comments, user profiles, community info
  • Configurable limits for posts, comments, communities, and users per page
  • Date filtering for posts with postDateLimit parameter
  • Scroll timeout control for dynamic content loading
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Respect Reddit's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Reddit scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startUrls textarea Direct Reddit URLs to scrape (one per line). Leave empty to use search terms below.
searches textarea Search queries for Reddit content (one per line). Used when Start URLs are empty.
searchPosts checkbox 1 Include posts in search results
searchComments checkbox Include comments in search results
searchCommunities checkbox Include communities/subreddits in search results
searchUsers checkbox Include user profiles in search results
sort select new Sort search results by relevance, popularity, or recency
time select Filter posts by time period
includeNSFW checkbox 1 Include or exclude NSFW (Not Safe For Work) content
maxItems number 10 Maximum total number of items to save in dataset
maxPostCount number 10 Maximum posts to scrape per page or community
maxComments number 10 Maximum comments to scrape per page (set to 0 to skip comments)
skipComments checkbox Skip scraping comments when going through posts
skipUserPosts checkbox Skip scraping user posts when going through user activity
skipCommunity checkbox Skip scraping community info but still get community posts
postDateLimit text Get only posts after this date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped Reddit items (posts, comments, communities, users)
count number Number of items successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async Reddit scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startUrls textarea Direct Reddit URLs to scrape (one per line)
searches textarea Search queries for Reddit content (one per line)
searchPosts checkbox 1 Include posts in search results
searchComments checkbox Include comments in search results
searchCommunities checkbox Include communities in search results
searchUsers checkbox Include user profiles in search results
sort select new Sort search results
maxItems number 10 Maximum total items to save
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute Reddit scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startUrls textarea Direct Reddit URLs to scrape (one per line)
searches textarea Search queries for Reddit content (one per line)
maxItems number 10 Maximum total items to process
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the Reddit scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
Redmine

Redmine

Flexible project management web application with issue tracking and wiki

Free

Setting up Redmine Integration

  1. Log in to your Redmine instance
  2. Go to My Account settings
  3. Find the API access key section
  4. Generate or copy your API key
  5. Enter your server URL and API key above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires Redmine instance with REST API enabled
  • API key provides access to your projects and issues
  • Include protocol (http/https) in server URL
Redmine REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new issue in Redmine

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID of the project
subject text The subject of the issue
description textarea Description of the issue
tracker_id text 1 The tracker ID (default: 1 for Bug)
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue_id string The unique ID of the created issue
Reply.io

Reply.io

Sales automation and email sequence platform with multi-channel outreach, A/B testing, and performance analytics

Free

Setting up Reply.io Integration

  1. Log in to your Reply.io account
  2. Navigate to Settings in your dashboard
  3. Find and copy your API key under "API Key" section
  4. Paste the API key in the field above
  5. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API supports both V1 and V2 endpoints for different functionalities
  • Rate limits may apply based on your Reply.io plan
  • Webhooks are available for real-time event notifications
Reply.io API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new contact in Reply.io

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact's email address
first_name text Contact's first name
last_name text Contact's last name
company text Company name
phone text Contact's phone number
title text Contact's job title
linkedin_url text LinkedIn profile URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number
email string
full_name string
created_at string

Add a contact to an email campaign sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email of the contact to add to campaign
campaign_id number ID of the campaign to add contact to
first_name text Contact's first name (if not already in system)
last_name text Contact's last name (if not already in system)
company text Company name (if not already in system)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number
campaign_id number
status string

Get list of available email campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Return only active campaigns
limit number 20 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array
total_count number

Retrieve performance statistics for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id number ID of the campaign to get stats for
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id number
total_contacts number
emails_sent number
emails_opened number
emails_clicked number
replies_received number
open_rate number
click_rate number
reply_rate number

Search for contacts by email or other criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Search by email address
first_name text Search by first name
last_name text Search by last name
company text Search by company name
limit number 10 Maximum number of results (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
total_count number

Remove a contact from an active campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email of the contact to remove from campaign
campaign_id number ID of the campaign to remove contact from
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number
campaign_id number
status string

Retrieve activity history for a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email of the contact to get activity for
activity_types textarea Filter by activity types (one per line: email, click, reply, open)
limit number 50 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
contact_info object
total_activities number
Reputation.com

Reputation.com

Online reputation management platform

Free

Setting up Reputation.com API

  1. Log in to your Reputation.com account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API Management" → "API Keys"
  3. Click "Generate New API Key" or copy your existing key
  4. Copy your Client ID from the API settings page
  5. Paste both the API Key and Client ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Reputation.com enterprise account with API access
  • API access requires a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep both your API key and Client ID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or enterprise features
Reputation.com API Documentation

Available Operations

Get reviews from all connected platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Specific location ID to filter by
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
limit number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
platform select Filter by review platform
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Send review invitation to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_email text Customer email address
customer_name text Customer full name
location_id text Business location ID
phone text Customer phone number
custom_fields textarea Additional custom fields as JSON object
template_id text Email template ID to use
Outputs
Name Type Description
invite_sent boolean Whether invitation was sent successfully
invite_id string Unique invitation identifier

Get list of business locations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Only return active locations
Outputs
Name Type Description
locations array Array of business locations
total_count number Total number of locations

Get business listings across platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Specific location ID to filter by
platform select Filter by specific platform
status select Filter by listing status
Outputs
Name Type Description
listings array Array of business listings
total_count number Total number of listings

Get reputation analytics and insights

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location_id text Specific location ID to analyze
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metric select overview Type of analytics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Detailed analytics information
total_reviews number Total number of reviews in period
average_rating number Average rating in period
sentiment_score number Overall sentiment score

Post a response to a customer review

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
review_id text ID of the review to respond to
response_text textarea Your response to the review
author_name text Name to display as response author
Outputs
Name Type Description
response_posted boolean Whether response was posted successfully
response_id string ID of the posted response
RescueTime

RescueTime

Time tracking and productivity analysis - Automatically track time spent on applications and websites

Free

Setting up RescueTime Integration

  1. Log in to your RescueTime account
  2. Go to Account Settings → API Management
  3. Copy your existing API key or generate a new one if needed
  4. Paste the API key above and click Save

Notes:

  • Your API key provides read-only access to your productivity data
  • RescueTime data is updated every few minutes during active usage
  • Historical data is available for detailed productivity analysis
RescueTime API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve productivity score and time data for a specific day

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date text today Date to get data for (default: today)
Outputs
Name Type Description
productivity_score number
total_time number
productive_time number
neutral_time number
distracting_time number

Get the most time-consuming activities for a date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_from text today Start date for the range
date_to text today End date for the range
limit number 10 Number of top activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
total_time number

Get time spent on different productivity categories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_from text today Start date for the range
date_to text today End date for the range
Outputs
Name Type Description
categories array
productivity_score number

Get comprehensive productivity report for the past week

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
weeks_back number 0 Number of weeks back from current week (0 = current week)
Outputs
Name Type Description
week_start string
week_end string
total_time number
avg_productivity_score number
daily_breakdown array
Restream

Restream

Multi-platform live streaming service to broadcast to multiple destinations

Free

Setting up Restream Integration

  1. Log in to your Restream account
  2. Navigate to Settings or Developer section
  3. Find the API Keys or Integrations section
  4. Generate a new API key or copy your existing API key
  5. Copy the API key and paste it in the field above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires a Restream account with API access enabled
  • API key provides access to your channels and streaming management
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API requests may have rate limits - monitor your usage
  • Some features may require specific Restream subscription plans
Restream API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new multi-platform stream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the stream
description textarea Stream description
channels textarea [] JSON array of channel IDs to stream to
scheduled_at text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z). Leave empty for immediate stream.
privacy select public
record_stream checkbox Record the stream for later use
Outputs
Name Type Description
stream_id string
stream_key string
rtmp_url string
dashboard_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific stream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
stream_id text The unique ID of the stream
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
scheduled_at string
status string
channels array
viewer_count number
duration number
success boolean

Retrieve list of connected streaming channels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
platform select
Outputs
Name Type Description
channels array
total_count number
success boolean

Start a scheduled stream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
stream_id text The unique ID of the stream
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string
live_urls array

Stop an active stream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
stream_id text The unique ID of the stream
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string
recording_urls array

Retrieve list of streams

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
limit number 50 Maximum number of streams to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
streams array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve analytics data for a stream

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
stream_id text The unique ID of the stream
Outputs
Name Type Description
total_viewers number
peak_viewers number
average_watch_time number
platform_breakdown array
engagement_metrics object
success boolean
Reviews.io

Reviews.io

Review collection and management platform

Free

Setting up Reviews.io API

  1. Log in to your Reviews.io account
  2. Navigate to "Integrations" in your dashboard
  3. Click on "API" or "Developer Tools"
  4. Generate or copy your API Key
  5. Copy your Store ID from the account settings
  6. Paste both the API Key and Store ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Reviews.io business account to access the API
  • API access may be limited based on your subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your plan tier
  • Keep both your API key and Store ID secure
  • Some features may require premium plan access
Reviews.io API Documentation

Available Operations

Get reviews from Reviews.io

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
min_rating number Minimum star rating (1-5)
max_rating number Maximum star rating (1-5)
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of reviews
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get reviews for a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product identifier or SKU
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of product reviews
total_reviews number Total number of product reviews
average_rating number Average product rating

Send review invitation to a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Customer email address
name text Customer full name
order_id text Order reference number
products textarea JSON array of products [{\"name\": \"Product\", \"sku\": \"SKU123\"}]
delay_days number 0 Days to delay sending invitation
Outputs
Name Type Description
invitation_sent boolean Whether invitation was sent successfully
invitation_id string Unique invitation identifier

Get review statistics and metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Overall average rating
rating_breakdown object Breakdown by star ratings
response_rate number Percentage of customers who left reviews
ReviewTrackers

ReviewTrackers

Review monitoring and management

Free

Setting up ReviewTrackers API

  1. Log in to your ReviewTrackers account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API Access" or "Integrations"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Organization ID from the account settings page
  5. Paste both the API Key and Organization ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a ReviewTrackers business account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep both your API key and Organization ID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
ReviewTrackers API Documentation

Available Operations

Get reviews from tracked businesses

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Specific business ID to filter by
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
site select Filter by review platform
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
has_response select Filter by response status
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get list of tracked businesses

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
search text Search businesses by name or location
active_only checkbox 1 Only return active businesses
Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array Array of business data
total_count number Total number of businesses

Get review alerts and notifications

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Specific business ID to filter by
alert_type select Filter by alert type
status select Filter by alert status
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of alerts to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
alerts array Array of alert data
total_count number Total number of alerts

Get review analytics and insights

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Specific business ID to analyze
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metric select overview Type of analytics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Detailed analytics information
total_reviews number Total number of reviews in period
average_rating number Average rating in period
sentiment_score number Overall sentiment score

Get competitor analysis data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Business ID to analyze competitors for
include_ratings checkbox 1 Include competitor rating data
include_volume checkbox 1 Include review volume data
Outputs
Name Type Description
competitors array Array of competitor data
total_count number Total number of competitors

Mark an alert as read or resolved

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
alert_id text ID of the alert to mark
status select read Status to set for the alert
Outputs
Name Type Description
status_updated boolean Whether status was updated successfully
alert_id string ID of the updated alert
RSS/XML Feeds

RSS/XML Feeds

Monitor RSS and XML feeds for new items

Free

Setting up RSS/XML Feed Integration

  1. No configuration required - RSS integration works with any public RSS/XML feed
  2. When creating workflows, simply enter the RSS feed URL in the trigger node
  3. Common RSS feed URLs: /feed, /rss, /atom.xml, /feed.xml, /rss.xml
  4. For WordPress: yoursite.com/feed
  5. For Medium: medium.com/feed/@username
  6. For YouTube: youtube.com/feeds/videos.xml?channel_id=CHANNEL_ID
  7. Test your RSS feed URL first to ensure it's accessible and valid

Notes:

  • RSS integration monitors feeds for new items and triggers workflows automatically
  • Supports both RSS 2.0 and Atom feed formats
  • On first run, all current items are marked as seen (no processing)
  • Choose appropriate item identifier: GUID (recommended), Link, Title, or Publication Date
  • Maximum 50 items can be processed per trigger to prevent overload
  • Feed polling frequency depends on your workflow schedule settings
  • Feeds with invalid XML or encoding issues are automatically cleaned
RSS Format Documentation

Available Operations

Triggers when new items appear in an RSS/XML feed

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
feed_url text URL of the RSS/XML feed to monitor
item_identifier select guid Field used to identify unique items
max_items_per_trigger number 10 Maximum new items to process per trigger
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array Array of new feed items (each with title, link, description, pubDate, guid)
feed_metadata object Feed metadata (title, description, etc.)

Fetch and parse an RSS/Atom feed, returning all items

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
feed_url text URL of the RSS/Atom feed to fetch
max_items number 50 Maximum number of items to return (default: 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of all feed items with title, link, description, pubDate, etc.
feed_title string Title of the RSS/Atom feed
feed_description string Description of the RSS/Atom feed
feed_link string Website link of the feed source
item_count number Number of items returned
Sage

Sage

Business management software - Accounting, payroll, and business management solutions

Free

Setting up Sage Integration

  1. This integration requires OAuth 2.0 authentication with Sage
  2. Register your application at Sage Developer Portal
  3. Create a new application and get your Client ID and Client Secret
  4. Implement OAuth 2.0 flow to get Access Token and Refresh Token
  5. Use the "full_access" scope for complete access to Sage Business Cloud Accounting
  6. Paste all credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • OAuth tokens expire after 1 hour and need refresh tokens for renewal
  • Sage supports multiple products - this integration is for Sage Business Cloud Accounting
  • Keep all credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Rate limits apply - 5000 requests per hour per application
  • Different Sage products may require different API endpoints
Sage Accounting API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of businesses accessible via the API

Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array
business_count number

Create a new contact (customer/supplier) in Sage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
name text Name of the contact
contact_type select CUSTOMER
email text Contact email address
telephone text Contact telephone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
name string
contact_type string

Get all contacts from Sage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
contact_type select Filter by contact type
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
contact_count number

Create a new sales invoice in Sage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
contact_id text Customer Contact ID
date text today Invoice date
due_date text Invoice due date
reference text Invoice reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
invoice_number string
total_amount number
status string

Add a line item to an existing sales invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
invoice_id text Sales Invoice ID
description text Line item description
quantity number 1 Quantity of items
unit_price number Price per unit
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_item_id string
description string
total_amount number

Get sales invoices from Sage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
contact_id text Filter by specific contact
from_date text Filter invoices from this date
to_date text Filter invoices to this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Create a new product/service in Sage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
item_code text Unique item code
description text Product description
sales_price number Default sales price
purchase_price number Default purchase price
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_id string
item_code string
description string

Get all products/services from Sage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array
product_count number

Create a new purchase invoice in Sage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Sage Business ID
contact_id text Supplier Contact ID
date text today Invoice date
due_date text Invoice due date
supplier_reference text Supplier invoice reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
invoice_number string
total_amount number
status string
Saleor

Saleor

Modern headless e-commerce platform built with Python and GraphQL

Free

Setting up Saleor Integration

  1. Log in to your Saleor Dashboard
  2. Navigate to Apps → Webhooks & Events
  3. Create a new App or use an existing one
  4. Generate an authentication token with required permissions
  5. Copy your Saleor GraphQL API URL (usually ends with /graphql/)
  6. Copy the authentication token
  7. Enter both credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure your auth token has permissions for products, orders, and other required operations
  • Saleor uses GraphQL - all operations are performed through GraphQL queries
  • The API URL should include the full path to the GraphQL endpoint
  • Keep your authentication token secure and never share it
Saleor API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Saleor store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first number 20 Number of products to retrieve
channel text Sales channel slug (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
totalCount number Total number of products

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
channel text Sales channel slug (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Saleor

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
slug text URL slug for the product
description textarea Product description (JSON format)
product_type_id text ID of the product type
category_id text ID of the product category
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Details of the created product
errors array Any errors that occurred
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
description textarea New product description (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Updated product details
errors array Any errors that occurred
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Saleor store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first number 20 Number of orders to retrieve
status select Filter by order status
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
totalCount number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Create a fulfillment for an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to fulfill
tracking_number text Shipping tracking number
notify_customer checkbox 1 Send notification to customer
Outputs
Name Type Description
fulfillment object Created fulfillment details
errors array Any errors that occurred
success boolean Whether the fulfillment was created successfully

Retrieve product categories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first number 20 Number of categories to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
categories array List of categories
Salesforce

Salesforce

Enterprise CRM platform with leads, contacts, accounts, opportunities, and campaign management

Free

Setting up Salesforce Integration

  1. Log in to your Salesforce account
  2. Go to Setup (gear icon) → App Manager
  3. Click "New Connected App"
  4. Fill in basic information (App Name, API Name, Contact Email)
  5. Enable OAuth Settings and configure:
  6. - Callback URL: https://your-domain.com/oauth/callback
  7. - Selected OAuth Scopes: "Full access (full)" and "Perform requests on your behalf at any time (refresh_token, offline_access)"
  8. Save and note down the Consumer Key and Consumer Secret
  9. Use OAuth 2.0 Web Server Flow to get Access Token
  10. Find your Instance URL from your Salesforce URL (e.g., https://yourcompany.my.salesforce.com)
  11. Enter your Instance URL and Access Token above
  12. Optionally add Refresh Token for automatic token renewal

Notes:

  • Connected Apps require administrator approval in most Salesforce orgs
  • Access tokens typically expire after a few hours - use refresh tokens for production
  • Different Salesforce editions have different API limits
  • Some features require specific Salesforce licenses (Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, etc.)
  • Always test with a Sandbox environment before production use
  • API version used: v58.0 (latest stable)
  • Monitor your API usage in Setup → System Overview → API Usage
Salesforce REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve leads from Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Optional: Filter by specific email address
status select
limit number 20 Number of leads to retrieve (max 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array Array of lead objects
total number

Create a new lead in Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text Lead's first name
lastName text Lead's last name
email text Lead's email address
phone text Lead's phone number
company text Lead's company name
status select Open - Not Contacted
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead object
leadId string

Convert a lead to contact, account, and opportunity

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
leadId text Salesforce Lead ID to convert
convertedStatus text Closed - Converted Status to set after conversion
createOpportunity select true
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId string
accountId string
opportunityId string

Retrieve contacts from Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Optional: Filter by specific email address
accountId text Optional: Filter by specific account
limit number 20 Number of contacts to retrieve (max 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
total number

Create a new contact in Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstName text Contact's first name
lastName text Contact's last name
email text Contact's email address
phone text Contact's phone number
accountId text Associated account ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object
contactId string

Retrieve accounts from Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Optional: Filter by account name
type select
limit number 20 Number of accounts to retrieve (max 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array
total number

Create a new account in Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Account name
type select Prospect
industry text Account industry
website text Account website URL
phone text Account phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
account object
accountId string

Retrieve opportunities from Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
stageName select
accountId text Optional: Filter by specific account
limit number 20 Number of opportunities to retrieve (max 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array
total number

Create a new opportunity in Salesforce CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Opportunity name
accountId text Associated account ID
stageName select Prospecting
amount number Opportunity value
closeDate text Expected close date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
probability number Win probability (0-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity object
opportunityId string

Retrieve marketing campaigns from Salesforce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
type select
limit number 20 Number of campaigns to retrieve (max 200)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array
total number

Create a new marketing campaign in Salesforce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Campaign name
type select Email
status select Planned
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object
campaignId string

Execute a custom SOQL query against Salesforce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query textarea The SOQL query to execute (e.g., SELECT Id, Name FROM Opportunity WHERE StageName = 'Prospecting')
Outputs
Name Type Description
records array Array of matching records
totalSize number Total number of records matching the query
done boolean Whether all records have been retrieved

Retrieve any Salesforce record by its ID and object type

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
objectType select The Salesforce object type
recordId text The 15 or 18 character Salesforce record ID
fields text Comma-separated list of fields to retrieve (leave empty for all accessible fields)
Outputs
Name Type Description
record object The retrieved record data
Id string

Create a new task in Salesforce, optionally linked to a record

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Task subject/title
description textarea Task description/comments
whatId text ID of related record (Opportunity, Account, Campaign, etc.)
whoId text ID of related Contact or Lead
ownerId text User ID to assign the task to (defaults to current user)
status select Not Started
priority select Normal
activityDate text Task due date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
task object
taskId string

Retrieve a Salesforce user by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sfUserId text The Salesforce User ID (e.g., from Opportunity Owner)
Outputs
Name Type Description
user object The user record
Id string
Name string
Email string
Username string

Retrieve notes attached to a Salesforce record

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
parentId text ID of the record to get notes for (Opportunity, Account, Contact, etc.)
limit number 50 Maximum number of notes to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
notes array Array of note objects
total number
SalesLoft

SalesLoft

Sales engagement and cadence management platform with multi-channel outreach, analytics, and conversation intelligence

Free

Setting up SalesLoft Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication
  2. Contact SalesLoft support at support@salesloft.com to request API access
  3. You will need to provide your app details and use case
  4. Once approved, configure your OAuth app in SalesLoft settings
  5. Click the "Connect" button below to start the OAuth authorization
  6. You will be redirected to SalesLoft to grant permissions
  7. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  8. Your integration is now ready for sales engagement automation

Notes:

  • API access requires approval from SalesLoft support team
  • Ensure your SalesLoft plan includes API access
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription plan
  • Some endpoints may require specific user permissions
SalesLoft API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new person in SalesLoft

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
email_address text Primary email address
title text Professional title or role
phone text Primary phone number
mobile_phone text Mobile phone number
linkedin_url text LinkedIn profile URL
company_name text Company or organization name
Outputs
Name Type Description
person_id number
email_address string
full_name string
created_at string

Search for people by email or other criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email_address text Search by email address
first_name text Search by first name
last_name text Search by last name
company_name text Search by company name
limit number 10 Maximum number of results (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
people array
total_count number

Add a person to a SalesLoft cadence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person_email text Email of the person to add to cadence
cadence_id number ID of the cadence to add person to
user_id number SalesLoft user ID to assign the cadence to
Outputs
Name Type Description
cadence_membership_id number
person_id number
cadence_id number
current_step number

Get list of available cadences

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
team_cadences checkbox Include team-wide cadences (requires admin access)
limit number 20 Maximum number of cadences to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
cadences array
total_count number

Retrieve performance statistics for a cadence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
cadence_id number ID of the cadence to get stats for
Outputs
Name Type Description
cadence_id number
people_count number
views_count number
clicks_count number
replies_count number
calls_count number
success_count number

Create a new account (company) in SalesLoft

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the company/account
domain text Company website domain
industry text Company industry
size text Company size category
phone text Main company phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
account_id number
name string
domain string
created_at string

Retrieve activity history for a specific person

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
person_email text Email of the person to get activities for
activity_types textarea Filter by activity types (one per line: call, email, other)
limit number 50 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
person_info object
total_activities number
Sanity

Sanity

Structured content platform with real-time collaboration, GROQ queries, and flexible content modeling for modern applications

Free

Setting up Sanity API Integration

  1. Log in to your Sanity management console
  2. Select your project or create a new one
  3. Go to Settings → API
  4. Copy your Project ID from the project settings
  5. In the Tokens section, click "Add API token"
  6. Give your token a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Select the appropriate permissions (Editor or Viewer)
  8. Copy the generated token
  9. Enter your Project ID, Dataset name, and API token above
  10. Set the API version (use latest: 2021-06-07)
  11. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API tokens have different permission levels - choose appropriately
  • Viewer tokens can only read content, Editor tokens can modify
  • Production dataset is the default, but you can use staging for testing
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • API requests are rate limited based on your plan
  • Use GROQ queries for advanced content filtering
Sanity HTTP API Documentation

Available Operations

Query documents using GROQ (Graph-Relational Object Queries)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query code_editor GROQ query to fetch documents (e.g., *[_type == "post"])
params code_editor Parameters for the GROQ query as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
documents array Array of documents matching the query
totalDocuments number Number of documents returned

Retrieve a specific document by its ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text ID of the document to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
document object The requested document with all fields
id string ID of the document
type string Type of the document
createdAt string Document creation timestamp
updatedAt string Document last update timestamp

Create a new document in Sanity

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_type text Type of document to create (e.g., post, page)
document_data code_editor Document fields as JSON object
document_id text Custom ID for the document (auto-generated if empty)
Outputs
Name Type Description
documentId string ID of the created document
document object The complete created document
revision string Revision ID of the created document

Update an existing document in Sanity

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text ID of the document to update
document_data code_editor Updated document fields as JSON object
update_method select merge How to apply the update
Outputs
Name Type Description
documentId string ID of the updated document
document object The complete updated document
revision string New revision ID of the updated document

Delete a document from Sanity

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
document_id text ID of the document to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deletedId string ID of the deleted document
success boolean Whether the deletion was successful

Upload a file asset to Sanity

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_url text URL of the file to upload
filename text Name for the uploaded file
asset_type select image Type of asset to upload
title text Title for the asset
alt_text text Alternative text for images
Outputs
Name Type Description
assetId string ID of the uploaded asset
assetUrl string Public URL of the uploaded asset
mimeType string MIME type of the uploaded asset
size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Retrieve assets from Sanity using GROQ query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
asset_type select all Filter by asset type
limit number 50 Maximum number of assets to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
assets array Array of asset documents
totalAssets number Number of assets returned

Retrieve schema type definitions from Sanity

Outputs
Name Type Description
schemas array Array of schema type definitions
totalSchemas number Number of schema types

Set up a listener for real-time document updates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query code_editor GROQ query to listen for updates (e.g., *[_type == "post"])
include_result select true Include the updated document in the response
Outputs
Name Type Description
listenerId string ID of the created listener
query string The GROQ query being listened to
success boolean Whether the listener was set up successfully
SAP

SAP

Enterprise software and services - Complete business process management and analytics

Free

Setting up SAP Integration

  1. Contact your SAP system administrator to get the required credentials
  2. Obtain the SAP system base URL (typically https://hostname:port)
  3. Get your SAP username and password for system access
  4. Identify the client (Mandant) number you need to connect to
  5. Ensure your SAP user has appropriate RFC/OData service permissions
  6. For OData services, verify that the required services are activated in transaction SICF
  7. Test connectivity to SAP Gateway services at /sap/opu/odata/
  8. Enter all credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • This integration connects to SAP via OData services and RFC calls
  • Requires SAP NetWeaver Gateway or SAP S/4HANA Cloud
  • User must have appropriate authorization objects (S_SERVICE, S_RFC, etc.)
  • Different SAP modules may require different authorizations
  • Connection uses HTTP Basic Authentication over HTTPS
  • Consider using a dedicated integration user with minimal required permissions
SAP Gateway and OData Services Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve customer master data from SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_group text Filter by customer group
sales_organization text Filter by sales organization
max_results number 100 Maximum number of customers to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array
customer_count number

Create a new customer master record in SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_name text Customer name (Name 1)
customer_name2 text Additional customer name (Name 2)
customer_group text Customer group code
sales_organization text Sales organization code
distribution_channel text Distribution channel code
division text Division code
country text Country code (e.g., US, DE)
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_number string
customer_name string
customer_group string

Retrieve sales orders from SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_number text Filter by customer number
sales_organization text Filter by sales organization
from_date text Filter orders from this date
to_date text Filter orders to this date
max_results number 100 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
sales_orders array
order_count number
total_value number

Create a new sales order in SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_number text SAP customer number
sales_organization text Sales organization code
distribution_channel text Distribution channel code
division text Division code
order_type text OR Sales order type (e.g., OR, TA)
purchase_order_number text Customer purchase order number
Outputs
Name Type Description
sales_order_number string
order_type string
total_value number
currency string

Retrieve material master data from SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
material_type text Filter by material type (e.g., FERT, HAWA)
plant text Filter by plant code
material_group text Filter by material group
max_results number 100 Maximum number of materials to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
materials array
material_count number

Create a new material master record in SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
material_description text Material description (short text)
material_type text Material type (e.g., FERT, HAWA, ROH)
material_group text Material group code
base_unit text Base unit of measure (e.g., EA, KG, M)
plant text Plant code for material creation
Outputs
Name Type Description
material_number string
material_description string
material_type string

Retrieve financial documents (invoices, credits) from SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_code text SAP company code
document_type select Filter by document type
customer_vendor text Filter by customer or vendor number
from_date text Filter documents from this posting date
to_date text Filter documents to this posting date
Outputs
Name Type Description
financial_documents array
document_count number
total_amount number

Retrieve current inventory levels from SAP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
plant text Plant code for inventory query
material_number text Specific material number (leave empty for all)
storage_location text Filter by storage location
show_zero_stock select false
Outputs
Name Type Description
inventory_levels array
material_count number
Segment

Segment

Customer data platform and analytics orchestration for unified data collection and distribution

Free

Setting up Segment API Integration

  1. Log in to your Segment account
  2. Go to Connections → Sources in your workspace
  3. Select or create a JavaScript source (or appropriate source type)
  4. Copy the Write Key from the source settings
  5. For advanced features, go to Settings → Access Management
  6. Generate a Personal Access Token (Config API)
  7. Find your workspace slug in the URL: app.segment.com/{workspace-slug}
  8. Enter the credentials above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Write Key is required for sending tracking data to Segment
  • Access Token is optional but needed for retrieving configuration data
  • Each source has its own Write Key - choose the appropriate one
  • Workspace slug is visible in your Segment dashboard URL
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Segment automatically forwards data to connected destinations
Segment HTTP API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a track event to Segment for analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Unique identifier for the user
event text Name of the event to track
properties textarea {} Additional properties for the event
context textarea {} Context information (device, location, etc.)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
timestamp string

Send an identify call to update user traits

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Unique identifier for the user
traits textarea {} User traits to set (name, email, etc.)
context textarea {} Context information
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
timestamp string

Send a page view event to Segment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Unique identifier for the user
name text Name of the page viewed
category text Category of the page
properties textarea {} Additional page properties
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
timestamp string

Send a screen view event to Segment (mobile)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Unique identifier for the user
name text Name of the screen viewed
category text Category of the screen
properties textarea {} Additional screen properties
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
timestamp string

Associate a user with a group or organization

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Unique identifier for the user
groupId text Unique identifier for the group
traits textarea {} Group traits (name, plan, etc.)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
timestamp string

Link a new user identity to an existing user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Current user identifier
previousId text Previous identifier to link
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
messageId string
timestamp string

Retrieve list of sources in the workspace

Outputs
Name Type Description
sources array
sourceCount number

Retrieve list of destinations in the workspace

Outputs
Name Type Description
destinations array
destinationCount number

Retrieve list of users in the workspace

Outputs
Name Type Description
users array
userCount number

Create a new tracking plan for data governance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the tracking plan
description textarea Description of the tracking plan
rules textarea [] Tracking plan rules and events
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
planId string
planDetails object
SEMrush

SEMrush

SEO and competitive intelligence with keyword analysis, backlink tracking, competitor research, and ranking insights

Free

Setting up SEMrush Integration

  1. Log in to your SEMrush account
  2. Navigate to Projects → API
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing one
  4. Paste the API key in the field above
  5. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Your API key provides access to SEMrush competitive intelligence data
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is limited by your SEMrush subscription plan
  • Different endpoints have different credit costs - monitor your usage
  • Ensure your SEMrush subscription includes API access
SEMrush API Documentation

Available Operations

Get comprehensive SEO overview for a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Domain to analyze (e.g., example.com)
database select us SEMrush database region
Outputs
Name Type Description
organicKeywords number
organicTraffic number
organicCost number
adwordsKeywords number
adwordsTraffic number
adwordsBudget number

Get organic search keywords for a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Domain to analyze
database select us
limit number 100 Maximum number of keywords to return
position select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywords array
totalKeywords number
averagePosition number

Get backlink data for a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Domain to analyze
limit number 100 Maximum number of backlinks to return
backlinkType select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
backlinks array
totalBacklinks number
uniqueDomains number
averageAuthorityScore number

Analyze competitors for a given domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Domain to find competitors for
database select us
limit number 20 Maximum number of competitors to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
competitors array
competitorCount number
commonKeywords array

Analyze keyword difficulty and competition

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea List of keywords to analyze, one per line
database select us
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywordData array
averageDifficulty number
totalVolume number

Get top performing pages for a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Domain to analyze
database select us
limit number 50 Maximum number of pages to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array
totalPages number
totalTraffic number

Get keyword suggestions and related terms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Base keyword to generate ideas from
database select us
matchType select phrase
limit number 100 Maximum number of keyword ideas
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywordIdeas array
totalIdeas number
averageVolume number
Send Anywhere

Send Anywhere

Cross-platform file sharing service

Free

Setting up Send Anywhere Integration

  1. Visit the Send Anywhere Developer Portal
  2. Sign up for a developer account or log in to your existing account
  3. Create a new application in the developer dashboard
  4. Copy the API key from your application settings
  5. Paste the API key in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Send Anywhere API allows file transfers with 6-digit codes
  • Files are automatically deleted after expiration (usually 10 minutes for free)
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage may be subject to rate limits and quotas
  • Large files may take time to process and upload
Send Anywhere API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload a file and generate a 6-digit share code

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to send
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_name text Name for the file including extension
Outputs
Name Type Description
share_key string 6-digit code to receive the file
share_url string URL to receive the file
expires_at string When the file expires
file_size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Download a file using a 6-digit share code

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
share_key text 6-digit code to receive the file
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_content binary The downloaded file content
file_name string Original name of the file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes

Get information about a shared file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
share_key text 6-digit code of the shared file
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_name string Name of the shared file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes
expires_at string When the file expires
available boolean Whether the file is still available for download
SendHub

SendHub

Business text messaging platform for team communication and customer engagement

Free

Setting up SendHub Integration

  1. Log in to your SendHub account
  2. Go to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate or copy your API key
  4. Enter your SendHub username and API key above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • SendHub specializes in business text messaging and team communication
  • Messages consume credits from your SendHub balance
  • SendHub provides team collaboration features for business messaging
SendHub API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages to contacts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
contacts textarea Phone numbers separated by commas (e.g., +1234567890, +0987654321)
from_number text Sender phone number (optional, uses default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
recipients_count number Number of recipients
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send SMS to a contact group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
group_id text ID of the contact group to send to
from_number text Sender phone number (optional, uses default)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the group message
recipients_count number Number of recipients in the group
success boolean Whether the group message was sent successfully

Create a new contact in SendHub

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone_number text Contact phone number with country code
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
company text Contact company name
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the created contact
phone_number string Contact phone number
full_name string Contact full name
success boolean Whether the contact was created successfully

Create a new contact group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new group
description textarea Description of the group
Outputs
Name Type Description
group_id string ID of the created group
group_name string Name of the created group
success boolean Whether the group was created successfully

Retrieve message history

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of messages to retrieve (default: 100)
offset number 0 Number of messages to skip (for pagination)
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array List of messages
total_count number Total number of messages
success boolean Whether messages were retrieved successfully

Retrieve contacts from SendHub

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve (default: 100)
offset number 0 Number of contacts to skip (for pagination)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array List of contacts
total_count number Total number of contacts
success boolean Whether contacts were retrieved successfully

Retrieve contact groups

Outputs
Name Type Description
groups array List of contact groups
count number Number of groups
success boolean Whether groups were retrieved successfully
Sendible

Sendible

Social media management platform for agencies

Free

Setting up Sendible API Integration

  1. Log in to your Sendible account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API token or use an existing one
  4. Copy the access token and paste it above
  5. Ensure your Sendible plan includes API access (Pro and Agency plans)
  6. Your token should have permissions for: posting, scheduling, analytics, profile management

Notes:

  • API access is available for Sendible Pro and Agency plans
  • Access tokens are long-lived but can be revoked from your account settings
  • Rate limits apply: 300 requests per hour per token
  • Sendible is designed for agencies managing multiple client accounts
  • The platform includes advanced reporting and white-label features
Sendible API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of connected social media services

Outputs
Name Type Description
services array
count number
success boolean

Create and schedule a social media post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
serviceIds textarea Social service IDs separated by commas
content textarea Content of the social media post
scheduledTime text Schedule post for specific time (ISO 8601 format). Leave empty for immediate posting.
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
linkUrl text URL to include in the post
tags text Comma-separated tags for organization
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string
post object
status string
success boolean

Get list of scheduled and published posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
serviceId text Filter by specific social service ID
status select Filter by post status
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
limit number 50 Maximum number of posts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array
count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
content string
status string
scheduledAt string
success boolean

Update a scheduled or draft post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to update
content textarea New content for the post
scheduledTime text New scheduled time (ISO 8601 format)
linkUrl text New URL to include in the post
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
updated boolean
success boolean

Delete a scheduled or draft post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
postId string
success boolean

Get analytics data for social media performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
serviceIds textarea Social service IDs separated by commas
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
metrics select engagement Type of metrics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
totalEngagement number
totalReach number
totalClicks number
success boolean

Get list of client accounts (for agencies)

Outputs
Name Type Description
clients array
count number
success boolean

Get content queues for automated posting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
serviceId text Filter by specific social service ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
queues array
count number
success boolean

Add a post to a content queue for automated posting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
queueId text The ID of the content queue
content textarea Content of the social media post
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
linkUrl text URL to include in the post
Outputs
Name Type Description
queuePostId string
queuePost object
success boolean

Get messages from social media inbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
serviceId text Filter by specific social service ID
status select Filter by message status
limit number 50 Maximum number of messages to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
count number
success boolean
SendinBlue

SendinBlue

Email marketing, SMS, chat, CRM automation platform (now Brevo)

Free

Setting up SendinBlue (Brevo) Integration

  1. Log in to your SendinBlue account
  2. Click on your name at the top-right corner of the screen
  3. Go to Settings → SMTP & API
  4. Under the API keys tab, click "Generate a new API key"
  5. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  6. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to all SendinBlue features including email, SMS, and contacts
  • You can revoke or regenerate API keys anytime from your account settings
  • SendinBlue has rate limits: 100 requests per hour for most endpoints
SendinBlue API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a transactional email through SendinBlue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to_email text Recipient email address
to_name text Recipient name (optional)
subject text Email subject line
html_content textarea HTML email content
text_content textarea Plain text email content
sender_name text Sender name (optional)
sender_email text Sender email address (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent email
success boolean

Create a new contact in SendinBlue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
phone text Contact phone number
list_ids text Comma-separated list of list IDs to add contact to
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number ID of the created contact
success boolean

Update an existing contact in SendinBlue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address to update
first_name text Updated first name
last_name text Updated last name
phone text Updated phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Retrieve contact information from SendinBlue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number
email string
first_name string
last_name string
phone string
success boolean

Send an SMS message through SendinBlue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
recipient text Phone number with country code (e.g., +1234567890)
content textarea SMS message content
sender text Sender name or phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
reference string Reference ID for the sent SMS
success boolean

Retrieve all contact lists from SendinBlue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of lists to retrieve (default: 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of contact lists
count number
success boolean
ShareASale API

ShareASale API

Affiliate marketing network and tracking platform

Free

Setting up ShareASale API

  1. Log in to your ShareASale account
  2. Navigate to "Tools" → "API Access"
  3. Generate or copy your API Key and API Secret
  4. Find your Affiliate ID in the account dashboard
  5. Paste the API Key, API Secret, and Affiliate ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need an approved ShareASale affiliate account
  • API access may require account approval or minimum performance
  • Rate limits apply to API requests
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Some features may require additional permissions
ShareASale API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve available merchants and programs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter merchants by status
category text Filter by merchant category
limit number 100 Number of merchants to return (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
merchants array Array of merchant data
total_merchants number Total number of merchants

Retrieve affiliate transactions and commissions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text Start date for transactions (MM/DD/YYYY format)
end_date text End date for transactions (MM/DD/YYYY format)
merchant_id text Filter by specific merchant ID
status select Filter by transaction status
Outputs
Name Type Description
transactions array Array of transaction data
total_transactions number Total number of transactions
total_commission number Total commission earned

Generate and retrieve affiliate tracking links

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
merchant_id text Merchant ID to create links for
product_url text Specific product URL to link to
creative_id text Specific creative/banner ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
affiliate_link string Generated affiliate tracking link
short_link string Shortened version of affiliate link
tracking_id string Unique tracking identifier

Retrieve banners and promotional materials

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
merchant_id text Merchant ID to get creatives for
creative_type select Type of creative material
size text Banner size filter (e.g., 728x90)
Outputs
Name Type Description
creatives array Array of creative materials
total_creatives number Total number of creatives

Retrieve merchant product catalogs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
merchant_id text Merchant ID to get products for
search_term text Search products by keyword
category text Filter by product category
min_price number Minimum product price
max_price number Maximum product price
limit number 50 Number of products to return (max 500)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product data
total_products number Total number of products

Generate affiliate performance reports

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
report_type select Type of report to generate
start_date text Report start date (MM/DD/YYYY format)
end_date text Report end date (MM/DD/YYYY format)
merchant_id text Filter by specific merchant ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
report_data array Generated report data
summary object Summary statistics
total_clicks number Total clicks in report period
total_sales number Total sales in report period
total_commission number Total commission earned
Sharetribe

Sharetribe

Marketplace platform for building peer-to-peer marketplaces

Free

Setting up Sharetribe Integration

  1. Log in to your Sharetribe Console
  2. Navigate to your marketplace and go to Build → Applications
  3. Create a new application or use an existing one
  4. Copy the Client ID and Client Secret
  5. Find your Marketplace ID in the marketplace settings
  6. Enter all credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure your application has the necessary scopes for the operations you need
  • The Marketplace ID is usually found in your marketplace URL or settings
  • Client credentials provide access to your marketplace data
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
Sharetribe API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve listings from Sharetribe marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 100 Number of listings per page (max 100)
states select Filter by listing state
include text Comma-separated list of relations to include (e.g., author,images)
Outputs
Name Type Description
listings array List of marketplace listings
meta object Pagination and other metadata

Get a specific listing by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listing_id text The UUID of the listing to retrieve
include text Comma-separated list of relations to include
Outputs
Name Type Description
listing object Listing details

Create a new listing in the marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Listing title
description textarea Listing description
price_amount number Price amount in cents
price_currency text USD Currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
author_id text UUID of the listing author (user)
state select draft Initial listing state
Outputs
Name Type Description
listing object Details of the created listing
success boolean Whether the listing was created successfully

Update an existing listing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
listing_id text UUID of the listing to update
title text New listing title
description textarea New listing description
state select New listing state
Outputs
Name Type Description
listing object Updated listing details
success boolean Whether the listing was updated successfully

Retrieve transactions from the marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 100 Number of transactions per page (max 100)
states select Filter by transaction state
Outputs
Name Type Description
transactions array List of marketplace transactions
meta object Pagination and other metadata

Get a specific transaction by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text The UUID of the transaction to retrieve
include text Comma-separated list of relations to include
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction object Transaction details

Retrieve users from the marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 100 Number of users per page (max 100)
include text Comma-separated list of relations to include
Outputs
Name Type Description
users array List of marketplace users
meta object Pagination and other metadata

Get a specific user by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
user_id text The UUID of the user to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
user object User details
SharpSpring

SharpSpring

Affordable marketing automation and CRM platform for agencies and businesses

Free

Setting up SharpSpring Integration

  1. Log in to your SharpSpring account
  2. Go to Settings → API Settings
  3. Copy your Account ID from the API settings page
  4. Copy your Secret Key from the API settings page
  5. If you don't see API settings, contact SharpSpring support to enable API access
  6. Paste both Account ID and Secret Key above and save

Notes:

  • Both Account ID and Secret Key are required for authentication
  • API access may need to be enabled by SharpSpring support
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • API calls are subject to SharpSpring rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • SharpSpring uses a unique API architecture with method-based requests
SharpSpring API Documentation

Available Operations

Create or update a lead in SharpSpring

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
emailAddress text Lead email address
firstName text Lead first name
lastName text Lead last name
companyName text Lead company name
phoneNumber text Lead phone number
customFields textarea {} Additional lead fields as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
leadId string The SharpSpring lead ID
status string Created or Updated

Update an existing lead in SharpSpring

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
leadId text The SharpSpring lead ID to update
updates textarea Lead updates as JSON object (e.g., {"firstName": "John", "lastName": "Doe"})
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the lead was updated successfully
message string Success or error message

Retrieve lead information by email or ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
lookupField select email Field to use for lead lookup
lookupValue text The email address or lead ID to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead object Complete lead information from SharpSpring
found boolean Whether the lead was found

Retrieve multiple leads based on criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
where textarea {} Where conditions as JSON object (e.g., {"companyName": "Acme Corp"})
limit number 50 Maximum number of leads to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array Array of leads matching criteria
count number Number of leads returned

Create a sales opportunity in SharpSpring

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
primaryContactID text The lead ID to associate with this opportunity
description text Opportunity description
value number Opportunity value in dollars
stage text Opportunity stage
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunityId string The created opportunity ID
success boolean Whether the opportunity was created successfully

Retrieve activities for a lead

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
leadId text The lead ID to get activities for
limit number 50 Maximum number of activities to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array Array of lead activities
count number Number of activities returned
Shopify

Shopify

Connect to your Shopify store to manage products, orders, customers, and automate e-commerce workflows.

Free

Setting up Shopify Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Shopify
  2. Enter your shop domain (e.g., mystore.myshopify.com)
  3. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  4. You will be redirected to your Shopify admin to authorize access
  5. Grant permissions for products, orders, customers, and inventory
  6. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  7. Your Shopify integration is now ready to use in workflows
  8. You can manage products, orders, customers, and receive webhook events

Notes:

  • You need admin access to the Shopify store to authorize the integration
  • The shop domain should be in format: storename.myshopify.com
  • The integration requests permissions for products, orders, customers, and inventory
  • You can revoke access anytime from your Shopify admin settings
  • Webhook triggers allow real-time notifications for events like new orders
  • API rate limits apply - avoid making too many requests in short periods
  • Make sure your store is active and not on a trial that has expired
  • This integration uses Shopify Admin API 2024-01
Shopify Admin API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from your Shopify store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of products to retrieve (1-250)
status select
product_type text Filter by product type
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
count number Number of products returned

Create a new product in your Shopify store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The name of the product
body_html textarea The description of the product (HTML allowed)
vendor text The name of the vendor of the product
product_type text A categorization that a product can be tagged with
price text The price of the product variant
inventory_quantity number The number of items in stock
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The created product object
product_id string The ID of the created product

Update an existing product in your Shopify store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to update
title text The name of the product
body_html textarea The description of the product (HTML allowed)
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The updated product object

Retrieve orders from your Shopify store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of orders to retrieve (1-250)
status select
financial_status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order objects
count number Number of orders returned

Retrieve a specific order by its ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object The order object
order_number string The order number
total_price string The total price of the order

Retrieve customers from your Shopify store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of customers to retrieve (1-250)
email text Filter customers by email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer objects
count number Number of customers returned

Create a new customer in your Shopify store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text The email address of the customer
first_name text The first name of the customer
last_name text The last name of the customer
phone text The phone number of the customer
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer object The created customer object
customer_id string The ID of the created customer

Triggered when a new order is created

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_url text Use this URL in your Shopify webhook settings
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object The created order object
order_id string The ID of the created order
customer_email string Email of the customer who placed the order
Shopper Approved

Shopper Approved

Customer review and rating platform

Free

Setting up Shopper Approved API

  1. Log in to your Shopper Approved account
  2. Navigate to "Account Settings" → "API Integration"
  3. Click "Generate API Key" or copy your existing API key
  4. Copy your Site ID from the account dashboard or API settings
  5. Paste both the API Key and Site ID above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Shopper Approved merchant account with API access
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep both your API key and Site ID secure
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
Shopper Approved API Documentation

Available Operations

Get customer reviews and ratings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
review_type select Type of review to retrieve
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
has_comment select Filter by comment presence
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_count number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Average star rating

Get reviews for a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product identifier or SKU
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
rating_filter select Filter by rating
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of product review data
total_count number Total number of product reviews
average_rating number Average product rating
product_info object Product information

Send review survey invitation to customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_email text Customer email address
customer_name text Customer full name
order_id text Order or transaction ID
order_date text Order date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
products textarea JSON array of products [{"id":"123","name":"Product Name","price":"29.99"}]
delay_days number 0 Days to delay sending invitation
survey_type select merchant Type of survey to send
Outputs
Name Type Description
invite_sent boolean Whether invitation was sent successfully
invite_id string Unique invitation identifier
survey_url string Direct survey URL for customer

Get review statistics and metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
date_from text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
date_to text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metric_type select overview Type of statistics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
statistics object Detailed statistics information
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_rating number Overall average rating
response_rate number Survey response rate percentage
satisfaction_score number Customer satisfaction score

Get embeddable widget code for reviews

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
widget_type select seal Type of widget to generate
max_reviews number 5 Maximum number of reviews to display
theme select light Widget theme/style
width number Widget width in pixels
height number Widget height in pixels
Outputs
Name Type Description
widget_code string HTML/JavaScript widget code
widget_url string Direct URL to widget
preview_url string URL to preview widget

Get survey responses and completion data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
survey_id text Specific survey ID to filter by
status select Filter by response status
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
per_page number 20 Number of responses to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
responses array Array of survey response data
total_count number Total number of responses
completion_rate number Survey completion rate percentage
Shotstack Video Editor

Shotstack Video Editor

Professional cloud-based video editing and rendering API. Create videos programmatically with transitions, effects, text overlays, and audio mixing.

Free

Setting up Shotstack Video Editor

  1. Sign up for a Shotstack account at shotstack.io
  2. Navigate to your Dashboard
  3. Go to API Keys section
  4. Copy your API key (sandbox key for testing, production key for live use)
  5. Paste the API key above and select the appropriate environment
  6. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • Sandbox environment is free but adds watermarks to videos
  • Production environment requires credits and produces watermark-free videos
  • Keep your API keys secure and never share them publicly
  • Check your usage limits and credits in the Shotstack dashboard
  • Videos are temporarily hosted - download them within 24 hours
Shotstack API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a video from timeline configuration with clips, transitions, and effects

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
timeline code_editor { "tracks": [ { "clips": [ { "asset": { "type": "video", "src": "https:\/\/example.com\/video.mp4" }, "start": 0, "length": 5 } ] } ] } JSON configuration for video timeline including tracks, clips, and assets
output_format select mp4
resolution select hd
fps select 25
aspectRatio select 16:9
webhook_url text URL to receive render completion notification
upload_to_google_drive checkbox Upload rendered video directly to Google Drive
drive_folder_id text Folder ID from Google Drive URL. Leave empty for root folder.
drive_filename text Custom filename for Google Drive (without extension)
exclude_shotstack_hosting checkbox Only upload to Google Drive, skip Shotstack temporary hosting
Outputs
Name Type Description
render_id string Unique ID for tracking render status
status string Initial render status (usually "queued")
google_drive_upload boolean Whether video will be uploaded to Google Drive
success boolean

Check the status of a video render and download when complete

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
render_id text The render ID from a previous render operation
wait_for_completion checkbox 1 Poll until render is complete (max 5 minutes)
download_on_complete checkbox 1 Download the video to local storage when rendering is complete
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string Current status: queued, fetching, rendering, saving, done, failed
url string Temporary URL to the rendered video (valid for 24 hours)
video_data binary Downloaded video file (if download enabled)
poster string URL to video thumbnail
duration number Video duration in seconds
success boolean

Create a video using a predefined template with simple replacements

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
template_type select
media_urls textarea URLs to videos/images (one per line)
text_content textarea Text for overlays, titles, or captions (one per line)
duration_per_clip number 3 How long each clip/image should display
transition_type select fade
background_music_url text URL to background music file
output_resolution select hd
Outputs
Name Type Description
render_id string
status string
success boolean

Create a video slideshow from multiple images with transitions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
image_urls textarea URLs to images (one per line)
duration_per_image number 3 How long each image displays
transition_duration number 0.5 Duration of transitions between images
transition_type select fade
zoom_effect checkbox Add subtle zoom/pan effect to images
background_music_url text
output_resolution select hd
Outputs
Name Type Description
render_id string
status string
success boolean

Upload a file from URL to Shotstack storage for reliable access in renders

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
source_url text URL to the video, audio, or image file to ingest
wait_for_completion checkbox 1 Poll until ingestion is complete (max 5 minutes)
Outputs
Name Type Description
source_id string Unique ID for the ingested source
status string Current status: queued, fetching, ingesting, ready, failed
shotstack_url string Shotstack-hosted URL for use in renders
success boolean

Overlay audio track on an existing video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_url text URL to the source video
audio_url text URL to the audio track
audio_volume number 1 Volume level (0 to 1)
video_volume number 0.5 Volume of original video audio (0 to 1)
audio_start_time number 0 When to start playing the audio
fade_in_duration number 0 Audio fade in duration
fade_out_duration number 0 Audio fade out duration
output_resolution select hd
Outputs
Name Type Description
render_id string
status string
success boolean
SimpleTexting

SimpleTexting

SMS marketing platform with automation, scheduling, and contact management

Free

Setting up SimpleTexting Integration

  1. Log in to your SimpleTexting account
  2. Go to Account → API
  3. Click "Generate New Token"
  4. Copy the generated API token
  5. Paste the token in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • SimpleTexting specializes in SMS marketing campaigns
  • Messages consume credits from your SimpleTexting balance
  • You can manage contacts and campaigns through the API
SimpleTexting API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages to contacts or phone numbers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
phone text Recipient phone number (e.g., 1234567890)
scheduled_date text Schedule message (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
status string Message sending status
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send SMS campaign to a contact list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea Campaign message content
list_id text ID of the contact list to send to
name text Name for this campaign
scheduled_date text Schedule campaign (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string Unique identifier for the campaign
status string Campaign status
recipient_count number Number of recipients
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Add a contact to a list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone text Contact phone number
list_id text ID of the contact list to add to
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the added contact
phone string Contact phone number
success boolean Whether the contact was added successfully

Create a new contact list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the contact list
description textarea Description of the contact list
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string ID of the created list
name string Name of the created list
success boolean Whether the list was created successfully

Retrieve contacts from a list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text ID of the contact list to retrieve from
limit number 100 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array List of contacts
total_count number Total number of contacts in the list
success boolean Whether the contacts were retrieved successfully

Get account information and credits

Outputs
Name Type Description
credits number Available SMS credits
phone_number string Account phone number
company_name string Account company name
success boolean Whether the account info was retrieved successfully
Slack

Slack

Send messages, manage channels, and automate workflows in Slack workspaces

Free

Setting up Slack Integration

  1. Click the "Connect" button below to start the authorization process
  2. You will be redirected to Slack to sign in to your workspace
  3. Slack will ask you to authorize TaskAGI to access your workspace
  4. Select the workspace you want to connect and click "Allow"
  5. You will be redirected back to TaskAGI with your workspace connected
  6. Your Slack integration is now ready to use in workflows!

Notes:

  • You need admin or app installation permissions in your Slack workspace
  • TaskAGI will be able to post messages on behalf of the connected bot
  • You can send messages to any public channel without joining it first
  • To receive messages, configure the Events API in your Slack app settings
  • The webhook URL will be provided after setting up a trigger node
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Slack workspace app settings
  • Rate limits apply: approximately 1 message per second per channel
Slack API Documentation

Available Operations

Triggered when a message is posted in a channel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your Slack app's Event Subscriptions settings
Outputs
Name Type Description
channel string ID of the channel where the message was posted
user string ID of the user who posted the message
text string The content of the message
ts string Unique message timestamp (use as message ID)
thread_ts string Parent message timestamp if in a thread
attachments array Message attachments
team string Workspace ID

Triggered when your bot is @mentioned in a message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your Slack app's Event Subscriptions settings
Outputs
Name Type Description
channel string ID of the channel where the mention occurred
user string ID of the user who mentioned the bot
text string Full message text including the mention
ts string Message timestamp
thread_ts string Parent message timestamp if in a thread
team string Workspace ID

Triggered when an emoji reaction is added to a message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your Slack app's Event Subscriptions settings
Outputs
Name Type Description
reaction string Name of the emoji reaction (without colons)
user string ID of the user who added the reaction
item_user string ID of the user who authored the reacted message
item_channel string Channel where the reacted message is located
item_ts string Timestamp of the message that received the reaction
team string Workspace ID

Post a message to a Slack channel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channel text Channel ID or name (e.g., #general or C1234567890)
text textarea The message to send (supports Slack markdown)
threadTs text Reply to a thread by providing the parent message timestamp
blocks code_editor Block Kit formatted message (JSON array)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ts string Timestamp of the posted message (use as message ID)
channel string ID of the channel where the message was posted
message object Complete message object

Edit an existing message in a Slack channel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channel text Channel ID where the message is located
ts text Timestamp of the message to update
text textarea The updated message content
blocks code_editor Block Kit formatted message (JSON array)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ts string Timestamp of the updated message
channel string ID of the channel
text string The new message text

Retrieve a list of channels in the Slack workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
types select public_channel,private_channel Types of channels to retrieve
limit number 100 Maximum number of channels to retrieve (1-1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
channels array Array of channel objects with id, name, and other properties
count number Number of channels returned

Retrieve a list of users in the Slack workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of users to retrieve (1-1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
users array Array of user objects (excluding bots and deleted users)
count number Number of users returned

Add an emoji reaction to a message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channel text Channel ID where the message is located
timestamp text Timestamp of the message to react to
emojiName text Emoji name without colons (e.g., thumbsup, rocket, heart)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ok boolean Whether the reaction was added successfully
reaction string The emoji name that was added
SlickText

SlickText

SMS marketing and automation platform with keyword campaigns and analytics

Free

Setting up SlickText Integration

  1. Log in to your SlickText account
  2. Go to Settings → API Keys
  3. Click "Generate New API Key"
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. Paste the key in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • SlickText focuses on keyword-based SMS campaigns
  • Messages consume credits from your SlickText balance
  • You can automate opt-ins and campaigns through the API
SlickText API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages to subscribers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
textword text SlickText textword/keyword to send to
scheduled_time text Schedule message (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string Unique identifier for the campaign
message_count number Number of messages sent
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Add a subscriber to a textword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
textword text SlickText textword/keyword
phone_number text Subscriber phone number (10 digits)
first_name text Subscriber first name
last_name text Subscriber last name
email text Subscriber email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriber_id string ID of the added subscriber
phone_number string Subscriber phone number
success boolean Whether the subscriber was added successfully

Remove a subscriber from a textword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
textword text SlickText textword/keyword
phone_number text Subscriber phone number to remove
Outputs
Name Type Description
phone_number string Removed subscriber phone number
success boolean Whether the subscriber was removed successfully

Get subscribers for a textword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
textword text SlickText textword/keyword
limit number 100 Maximum number of subscribers to retrieve (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscribers array List of subscribers
total_count number Total number of subscribers
success boolean Whether the subscribers were retrieved successfully

Get all textwords/keywords for the account

Outputs
Name Type Description
textwords array List of textwords/keywords
count number Number of textwords
success boolean Whether the textwords were retrieved successfully

Get campaign history

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
textword text Filter by textword (optional)
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to retrieve (default: 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of campaigns
count number Number of campaigns returned
success boolean Whether the campaigns were retrieved successfully
Smartsheet

Smartsheet

Enterprise work management platform for project planning and collaboration

Free

Setting up Smartsheet Integration

  1. Log in to your Smartsheet account
  2. Click on your profile picture in the top right corner
  3. Select "Personal Settings"
  4. Go to "API Access" tab
  5. Click "Generate new access token"
  6. Enter a name for your token (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Copy the generated token and paste it above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
  • The token provides access to all sheets you have permissions for
  • You can revoke the token anytime from your Smartsheet settings
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions on the sheets you want to access
Smartsheet API Documentation

Available Operations

Add a new row to a Smartsheet

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sheet_id text The ID of the sheet to add the row to
cells textarea JSON array of cell objects with columnId and value
Outputs
Name Type Description
row_id string The unique ID of the created row
row_number number The row number in the sheet

Update an existing row in a Smartsheet

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sheet_id text The ID of the sheet containing the row
row_id text The ID of the row to update
cells textarea JSON array of cell objects with columnId and value
Outputs
Name Type Description
row_id string The unique ID of the updated row
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve data from a Smartsheet

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sheet_id text The ID of the sheet to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
sheet_id string
name string
columns array
rows array
total_row_count number

List all sheets accessible to the user

Outputs
Name Type Description
sheets array Array of sheet objects
count number Number of sheets returned
SMSGlobal

SMSGlobal

SMS and MMS messaging platform with global reach and delivery tracking

Free

Setting up SMSGlobal Integration

  1. Log in to your SMSGlobal MXT platform
  2. Go to Developers → API Keys
  3. Click "Create API Key"
  4. Copy your API Key and Secret
  5. Paste both values in the fields above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • SMSGlobal supports SMS and MMS messaging globally
  • Messages consume credits from your SMSGlobal balance
  • Test with a small message first to verify setup
SMSGlobal REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via SMSGlobal

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
destination text Recipient phone number with country code (e.g., 61412345678)
origin text Custom sender ID or phone number
scheduledDateTime text Schedule message (ISO 8601 format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
outgoing_id number SMSGlobal outgoing ID
status string Message sending status
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send MMS messages with media via SMSGlobal

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea MMS message text (optional)
destination text Recipient phone number with country code
origin text Custom sender ID or phone number
media_url text URL of the media file to send
subject text MMS subject line (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent MMS
outgoing_id number SMSGlobal outgoing ID
success boolean Whether the MMS was sent successfully

Check your SMSGlobal account balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
balance number Current account balance
currency string Account currency
success boolean Whether the balance check was successful

Check the delivery status of a message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text ID of the message to check status for
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string Message delivery status
delivered_at string When the message was delivered
cost number Cost of the message
success boolean Whether the status check was successful

Add a new contact to your SMSGlobal address book

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
mobile_number text Contact mobile number with country code
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number ID of the created contact
mobile_number string Contact mobile number
success boolean Whether the contact was created successfully
Snapchat Ads

Snapchat Ads

Snap advertising and audience targeting platform

Free

Setting up Snapchat Ads API Integration

  1. Go to Snapchat Ads Manager
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "API Access"
  3. Create a new app or select an existing one in the developer portal
  4. Generate OAuth2 credentials for your app
  5. Complete the OAuth flow to get an access token
  6. Copy your Organization ID from Ads Manager settings
  7. Paste both the access token and organization ID above
  8. Ensure your app has the required permissions for ad management

Notes:

  • You need a Snapchat Ads Manager account to use this API
  • Access tokens expire and may need to be refreshed periodically
  • Rate limits apply: 1000 requests per hour per app
  • Some operations require additional permissions and verification
  • Snapchat requires app review for production use
Snapchat Marketing API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of ad accounts in your organization

Outputs
Name Type Description
adAccounts array
count number
success boolean

Get campaigns from a specific ad account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text The ID of the ad account
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array
count number
success boolean

Create a new advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text The ID of the ad account
name text Name for the campaign
objective select The objective for this campaign
status select PAUSED Initial status of the campaign
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
campaign object
success boolean

Get ad sets from a specific campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
Outputs
Name Type Description
adSets array
count number
success boolean

Create a new ad set within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
name text Name for the ad set
dailyBudgetMicro number Daily budget in micros (1 USD = 1,000,000 micros)
startTime text Start time in ISO 8601 format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ)
bidMicro number Bid amount in micros for manual bidding
optimizationGoal select IMPRESSIONS What to optimize for
Outputs
Name Type Description
adSetId string
adSet object
success boolean

Get ads from a specific ad set

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adSetId text The ID of the ad set
Outputs
Name Type Description
ads array
count number
success boolean

Get performance statistics for campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignIds textarea Campaign IDs separated by commas
startTime text Start time in YYYY-MM-DD format
endTime text End time in YYYY-MM-DD format
granularity select DAY Time granularity for the stats
Outputs
Name Type Description
stats array
totalImpressions number
totalSwipes number
totalSpend number
success boolean

Get saved audiences for targeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text The ID of the ad account
Outputs
Name Type Description
audiences array
count number
success boolean
Snapchat Ads

Snapchat Ads

Manage Snapchat advertising campaigns with AR-enabled features. Create campaigns, track performance, and leverage unique Snapchat advertising formats including AR Lenses.

Free

Setting up Snapchat Ads Integration

  1. Visit the Snapchat Marketing API portal
  2. Log in with your Snapchat Business account
  3. Create a new app or select an existing one in the developer portal
  4. Navigate to the "Authentication" section to generate an access token
  5. Go to your Snapchat Ads Manager dashboard
  6. Copy your Organization ID from the account settings
  7. Enter both the access token and organization ID above

Notes:

  • You need a Snapchat Business account to access the Marketing API
  • Production access requires approval from Snapchat
  • The access token has rate limits - check Snapchat's documentation for current limits
  • Keep your access token secure and regenerate it if compromised
  • Some operations require specific permissions on your ad account
  • AR Lens creation requires additional Lens Studio integration
Snapchat Marketing API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve advertising campaigns from Snapchat Ads Manager

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text Specific ad account ID to filter campaigns
status select Filter by campaign status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of advertising campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve ad sets from Snapchat Ads Manager

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
status select Filter by ad set status
Outputs
Name Type Description
adSets array List of ad sets
totalCount number

Retrieve individual ads from Snapchat Ads Manager

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adSetId text Filter by specific ad set ID
status select Filter by ad status
Outputs
Name Type Description
ads array List of individual ads
totalCount number

Get advertising performance statistics and analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
granularity select Time granularity for statistics
startTime text Start time (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endTime text End time (YYYY-MM-DD format)
entityIds textarea Campaign, Ad Set, or Ad IDs to get stats for (JSON array)
entityType select Type of entity to get statistics for
Outputs
Name Type Description
stats array Performance statistics and metrics
totalSpend number Total advertising spend for the period
totalImpressions number
totalSwipes number Total swipe-ups (Snapchat equivalent of clicks)

Create a new advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text Ad account to create campaign in
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
objective select Campaign objective
status select Initial campaign status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Update an existing advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Retrieve custom audiences and segments

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text Ad account to get audiences from
audienceType select Filter by audience type
Outputs
Name Type Description
audiences array List of custom audiences
totalCount number

Retrieve advertising creatives and media assets

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text Ad account to get creatives from
creativeType select Filter by creative type
Outputs
Name Type Description
creatives array List of advertising creatives
totalCount number

Retrieve AR Lens creatives for advertising

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adAccountId text Ad account to get lenses from
status select Filter by lens status
Outputs
Name Type Description
lenses array List of AR Lens creatives
totalCount number
Snov.io

Snov.io

Email finder and outreach automation platform with lead generation, email verification, and automated drip campaigns

Free

Setting up Snov.io Integration

  1. Log in to your Snov.io account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API in your dashboard
  3. Generate new API credentials or copy your existing ones
  4. Copy the Client ID and Client Secret
  5. Paste the credentials above and save the configuration
  6. Your Snov.io integration is now ready for email finding and outreach automation

Notes:

  • Snov.io provides comprehensive email finder and outreach automation tools
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • API usage is tracked and limited based on your Snov.io plan
  • The integration supports email finding, verification, and lead management
  • Upgrade your Snov.io plan for increased API limits and advanced features
Snov.io API Documentation

Available Operations

Find email address for a person at a specific company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
domain text Company domain (e.g., google.com)
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Found email address
first_name string Person's first name
last_name string Person's last name
success boolean Whether email was found successfully

Find all email addresses associated with a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to search (e.g., google.com)
type select all Filter emails by type
limit number 100 Maximum number of emails to return (default: 100)
last_id number Last ID from previous request for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails array List of found email addresses with contact details
domain string The domain that was searched
companyName string Company name associated with the domain
last_id number Last ID for pagination of next request

Verify if an email address is valid and deliverable

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
emails textarea Email addresses to verify (one per line or JSON array)
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of email verification results
valid_emails array List of verified valid email addresses
invalid_emails array List of invalid email addresses

Add a prospect to a specific prospect list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id number ID of the prospect list to add to
emails textarea [{"email": "john@example.com", "firstName": "John", "lastName": "Doe"}] Array of prospect objects with email and optional name fields
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether prospects were added successfully
added_count number Number of prospects successfully added
duplicates_count number Number of duplicate prospects skipped
invalid_count number Number of invalid prospects

Retrieve all prospect lists in your account

Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of prospect lists with details
total_count number Total number of prospect lists

Create a new prospect list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new prospect list
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id number ID of the created prospect list
name string Name of the created list
creationDate string Date when the list was created

Retrieve prospects from a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id number ID of the prospect list to retrieve from
limit number 100 Maximum number of prospects to return (default: 100)
last_id number Last ID from previous request for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
prospects array Array of prospects from the list
list_id number ID of the list that was queried
last_id number Last ID for pagination of next request

Get current account balance and usage statistics

Outputs
Name Type Description
searches number Number of email searches available
verifications number Number of email verifications available
emails_sent number Number of emails that can be sent
drip_campaigns number Number of active drip campaigns allowed

Add emails to verification queue for processing

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
emails textarea ["john@example.com", "jane@company.org", "support@business.net"] Array of email addresses to add to verification queue
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether emails were added to verification queue
identifier string Unique identifier for this verification batch
emails_count number Number of emails added to verification

Check the status of email verification batch

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
identifier text Verification batch identifier
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether verification status was retrieved
identifier string Verification batch identifier
total number Total number of emails in the batch
processed number Number of emails processed
status string Overall status of the verification batch
Socialbakers

Socialbakers

Social media analytics and influencer insights platform with competitive analysis

Free

Setting up Socialbakers Integration

  1. Log in to your Socialbakers account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API token
  4. Paste the token above and save

Notes:

  • Socialbakers provides social media analytics and influencer insights
  • API usage is subject to your subscription limits
Socialbakers API Documentation

Available Operations

Get analytics for influencers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
SocialBee

SocialBee

Social media automation and content categorization platform

Free

Setting up SocialBee API Integration

  1. Log in to your SocialBee account
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations & API
  3. Click on "Generate API Token" or "API Access"
  4. Generate a new API token with the required permissions
  5. Copy the access token and paste it above
  6. Ensure your token has permissions for: posts, categories, workspaces, analytics

Notes:

  • API access is available for SocialBee Pro and higher plans
  • Access tokens are long-lived but can be revoked from your account settings
  • Rate limits apply: 100 requests per minute per token
  • SocialBee specializes in content categorization and automated posting schedules
  • The platform supports content recycling and evergreen post management
SocialBee API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of SocialBee workspaces

Outputs
Name Type Description
workspaces array
count number
success boolean

Get connected social media profiles in a workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workspaceId text The ID of the workspace
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array
count number
success boolean

Get content categories for organizing posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workspaceId text The ID of the workspace
Outputs
Name Type Description
categories array
count number
success boolean

Create a new content category for organizing posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workspaceId text The ID of the workspace
name text Name for the new category
color text Hex color code for the category (e.g., #FF5733)
postingSchedule textarea JSON configuration for automated posting schedule
Outputs
Name Type Description
categoryId string
category object
success boolean

Create and schedule a social media post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workspaceId text The ID of the workspace
categoryId text Content category ID for the post
content textarea Content of the social media post
profileIds textarea Social profile IDs separated by commas
scheduledAt text Schedule post for specific time (ISO 8601 format). Leave empty for immediate posting.
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
isEvergreen select false Whether this post should be recycled automatically
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string
post object
status string
success boolean

Get posts from a workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workspaceId text The ID of the workspace
categoryId text Filter by specific category ID
status select Filter by post status
limit number 50 Maximum number of posts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array
count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
content string
status string
category string
success boolean

Update a scheduled or draft post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to update
content textarea New content for the post
scheduledAt text New scheduled time (ISO 8601 format)
categoryId text Move post to different category
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
updated boolean
success boolean

Delete a scheduled or draft post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
postId string
success boolean

Get analytics data for workspace performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
workspaceId text The ID of the workspace
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
totalPosts number
totalEngagement number
topPerformingCategory string
success boolean

Manually trigger recycling of an evergreen post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the evergreen post to recycle
scheduledAt text When to recycle the post (ISO 8601 format). Leave empty for next available slot.
Outputs
Name Type Description
recycledPostId string
scheduledAt string
success boolean
Solidus

Solidus

Modern open-source e-commerce platform for high-volume retailers

Free

Setting up Solidus Integration

  1. Log in to your Solidus admin panel
  2. Navigate to Configuration → API Settings or Users
  3. Create a new API user with appropriate permissions
  4. Generate an API token for the user
  5. Ensure the API user has access to products, orders, and other required resources
  6. Copy your store URL (base URL without trailing slash)
  7. Enter both credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Solidus uses the same API structure as Spree Commerce
  • Ensure your API token has appropriate permissions for your use case
  • The store URL should be the base URL of your Solidus installation
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them
Solidus API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Solidus store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 25 Number of products per page
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
show_deleted checkbox Include deleted products in results
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
total_count number Total number of products
current_page number Current page number

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Solidus

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
description textarea Product description
price number Product price
sku text Product SKU
available_on text Date when product becomes available (YYYY-MM-DD format)
weight number Product weight
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Details of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
description textarea New product description
price number New product price
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Updated product details
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Solidus store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 25 Number of orders per page
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
state select Filter by order state
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
total_count number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Create a shipment for an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to ship
tracking_number text Shipping tracking number
send_email checkbox 1 Send shipment notification email
Outputs
Name Type Description
shipment object Details of the created shipment
success boolean Whether the shipment was created successfully

Retrieve variants for a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to get variants for
Outputs
Name Type Description
variants array List of product variants
SpeedyIndex

SpeedyIndex

Fast indexing service for Google and Yandex. Submit URLs to get them indexed quickly.

Free

Setting up your SpeedyIndex Integration

  1. Sign up for an account at SpeedyIndex
  2. Log in to your SpeedyIndex dashboard
  3. Navigate to the API section or Account Settings
  4. Generate or copy your API key
  5. Add funds to your account balance for URL indexing
  6. Paste your API key into the form above and save
  7. You can now submit URLs for fast Google and Yandex indexing

Notes:

  • You need to maintain a positive balance for URL indexing to work
  • Each URL submission costs credits from your account balance
  • Google and Yandex indexing are separate services with different costs
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Response codes: 0=success, 1=insufficient balance, 2=server overloaded
  • URLs must be valid and accessible for successful indexing
SpeedyIndex API Documentation

Available Operations

Submit a URL to SpeedyIndex for fast Google indexing

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
url string Yes The URL you want to submit for Google indexing
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url string Static URL to index. This will be overridden if the URL input is mapped from another node.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the indexing request was successful
code number API response code (0=success, 1=insufficient balance, 2=server overloaded)
message string Human-readable response message
url string The URL that was submitted
service string The indexing service used (google)

Submit a URL to SpeedyIndex for fast Yandex indexing

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
url string Yes The URL you want to submit for Yandex indexing
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url string Static URL to index. This will be overridden if the URL input is mapped from another node.
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the indexing request was successful
code number API response code (0=success, 1=insufficient balance, 2=server overloaded)
message string Human-readable response message
url string The URL that was submitted
service string The indexing service used (yandex)
Spotify

Spotify

Create and manage Spotify playlists, search for tracks, albums, and artists. Build AI-powered playlist generators and music automation workflows.

Free

Setting up Spotify Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Spotify
  2. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  3. You will be redirected to Spotify to sign in and authorize access
  4. Grant permissions for playlist creation and management
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your Spotify integration is now ready to use in workflows

Notes:

  • You need a Spotify account (free or premium)
  • The integration can create and manage playlists on your behalf
  • You can search for tracks, albums, and artists
  • Rate limits: Spotify API has rate limiting - use delays in loops
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Spotify account settings
Spotify Web API Documentation

Available Operations

Get the current authenticated user's Spotify profile

Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
id string
display_name string
email string
country string
product string
uri string
profile_url string
followers number

Create a new playlist for the current user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new playlist
description textarea Playlist description (optional)
public select true Whether the playlist is public or private
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
id string
name string
description string
public boolean
collaborative boolean
uri string
url string
snapshot_id string
owner_id string
tracks_total number

Search for tracks on Spotify

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search query (track name, artist, etc.)
limit number 20 Number of results to return (1-50)
market text ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code (e.g., US, GB)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
tracks array
total number
limit number
offset number
query string

Add one or more tracks to a playlist

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
playlistId text Spotify playlist ID
trackUris textarea Track URI(s) - single URI or JSON array of URIs (e.g., spotify:track:xxx or just the track ID)
position number Position to insert (0-indexed, leave empty to append)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
snapshot_id string
playlist_id string
tracks_added number
track_uris array

Get details of a specific playlist

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
playlistId text Spotify playlist ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
id string
name string
description string
public boolean
collaborative boolean
uri string
url string
snapshot_id string
owner object
followers number
tracks_total number
images array

Get tracks from a playlist

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
playlistId text Spotify playlist ID
limit number 100 Number of tracks to retrieve (1-100)
offset number 0 Offset for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
tracks array
total number
limit number
offset number
next string
playlist_id string

Remove tracks from a playlist

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
playlistId text Spotify playlist ID
trackUris textarea Track URI(s) to remove - single URI or JSON array
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
snapshot_id string
playlist_id string
tracks_removed number

Get the current user's playlists

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Number of playlists to retrieve (1-50)
offset number 0 Offset for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
playlists array
total number
limit number
offset number
next string

Search for artists on Spotify

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Artist name or search query
limit number 20 Number of results to return (1-50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
artists array
total number
query string

Search for albums on Spotify

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Album name or search query
limit number 20 Number of results to return (1-50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
albums array
total number
query string
Spree Commerce

Spree Commerce

Open-source e-commerce platform built with Ruby on Rails

Free

Setting up Spree Commerce Integration

  1. Log in to your Spree Commerce admin panel
  2. Navigate to Configuration → API Settings
  3. Enable the API if not already enabled
  4. Generate a new API token or use an existing one
  5. Copy your store URL (base URL without trailing slash)
  6. Enter both credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure the Spree API is enabled in your store configuration
  • API token should have appropriate permissions for your use case
  • The store URL should be the base URL of your Spree installation
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them
Spree Commerce API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Spree Commerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 25 Number of products per page
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
total_count number Total number of products
current_page number Current page number

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Spree Commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
description textarea Product description
price number Product price
sku text Product SKU
available_on text Date when product becomes available (YYYY-MM-DD format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Details of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
description textarea New product description
price number New product price
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Updated product details
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Spree Commerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 25 Number of orders per page
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
state select Filter by order state
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
total_count number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update the state of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to update
state_event select State transition event to trigger
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Updated order details
success boolean Whether the order state was updated successfully
Sprinklr

Sprinklr

Social media management and influencer tracking platform with enterprise-grade features

Free

Setting up Sprinklr Integration

  1. Log in to your Sprinklr account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys
  3. Generate a new API key
  4. Paste the key above and save

Notes:

  • Sprinklr provides social media management and influencer tracking
  • API usage is subject to your subscription limits
Sprinklr API Documentation

Available Operations

Track influencer activities and mentions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
influencer_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
activities array
Sprout Social

Sprout Social

Social media management and customer care platform

Free

Setting up Sprout Social API Integration

  1. Log in to your Sprout Social account
  2. Navigate to Settings → Developer Tools
  3. Create a new API application or select an existing one
  4. Generate an OAuth 2.0 access token with the required scopes
  5. Required scopes: read, write, publish
  6. Copy the access token and paste it above
  7. Test the connection to ensure proper authentication

Notes:

  • You need a Sprout Social Standard, Professional, or Advanced plan to use the API
  • Access tokens may expire and require periodic renewal
  • Rate limits apply: 1000 requests per hour per token
  • Some operations require specific user permissions in your Sprout Social account
  • Customer care features require appropriate plan and permissions
Sprout Social API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of connected social media profiles

Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array
count number
success boolean

Create and publish a social media post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileIds textarea Social profile IDs separated by commas
content textarea Content of the social media post
publishAt text Schedule post for later (ISO 8601 format). Leave empty for immediate posting.
mediaUrls textarea Image/video URLs separated by commas
linkUrl text URL to include in the post
Outputs
Name Type Description
postId string
post object
status string
success boolean

Get published and scheduled posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
status select Filter by post status
limit number 50 Maximum number of posts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array
count number
success boolean

Get details of a specific post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
post object
content string
status string
publishedAt string
success boolean

Delete a scheduled or draft post

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postId text The ID of the post to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
postId string
success boolean

Get messages from social media inboxes for customer care

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileId text Filter by specific social profile ID
status select Filter by message status
limit number 50 Maximum number of messages to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
count number
success boolean

Reply to a customer message in the inbox

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
messageId text The ID of the message to reply to
content textarea Content of the reply message
Outputs
Name Type Description
replyId string
reply object
success boolean

Get analytics data for social media performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileIds textarea Social profile IDs separated by commas
startDate text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
endDate text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
metrics select engagement Type of metrics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object
totalEngagement number
totalReach number
totalImpressions number
success boolean

Get content tags for organizing posts and campaigns

Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array
count number
success boolean

Create a new content tag for organizing posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new tag
color text Hex color code for the tag (e.g., #FF5733)
Outputs
Name Type Description
tagId string
tag object
success boolean
Square

Square

Point of sale and payment processing platform for businesses

Free

Setting up Square Integration

  1. Sign in to your Square Developer Dashboard
  2. Create a new application or select an existing one
  3. Go to the "Credentials" tab
  4. Copy your Application ID
  5. For sandbox testing: Copy the Sandbox Access Token
  6. For production: Generate a Production Access Token
  7. Choose the appropriate environment (Sandbox for testing, Production for live)
  8. Enter your Application ID and Access Token above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Switch to Production environment only when ready for live transactions
  • Access tokens should be kept secure and never shared publicly
  • You can manage your applications in the Square Developer Dashboard
  • Production tokens require additional verification and approval
Square API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve catalog items from your Square account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Number of items to retrieve (max 1000)
types select ITEM
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of catalog item objects
total number Total number of items found

Create a new catalog item in Square

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the item
description textarea Item description
base_price_money number Base price in cents (e.g., 1999 for $19.99)
currency select USD
Outputs
Name Type Description
item object The created catalog item object
id string ID of the created item

Retrieve payments from your Square account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Number of payments to retrieve (max 500)
begin_time text Start date/time in RFC 3339 format (e.g., 2023-01-01T00:00:00Z)
end_time text End date/time in RFC 3339 format
Outputs
Name Type Description
payments array Array of payment objects
total number Total number of payments found

Get a specific payment by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
payment_id text The ID of the payment to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment object Complete payment details
id string
amount_money object Payment amount object
status string
receipt_number string

Create a new payment in Square

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
source_id text Payment source ID (card nonce, gift card, etc.)
amount_money number Payment amount in cents (e.g., 1999 for $19.99)
currency select USD
idempotency_key text Unique key to prevent duplicate payments (auto-generated if empty)
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment object The created payment object
id string ID of the created payment
receipt_number string

Retrieve customers from your Square account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Number of customers to retrieve (max 1000)
query text Search customers by name, email, or phone
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer objects
total number Total number of customers found
Squarespace Commerce

Squarespace Commerce

E-commerce solution integrated with Squarespace website builder

Free

Setting up Squarespace Commerce Integration

  1. Log in to your Squarespace account
  2. Navigate to Settings → Developer Tools
  3. Click on "Generate API Key" or use an existing one
  4. Copy the API Key and paste it above
  5. Find your Site ID in the site settings or URL
  6. Enter the Site ID and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Ensure your Squarespace plan supports API access
  • The API key provides access to your site data - keep it secure
  • Some features may require Commerce plan or higher
  • API rate limits may apply depending on your plan
Squarespace Developer Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Squarespace Commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of products to retrieve
cursor text Pagination cursor for next page
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
pagination object Pagination information

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
description textarea Product description
price_amount number Product price in cents
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Updated product details
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Squarespace Commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
cursor text Pagination cursor for next page
fulfillment_status select Filter by fulfillment status
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
pagination object Pagination information

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update the fulfillment status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to update
fulfillment_status select New fulfillment status
tracking_number text Shipping tracking number (for fulfilled orders)
tracking_url text Shipping tracking URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Updated order details
success boolean Whether the order was updated successfully

Retrieve inventory information for products

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of inventory items to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
inventory array List of inventory items
StackAdapt

StackAdapt

Native advertising platform for programmatic campaigns across premium publishers with advanced targeting and AI optimization

Free

Setting up StackAdapt Integration

  1. Log in to your StackAdapt platform account
  2. Navigate to Account Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy your Account ID from the account dashboard
  5. Paste both the API key and Account ID above
  6. Save the configuration to start using StackAdapt

Notes:

  • API access requires appropriate permissions in your StackAdapt account
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The integration supports campaign management, creative upload, and reporting
  • Rate limits apply - contact StackAdapt support for increased limits if needed
StackAdapt API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all campaigns from your StackAdapt account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of campaigns with details
total_count number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve line items from a specific campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to get line items from
status select Filter line items by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_items array List of line items with targeting and budget details
campaign_id string ID of the parent campaign

Retrieve creative assets from StackAdapt

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
line_item_id text Filter creatives by line item (optional)
creative_type select Filter by creative type
Outputs
Name Type Description
creatives array List of creative assets with performance data
total_count number Total number of creatives

Generate performance reports for campaigns or line items

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
report_type select Type of report to generate
date_range select Time period for the report
entity_ids textarea [] Array of campaign/line item IDs to include (e.g., ["123", "456"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
report_data array Performance metrics and statistics
summary object Aggregated performance summary
date_range string Actual date range of the report

Create a new native advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_name text Name for the new campaign
budget_type select How to manage campaign budget
budget_amount number Budget amount in dollars
start_date text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
end_date text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string ID of the created campaign
campaign_name string Name of the created campaign
status string Current campaign status

Update an existing campaign settings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea {} Campaign updates as JSON object (name, budget, status, etc.)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string ID of the updated campaign
updated_fields array List of fields that were updated
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve available audience targeting segments

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
segment_type select Filter by segment type
Outputs
Name Type Description
segments array Available targeting segments with details
total_count number Total number of segments

Retrieve available publisher inventory and placements

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
inventory_type select Filter by inventory type
category text Filter by content category (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
inventory array Available publishers and placements
total_reach number Estimated total reach across inventory

Get AI-powered bid recommendations for optimal performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
line_item_id text ID of the line item to get recommendations for
objective select Primary campaign objective for optimization
Outputs
Name Type Description
recommended_bid number AI-recommended bid amount in dollars
bid_range object Minimum and maximum recommended bid range
optimization_tips array AI-generated optimization recommendations
Strapi

Strapi

Open-source headless CMS platform for managing content, media files, and custom API endpoints with flexible content modeling

Free

Setting up Strapi API Integration

  1. Log in to your Strapi admin panel
  2. Go to Settings → API Tokens
  3. Click "Create new API Token"
  4. Give your token a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Select the token type (Read-only, Full access, or Custom)
  6. Set token duration (Unlimited recommended for automation)
  7. Configure permissions for the content types you want to access
  8. Copy the generated API token
  9. Enter your Strapi base URL (e.g., https://your-strapi.com)
  10. Paste the API token in the field above
  11. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API tokens have different permission levels - choose appropriately
  • Read-only tokens can only fetch content, not create/update
  • Full access tokens can perform all operations
  • Custom tokens allow fine-grained permission control
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • Make sure your Strapi instance is accessible from the internet
Strapi REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve entries from a Strapi collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_type text Name of the collection type (e.g., articles, products)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
page_size number 25 Number of entries per page (max 100)
sort text Sort field and order (e.g., createdAt:desc, title:asc)
filters code_editor Strapi filters as JSON object
populate text Relations to populate (e.g., *, author, categories)
publication_state select live Publication state filter
Outputs
Name Type Description
entries array Array of collection entries
pagination object Pagination information
totalEntries number Total number of entries

Retrieve a specific entry by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_type text Name of the collection type
entry_id text ID of the entry to retrieve
populate text Relations to populate (e.g., *, author, categories)
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry object The requested entry with all attributes
attributes object Entry attributes data
id number ID of the entry
createdAt string Entry creation timestamp
updatedAt string Entry last update timestamp

Create a new entry in a Strapi collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_type text Name of the collection type
data code_editor Entry data as JSON object
status select draft Publication status for the entry
Outputs
Name Type Description
entryId number ID of the created entry
entry object The complete created entry
published boolean Whether the entry was published

Update an existing entry in Strapi

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_type text Name of the collection type
entry_id text ID of the entry to update
data code_editor Updated entry data as JSON object
status select Update publication status
Outputs
Name Type Description
entryId number ID of the updated entry
entry object The complete updated entry
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Delete an entry from a Strapi collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_type text Name of the collection type
entry_id text ID of the entry to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deletedId number ID of the deleted entry
success boolean Whether the deletion was successful

Upload a file to Strapi media library

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_url text URL of the file to upload
filename text Name for the uploaded file
alt_text text Alternative text for the file
caption text Caption for the file
Outputs
Name Type Description
fileId number ID of the uploaded file
fileUrl string Public URL of the uploaded file
filename string Name of the uploaded file
mimeType string MIME type of the uploaded file

Retrieve users from Strapi (if users-permissions plugin is enabled)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page number 1 Page number for pagination
page_size number 25 Number of users per page
filters code_editor User filters as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
users array Array of user records
totalUsers number Total number of users

Retrieve all content types from Strapi

Outputs
Name Type Description
contentTypes array Array of content type definitions
totalTypes number Total number of content types
Streak

Streak

CRM built into Gmail with pipeline management, email tracking, and team collaboration

Free

Setting up Streak Integration

  1. Log in to your Streak account in Gmail
  2. Go to Settings → Account → API Keys
  3. Click "Create New Key" to generate a new API key
  4. Give your API key a descriptive name
  5. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys provide full access to your Streak data - keep them secure
  • Only team admins can create API keys
  • API keys inherit the permissions of the user who created them
  • You can revoke API keys anytime from your account settings
  • Streak uses HTTP Basic Authentication with your API key as the username
Streak API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve pipelines from Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of pipelines to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
pipelines array
total_count number

Create a new pipeline in Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the pipeline
description textarea Description of the pipeline
Outputs
Name Type Description
pipeline_key string
name string
description string
created_at string

Retrieve boxes (records) from a Streak pipeline

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pipeline_key text Key of the pipeline to get boxes from
limit number 50 Maximum number of boxes to retrieve
stage_key text Filter boxes by stage key
Outputs
Name Type Description
boxes array
total_count number

Create a new box (record) in a Streak pipeline

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
pipeline_key text Key of the pipeline to create the box in
name text Name of the box
notes textarea Notes or description for the box
stage_key text Initial stage key for the box
Outputs
Name Type Description
box_key string
name string
pipeline_key string
stage_key string
created_at string

Update an existing box in Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
box_key text Key of the box to update
name text Name of the box
notes textarea Notes or description for the box
stage_key text Move box to this stage
Outputs
Name Type Description
box_key string
name string
stage_key string
updated_at string

Retrieve contacts from Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve
query text Search term to filter contacts
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
total_count number

Create a new contact in Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email email Email address of the contact
givenName text First name of the contact
familyName text Last name of the contact
title text Job title of the contact
phoneNumber text Phone number of the contact
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_key string
email string
givenName string
familyName string
created_at string

Add a contact to a box in Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
box_key text Key of the box to add contact to
contact_key text Key of the contact to add
Outputs
Name Type Description
box_key string
contact_key string
success boolean

Retrieve tasks from Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
box_key text Filter tasks by box key
assignee_key text Filter tasks by assignee key
limit number 50 Maximum number of tasks to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array
total_count number

Create a new task in Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text text Description of the task
box_key text Key of the box this task relates to
assignee_key text Key of the user to assign the task to
dueDate datetime-local Due date and time for the task
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_key string
text string
box_key string
dueDate string
created_at string

Send an email through Streak (via Gmail)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email addresses (comma-separated)
subject text Email subject line
body textarea Email body content (HTML supported)
box_key text Associate email with a specific box
cc text CC recipients (comma-separated)
bcc text BCC recipients (comma-separated)
Outputs
Name Type Description
thread_key string
subject string
status string
created_at string

Add a comment to a box in Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
box_key text Key of the box to add comment to
message textarea Content of the comment
Outputs
Name Type Description
comment_key string
box_key string
message string
created_at string

Search for boxes across all pipelines in Streak CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search term to find boxes
pipeline_key text Limit search to specific pipeline
limit number 50 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array
total_count number
StreamYard

StreamYard

Live streaming and recording platform with professional broadcast features

Free

Setting up StreamYard Integration

  1. Log in to your StreamYard account
  2. Navigate to Settings or Account preferences
  3. Find the API or Developer section
  4. Generate a new API key or copy your existing API key
  5. Copy the API key and paste it in the field above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires a StreamYard account with API access enabled
  • API key provides access to your broadcasts and recording management
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API requests may have rate limits - monitor your usage
  • Some features may require specific StreamYard subscription plans
StreamYard API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new live streaming broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the live broadcast
description textarea Broadcast description
scheduled_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z). Leave empty for immediate broadcast.
destinations textarea [] JSON array of streaming destinations (Facebook, YouTube, etc.)
privacy select public
record_broadcast checkbox Record the broadcast for later use
Outputs
Name Type Description
broadcast_id string
broadcast_url string
stream_key string
rtmp_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
scheduled_time string
status string
broadcast_url string
recording_url string
duration number
success boolean

Start a scheduled broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string
live_url string

Stop an active broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string
recording_url string

Retrieve list of broadcasts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
limit number 50 Maximum number of broadcasts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
broadcasts array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve list of broadcast recordings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text Filter by specific broadcast (optional)
limit number 50 Maximum number of recordings to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
recordings array
total_count number
success boolean

Update an existing broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
title text Updated broadcast title
description textarea Updated broadcast description
scheduled_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
broadcast_id string
Stripe

Stripe

Payment processing and subscription management for e-commerce and billing automation

Free

Setting up Stripe Integration

  1. Log in to your Stripe Dashboard
  2. Navigate to "Developers" in the left sidebar
  3. Click on "API keys" to view your keys
  4. Copy your "Secret key" (it starts with sk_test_ for test mode or sk_live_ for live mode)
  5. IMPORTANT: Use test keys (sk_test_) for development and testing
  6. Only use live keys (sk_live_) for production environments
  7. Paste your Secret Key in the field above
  8. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Secret keys provide full access to your Stripe account - keep them secure
  • Never expose secret keys in client-side code or public repositories
  • Use test mode keys during development to avoid real charges
  • Stripe has rate limits: 100 reads/sec and 100 writes/sec by default
  • Monitor your API usage in the Stripe Dashboard
  • Different keys are used for test and live environments
  • Always test transactions in test mode before going live
  • Webhook endpoints can be configured for real-time event handling
Stripe API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve customers from your Stripe account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Filter customers by email address
limit number 10 Number of customers to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array
total number

Get details of a specific customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text The Stripe customer ID (starts with cus_)
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer object
id string
email string
name string

Create a new customer in Stripe

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Customer email address
name text Full name of the customer
phone text Customer phone number
description text Internal description for the customer
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer object
id string
success boolean

Update an existing customer in Stripe

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text The Stripe customer ID to update
email text Updated email address
name text Updated customer name
phone text Updated phone number
description text Updated description
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer object
success boolean

Create a one-time charge (legacy method)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Amount in cents (e.g., 2000 for $20.00)
currency text usd Three-letter currency code (e.g., usd, eur, gbp)
customerId text Stripe customer ID to charge
description text Description of the charge
Outputs
Name Type Description
charge object
id string
amount number
status string
success boolean

Create a payment intent for modern payment flows

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Amount in cents (e.g., 2000 for $20.00)
currency text usd Three-letter currency code
customerId text Stripe customer ID (optional)
description text Description of the payment
confirmationMethod select automatic
Outputs
Name Type Description
paymentIntent object
id string
clientSecret string
status string
success boolean

Retrieve payment history (charges)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text Filter by specific customer
limit number 10 Number of payments to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
charges array
total number

Process a refund for a charge

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chargeId text The charge ID to refund (starts with ch_)
amount number Amount to refund in cents (leave empty for full refund)
reason select
Outputs
Name Type Description
refund object
id string
amount number
status string
success boolean

Retrieve subscription data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text Filter by specific customer
status select
limit number 10 Number of subscriptions to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscriptions array
total number

Create a new subscription for a customer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text Stripe customer ID for the subscription
priceId text Stripe price ID for the subscription (starts with price_)
trialPeriodDays number Number of days for trial period
Outputs
Name Type Description
subscription object
id string
status string
success boolean

Retrieve invoice data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customerId text Filter by specific customer
status select
limit number 10 Number of invoices to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
total number

Retrieve product catalog

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active select true
limit number 10 Number of products to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array
total number

Create a new product in your catalog

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
description textarea Description of the product
type select service
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object
id string
success boolean
SugarCRM

SugarCRM

Customer relationship management - Sales automation and customer engagement platform

Free

Setting up SugarCRM Integration

  1. Obtain your SugarCRM instance URL from your administrator
  2. Use your regular SugarCRM login credentials (username and password)
  3. For OAuth authentication (recommended), register an OAuth app in SugarCRM:
  4. - Go to Admin → OAuth Keys
  5. - Click "Create OAuth Key"
  6. - Enter a name and description for your integration
  7. - Select "client_credentials" as the grant type
  8. - Copy the Consumer Key (Client ID) and Consumer Secret
  9. Ensure your user has appropriate permissions for the modules you want to access
  10. For better security, create a dedicated integration user with minimal required permissions
  11. Enter your SugarCRM URL and credentials above
  12. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • This integration uses SugarCRM's REST API v11+ for data access
  • Compatible with SugarCRM Enterprise, Professional, and Sugar Cloud
  • User must have appropriate ACL permissions for the modules being accessed
  • OAuth authentication is recommended for production environments
  • API rate limits may apply based on your SugarCRM edition
  • Different SugarCRM modules may require specific user role permissions
SugarCRM REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve account records from SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_type select Filter by account type
industry text Filter by industry
max_num number 20 Maximum number of records to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array
account_count number

Create a new account record in SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the account
account_type select Type of account
industry text Account industry
website text Company website URL
phone_office text Office phone number
email1 text Primary email address
billing_address_street text Billing street address
billing_address_city text Billing city
billing_address_country text Billing country
description textarea Account description
Outputs
Name Type Description
account_id string
name string
account_type string

Retrieve contact records from SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_id text Filter by account ID
lead_source text Filter by lead source
max_num number 20 Maximum number of records to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
contact_count number

Create a new contact record in SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
account_id text Associated account ID
email1 text Primary email address
phone_work text Work phone number
phone_mobile text Mobile phone number
title text Contact job title
department text Contact department
lead_source text How contact was acquired
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
full_name string
email1 string

Retrieve opportunity records from SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_id text Filter by account ID
sales_stage select Filter by sales stage
max_num number 20 Maximum number of records to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunities array
opportunity_count number
total_amount number

Create a new opportunity record in SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the opportunity
account_id text Associated account ID
amount number Opportunity amount
probability number Probability of closing (0-100)
sales_stage select Prospecting
date_closed text Expected close date
lead_source text How opportunity was acquired
description textarea Opportunity description
Outputs
Name Type Description
opportunity_id string
name string
amount number
sales_stage string

Retrieve lead records from SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter by lead status
lead_source text Filter by lead source
max_num number 20 Maximum number of records to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
lead_count number

Create a new lead record in SugarCRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Lead first name
last_name text Lead last name
account_name text Lead company name
email1 text Primary email address
phone_work text Work phone number
phone_mobile text Mobile phone number
title text Lead job title
status select New
lead_source text How lead was acquired
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id string
full_name string
account_name string
status string
Supabase

Supabase

Connect to Supabase for database operations including CRUD, filtering, and RPC function calls.

Free

Setting up Supabase Integration

  1. Go to your Supabase Dashboard
  2. Select your project (or create a new one)
  3. Go to Project Settings → API
  4. Copy your Project URL (e.g., https://xxxxx.supabase.co)
  5. Copy your API Key:
  6. ["<strong>anon\/public key<\/strong>: For client-safe operations (respects Row Level Security)","<strong>service_role key<\/strong>: For full database access (bypasses RLS) - keep this secret!"]
  7. Paste both values in the fields above and save

Notes:

  • The service_role key bypasses Row Level Security - use with caution
  • For automation workflows, the service_role key is usually preferred
  • Make sure your tables have appropriate RLS policies if using the anon key
  • Keep your service_role key secret and never expose it in client-side code
Supabase REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Fetch rows from a Supabase table with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text Name of the table to query
select text * Columns to return (comma-separated, or * for all)
filters textarea Filter conditions as JSON object. Example: {"status": "eq.active", "age": "gt.18"}
order text Column and direction (e.g., created_at.desc)
limit number 100 Maximum number of rows to return
offset number 0 Number of rows to skip
Outputs
Name Type Description
rows array Array of rows from the table
count number Number of rows returned
success boolean Whether the operation was successful

Insert a new row into a Supabase table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text Name of the table
data textarea Data to insert as JSON object. Example: {"name": "John", "email": "john@example.com"}
Outputs
Name Type Description
row object The inserted row data
id string ID of the inserted row (if available)
success boolean Whether the operation was successful

Update existing rows in a Supabase table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text Name of the table
filters textarea Filter to select rows to update. Example: {"id": "eq.123"}
data textarea Data to update as JSON object. Example: {"status": "completed"}
Outputs
Name Type Description
rows array The updated rows
count number Number of rows updated
success boolean Whether the operation was successful

Insert or update a row (upsert) based on unique constraint

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text Name of the table
data textarea Data to upsert as JSON object. Must include the unique constraint column(s).
on_conflict text Column(s) to use for conflict detection (e.g., email or id)
Outputs
Name Type Description
row object The upserted row data
success boolean Whether the operation was successful

Delete rows from a Supabase table

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
table text Name of the table
filters textarea Filter to select rows to delete. Example: {"id": "eq.123"}
Outputs
Name Type Description
rows array The deleted rows
count number Number of rows deleted
success boolean Whether the operation was successful

Call a Postgres function (RPC) in Supabase

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
function_name text Name of the Postgres function to call
params textarea Function parameters as JSON object. Example: {"user_id": 123}
Outputs
Name Type Description
result object The result returned by the function
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
SurveyMonkey

SurveyMonkey

Survey creation and response analysis platform

Free

Setting up SurveyMonkey Integration

  1. Log in to your SurveyMonkey account
  2. Go to Developer Apps
  3. Click "Create New App"
  4. Fill in the required details for your app
  5. Once created, go to the app settings
  6. Copy the "Access Token" from the credentials section
  7. Paste the access token above
  8. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • You need to create a developer app to get an access token
  • Access tokens are found in your app's credentials section
  • The token provides access to your surveys and responses
  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
SurveyMonkey API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new survey in SurveyMonkey

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the survey
category text Survey category (optional)
language text en Survey language (e.g., "en")
Outputs
Name Type Description
survey_id string The ID of the created survey
title string Survey title
url string URL to access the survey
created_at string When the survey was created

Retrieve details of a specific survey

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
survey_id text ID of the survey to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
survey_id string The survey ID
title string Survey title
nickname string Survey nickname
category string Survey category
language string Survey language
question_count number Number of questions in the survey
response_count number Number of responses received
created_at string When the survey was created

Get a list of your surveys

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 25 Number of surveys to retrieve (max 100)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
sort_by select date_modified How to sort the surveys
sort_order select DESC Sort order
Outputs
Name Type Description
surveys array Array of survey objects
total number Total number of surveys

Retrieve responses for a specific survey

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
survey_id text ID of the survey to get responses for
per_page number 25 Number of responses to retrieve (max 100)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
status select all Filter by completion status
Outputs
Name Type Description
responses array Array of response objects
total number Total number of responses

Retrieve a specific survey response

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
survey_id text ID of the survey
response_id text ID of the response to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
response_id string The response ID
survey_id string The survey ID
recipient_id string ID of the recipient who responded
total_time number Time taken to complete (seconds)
response_status string Status of the response
date_created string When the response was created
date_modified string When the response was last modified
pages array Array of page responses with questions and answers

Delete a survey from SurveyMonkey

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
survey_id text ID of the survey to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean Whether the survey was successfully deleted
survey_id string ID of the deleted survey
Sync.com

Sync.com

End-to-end encrypted cloud storage and file sharing platform

Free
Taboola

Taboola

Native advertising and content discovery platform. Create and manage native ad campaigns, discover top-performing content, and optimize bid strategies for maximum engagement.

Free

Setting up Taboola Integration

  1. Log in to your Taboola Backstage account
  2. Navigate to the API section in your account settings
  3. Generate API credentials (Client ID and Client Secret) if not already available
  4. Contact Taboola support to request API access if needed
  5. Note your Account ID from the Backstage dashboard URL or account settings
  6. Use your regular Backstage username and password for authentication
  7. Enter all credentials above to complete the setup

Notes:

  • API access may require approval from Taboola support
  • You need an active Taboola advertiser account
  • API credentials are different from your regular login credentials
  • Rate limits apply - check Taboola's documentation for current limits
  • Some operations require specific account permissions
  • Native advertising content must comply with Taboola's editorial guidelines
Taboola Backstage API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve advertising campaigns from Taboola Backstage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of native advertising campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve campaign items (ads) from Taboola campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to get items from
status select Filter items by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignItems array List of campaign items (ads)
totalCount number

Get performance reports and analytics for campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reportType select Type of report to generate
startDate text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array Performance metrics and analytics data
totalSpend number Total advertising spend for the period
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
averageCtr number Average click-through rate

Create a new native advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
brandingText text Brand text that appears with ads
cpc number Cost per click bid amount
dailyAdSpend number Daily budget for the campaign
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Create a new campaign item (ad) within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to add item to
itemTitle text Title/headline for the ad
itemDescription textarea Description text for the ad
url text URL where users will be directed when clicking
imageUrl text URL of the image for the ad
Outputs
Name Type Description
itemId string ID of the created campaign item
itemTitle string
status string

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Discover top-performing content for inspiration

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sourceType select Type of content source to analyze
sourceValue text Category, domain, or keyword to analyze
country text US Two-letter country code (e.g., US, UK, CA)
limit number 20 Number of content items to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
topContent array List of top-performing content items
totalCount number

Get CPC bid recommendations for better performance

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign for bid recommendations
Outputs
Name Type Description
recommendations array Recommended CPC bids for optimization
currentCpc number Current average CPC for the campaign
recommendedCpc number Recommended CPC for better performance
Tagger Media

Tagger Media

Influencer marketing and social listening platform with comprehensive creator database

Free

Setting up Tagger Media Integration

  1. Log in to your Tagger Media account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Access or Developer Settings
  3. Generate a new API key or use an existing one
  4. Copy the API key and paste it above
  5. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Tagger Media provides influencer discovery and campaign management capabilities
  • Your API key must have appropriate permissions for influencer search and analytics
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is subject to your Tagger Media subscription limits
Tagger Media API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for influencers using Tagger Media's database with advanced filtering options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
platform select instagram
keywords text Keywords to search in bio, posts, or hashtags
location text Geographic location (country or city)
follower_min number 1000
follower_max number Leave empty for no upper limit
engagement_rate_min number 1
categories text Comma-separated content categories (e.g., fashion, beauty, fitness)
limit number 50 Maximum results to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of matching influencer profiles
total_found number Total number of influencers matching criteria

Get detailed performance metrics and analytics for a specific influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text Influencer username (without @ symbol)
platform select instagram
days number 30 Number of days to analyze (7, 30, or 90)
Outputs
Name Type Description
metrics object Complete performance analytics data
followers_count number Current follower count
engagement_rate number Average engagement rate percentage
avg_likes number Average likes per post
avg_comments number Average comments per post

Monitor and track brand or keyword mentions across social media platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords or brand names to monitor (one per line)
platforms select ["instagram","twitter"]
sentiment select
days number 7 Number of days to look back (1-30)
limit number 100 Maximum mentions to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
mentions array Array of social media mentions
total_mentions number Total number of mentions found
sentiment_breakdown object Breakdown of positive, negative, neutral sentiment
top_platforms array Platforms with most mentions

Analyze campaign performance and get insights from influencer collaborations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text Tagger Media campaign identifier
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_data object Complete campaign performance data
total_reach number Total campaign reach across all posts
total_engagement number Total engagement across campaign
participating_influencers number Number of influencers in campaign
campaign_roi number Estimated return on investment
TaskAGI

TaskAGI

Generate state of the art text to speech with context-aware capabilities and emotional control.

Free

Setting up TaskAGI Integration

  1. Log in to your TaskAGI account at taskagi.net
  2. Navigate to your account settings or API section
  3. Generate a new API key for accessing HyperVoice text-to-speech
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. Paste your API key into the form above and save
  6. You can now use TaskAGI's HyperVoice TTS in your workflows
  7. Choose between V3 (fast, real-time) or V4 (context-aware) versions

Notes:

  • You need an active TaskAGI account with API access
  • HyperVoice V3 is optimized for speed and real-time applications
  • HyperVoice V4 provides context-aware emotional speech synthesis
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • V3 uses "actor" parameter while V4 uses "voice_name" parameter
  • V4 requests may take longer due to advanced processing
  • Different voice actors are available for different versions
  • API usage may be subject to rate limits and quotas
TaskAGI API Documentation
Tawk.to

Tawk.to

Free live chat and messaging platform

Free

Setting up Tawk.to Integration

  1. Log in to your Tawk.to Dashboard
  2. Go to Administration → API Keys
  3. Click "Create API Key"
  4. Give your key a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. To find your Property ID, go to Administration → Property
  7. Copy the Property ID from the property settings
  8. Enter both the API key and Property ID above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys are found under Administration → API Keys
  • Property ID is found under Administration → Property
  • The API key provides access to your Tawk.to chat data
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
Tawk.to API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a message in a Tawk.to chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text ID of the chat to send message to
text textarea Content of the message
type select msg Type of message
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string The ID of the sent message
text string The message content
created_at string When the message was sent

Retrieve details of a specific chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text ID of the chat to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
chat_id string The chat ID
visitor_name string Name of the visitor
visitor_email string Email of the visitor
status string Chat status
created_at string When the chat was created

Get a list of chats

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of chats to retrieve (max 100)
offset number 0 Number of chats to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
chats array Array of chat objects
total_count number Total number of chats

End/close a chat session

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text ID of the chat to end
Outputs
Name Type Description
chat_id string The ID of the ended chat
status string New chat status
ended_at string When the chat was ended

Create a new contact in Tawk.to

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Contact full name
email text Contact email address
phone text Contact phone number
country text Contact country
city text Contact city
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string The ID of the created contact
name string Contact name
email string Contact email
created_at string When the contact was created

Retrieve details of a specific contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string The contact ID
name string Contact name
email string Contact email
phone string Contact phone
country string Contact country
city string Contact city
TeamCity

TeamCity

Build management and continuous integration server by JetBrains

Free

Setting up TeamCity Integration

  1. Access your TeamCity server administration panel
  2. Go to Administration → Users
  3. Create a new user or use an existing user account
  4. Ensure the user has appropriate permissions (Project Developer or higher recommended)
  5. Note your TeamCity server URL (e.g., https://teamcity.company.com)
  6. Enter the server URL, username, and password above
  7. Save the configuration to connect to your TeamCity instance

Notes:

  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The user account should have permissions to view and trigger builds
  • For production environments, consider creating a dedicated service account
  • Ensure your TeamCity server has REST API access enabled
  • This integration uses TeamCity REST API endpoints
  • Some operations may require Project Administrator permissions
TeamCity REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of projects in TeamCity

Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array List of TeamCity projects
count number Number of projects returned

Get detailed information about a specific project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The unique ID of the project
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_name string Name of the project
description string Project description
href string URL to the project in TeamCity
archived boolean Whether the project is archived

Retrieve build configurations for a project

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text Filter by project ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_configurations array List of build configurations
count number Number of configurations returned

Retrieve recent builds with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_type_id text Filter by specific build configuration (optional)
status select
state select
count number 100 Maximum number of builds to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
builds array List of recent builds
count number Number of builds returned

Get detailed information about a specific build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_id text Unique identifier of the build
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_number string Build number
status string Build status (SUCCESS, FAILURE, ERROR)
state string Build state (running, finished, queued)
start_date string When the build started
finish_date string When the build finished
branch_name string Branch that was built

Trigger a new build for a build configuration

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_type_id text ID of the build configuration to trigger
branch text Branch to build (optional)
comment text Comment for the build trigger
properties textarea {} Build properties as JSON key-value pairs
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_id string Unique identifier of the triggered build
build_number string Build number
state string Initial state of the build
success boolean Whether the build was triggered successfully

Stop a running build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_id text Unique identifier of the build to stop
comment text Reason for stopping the build
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the build was stopped successfully
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve builds currently in the build queue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text Filter by project ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
queued_builds array List of builds in the queue
count number Number of builds in queue

Retrieve a list of build agents

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
connected_only checkbox Only return connected agents
Outputs
Name Type Description
agents array List of build agents
count number Number of agents returned

Retrieve TeamCity server information

Outputs
Name Type Description
version string TeamCity server version
build_number string Server build number
start_time string When the server was started
Teamwork

Teamwork

Project management software with task tracking, time management, and team collaboration

Free

Setting up Teamwork Integration

  1. Log in to your Teamwork account
  2. Go to your Profile Settings
  3. Navigate to API & Mobile tab
  4. Copy your API Key
  5. Enter your API Key and domain above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure
  • Use your full domain including .teamwork.com
  • You can regenerate your API key if needed
Teamwork API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new task in Teamwork

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID of the project
content text The name of the task
description textarea Description of the task
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string The unique ID of the created task
Telegram

Telegram

Connect your Telegram bot to send messages, photos, documents and receive updates

Free

Setting up your Telegram Bot Integration

  1. Open Telegram and search for @BotFather
  2. Start a chat with @BotFather and send /newbot
  3. Follow the prompts to name your bot and choose a username
  4. BotFather will provide you with a bot token (looks like 123456:ABC-DEF1234...)
  5. Copy the bot token and paste it into the form above
  6. To find your chat ID: send a message to your bot first
  7. Then visit https://api.telegram.org/botYOUR_BOT_TOKEN/getUpdates (replace YOUR_BOT_TOKEN)
  8. Look for "chat":{"id":YOUR_CHAT_ID} in the response
  9. Save the configuration and you can now send/receive messages

Notes:

  • Keep your bot token secure and never share it publicly
  • Your bot must be started by users before it can send them messages
  • Chat IDs are different for users, groups, and channels
  • For group chats, the chat ID will be negative (e.g., -123456789)
  • You can send various message types: text, photos, documents, etc.
  • Use webhook triggers to respond to incoming messages automatically
  • Markdown and HTML formatting are supported in messages
Telegram Bot API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a text message to a Telegram chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text Numeric chat ID (e.g. 123456789). To get your chat ID: message your bot first, then visit https://api.telegram.org/botYOUR_BOT_TOKEN/getUpdates
text textarea Text of the message to be sent
parse_mode select Mode for parsing entities in the message text
disable_notification checkbox Sends the message silently
reply_to_message_id text If the message is a reply, ID of the original message
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id number Unique message identifier
chat object Information about the chat
date number Date the message was sent in Unix time
success boolean Whether the message was sent successfully

Send a photo to a Telegram chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text Numeric chat ID (e.g. 123456789). To get your chat ID: message your bot first, then visit https://api.telegram.org/botYOUR_BOT_TOKEN/getUpdates
photo text Photo to send. Pass a file_id, HTTP URL, or binary data
caption textarea Photo caption (0-1024 characters)
parse_mode select Mode for parsing entities in the caption
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id number Unique message identifier
photo array Available sizes of the photo
success boolean Whether the photo was sent successfully

Send a file/document to a Telegram chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text Unique identifier for the target chat
document text File to send. Pass a file_id, HTTP URL, or binary data
caption textarea Document caption (0-1024 characters)
parse_mode select Mode for parsing entities in the caption
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id number Unique message identifier
document object Information about the document
success boolean Whether the document was sent successfully

Send a video to a Telegram chat

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text Unique identifier for the target chat
video text Video to send. Pass a file_id, HTTP URL, or binary data from previous node
caption textarea Video caption (0-1024 characters)
parse_mode select Mode for parsing entities in the caption
duration number Duration of the video in seconds
width number Video width
height number Video height
supports_streaming checkbox 1 Pass true if the video is suitable for streaming
disable_notification checkbox Sends the message silently
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id number Unique message identifier
video object Information about the video
success boolean Whether the video was sent successfully

Download a file from Telegram by file_id. Use this to retrieve voice messages, photos, or documents sent by users.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text Unique identifier for the file to download (from webhook photo, document, or voice fields)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the file was retrieved successfully
file_id string Unique file identifier
file_path string File path on Telegram servers
file_url string Direct download URL for the file
file_size number File size in bytes

Delete a message from a chat. Bot must have appropriate permissions.

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chat_id text Unique identifier for the target chat
message_id text Identifier of the message to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the message was deleted successfully
message string Status message or error description

Triggered when a message is received by the bot

Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id number Unique message identifier
from object Information about the message sender
chat object Conversation the message belongs to
text string Text content of the message
date number Date the message was sent in Unix time
photo array Information about the photo (if message contains photo)
document object Information about the document (if message contains document)
voice object Information about the voice message (if message contains voice)
audio object Information about the audio file (if message contains audio)
Telnyx

Telnyx

Global connectivity platform for voice, SMS, and real-time communications

Free

Setting up Telnyx Integration

  1. Log in to your Telnyx portal
  2. Go to API Keys in the left sidebar
  3. Click "Create API Key"
  4. Give your key a name and copy the generated key
  5. Paste the API key in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Telnyx provides carrier-grade voice, SMS, and connectivity
  • Messages and calls consume credits from your Telnyx balance
  • You need to have phone numbers configured in your Telnyx account
Telnyx API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via Telnyx

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text textarea SMS message content
to text Recipient phone number with country code (e.g., +1234567890)
from text Your Telnyx phone number
messaging_profile_id text Telnyx messaging profile ID (optional)
type select SMS Type of message to send
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
status string Message sending status
cost number Cost of sending the message
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Make voice calls via Telnyx

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
from text Your Telnyx phone number
connection_id text Your Telnyx connection ID
answer_url text Webhook URL for call control commands
answering_machine_detection select disabled Enable answering machine detection
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_control_id string Unique identifier for call control
call_leg_id string Unique identifier for the call leg
call_session_id string Unique identifier for the call session
success boolean Whether the call was initiated successfully

Send fax documents via Telnyx

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient fax number with country code
from text Your Telnyx fax number
connection_id text Your Telnyx connection ID
media_url text URL of the document to fax (PDF, TIFF, etc.)
quality select normal Fax transmission quality
Outputs
Name Type Description
fax_id string Unique identifier for the fax
status string Fax sending status
success boolean Whether the fax was sent successfully

Check your Telnyx account balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
balance number Current account balance
currency string Account currency
credit_limit number Account credit limit
success boolean Whether the balance check was successful

List your Telnyx phone numbers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
filter select all Filter numbers by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
phone_numbers array List of your phone numbers
total_count number Total number of phone numbers
success boolean Whether the list was retrieved successfully
TextMagic

TextMagic

SMS marketing and automation platform for bulk messaging and two-way SMS communication

Free

Setting up TextMagic Integration

  1. Log in to your TextMagic account
  2. Go to Services → API
  3. Click "Generate new API key"
  4. Copy your username and the generated API key
  5. Paste both values in the fields above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API calls consume credits from your TextMagic balance
  • Test with a small message first to verify setup
  • You can manage API keys from your TextMagic dashboard
TextMagic API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages to single or multiple recipients

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content (max 1600 characters)
phones textarea Phone numbers separated by commas (e.g., +1234567890, +0987654321)
from text Custom sender ID (if enabled on your account)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
sent_count number Number of messages successfully sent
cost number Total cost of sending the messages
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Check your TextMagic account balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
balance number Current account balance
currency string Account currency
success boolean Whether the balance check was successful

Check the delivery status of a sent message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text ID of the message to check status for
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string Message delivery status
sent_at string When the message was sent
delivered_at string When the message was delivered
success boolean Whether the status check was successful

Add a new contact to your TextMagic address book

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone text Contact phone number with country code
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id number ID of the created contact
phone string Contact phone number
name string Contact full name
success boolean Whether the contact was created successfully
TextUs

TextUs

Business text messaging platform for customer communication and support

Free

Setting up TextUs Integration

  1. Log in to your TextUs account
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations → API
  3. Click "Generate API Key"
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. Paste the key in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • TextUs focuses on business text messaging and CRM integration
  • Messages consume credits from your TextUs balance
  • TextUs provides conversation management features
TextUs API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a text message to a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea Text message content
to_number text Recipient phone number with country code (e.g., +1234567890)
from_number text Your TextUs number (optional, uses default)
template_id text Message template ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
conversation_id string ID of the conversation thread
status string Message delivery status
success boolean Whether the message was sent successfully

Create a new contact in TextUs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone_number text Contact phone number with country code
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
email text Contact email address
company text Contact company name
custom_fields textarea Custom fields as JSON object (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the created contact
phone_number string Contact phone number
full_name string Contact full name
success boolean Whether the contact was created successfully

Update an existing contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to update
first_name text Updated first name
last_name text Updated last name
email text Updated email address
company text Updated company name
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the updated contact
success boolean Whether the contact was updated successfully

Retrieve conversations from TextUs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of conversations to retrieve (default: 50)
status select all Filter conversations by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array List of conversations
total_count number Total number of conversations
success boolean Whether conversations were retrieved successfully

Get messages from a conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id text ID of the conversation to get messages from
limit number 100 Maximum number of messages to retrieve (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array List of messages in the conversation
message_count number Number of messages returned
success boolean Whether messages were retrieved successfully

Assign a conversation to a team member

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id text ID of the conversation to assign
user_id text ID of the team member to assign to
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation_id string ID of the assigned conversation
assigned_to string User ID of the assignee
success boolean Whether the conversation was assigned successfully
The Trade Desk

The Trade Desk

Enterprise programmatic advertising platform. Access premium inventory, advanced audience targeting, real-time bidding, connected TV advertising, and AI-powered bid optimization across all digital channels.

Free

Setting up The Trade Desk Integration

  1. Contact your Trade Desk account manager to request API access
  2. Once approved, access your Trade Desk API portal
  3. Generate an API authentication token from your account settings
  4. Locate your Partner ID and Advertiser ID in the platform dashboard
  5. Ensure your account has the necessary permissions for programmatic campaign management
  6. Enter your API token, Partner ID, and Advertiser ID above

Notes:

  • The Trade Desk API requires explicit approval and is available only to approved partners
  • You need an active Trade Desk account with programmatic advertising permissions
  • API access includes strict rate limits and usage monitoring
  • Real-time bidding campaigns require additional setup and approval
  • Data management platform (DMP) integration may require separate permissions
  • Some operations require specific account-level permissions or spending thresholds
  • Programmatic advertising compliance varies by region and data privacy laws
The Trade Desk API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve programmatic advertising campaigns from The Trade Desk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
objective select Filter campaigns by objective
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of programmatic advertising campaigns
totalCount number Total number of campaigns

Retrieve ad groups from programmatic campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text Filter by specific campaign ID
status select Filter ad groups by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
adGroups array List of ad groups
totalCount number

Retrieve advertising creatives and assets

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
adGroupId text Filter by specific ad group ID
creativeType select Filter creatives by type
Outputs
Name Type Description
creatives array List of advertising creatives
totalCount number

Get programmatic advertising performance reports

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
reportType select Type of performance report to generate
startDate text Start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text End date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
metrics textarea ["Impressions", "Clicks", "CTR", "MediaCost", "CPM", "CPC", "Conversions", "ConversionRate", "ROAS"] Performance metrics to include (JSON array)
currency text USD Currency for cost metrics
Outputs
Name Type Description
reportData array Performance metrics and analytics data
totalSpend number Total media spend for the period
totalImpressions number
totalClicks number
totalConversions number
averageRoas number Average return on advertising spend

Create a new programmatic advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignName text Name for the new campaign
objective select Campaign objective
budgetType select Type of budget allocation
budget number Budget amount (required for Daily/Flight budget types)
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string ID of the created campaign
campaignName string
status string

Create a new ad group within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to create ad group in
adGroupName text Name for the new ad group
bidType select Bidding strategy for the ad group
maxBid number Maximum bid amount
audienceTargeting textarea Audience targeting configuration (JSON format)
geoTargeting textarea Geographic targeting configuration (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
adGroupId string ID of the created ad group
adGroupName string
status string

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text ID of the campaign to update
updates textarea Campaign fields to update (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string
success boolean

Retrieve audience segments and targeting options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audienceType select Filter audiences by type
provider text Filter by specific data provider
Outputs
Name Type Description
audiences array List of available audience segments
totalCount number

Retrieve available programmatic inventory and supply sources

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
inventoryType select Filter inventory by type
geography text Geographic region for inventory
Outputs
Name Type Description
inventory array List of available inventory sources
totalCount number

Get bid optimization recommendations for campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text Campaign to get recommendations for
adGroupId text Ad group to get recommendations for
objective select Optimization objective for recommendations
Outputs
Name Type Description
recommendations array Bid optimization recommendations
currentBid number
recommendedBid number
expectedImpact object Expected performance impact of recommendations
Tidio

Tidio

Live chat and chatbot automation platform

Free

Setting up Tidio Integration

  1. Log in to your Tidio account
  2. Go to Settings → Developer
  3. In the API section, click "Generate new token"
  4. Give your token a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Copy the generated API token
  6. Paste the API token above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API tokens are found in Settings → Developer → API
  • Each token can be named and revoked individually
  • The API token provides access to your Tidio chat data
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
Tidio API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a message in a Tidio conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id text ID of the conversation to send message to
content textarea Content of the message
sender_type select operator Who is sending the message
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string The ID of the sent message
content string The message content
created_at string When the message was sent

Retrieve details of a specific conversation

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id text ID of the conversation to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation_id string The conversation ID
status string Conversation status
visitor_name string Name of the visitor
visitor_email string Email of the visitor
created_at string When the conversation was created
updated_at string When the conversation was last updated

Get a list of conversations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of conversations to retrieve (max 50)
status select all Filter conversations by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversations array Array of conversation objects
total_count number Total number of conversations

Update conversation status or properties

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
conversation_id text ID of the conversation to update
status select New conversation status
assigned_operator text ID of operator to assign (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
conversation_id string The ID of the updated conversation
status string The updated status
updated_at string When the conversation was updated

Create a new contact in Tidio

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address
name text Contact full name
phone text Contact phone number
city text Contact city
country text Contact country
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string The ID of the created contact
email string Contact email
name string Contact name
created_at string When the contact was created

Retrieve details of a specific contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text ID of the contact to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string The contact ID
email string Contact email
name string Contact name
phone string Contact phone
city string Contact city
country string Contact country
TikTok Ads Manager

TikTok Ads Manager

Manage TikTok advertising campaigns, ad groups, creatives, and get performance analytics. Create and optimize short-form video advertising campaigns.

Free
TikTok Scraper Pro

TikTok Scraper Pro

Advanced TikTok data extraction with enhanced profile analytics, shop products, and comment analysis

45 credits

Using TikTok Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add TikTok Pro scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from 9 different scraping operations
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract advanced TikTok data

Notes:

  • Enhanced profile analytics with engagement metrics
  • TikTok Shop product and category extraction
  • Comment analysis from posts
  • Fast API endpoints for bulk operations
  • Date range filtering and post type selection
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed profile information including followers, posts, and engagement

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea TikTok profile URLs to scrape. Example: https://www.tiktok.com/@username
country text Optional country code (e.g., US, FR, GB)
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Detailed profile information with metrics
count number Number of profiles scraped

Find profiles using TikTok search URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea TikTok search/explore URLs. Example: https://www.tiktok.com/search?q=music
country text Optional country code for localized results
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Profiles found from search
count number Number of profiles discovered

Extract specific posts/videos by their direct URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Direct TikTok post/video URLs
country text Optional country code
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Detailed post information with engagement metrics
count number Number of posts scraped

Find posts using hashtags or keywords

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Keywords or hashtags to search. Examples: #artist, music, #funnydogs
country text Optional country code for localized content
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts matching the keywords
count number Number of posts discovered

Extract posts from specific user profiles with advanced filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileUrl text TikTok profile URL to extract posts from
numOfPosts number 10 Number of posts to retrieve (0 for all)
whatToCollect select Posts & Reposts Type of content to collect
startDate text Optional start date (YYYY-MM-DD)
endDate text Optional end date (YYYY-MM-DD)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from the specified profile
count number Number of posts retrieved

Fast API for bulk extraction from discover, channel, or music URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Discover, channel, music, or explore URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts extracted from provided URLs
count number Total number of posts extracted

Extract TikTok Shop product details

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea TikTok Shop product URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed product information with pricing
count number Number of products scraped

Browse and extract products from TikTok Shop categories

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrls textarea TikTok Shop category URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products from the specified categories
count number Number of products discovered

Extract comments from TikTok posts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postUrls textarea TikTok post URLs to extract comments from
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Comments with user info and engagement
count number Number of comments scraped
Toggl

Toggl

Time tracking software - Track time across projects and generate detailed reports

Free

Setting up Toggl Integration

  1. Log in to your Toggl Track account
  2. Go to Profile Settings (click your avatar in the top right)
  3. Scroll down to the API Token section
  4. Copy your API token (click "Click to reveal" if hidden)
  5. Paste the API token above and click Save

Notes:

  • Your API token provides access to your time tracking data
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • You can regenerate your API token anytime from your profile settings
Toggl Track API Documentation

Available Operations

Get the currently running time entry if any

Outputs
Name Type Description
is_running boolean
entry_id number
description string
project_name string
duration number
started_at string

Start a new time tracking entry

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
description text What are you working on?
project_id number Optional project ID to assign this entry to
tags text Optional tags for this entry
Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id number
description string
started_at string

Stop the currently running time entry

Outputs
Name Type Description
entry_id number
description string
duration number
stopped_at string

Get time entries for a specific date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text today Start date for the range
end_date text today End date for the range
Outputs
Name Type Description
entries array
total_duration number
entry_count number

Get all projects from your workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox 1 Show only active projects
Outputs
Name Type Description
projects array
project_count number

Create a new project in your workspace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the new project
color text #0b83d9 Project color in hex format
is_private checkbox Make this project private
Outputs
Name Type Description
project_id number
name string
created_at string

Get time tracking summary for a date range

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
start_date text today Start date for the report
end_date text today End date for the report
group_by select projects How to group the report data
Outputs
Name Type Description
total_milliseconds number
total_seconds number
groups array
Trac

Trac

Enhanced wiki and issue tracking system for software development projects

Free

Setting up Trac Integration

  1. Ensure your Trac instance has XML-RPC plugin enabled
  2. Create or use existing user credentials
  3. Enter your server URL, username, and password above
  4. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Requires Trac with XML-RPC plugin
  • Uses basic authentication
  • Include protocol (http/https) in server URL
Trac XML-RPC Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new ticket in Trac

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
summary text The summary of the ticket
description textarea Description of the ticket
type select defect The type of ticket
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id string The unique ID of the created ticket
Travis CI

Travis CI

Continuous integration service for GitHub projects and open source

Free

Setting up Travis CI Integration

  1. Log in to your Travis CI account (travis-ci.com for private repos or travis-ci.org for open source)
  2. Go to your profile settings by clicking your avatar
  3. Navigate to the "Settings" tab
  4. Scroll down to "API authentication" section
  5. Copy your API token
  6. Select the appropriate Travis CI server (.com or .org) above
  7. Paste the API token and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • Use travis-ci.com for private repositories and GitHub integration
  • Use travis-ci.org for open source projects (legacy)
  • The API token provides access to all repositories you have access to
  • You can regenerate your API token from your profile settings if needed
Travis CI API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of repositories in Travis CI

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
active_only checkbox Only return active repositories
limit number 25 Maximum number of repositories to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
repositories array List of Travis CI repositories
count number Number of repositories returned

Get detailed information about a specific repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_slug text Repository slug in format: owner/repo-name
Outputs
Name Type Description
repository_name string Name of the repository
active boolean Whether the repository is active in Travis CI
default_branch string Default branch name
github_language string Primary programming language
last_build_number string Number of the most recent build

Retrieve recent builds for a repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_slug text Repository slug in format: owner/repo-name
branch text Filter by specific branch (optional)
state select
limit number 25 Maximum number of builds to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
builds array List of recent builds
count number Number of builds returned

Get detailed information about a specific build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_id text Unique identifier of the build
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_number string Sequential build number
state string Current state of the build
started_at string When the build started
finished_at string When the build finished
duration number Build duration in seconds
branch string Branch that was built
commit_message string Commit message that triggered the build

Trigger a new build for a repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_slug text Repository slug in format: owner/repo-name
branch text Branch to build (defaults to default branch)
message text Custom message for the build (optional)
config textarea Override build configuration (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_id string Unique identifier of the triggered build
build_number string Sequential build number
state string Initial state of the build
success boolean Whether the build was triggered successfully

Cancel a running build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_id text Unique identifier of the build to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the cancellation was successful
message string Details about the operation

Restart a completed build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_id text Unique identifier of the build to restart
Outputs
Name Type Description
build_id string ID of the new build created by restart
success boolean Whether the restart was successful
message string Details about the operation

Retrieve jobs for a specific build

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
build_id text Unique identifier of the build
Outputs
Name Type Description
jobs array List of jobs in the build
count number Number of jobs returned

Retrieve cache information for a repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repository_slug text Repository slug in format: owner/repo-name
Outputs
Name Type Description
caches array List of repository caches
count number Number of caches returned
Trello

Trello

Visual project management with boards, lists, and cards for organizing tasks and workflows

Free

Setting up Trello Integration

  1. Log in to your Trello account
  2. Go to https://trello.com/app-key
  3. Copy your API Key from the top of the page
  4. Click on "Token" link next to your API Key
  5. Click "Allow" to generate your API Token
  6. Copy both the API Key and Token and paste them above
  7. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API Key and Token secure and never share them publicly
  • The token provides access to all boards you have permission to view
  • You can revoke access anytime by regenerating your token
  • Make sure you have appropriate permissions on the boards you want to access
Trello API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new card in a Trello list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the card to create
desc textarea Detailed description of the card
list_id text The ID of the list to add the card to
due text Due date in ISO format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ)
pos select bottom Position of the card in the list
Outputs
Name Type Description
card_id string The unique ID of the created card
card_url string The URL to view the card in Trello
card_name string The name of the created card

Update an existing card in Trello

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
card_id text The ID of the card to update
name text New name for the card
desc textarea Updated description of the card
closed select Archive or unarchive the card
idList text ID of list to move the card to
Outputs
Name Type Description
card_id string The unique ID of the updated card
success boolean Whether the update was successful

Retrieve details of a specific card

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
card_id text The ID of the card to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
card_id string
name string
desc string
closed boolean
due string
url string
list object
board object

List cards from a board or list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
board_id text ID of board to list cards from
list_id text ID of specific list to get cards from
filter select open Filter cards by status
Outputs
Name Type Description
cards array Array of card objects
count number Number of cards returned

Create a new board in Trello

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the board to create
desc textarea Description of the board
defaultLists select true Whether to create default lists (To Do, Doing, Done)
prefs_permissionLevel select private Who can see this board
Outputs
Name Type Description
board_id string The unique ID of the created board
board_url string The URL to view the board in Trello
board_name string The name of the created board

Create a new list in a Trello board

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the list to create
board_id text The ID of the board to create the list in
pos select bottom Position of the list on the board
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string The unique ID of the created list
list_name string The name of the created list
TrendHero

TrendHero

Instagram analytics and influencer verification platform with fake follower detection

Free

Setting up TrendHero Integration

  1. Log in to your TrendHero account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Access
  3. Generate a new API key
  4. Paste the key above and save

Notes:

  • TrendHero provides Instagram analytics and influencer verification
  • API usage is subject to your subscription limits
TrendHero API Documentation

Available Operations

Verify Instagram influencer authenticity and analytics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text
Outputs
Name Type Description
verification object
Tresorit

Tresorit

End-to-end encrypted cloud storage for business security

Free

Setting up Tresorit Integration

  1. Contact Tresorit Support to request API access
  2. Tresorit API access requires business partnership approval
  3. Provide your company details and use case for API integration
  4. Once approved, you will receive OAuth application credentials
  5. Add your redirect URI: /oauth/callback/tresorit
  6. Configure the provided Client ID and Client Secret in your environment
  7. Click the "Connect" button to authorize TaskAGI access to your Tresorit

Notes:

  • Tresorit API is only available to business partners and enterprise customers
  • The approval process can take several weeks
  • End-to-end encryption is maintained during file operations
  • API access requires a valid Tresorit business subscription
  • Files are encrypted before upload and decrypted after download
Tresorit API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload an encrypted file to Tresorit

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to upload and encrypt
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tresor_id text ID of the Tresor (encrypted folder) to upload to
file_name text Name for the uploaded file including extension
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_id string Unique identifier of the uploaded file
file_name string Name of the uploaded file
file_size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Download and decrypt a file from Tresorit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to download
Outputs
Name Type Description
file_content binary The decrypted file content
file_name string Original name of the file
file_size number Size of the file in bytes

List available Tresors (encrypted folders)

Outputs
Name Type Description
tresors array List of available Tresors
total_count number Total number of Tresors

List files in a Tresor

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tresor_id text ID of the Tresor to list files from
Outputs
Name Type Description
files array List of files in the Tresor
total_count number Total number of files

Delete a file from Tresorit

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the file was successfully deleted
message string Status message

Create a secure share link for a file

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_id text ID of the file to share
password password Optional password protection for the share
expiration_hours number Number of hours until the share expires
Outputs
Name Type Description
share_url string Secure URL to access the file
share_id string ID of the created share
expires_at string When the share link expires
Trumpia

Trumpia

SMS and email marketing automation platform with multi-channel campaigns

Free

Setting up Trumpia Integration

  1. Log in to your Trumpia account
  2. Go to Settings → API Settings
  3. Generate or copy your API key
  4. Enter your Trumpia username and API key above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Trumpia supports both SMS and email marketing automation
  • Messages consume credits from your Trumpia balance
  • You can manage multi-channel campaigns through the API
Trumpia API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via Trumpia

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea SMS message content
recipients textarea Phone numbers separated by commas or newlines
from_number text Sender phone number (optional)
send_date text Schedule message (MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM format, optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string Unique identifier for the SMS campaign
recipients_count number Number of recipients
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Send email campaigns via Trumpia

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Email subject line
message textarea Email message content (HTML supported)
recipients textarea Email addresses separated by commas or newlines
from_email text Sender email address (optional)
from_name text Sender name (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string Unique identifier for the email campaign
recipients_count number Number of email recipients
success boolean Whether the email was sent successfully

Add a contact to Trumpia

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phone_number text Contact phone number
email text Contact email address
first_name text Contact first name
last_name text Contact last name
country text Contact country
category text Contact category/group
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string ID of the added contact
phone_number string Contact phone number
email string Contact email address
success boolean Whether the contact was added successfully

Create a new contact category/group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category_name text Name for the new category
description textarea Description of the category
Outputs
Name Type Description
category_id string ID of the created category
category_name string Name of the created category
success boolean Whether the category was created successfully

Retrieve contacts from Trumpia

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category text Filter by category (optional)
limit number 100 Maximum number of contacts to retrieve (default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array List of contacts
total_count number Total number of contacts
success boolean Whether contacts were retrieved successfully

Get campaign history and statistics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_type select all Filter by campaign type
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to retrieve (default: 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array List of campaigns
count number Number of campaigns returned
success boolean Whether campaigns were retrieved successfully

Check available SMS and email credits

Outputs
Name Type Description
sms_credits number Available SMS credits
email_credits number Available email credits
voice_credits number Available voice credits
success boolean Whether credits were retrieved successfully
TrustPilot

TrustPilot

Customer review and reputation management platform

Free

Setting up TrustPilot API

  1. Go to Trustpilot Developers
  2. Sign in with your Trustpilot business account
  3. Navigate to "My Apps" and click "Create App"
  4. Fill out the application details and select appropriate scopes
  5. Once approved, copy your API Key from the app dashboard
  6. Paste the API Key above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Trustpilot business account to access the API
  • API access may require approval from Trustpilot
  • Rate limits apply - check your plan for specific limits
  • Some endpoints require additional permissions or business verification
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
Trustpilot API Documentation

Available Operations

Get reviews for a business on Trustpilot

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_unit_id text Trustpilot Business Unit ID
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
order_by select createdat.desc Sort order for reviews
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of business reviews
total_count number Total number of reviews
page_info object Pagination information

Get business profile information from Trustpilot

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_unit_id text Trustpilot Business Unit ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
business object Complete business profile information

Search for businesses on Trustpilot

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the business to search for
website text Website URL to search for
country text Two-letter country code (e.g., US, GB)
per_page number 20 Number of results to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array Array of found businesses
total_count number Total number of businesses found

Get reviews for a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_unit_id text Trustpilot Business Unit ID
sku text Product SKU or identifier
per_page number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of product reviews
total_count number Total number of product reviews
Twilio

Twilio

Enable seamless communication by integrating Twilio’s messaging, voice, and video services. Automate SMS notifications, customer support, and more with powerful API capabilities.

Free

Setting up your Twilio Integration

  1. Log in to your Twilio Console
  2. From the dashboard, copy your Account SID (starts with "AC")
  3. Click "Show" next to Auth Token and copy the token
  4. If you need a phone number for calls/SMS:
  5. ["Go to Phone Numbers \u2192 Manage \u2192 Buy a number","Choose a number with Voice and\/or SMS capabilities","Complete the purchase process"]
  6. Paste your Account SID and Auth Token into the form above
  7. Optionally, add your Twilio phone number in international format (e.g., +12125551234)
  8. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • You need to add funds to your Twilio account for SMS and voice calls
  • Phone numbers must include the country code (e.g., +1 for US numbers)
  • Keep your Auth Token secure and never share it publicly
  • Different phone numbers have different capabilities (Voice, SMS, MMS)
  • You can configure webhook URLs in the Twilio Console for incoming calls/SMS
  • TwiML (Twilio Markup Language) is used for voice call workflows
Twilio API Documentation

Available Operations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
secret string
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your Twilio phone number settings for incoming calls.
welcome_message string Hello, how can I help you today?
Outputs
Name Type Description
from string
to string
call_sid string
speech string
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
secret string
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your Twilio phone number settings for incoming SMS.
regenerate_secret_button button
phone_number_sid select
Outputs
Name Type Description
from string
to string
body string
message_sid string
Twitter

Twitter

Tweet automation, audience analysis, and engagement tracking with Twitter API v2

Free

Setting up Twitter Integration

  1. Sign up for a Twitter Developer account at developer.twitter.com
  2. Create a new app in the Twitter Developer Dashboard
  3. Enable OAuth 2.0 authentication for your app
  4. Copy your Client ID and Client Secret
  5. Set your redirect URI to: /oauth/callback/twitter
  6. Add the Client ID and Secret to your .env file
  7. Click "Connect to Twitter" to authorize access

Notes:

  • You need Twitter API v2 access for this integration to work
  • The integration requires OAuth 2.0 authorization to access your Twitter account
  • Rate limits apply based on your Twitter API access tier
  • Free tier has very limited posting capabilities (1,500 tweets/month)
  • Consider upgrading to Basic tier ($100/month) for better limits
  • Your app needs to be approved by Twitter for production use
Twitter API v2 Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new tweet on Twitter

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text textarea The text content of your tweet (max 280 characters)
reply_to_tweet_id text Tweet ID to reply to (optional)
poll_options textarea Poll options as JSON array, e.g. ["Option 1", "Option 2"]
poll_duration_minutes number 1440 Poll duration in minutes (5-10080, default: 1440)
Outputs
Name Type Description
tweet_id string ID of the created tweet
tweet_url string Public URL of the created tweet
text string The text content of the tweet
success boolean

Delete a tweet from Twitter

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tweet_id text The ID of the tweet to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
success boolean

Like a tweet on Twitter

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tweet_id text The ID of the tweet to like
Outputs
Name Type Description
liked boolean
success boolean

Retweet a tweet on Twitter

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tweet_id text The ID of the tweet to retweet
Outputs
Name Type Description
retweeted boolean
success boolean

Follow a user on Twitter

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text The username to follow (without @)
Outputs
Name Type Description
following boolean
pending boolean
success boolean

Get detailed information about a Twitter user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text The username to get info for (without @)
Outputs
Name Type Description
user_id string
username string
name string
description string
followers_count number
following_count number
tweet_count number
verified boolean
profile_image_url string
created_at string
success boolean

Get recent tweets from a specific user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text The username to get tweets from (without @)
max_results number 10 Maximum number of tweets to return (5-100, default: 10)
exclude_replies select false Whether to exclude reply tweets
Outputs
Name Type Description
tweets array Array of tweet objects
count number
success boolean

Get engagement metrics for a specific tweet

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
tweet_id text The ID of the tweet to analyze
Outputs
Name Type Description
tweet_id string
text string
retweet_count number
reply_count number
like_count number
quote_count number
bookmark_count number
impression_count number
created_at string
success boolean

Search for tweets using keywords or phrases

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search query using Twitter search operators
max_results number 10 Maximum number of tweets to return (10-100, default: 10)
result_type select recent Type of search results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
tweets array Array of matching tweet objects
count number
query string
success boolean

Get followers of a specific user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
username text The username to get followers for (without @)
max_results number 100 Maximum number of followers to return (1-1000, default: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
followers array Array of follower user objects
count number
success boolean
Twitter Ads

Twitter Ads

Promoted tweets and audience targeting platform for Twitter advertising campaigns

Free

Setting up Twitter Ads API Integration

  1. Create a Twitter Developer account at developer.twitter.com
  2. Apply for elevated access if you haven't already
  3. Go to the Developer Portal
  4. Create a new project and app for Ads API access
  5. Navigate to your app settings and find the "Keys and tokens" section
  6. Copy your Consumer Key (API Key) and Consumer Secret (API Secret)
  7. Generate Access Token and Access Token Secret
  8. Apply for Twitter Ads API access at Twitter Business
  9. Once approved, find your Ads Account ID in Twitter Ads Manager
  10. Paste all credentials in the fields above
  11. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Twitter Ads API requires special approval beyond regular API access
  • Consumer Key and Secret are from your Twitter Developer App
  • Access tokens must have read/write permissions
  • Account ID is found in Twitter Ads Manager URL or account settings
  • API has strict rate limits - monitor usage carefully
  • Test campaigns in sandbox mode before going live
  • Ensure compliance with Twitter Ads policies
Twitter Ads API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve Twitter Ads accounts accessible to the authenticated user

Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array Array of Twitter Ads account objects
totalAccounts number Number of accounts accessible

Retrieve campaigns from Twitter Ads account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_state select Filter campaigns by state
funding_instrument_id text Filter by funding instrument (payment method)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects with details and metrics
totalCampaigns number Total number of campaigns retrieved

Create a new Twitter Ads campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_name text Name for the new campaign
funding_instrument_id text Payment method ID for the campaign
objective select Marketing objective for the campaign
daily_budget_amount_local_micro number Daily budget in micro currency units (e.g., 1000000 = $1.00)
total_budget_amount_local_micro number Total budget in micro currency units
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the newly created campaign
campaignId string Unique identifier for the created campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Update an existing Twitter Ads campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to update
campaign_name text New name for the campaign
entity_status select New campaign status
daily_budget_amount_local_micro number New daily budget in micro currency units
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign object Details of the updated campaign
success boolean Whether the campaign was updated successfully

Retrieve line items (ad groups) from a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text ID of the campaign to get line items from
entity_status select Filter by line item status
Outputs
Name Type Description
lineItems array Array of line item objects (ad groups)
totalLineItems number Total number of line items retrieved

Retrieve promoted tweets from a line item

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
line_item_id text ID of the line item to get promoted tweets from
entity_status select Filter by promoted tweet status
Outputs
Name Type Description
promotedTweets array Array of promoted tweet objects
totalPromotedTweets number Total number of promoted tweets retrieved

Retrieve performance statistics for campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_ids text Comma-separated campaign IDs (leave empty for all)
start_time text Start date in YYYY-MM-DD format
end_time text End date in YYYY-MM-DD format
granularity select TOTAL Time granularity for statistics
metrics text impressions,clicks,spend,engagements Comma-separated list of metrics to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
stats array Array of performance statistics for campaigns
summary object Aggregated performance summary across all campaigns

Retrieve available targeting options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
targeting_type select Type of targeting criteria to retrieve
q text Search term to filter targeting options
Outputs
Name Type Description
targetingCriteria array Array of available targeting options
totalCriteria number Number of targeting criteria available
Twitter Scraper

Twitter Scraper

Lightning-fast Twitter/X scraper for tweets, profiles, searches, and lists. Advanced filtering for verified users, media content, and comprehensive data extraction at 30-80 tweets per second.

10 credits

Using Twitter Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Twitter scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters:
  4. - Add Twitter/X URLs to scrape (tweets, profiles, searches, lists)
  5. - Or use search terms, Twitter handles, or conversation IDs
  6. - Set filters for verified users, Twitter Blue, media content
  7. - Configure language, location, and engagement filters
  8. The scraper will extract comprehensive tweet and profile data

Notes:

  • Lightning-fast scraping at 30-80 tweets per second
  • Supports tweets, profiles, searches, and lists from Twitter/X
  • Advanced filtering: verified users, Twitter Blue, media types
  • Comprehensive search options: terms, handles, conversations
  • Geographic filtering: location, radius, geocode
  • Engagement filters: minimum retweets, favorites, replies
  • Date range filtering and language restrictions
  • Cost-effective at $0.40 per 1000 tweets
  • Respect Twitter's terms of service and rate limits
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Twitter scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startUrls textarea Twitter/X URLs to scrape (one per line). Supports tweets, profiles, searches, or lists.
searchTerms textarea Search terms to find on Twitter/X (one per line). See Twitter advanced search guide.
twitterHandles textarea Twitter handles to search (one per line, without @)
conversationIds textarea Conversation IDs to scrape (one per line)
maxItems number Maximum number of tweets to scrape
sort select Sort search results (only works with search terms and search URLs)
tweetLanguage select Filter tweets by language (ISO 639-1 code)
onlyVerifiedUsers checkbox Only return tweets from verified users
onlyTwitterBlue checkbox Only return tweets from Twitter Blue subscribers
onlyImage checkbox Only return tweets that contain images
onlyVideo checkbox Only return tweets that contain videos
onlyQuote checkbox Only return tweets that are quotes
author text Return tweets sent by this user (Twitter handle without @)
inReplyTo text Return tweets that are replies to this user (Twitter handle without @)
mentioning text Return tweets mentioning this user (Twitter handle without @)
geotaggedNear text Return tweets sent near this location
withinRadius text Return tweets within this radius of the location
geocode text Return tweets within radius of latitude/longitude (format: lat,lng,radius)
placeObjectId text Return tweets tagged with this place ID
minimumRetweets number Return tweets with at least this many retweets
minimumFavorites number Return tweets with at least this many favorites/likes
minimumReplies number Return tweets with at least this many replies
start text Return tweets sent after this date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
end text Return tweets sent before this date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
includeSearchTerms checkbox Add search term information to each tweet result
customMapFunction textarea Custom JavaScript function to transform results (advanced users only)
Outputs
Name Type Description
data array Array of scraped tweet data with comprehensive information
count number Number of tweets successfully scraped
metadata object Additional information about the scraping operation

Start async Twitter scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startUrls textarea Twitter/X URLs to scrape (one per line)
searchTerms textarea Search terms to find on Twitter/X (one per line)
twitterHandles textarea Twitter handles to search (one per line, without @)
maxItems number Maximum number of tweets to scrape
onlyVerifiedUsers checkbox Only return tweets from verified users
onlyImage checkbox Only return tweets that contain images
onlyVideo checkbox Only return tweets that contain videos
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the scraping run
datasetId string ID of the dataset where results will be stored

Execute Twitter scraper and return key-value store output

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
startUrls textarea Twitter/X URLs to scrape (one per line)
searchTerms textarea Search terms to find on Twitter/X (one per line)
maxItems number Maximum number of tweets to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Key-value store output from the Twitter scraper
summary object Summary information about the scraping operation
Typeform

Typeform

Interactive forms and surveys platform

Free

Setting up Typeform Integration

  1. Log in to your Typeform account
  2. Go to your profile by clicking your avatar in the top right
  3. Select "Personal tokens" from the dropdown menu
  4. Click "Generate a new token"
  5. Give your token a name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  6. Select the required scopes: forms:read, responses:read, responses:write
  7. Click "Generate token"
  8. Copy the generated token
  9. Paste the token above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Personal Access Tokens are found in your profile settings
  • Required scopes: forms:read, responses:read, responses:write
  • The token provides access to your forms and responses
  • Keep your token secure and never share it publicly
Typeform API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Typeform

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the form
workspace_id text ID of workspace to create form in (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The ID of the created form
title string Form title
url string Public URL of the form
created_at string When the form was created

Retrieve details of a specific form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The form ID
title string Form title
description string Form description
url string Public URL of the form
created_at string When the form was created
fields array Array of form fields

Get a list of your forms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_size number 25 Number of forms to retrieve (max 200)
search text Search forms by title
workspace_id text Filter by workspace ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
forms array Array of form objects
total_items number Total number of forms

Retrieve responses for a specific form

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to get responses for
page_size number 25 Number of responses to retrieve (max 1000)
since text Only responses after this date (ISO 8601 format)
until text Only responses before this date (ISO 8601 format)
completed select all Filter by completion status
Outputs
Name Type Description
responses array Array of response objects
total_items number Total number of responses

Delete a specific form response

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form
response_id text ID of the response to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean Whether the response was successfully deleted
response_id string ID of the deleted response

Update form title and settings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
form_id text ID of the form to update
title text New form title
description textarea Form description
Outputs
Name Type Description
form_id string The ID of the updated form
title string Updated form title
updated_at string When the form was updated
Unsplash

Unsplash

Stock photography and visual content platform with high-quality free photos

Free

Setting up Unsplash API Integration

  1. Create a developer account at Unsplash Developers
  2. Log in to your Unsplash developer account
  3. Go to "Your apps" section
  4. Click "New Application"
  5. Accept the API terms and conditions
  6. Fill in your application details (name, description, etc.)
  7. Click "Create application"
  8. Copy the "Access Key" from your application page
  9. Paste the access key in the field above
  10. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Free tier includes 50 requests per hour
  • Paid plans available for higher usage limits
  • Always comply with Unsplash API guidelines and attribution requirements
  • Downloaded photos must include proper attribution to photographers
  • Demo applications have lower rate limits
  • Production applications require approval for higher limits
Unsplash API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for photos on Unsplash by query

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Keywords to search for (e.g., "nature", "business", "technology")
per_page number 10 Number of photos to return (max 30)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
orientation select Filter by photo orientation
color select Filter by photo color
order_by select relevant Sort order for results
Outputs
Name Type Description
photos array Array of photo objects with URLs and metadata
total number Total number of photos matching the search
totalPages number Total number of pages available

Get a random photo from Unsplash

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Limit to photos matching this topic
orientation select Filter by photo orientation
collections text Comma-separated collection IDs to limit search
featured select false Limit to featured photos only
count number 1 Number of random photos to return (max 30)
Outputs
Name Type Description
photos array Array of random photo objects
count number Number of photos returned

Get detailed information about a specific photo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
photo_id text Unsplash photo ID or URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
photo object Complete photo information including EXIF data
id string Unique photo identifier
description string Photo description or alt text
altDescription string Alternative description for accessibility
urls object Different sizes and formats of the photo
downloadUrl string URL to trigger download tracking

Download a photo and trigger download tracking

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
photo_id text Unsplash photo ID
size select regular Photo size to download
Outputs
Name Type Description
downloadUrl string Direct download URL for the photo
attribution string Required attribution text for the photo
photographer object Information about the photographer
success boolean Whether download was triggered successfully

Search for photo collections on Unsplash

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Keywords to search for in collection titles and descriptions
per_page number 10 Number of collections to return (max 30)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
collections array Array of collection objects
total number Total number of collections matching the search
totalPages number Total number of pages available

Get photos from a specific Unsplash collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_id text Unsplash collection ID or URL
per_page number 10 Number of photos to return (max 30)
page number 1 Page number for pagination
orientation select Filter by photo orientation
Outputs
Name Type Description
photos array Array of photos from the collection
totalPhotos number Total number of photos in the collection
Upfluence

Upfluence

Influencer discovery and campaign automation platform with advanced analytics and ROI tracking

Free

Setting up Upfluence Integration

  1. Log in to your Upfluence account
  2. Go to Settings → API Access or Developer Hub
  3. Generate a new API key for TaskAGI integration
  4. Find your Organization ID in account settings or contact Upfluence support
  5. Copy the API key and Organization ID above
  6. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Both API key and Organization ID are required for authentication
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API access may need to be enabled by Upfluence support
  • API calls are subject to Upfluence rate limits
  • Some operations may require specific account permissions
  • Contact Upfluence support for API access and Organization ID
Upfluence API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for influencers using advanced filtering criteria

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for in influencer profiles, bio, and content
platforms select Social media platform to search on
minFollowers number Minimum follower count
maxFollowers number Maximum follower count
location text Geographic location (city, country, or region)
category text Content category or niche (e.g., fashion, fitness, tech)
engagementRate number Minimum engagement rate percentage
gender select Filter by influencer gender
ageRange select Filter by influencer age range
limit number 50 Maximum number of influencers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
influencers array Array of influencer profiles with detailed metrics and demographics
count number Number of influencers found

Create a new influencer marketing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the campaign
description textarea Detailed description of the campaign goals and requirements
type select Type of influencer campaign
budget number Campaign budget in USD
startDate text Campaign start date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
endDate text Campaign end date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
deliverables textarea {} Campaign deliverables and requirements (JSON format)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaignId string The created campaign ID
success boolean Whether the campaign was created successfully

Invite an influencer to participate in a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign
influencerId text The ID of the influencer to invite
compensation number Compensation amount offered to the influencer
message textarea Custom message to include with the invitation
Outputs
Name Type Description
invitationId string The created invitation ID
success boolean Whether the invitation was sent successfully

Retrieve all campaigns with optional filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select Filter campaigns by status
type select Filter campaigns by type
limit number 50 Maximum number of campaigns to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign data with metrics and status
count number Number of campaigns returned

Get detailed analytics and ROI metrics for a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaignId text The ID of the campaign to get analytics for
includeInfluencerBreakdown checkbox Include individual influencer performance metrics
Outputs
Name Type Description
analytics object Comprehensive analytics including reach, engagement, conversions, and ROI
success boolean Whether the analytics data was retrieved successfully

Get detailed profile and analytics for an influencer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
influencerId text The ID of the influencer
includeAudienceAnalytics checkbox Include detailed audience demographics and analytics
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Comprehensive influencer profile with metrics, demographics, and audience data
found boolean Whether the influencer profile was found

Track and analyze the performance of influencer content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contentUrl text URL of the content to track (Instagram post, YouTube video, etc.)
campaignId text Associated campaign ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contentId string The tracked content ID
performance object Performance metrics including likes, comments, shares, and reach
success boolean Whether the content was tracked successfully
Upload-Post

Upload-Post

Post videos, photos, and text to 10+ social platforms with one API call.

Free

Setting up Upload-Post

  1. Sign up at upload-post.com
  2. Connect your social media accounts in the Upload-Post dashboard
  3. Go to API Settings and generate an API key
  4. Copy your API key and paste it above
  5. Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • You must connect social accounts in Upload-Post before posting
  • Each platform has its own content requirements and limits
  • Scheduled posts use ISO8601 format (e.g., 2025-01-15T10:00:00Z)
  • Video uploads may take time to process on each platform
Upload-Post API Documentation

Available Operations

Upload video to multiple social platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_url text URL to the video file
title text Video title
description textarea Video description
platforms text Comma-separated: tiktok,instagram,youtube,linkedin,facebook,twitter,threads,pinterest,reddit,bluesky
profile_username text Your Upload-Post profile username
schedule_time text ISO8601 format for scheduling (e.g., 2025-01-15T10:00:00Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
request_id string
status string
platform_results object
message string

Upload photo or carousel to multiple platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
photo_urls textarea One URL per line for carousel
caption textarea Photo caption
platforms text Comma-separated platform names
profile_username text Your Upload-Post profile username
schedule_time text ISO8601 format for scheduling
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
request_id string
status string
platform_results object
message string

Post text-only content to multiple platforms

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text textarea The text to post
platforms text Comma-separated platform names
profile_username text Your Upload-Post profile username
schedule_time text ISO8601 format for scheduling
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
request_id string
status string
platform_results object
message string

Check the status of an upload request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
request_id text The request_id from a previous upload
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string
platform_results object
message string
UserVoice

UserVoice

Customer feedback and feature requests platform

Free

Setting up UserVoice Integration

  1. Log in to your UserVoice Admin Console
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations
  3. Click "API" in the integrations menu
  4. Click "Generate API Key" or "Create New Key"
  5. Copy the generated API key
  6. Your subdomain is the part before ".uservoice.com" in your URL
  7. For example, if your URL is "company.uservoice.com", your subdomain is "company"
  8. Enter both the API key and subdomain above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • API keys are found in Settings → Integrations → API
  • The subdomain is the first part of your UserVoice URL
  • The API key provides access to your feedback and feature request data
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
UserVoice API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new feature suggestion in UserVoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title of the feature suggestion
text textarea Detailed description of the suggestion
category text Category for the suggestion
Outputs
Name Type Description
suggestion_id number The ID of the created suggestion
title string The suggestion title
url string URL to view the suggestion
created_at string When the suggestion was created

Retrieve details of a specific suggestion

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
suggestion_id number ID of the suggestion to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
suggestion_id number The suggestion ID
title string Suggestion title
text string Suggestion description
status string Current status of the suggestion
votes number Number of votes received
category string Suggestion category
created_at string When the suggestion was created

Get a list of feature suggestions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Number of suggestions to retrieve (max 100)
status select all Filter suggestions by status
sort select votes How to sort the results
Outputs
Name Type Description
suggestions array Array of suggestion objects
total_count number Total number of suggestions

Update the status of a suggestion

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
suggestion_id number ID of the suggestion to update
status select New status for the suggestion
response_text textarea Optional response message to users
Outputs
Name Type Description
suggestion_id number The ID of the updated suggestion
status string The new status
updated_at string When the suggestion was updated

Create a new support ticket in UserVoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Subject of the support ticket
message textarea Detailed message for the ticket
user_email text Email address of the user submitting the ticket
user_name text Name of the user submitting the ticket
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id number The ID of the created ticket
subject string The ticket subject
status string Current ticket status
created_at string When the ticket was created

Retrieve details of a specific support ticket

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticket_id number ID of the ticket to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id number The ticket ID
subject string Ticket subject
status string Current ticket status
user_email string Email of the user who created the ticket
created_at string When the ticket was created
updated_at string When the ticket was last updated
Vapi Voice AI

Vapi Voice AI

Build AI agents that make and receive phone calls with natural voice conversations

Free

Setting up Vapi Voice AI Integration

  1. Log in to your Vapi Dashboard
  2. Navigate to Organization Settings or Account Settings
  3. Find the API Keys section
  4. Copy your API key (or generate a new one if needed)
  5. Paste the API key in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Vapi charges per minute for voice calls - check their pricing page
  • You can manage phone numbers and assistants directly in the Vapi dashboard
  • For outbound calling, ensure you have a phone number configured in Vapi
Vapi Documentation

Available Operations

Make an outbound phone call using a Vapi assistant

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
assistantId select Select a pre-configured Vapi assistant
phoneNumberId select Phone number to call from
customerNumber text E.164 format (e.g., +12025551234)
scheduleAt text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2025-12-07T10:00:00Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_id string
status string
phoneNumberId string
assistantId string
createdAt string

Get details, transcript, and analysis for a call

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
callId text The ID of the call to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_id string
status string
type string
duration number
transcript string
summary string
cost number
endedReason string
recordingUrl string
analysis object

List all calls with optional filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of calls to return
assistantId select Optional: filter by assistant
phoneNumberId select Optional: filter by phone number
Outputs
Name Type Description
calls array
total number

Delete data for a specific call

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
callId text The ID of the call to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
call_id string

Schedule multiple outbound calls to a list of customers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
assistantId select Select a pre-configured Vapi assistant
phoneNumberId select Phone number to call from
customerNumbers textarea One E.164 phone number per line
scheduleAt text ISO 8601 format for earliest call time
Outputs
Name Type Description
calls array
total number

List all Vapi assistants

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of assistants to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
assistants array
total number

Get details for a specific assistant

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
assistantId select Select the assistant to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
assistant_id string
name string
firstMessage string
model object
voice object
transcriber object
createdAt string
updatedAt string

Create a new Vapi voice assistant

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for the new assistant
systemPrompt textarea The system prompt that defines the assistant behavior
firstMessage textarea First message the assistant says when call connects
model select gpt-4o Language model to use
voice select Voice synthesis provider
Outputs
Name Type Description
assistant_id string
name string
createdAt string

Update an existing Vapi assistant

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
assistantId select Select the assistant to update
name text New name for the assistant (leave empty to keep current)
systemPrompt textarea New system prompt (leave empty to keep current)
firstMessage textarea New first message (leave empty to keep current)
Outputs
Name Type Description
assistant_id string
name string
updatedAt string

Delete a Vapi assistant

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
assistantId select Select the assistant to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
assistant_id string

List all configured phone numbers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of phone numbers to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
phone_numbers array
total number

Get details for a specific phone number

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
phoneNumberId select Select the phone number to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
phone_number_id string
number string
name string
provider string
status string
assistantId string
createdAt string

List all Vapi tools

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of tools to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
tools array
total number

Get details for a specific tool

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
toolId select Select the tool to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
tool_id string
type string
name string
description string
createdAt string

Create a new function or API tool for assistants

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select Type of tool to create
name text Name for the tool
description textarea Description of what the tool does
serverUrl text URL to call when tool is invoked
Outputs
Name Type Description
tool_id string
type string
name string
createdAt string

Update an existing tool

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
toolId select Select the tool to update
name text New name for the tool
description textarea New description for the tool
serverUrl text New server URL
Outputs
Name Type Description
tool_id string
updatedAt string

Delete a tool

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
toolId select Select the tool to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
tool_id string

List all chat sessions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 100 Maximum number of chats to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
chats array
total number

Get details for a specific chat session

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chatId text The ID of the chat to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
chat_id string
assistantId string
messages array
createdAt string

Start a new text chat session with an assistant

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
assistantId select Select the assistant to chat with
message textarea Initial message to send
Outputs
Name Type Description
chat_id string
response string
messages array
createdAt string

Delete a chat session

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
chatId text The ID of the chat to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
chat_id string
Voila Norbert

Voila Norbert

Email finder and verification service with high accuracy rates and comprehensive contact discovery for sales outreach

Free

Setting up Voila Norbert Integration

  1. Log in to your Voila Norbert account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys in your dashboard
  3. Generate a new API key or copy your existing one
  4. Copy the API key to your clipboard
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  6. Your Voila Norbert integration is now ready for email finding and verification

Notes:

  • Voila Norbert provides accurate email finder and verification services
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage is tracked and limited based on your Voila Norbert plan
  • The integration supports email finding, verification, and lead enrichment
  • Upgrade your Voila Norbert plan for increased API limits and features
Voila Norbert API Documentation

Available Operations

Find email address for a person at a specific company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Person's first name
last_name text Person's last name
domain text Company domain (e.g., google.com)
middle_name text Person's middle name (optional for better accuracy)
company_name text Company name for additional context
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Found email address
score number Confidence score for the email (0-100)
status string Status of the email search: found, not_found, pending
sources array Sources where the email was found
search_id string Unique identifier for this search

Verify if an email address is valid and deliverable

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string The email address that was verified
result string Verification result: accept, reject, unknown
score number Verification confidence score (0-100)
is_valid boolean Whether the email address is valid
is_disposable boolean Whether email is from a disposable email service
is_role_account boolean Whether email is a role-based account (info@, support@)
is_free_provider boolean Whether email is from a free email provider

Find all email addresses associated with a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
domain text Company domain to search (e.g., google.com)
limit number 50 Maximum number of emails to return (default: 50, max: 100)
offset number 0 Number of results to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails array List of found email addresses with details
domain string The domain that was searched
total_count number Total number of emails found for the domain
returned_count number Number of emails returned in this response

Search for multiple emails in a single batch request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searches textarea [{"first_name": "John", "last_name": "Doe", "domain": "example.com"}, {"first_name": "Jane", "last_name": "Smith", "domain": "acme.com"}] Array of search objects with first_name, last_name, and domain
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of email search results
total_searches number Number of searches performed
successful_searches number Number of successful email finds
credits_used number Number of API credits consumed

Verify multiple email addresses in a single batch request

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
emails textarea ["john@example.com", "jane@acme.com", "support@company.org"] Array of email addresses to verify
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of email verification results
total_verifications number Number of emails verified
valid_count number Number of valid email addresses
invalid_count number Number of invalid email addresses
unknown_count number Number of emails with unknown status

Check the status of a previous email search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
search_id text Search ID from a previous email search
Outputs
Name Type Description
search_id string The search ID that was queried
status string Current status: found, not_found, pending, error
email string Found email address (if status is found)
score number Confidence score for the email
sources array Sources where the email was found

Get current account information and credit usage statistics

Outputs
Name Type Description
email string Account email address
plan string Current subscription plan
searches_available number Number of email searches remaining
searches_used number Number of searches used this period
verifications_available number Number of email verifications remaining
verifications_used number Number of verifications used this period
Volusion

Volusion

E-commerce platform for building and managing online stores

Free

Setting up Volusion Integration

  1. Log in to your Volusion admin panel
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Settings
  3. Enable Generic/API if not already enabled
  4. Generate or copy your API key
  5. Find your store name in the URL or settings
  6. Enter both credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure Generic/API is enabled in your Volusion settings
  • API access may require certain subscription levels
  • Keep your API credentials secure
  • Some operations may have usage limits
Volusion API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Volusion store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of products to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Volusion store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_name text Name of the product
product_description textarea Product description
price number Product price
product_code text Product code/SKU
hide checkbox Whether to hide the product
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Details of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
product_name text New product name
price number New product price
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Volusion store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update order information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to update
order_status select New order status
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the order was updated successfully
Vonage

Vonage

Cloud communications platform for SMS, voice, and messaging APIs

Free

Setting up Vonage Integration

  1. Log in to your Vonage dashboard
  2. Go to Settings → API settings
  3. Copy your API key and API secret
  4. Paste both values in the fields above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Vonage was formerly known as Nexmo
  • Keep your API secret secure and never share it publicly
  • Messages consume credits from your Vonage balance
  • Test with a small message first to verify setup
Vonage API Documentation

Available Operations

Send SMS messages via Vonage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
text textarea SMS message content
to text Recipient phone number with country code (e.g., 1234567890)
from text Sender phone number or ID
type select text Type of message to send
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string Unique identifier for the sent message
status string Message sending status
remaining_balance string Account balance after sending
success boolean Whether the SMS was sent successfully

Make voice calls via Vonage

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
from text Your Vonage virtual number
answer_url text Webhook URL that returns NCCO for call flow
event_url text Webhook URL for call events (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
uuid string Unique identifier for the call
status string Call initiation status
conversation_uuid string Unique identifier for the conversation
success boolean Whether the call was initiated successfully

Send text-to-speech voice messages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
from text Caller ID (optional)
text textarea Text to be converted to speech
voice_name select Amy Voice for text-to-speech
repeat number 1 Number of times to repeat the message (1-10)
Outputs
Name Type Description
call_id string Unique identifier for the TTS call
status string TTS call status
success boolean Whether the TTS was sent successfully

Check your Vonage account balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
value number Current account balance
auto_reload boolean Whether auto-reload is enabled
success boolean Whether the balance check was successful

Check the delivery status of an SMS

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text ID of the message to check status for
Outputs
Name Type Description
status string Message delivery status
date_received string When the message was received
price string Cost of the message
success boolean Whether the status check was successful
Vtiger CRM

Vtiger CRM

Customer relationship management - Complete CRM solution with sales, marketing, and support

Free

Setting up Vtiger CRM Integration

  1. Log in to your Vtiger CRM instance as the user you want to use for integration
  2. Navigate to your profile (top right) → My Preferences
  3. Click on the "API" tab or section
  4. If you don't see an access key, click "Generate Key" or "Show Key"
  5. Copy the access key (it's a long alphanumeric string)
  6. Ensure your user has appropriate permissions for the modules you want to access
  7. For production use, consider creating a dedicated integration user with minimal required permissions
  8. Enter your Vtiger URL, username, and access key above
  9. Save the configuration and test the connection

Notes:

  • This integration uses Vtiger's REST API (webservice) for data access
  • Compatible with Vtiger CRM 7.0+ and Vtiger Cloud
  • User must have appropriate permissions for the modules being accessed
  • Access key is unique per user and tied to their permissions
  • API rate limits may apply based on your Vtiger edition
  • Different Vtiger modules may require specific user privileges
Vtiger CRM REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve account records from Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_type select Filter by account type
industry text Filter by industry
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array
account_count number

Create a new account record in Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
accountname text Name of the account
account_type select Type of account
industry text Account industry
website text Company website URL
phone text Office phone number
email1 text Primary email address
bill_street text Billing street address
bill_city text Billing city
bill_country text Billing country
Outputs
Name Type Description
account_id string
accountname string
account_no string

Retrieve contact records from Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_id text Filter by account ID
leadsource text Filter by lead source
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
contact_count number

Create a new contact record in Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstname text Contact first name
lastname text Contact last name
account_id text Associated account ID
email text Primary email address
phone text Phone number
mobile text Mobile phone number
title text Contact job title
department text Contact department
leadsource text How contact was acquired
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
contact_no string
firstname string
lastname string

Retrieve potential (opportunity) records from Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
related_to text Filter by related account ID
sales_stage select Filter by sales stage
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
potentials array
potential_count number
total_amount number

Create a new potential (opportunity) record in Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
potentialname text Name of the potential
related_to text Associated account ID
amount number Potential amount
probability number Probability of closing (0-100)
sales_stage select Prospecting
closingdate text Expected closing date
leadsource text How potential was acquired
description textarea Potential description
Outputs
Name Type Description
potential_id string
potential_no string
potentialname string
amount number

Retrieve lead records from Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
leadstatus select Filter by lead status
leadsource text Filter by lead source
limit number 100 Maximum number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array
lead_count number

Create a new lead record in Vtiger CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstname text Lead first name
lastname text Lead last name
company text Lead company name
email text Lead email address
phone text Lead phone number
mobile text Lead mobile number
designation text Lead job title/designation
leadstatus select Not Contacted
leadsource text How lead was acquired
Outputs
Name Type Description
lead_id string
lead_no string
firstname string
lastname string
company string
Walmart Marketplace

Walmart Marketplace

Walmart seller automation for managing products and orders on Walmart marketplace

Free

Setting up Walmart Marketplace Integration

  1. Apply to become a Walmart Marketplace seller
  2. Once approved, sign in to your Walmart Seller Center
  3. Go to Settings → API Integration
  4. Request API access and wait for approval
  5. Generate API credentials (Client ID and Client Secret)
  6. Download and configure your private key for authentication
  7. Choose the appropriate environment (Sandbox for testing)
  8. Enter your Client ID and Client Secret above
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Walmart Marketplace requires approval before API access
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • API authentication requires private key signing
  • Different endpoints may have different rate limits
  • Some operations require additional seller approvals
  • Monitor your seller performance metrics regularly
Walmart Marketplace API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve items from your Walmart Marketplace catalog

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Number of items to retrieve (max 200)
offset number 0 Number of items to skip
sku text Filter by specific SKU
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of item objects
total number Total number of items

Get details of a specific item by SKU

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sku text Item SKU to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
item object Complete item details
sku string
product_name string
price object
publish_status string

Update inventory for items

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
inventory_data textarea JSON array of inventory updates
Outputs
Name Type Description
feed_id string ID of the inventory update feed
status string

Update pricing for items

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
price_data textarea JSON array of price updates
Outputs
Name Type Description
feed_id string ID of the price update feed
status string

Retrieve orders from Walmart Marketplace

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sku text Filter orders by SKU
customer_order_id text Filter by customer order ID
purchase_order_id text Filter by purchase order ID
status select
created_start_date text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2023-01-01T00:00:00.000Z)
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order objects
total number Total number of orders

Get details of a specific order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
purchase_order_id text Walmart purchase order ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Complete order details
purchase_order_id string
customer_order_id string
order_date string
order_lines array

Acknowledge receipt of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
purchase_order_id text Walmart purchase order ID to acknowledge
Outputs
Name Type Description
purchase_order_id string
status string

Mark order as shipped with tracking information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
purchase_order_id text Walmart purchase order ID to ship
order_lines textarea JSON array of order lines with tracking info
Outputs
Name Type Description
purchase_order_id string
status string
Walmart Scraper Pro

Walmart Scraper Pro

Comprehensive Walmart data extraction including products, sellers, location-based pricing, and marketplace analytics

45 credits

Using Walmart Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Walmart scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose from products, sellers, or location-based operations
  4. Configure your scraping parameters
  5. The scraper will extract Walmart data with pricing and availability

Notes:

  • Extract product details, prices, and customer reviews
  • Location-based pricing with zipcode and store ID support
  • Seller information and marketplace analytics
  • Category and keyword-based product discovery
  • SKU-based product lookups for inventory management
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from Walmart product URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Walmart product URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed product information with prices and reviews
count number Number of products scraped

Find products from Walmart category pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrl text Walmart category or browse page URL
allVariations select 1 Whether to include product variations (colors, sizes, etc.)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products found in the category
count number Number of products discovered

Search Walmart products by keyword across different domains

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Product search keyword (e.g., "leggings", "dress")
domain select https://www.walmart.com/ Walmart domain to search
allVariations select 1 Whether to include product variations
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the keyword search
count number Number of products found

Find Walmart products using SKU numbers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
skus textarea Walmart SKU numbers to lookup. Most return single products, some may return multiple.
allVariations select Whether to include product variations for each SKU
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products found for the provided SKUs
count number Number of products found

Extract information about Walmart marketplace sellers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Walmart seller profile URLs (e.g., https://www.walmart.com/global/seller/782)
Outputs
Name Type Description
sellers array Detailed seller profiles and metrics
count number Number of sellers scraped

Extract location-specific product data with local pricing and availability

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Walmart product URLs to scrape with location data
zipCode text ZIP code for location-based pricing (e.g., "33177")
storeId text Optional Walmart store ID for specific store data
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products with location-specific pricing and availability
count number Number of products scraped

Find products in categories with location-specific data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrl text Walmart category or browse page URL
zipCode text ZIP code for location-based results
storeId text Optional Walmart store ID
maxProducts number 100 Maximum number of products to retrieve
shippingType select Filter by shipping/pickup availability
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products from category with location-specific data
count number Number of products discovered

Search products by keyword with location-specific results

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Product search keyword
zipCode text ZIP code for location-based search
storeId text Optional Walmart store ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching keyword with location data
count number Number of products found

Extract products from Walmart search result pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Walmart search result URLs (e.g., https://www.walmart.com/search?q=cat)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products from search result pages
count number Number of products from search
Wave Accounting

Wave Accounting

Free accounting software - Complete accounting solution for small businesses

Free

Setting up Wave Accounting Integration

  1. This integration requires OAuth 2.0 authentication with Wave
  2. Go to Wave Developer Portal
  3. Create a new app and get your Client ID and Client Secret
  4. Implement OAuth flow to get Access Token and Business ID
  5. Request the "read_write" scope for full access
  6. Paste the Access Token and Business ID above and click Save

Notes:

  • Wave uses GraphQL API instead of REST
  • OAuth tokens have long expiration times but should be refreshed
  • Business ID identifies your Wave business account
  • Wave is free accounting software with API access
  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
Wave API Documentation

Available Operations

Get information about the Wave business

Outputs
Name Type Description
business_id string
name string
currency_code string
created_at string

Create a new customer in Wave

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Customer or company name
email text Customer email address
phone text Customer phone number
address_line1 text Customer address
city text Customer city
Outputs
Name Type Description
customer_id string
name string
email string

Get all customers from Wave

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
is_archived checkbox Include archived customers
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array
customer_count number

Create a new invoice in Wave

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Wave Customer ID
invoice_date text today Invoice date
due_date text Invoice due date
invoice_number text Custom invoice number
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
invoice_number string
total number
status string

Add a line item to an existing invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id text Wave Invoice ID
product_id text Wave Product ID (optional)
description text Line item description
quantity number 1 Quantity of items
unit_price number Price per unit
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_item_id string
description string
total number

Get invoices from Wave

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by specific customer
status select Filter by invoice status
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Approve a draft invoice to make it ready to send

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id text Invoice to approve
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
status string
approved boolean

Create a new product/service in Wave

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product or service
description textarea Product description
unit_price number Default price per unit
is_sold checkbox 1 Product is sold to customers
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_id string
name string
unit_price number

Get all products/services from Wave

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
is_archived checkbox Include archived products
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array
product_count number

Create a new expense entry in Wave

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
vendor_id text Vendor/supplier ID
amount number Expense amount
description text Expense description
expense_date text today Date the expense occurred
account_id text Wave account ID for categorization
Outputs
Name Type Description
expense_id string
amount number
description string
WebEx

WebEx

Video conferencing and webinar management platform by Cisco

Free

Setting up Cisco Webex Integration

  1. Go to Webex for Developers
  2. Sign in with your Webex account
  3. Click "Create an Integration" under My Webex Apps
  4. Fill in your integration details and set redirect URI to: /oauth/callback/webex
  5. Select scopes: meeting:write, meeting:read, meeting:admin
  6. Copy your Client ID and Client Secret
  7. Add them to your .env file as WEBEX_CLIENT_ID and WEBEX_CLIENT_SECRET
  8. Click "Connect" below to authorize access to your Webex account

Notes:

  • Requires a Webex account with meeting privileges
  • OAuth tokens expire after 14 days and need refresh
  • Rate limits: 300 requests per minute
  • Some features may require Webex subscription plan
Webex Meetings API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Webex meeting or webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the meeting
scheduled_type select meeting
start text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T10:00:00Z)
end text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T11:00:00Z)
timezone text UTC e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London
agenda textarea Meeting agenda/description
password text Meeting password (leave empty for no password)
enable_registration checkbox Enable attendee registration (for webinars)
public_meeting checkbox Make meeting publicly accessible
Outputs
Name Type Description
meeting_id string
meeting_number string
web_link string
start_link string
registration_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific meeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
meeting_id text The unique ID of the meeting
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
start string
end string
web_link string
meeting_number string
state string
success boolean

Retrieve list of meetings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
state select
scheduled_type select
max_results number 100 Maximum number of results (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
meetings array
total_count number
success boolean

Update an existing meeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
meeting_id text The unique ID of the meeting
title text Updated meeting title
start text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T10:00:00Z)
end text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T11:00:00Z)
agenda textarea Updated meeting agenda
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
meeting_id string

Delete/cancel a meeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
meeting_id text The unique ID of the meeting to delete
send_email checkbox Send cancellation email to attendees
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean

Register attendees for a meeting/webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
meeting_id text The unique ID of the meeting
first_name text Attendee first name
last_name text Attendee last name
email text Attendee email address
organization text Attendee organization
job_title text Attendee job title
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrant_id string
success boolean
Webflow

Webflow

Visual web design and CMS platform for creating professional websites with powerful content management capabilities

Free

Setting up Webflow API Integration

  1. Log in to your Webflow Dashboard
  2. Go to your Account Settings by clicking your profile picture
  3. Navigate to the "Integrations" tab
  4. Scroll down to "API Access" section
  5. Click "Generate API Token"
  6. Give your token a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Copy the generated API token
  8. Paste the API token in the field above
  9. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • API tokens provide full access to your Webflow account - keep them secure
  • You can revoke tokens anytime from your account settings
  • The API has rate limits - avoid making too many requests quickly
  • Some operations require your site to be on a paid Webflow plan
  • Published changes may take a few minutes to appear on your live site
  • Always test changes on staging before publishing to live sites
Webflow API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all Webflow sites in your account

Outputs
Name Type Description
sites array Array of Webflow sites
totalSites number Number of sites in account

Get detailed information about a specific site

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_id text Webflow site ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
site object Complete site details
name string Name of the site
shortName string Site short name/slug
previewUrl string Site preview URL
timezone string Site timezone

Retrieve all CMS collections for a site

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_id text Webflow site ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
collections array Array of CMS collections
totalCollections number Number of collections

Retrieve items from a CMS collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_id text CMS collection ID
limit number 100 Maximum number of items to retrieve (max 100)
offset number 0 Number of items to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array Array of collection items
count number Number of items returned
limit number Limit applied to the request
offset number Offset applied to the request
total number Total items in collection

Create a new item in a CMS collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_id text CMS collection ID
fields code_editor Collection item fields as JSON object
live select false Whether to publish the item immediately
Outputs
Name Type Description
itemId string ID of the created item
item object Complete created item data
slug string URL slug of the item
published boolean Whether item was published

Update an existing collection item

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_id text CMS collection ID
item_id text ID of the item to update
fields code_editor Updated item fields as JSON object
live select false Whether to publish changes immediately
Outputs
Name Type Description
itemId string ID of the updated item
item object Complete updated item data
success boolean Whether update was successful

Delete an item from a CMS collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
collection_id text CMS collection ID
item_id text ID of the item to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deletedId string ID of the deleted item
success boolean Whether deletion was successful

Publish a site to make changes live

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_id text Webflow site ID to publish
domains code_editor Array of domain IDs to publish to (leave empty for all)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether publishing was successful
publishedDomains array Array of published domain information
publishJob object Publishing job details

Retrieve form submissions from a site

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_id text Webflow site ID
form_id text Specific form ID (leave empty for all forms)
Outputs
Name Type Description
submissions array Array of form submissions
totalSubmissions number Number of form submissions

Retrieve products from Webflow e-commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_id text Webflow site ID
limit number 100 Maximum number of products to retrieve
offset number 0 Number of products to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of e-commerce products
count number Number of products returned
total number Total products in store

Retrieve orders from Webflow e-commerce

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_id text Webflow site ID
status select Filter by order status
limit number 100 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
offset number 0 Number of orders to skip for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of e-commerce orders
count number Number of orders returned
total number Total orders matching criteria

Update the fulfillment status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
site_id text Webflow site ID
order_id text ID of the order to update
comment textarea Comment about the fulfillment
notify select true Whether to notify customer of status change
Outputs
Name Type Description
orderId string ID of the updated order
success boolean Whether status update was successful
fulfillment object Updated fulfillment information
Weebly

Weebly

Website builder with integrated e-commerce capabilities

Free

Setting up Weebly Integration

  1. Log in to your Weebly account
  2. Navigate to Apps → Manage Apps
  3. Find "API Access" or create a new app
  4. Generate or copy your API key
  5. Find your Site ID in the site settings or URL
  6. Enter both credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure your Weebly plan supports API access
  • API access may require a premium plan
  • Keep your API credentials secure
  • Some features may have usage limits
Weebly API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Weebly store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Maximum number of products to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Weebly store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
short_description textarea Brief product description
price number Product price
sku text Product SKU
published checkbox 1 Whether the product is published
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Details of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
price number New product price
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Updated product details
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Weebly store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 25 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details
WeTransfer

WeTransfer

Simple file transfer service for sharing large files

Free

Setting up WeTransfer Integration

  1. Contact WeTransfer Developer Support to request API access
  2. WeTransfer API is currently in private beta and requires approval
  3. Provide your use case and company information for API access request
  4. Once approved, you will receive API credentials and documentation
  5. Enter your API key in the field above
  6. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • WeTransfer API is not publicly available and requires approval
  • The approval process may take several weeks
  • API access is typically granted to business customers only
  • Free WeTransfer accounts do not have API access
  • Files have expiration dates (7 days for free, 30 days for Plus)
WeTransfer Developer Portal

Available Operations

Create a new WeTransfer with files

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
files array Yes Array of files to include in the transfer
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message textarea Optional message to include with the transfer
sender_email email Email address of the sender
recipient_emails textarea Comma-separated list of recipient email addresses. Leave empty for link-only transfer.
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string Unique identifier of the created transfer
transfer_url string Public URL to download the transfer
expires_at string When the transfer expires
file_count number Number of files in the transfer

Upload a single file and create a transfer

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
file_content file Yes The file content to upload
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
file_name text Name for the file including extension
message textarea Optional message to include with the transfer
sender_email email Email address of the sender
recipient_emails textarea Comma-separated list of recipient email addresses
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string Unique identifier of the created transfer
transfer_url string Public URL to download the transfer
expires_at string When the transfer expires
file_size number Size of the uploaded file in bytes

Get information about a transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transfer_id text ID of the transfer to get information about
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string Unique identifier of the transfer
transfer_url string Public URL to download the transfer
state string Current state of the transfer (uploading, downloadable, expired)
expires_at string When the transfer expires
file_count number Number of files in the transfer
total_size number Total size of all files in bytes

List recent transfers

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of transfers to return (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfers array List of recent transfers
total_count number Total number of transfers returned

Delete a transfer before it expires

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transfer_id text ID of the transfer to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the transfer was successfully deleted
message string Status message
WhatsApp Business

WhatsApp Business

WhatsApp messaging for businesses with automation and customer support features

Free

Setting up WhatsApp Business Integration

  1. Create a Meta for Developers account
  2. Create a new app and select "Business" as the app type
  3. Add WhatsApp product to your app
  4. Go to WhatsApp → Getting Started
  5. Generate a temporary access token (24 hours) or set up permanent token
  6. Add a phone number and get the Phone Number ID
  7. Copy the access token and phone number ID above
  8. Set up webhook URL if you plan to receive messages
  9. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • WhatsApp Business API requires approval for production use
  • Temporary tokens expire in 24 hours - use permanent tokens for production
  • You need a verified business to send messages to users
  • Message templates must be approved by WhatsApp for marketing messages
  • Free tier allows 1000 conversations per month
WhatsApp Business API Documentation

Available Operations

Send a text message via WhatsApp Business

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code (e.g., 1234567890)
message textarea Text message content
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string WhatsApp message ID
recipient string Recipient phone number
success boolean Whether the message was sent successfully

Send a pre-approved template message

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
template_name text Name of the approved template
language_code text en_US Language code (e.g., en_US, es_ES)
parameters textarea Template parameters as JSON array (e.g., ["value1", "value2"])
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string WhatsApp message ID
recipient string Recipient phone number
template_name string Name of the template used
success boolean Whether the message was sent successfully

Send an image, document, or other media

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient phone number with country code
media_type select Type of media to send
media_url text URL of the media file to send
caption textarea Optional caption for the media
filename text Filename for documents (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string WhatsApp message ID
recipient string Recipient phone number
media_type string Type of media sent
success boolean Whether the message was sent successfully

Mark a received message as read

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text ID of the message to mark as read
Outputs
Name Type Description
message_id string ID of the message marked as read
success boolean Whether the message was marked as read successfully

Get WhatsApp Business profile information

Outputs
Name Type Description
profile object Business profile information
display_name string Business display name
category string Business category
success boolean Whether the profile was retrieved successfully

Update WhatsApp Business profile information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
about textarea Business description
address text Business address
description textarea Business description
email text Business email address
profile_picture_url text URL of profile picture
Outputs
Name Type Description
updated_fields array List of fields that were updated
success boolean Whether the profile was updated successfully

Get download URL for WhatsApp media (audio, image, video, document) from incoming messages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
media_id text The media ID from incoming WhatsApp message
Outputs
Name Type Description
url string Temporary URL to download the media (requires auth header)
mime_type string MIME type of the media file
file_size number Size of the media file in bytes
sha256 string SHA256 hash of the media file
success boolean Whether the media URL was retrieved successfully

Download media content from WhatsApp using the media URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
media_url text The media download URL from Get Media URL node
Outputs
Name Type Description
media_data binary The downloaded media file content
content_type string MIME type of the downloaded content
success boolean Whether the media was downloaded successfully
WHMCS

WHMCS

Web hosting and billing automation platform for managing clients, invoices, support tickets, and services

Free

Setting up WHMCS Integration

  1. Log in to your WHMCS admin area
  2. Navigate to Setup → General Settings → Security
  3. Go to the "API Authentication" section
  4. Click "Generate New API Credentials"
  5. Choose "API Authentication" method
  6. Set appropriate IP restrictions for security
  7. Copy the generated API Identifier and API Secret
  8. Enter your WHMCS installation URL above (e.g., https://yourdomain.com/whmcs)
  9. Paste the API Identifier and API Secret in the fields above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Ensure API access is enabled in your WHMCS configuration
  • Use IP restrictions to limit API access for security
  • The API user needs appropriate permissions for the operations you want to use
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Test the connection with a simple operation after setup
WHMCS API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of clients

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit_start number 0 Record to start at (for pagination)
limit_num number 25 Number of records to retrieve
search text Search clients by name or email
Outputs
Name Type Description
clients array Array of client objects
total_results number Total number of clients found

Retrieve details of a specific client

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id text ID of the client to retrieve
stats checkbox Include client statistics in response
Outputs
Name Type Description
client_id string Client ID
firstname string Client first name
lastname string Client last name
email string Client email address
address1 string Client address
city string Client city
state string Client state/province
country string Client country
phone_number string Client phone number
status string Client account status

Add a new client to WHMCS

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
firstname text Client first name
lastname text Client last name
email text Client email address
address1 text Client address
city text Client city
state text Client state/province
postcode text Client postal/zip code
country text Client country (2-letter code)
phonenumber text Client phone number
password2 password Client password
Outputs
Name Type Description
client_id string ID of the created client
email string Client email address

Retrieve a list of invoices

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit_start number 0 Record to start at (for pagination)
limit_num number 25 Number of records to retrieve
user_id text Filter by specific client ID
status select Filter by invoice status
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array Array of invoice objects
total_results number Total number of invoices found

Retrieve details of a specific invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id text ID of the invoice to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string Invoice ID
invoice_num string Invoice number
user_id string Client ID
date string Invoice date
duedate string Invoice due date
total string Invoice total amount
balance string Outstanding balance
status string Invoice status

Generate a new invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
user_id text ID of the client to invoice
date text Invoice date (YYYY-MM-DD)
duedate text Invoice due date (YYYY-MM-DD)
sendinvoice checkbox Send invoice email to client
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string ID of the created invoice
status string Invoice creation status

Retrieve a list of support tickets

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit_start number 0 Record to start at (for pagination)
limit_num number 25 Number of records to retrieve
client_id text Filter by specific client ID
status select Filter by ticket status
Outputs
Name Type Description
tickets array Array of support ticket objects
total_results number Total number of tickets found

Retrieve details of a specific support ticket

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticket_id text ID of the ticket to retrieve
replieslimit number 10 Number of replies to include
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id string Ticket ID
ticket_number string Ticket number
user_id string Client ID
name string Client name
email string Client email
subject string Ticket subject
status string Ticket status
priority string Ticket priority
department string Ticket department
date string Ticket creation date
replies array Array of ticket replies

Create a new support ticket

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id text ID of the client opening the ticket
dept_id text ID of the support department
subject text Ticket subject line
message textarea Ticket message content
priority select Medium Ticket priority level
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket_id string ID of the created ticket
ticket_number string Ticket number
subject string Ticket subject

Retrieve client's products and services

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
client_id text ID of the client
limit_start number 0 Record to start at (for pagination)
limit_num number 25 Number of records to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of client product/service objects
total_results number Total number of products found
Wise

Wise

International money transfer service with real exchange rates

Free

Setting up Wise Integration

  1. Log in to your Wise account
  2. Navigate to Settings → Developer tools
  3. Create a new API token with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy your API Token
  5. Find your Profile ID in your account settings
  6. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Live for production)
  7. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • API access requires verification and approval from Wise
  • Keep your API token secure and never share it publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
  • Profile ID can be personal or business - ensure correct permissions
Wise API Documentation

Available Operations

Get current exchange rates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
source_currency text USD 3-letter currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
target_currency text EUR 3-letter currency code (e.g., GBP, JPY)
Outputs
Name Type Description
source_currency string
target_currency string
rate number
timestamp string
rate_data object

Create a new transfer recipient

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_holder_name text Full name of the recipient
currency text 3-letter currency code
type select Type of account details
details text Account number, IBAN, or email based on type
Outputs
Name Type Description
recipient_id string Unique recipient identifier
account_holder_name string
currency string
recipient_data object

Get a quote for a money transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
source_currency text Currency you are sending from
target_currency text Currency you are sending to
source_amount number Amount you want to send (leave empty if using target amount)
target_amount number Amount you want recipient to receive
Outputs
Name Type Description
quote_id string
source_amount number
target_amount number
fee number
rate number
quote_data object

Create a money transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target_account text Recipient account ID
quote_uuid text Quote ID from create quote operation
customer_transaction_id text Your unique transaction identifier
reference text Reference message for recipient
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string
status string
source_amount number
target_amount number
transfer_data object

Check the status of a transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transfer_id text Transfer ID to check status
Outputs
Name Type Description
transfer_id string
status string
source_amount number
target_amount number
created_at string
transfer_data object

Retrieve balances for all currencies

Outputs
Name Type Description
balances array Array of balance objects by currency
Wix eCommerce

Wix eCommerce

E-commerce website builder with integrated online store functionality

Free

Setting up Wix eCommerce Integration

  1. Log in to your Wix account
  2. Go to your site dashboard and navigate to Settings → Business Info
  3. Click on "API Keys" or "Wix Developer"
  4. Generate a new API key or use an existing one
  5. Copy your Site ID from the site settings
  6. Copy your Account ID from your Wix account settings
  7. Enter all credentials above and save

Notes:

  • Ensure your Wix site has eCommerce enabled
  • API access may require a premium Wix plan
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them
  • Some features may have usage limits based on your plan
Wix eCommerce API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Wix store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of products to retrieve
include_variants checkbox Include product variants in response
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
totalResults number Total number of products

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Wix store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the product
description textarea Product description
price number Product price
sku text Product SKU
track_quantity checkbox 1 Whether to track inventory quantity
quantity number 1 Initial stock quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Details of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
name text New product name
description textarea New product description
price number New product price
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Updated product details
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Wix store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 20 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
status select Filter by order status
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
totalResults number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update product inventory levels

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update inventory for
variant_id text Specific variant ID (if applicable)
quantity number New inventory quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether inventory was updated successfully
inventory object Updated inventory details
WooCommerce

WooCommerce

WordPress e-commerce platform integration for managing products, orders, customers, and automating workflows

Free

Setting up WooCommerce Integration

  1. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard
  2. Go to WooCommerce → Settings → Advanced → REST API
  3. Click "Add Key" to create a new API key
  4. Set Description (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Set User to an administrator account
  6. Set Permissions to "Read/Write"
  7. Click "Generate API Key"
  8. Copy the Consumer Key and Consumer Secret
  9. Enter your store URL, Consumer Key, and Consumer Secret above
  10. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Your store URL should include https:// and not end with a slash
  • The API user should have administrator privileges
  • Consumer Secret is only shown once - save it securely
  • You can manage API keys in WooCommerce → Settings → Advanced → REST API
  • Ensure your WooCommerce store has SSL enabled for security
WooCommerce REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from your WooCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 10 Number of products to retrieve (max 100)
status select publish
search text Search products by name or description
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of product objects
total number Total number of products found

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id number The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details object
id number
name string
price string
stock_quantity number

Create a new product in your WooCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the product
description textarea Full description of the product
short_description textarea Brief description of the product
regular_price text Product price (e.g., 19.99)
sale_price text Sale price if on sale
manage_stock checkbox Enable stock management for this product
stock_quantity number Number of items in stock
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The created product object
id number ID of the created product
permalink string Direct link to the product

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id number ID of the product to update
name text New product name
description textarea New product description
regular_price text New regular price
stock_quantity number New stock quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object The updated product object
id number

Retrieve orders from your WooCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 10 Number of orders to retrieve (max 100)
status select any
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array Array of order objects
total number Total number of orders found

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id number The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Complete order details
id number
status string
total string
customer_email string

Update the status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id number ID of the order to update
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object The updated order object
id number
status string

Retrieve customers from your WooCommerce store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 10 Number of customers to retrieve (max 100)
search text Search customers by name or email
Outputs
Name Type Description
customers array Array of customer objects
total number Total number of customers found
Woodpecker

Woodpecker

Woodpecker is an email outreach automation platform for cold email campaigns. It enables automated prospect management, personalized email sequences, reply etection, and campaign analytics.

Free

Setting up your Woodpecker Integration

  1. Log in to your Woodpecker account
  2. Go to Settings → Integrations
  3. Click "API" and then "Generate New API Key"
  4. Copy the generated API key
  5. The API key must be Base64 encoded - you can use an online Base64 encoder
  6. Paste the Base64-encoded API key into the form above and save
  7. You can now manage prospects, campaigns, and receive webhook events from Woodpecker

Notes:

  • Your API key must be Base64 encoded before entering it here
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • You can manage prospect statuses (Active, Blacklisted, Responded, etc.)
  • Webhook events allow real-time notifications for prospect activities
  • This integration supports both v1 and v2 of the Woodpecker API
  • You need proper permissions in Woodpecker to access campaigns and prospects
Woodpecker API Documentation

Available Operations

Add multiple prospects to Woodpecker

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
prospects array Yes Array of prospect objects with email, name, and other fields
Outputs
Name Type Description
added_count integer
response object

Retrieve list of campaigns from Woodpecker

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
limit integer No Number of campaigns to retrieve
offset integer No Offset for pagination
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array
total_count integer

Get detailed statistics for a specific campaign

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
campaignId integer Yes The ID of the campaign
Outputs
Name Type Description
stats object

Update the status of a prospect

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
prospectEmail string Yes Email address of the prospect
status select Yes New status for the prospect
campaignId integer No Optional campaign ID to scope the update
Outputs
Name Type Description
updated boolean
email string
status string

Trigger workflow when a prospect event occurs (replied, blacklisted, opted out, etc.)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_event select Select which prospect event should trigger this workflow
Outputs
Name Type Description
event string
events array
batch_size integer
WordPress

WordPress

Seamlessly connect your WordPress site to automate content publishing, manage posts, and enhance SEO. Streamline workflows and integrate AI-driven automation effortlessly.

Free

Setting up your WordPress Integration

  1. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard
  2. Go to Users → Profile (or Users → Your Profile)
  3. Scroll down to the "Application Passwords" section
  4. Enter a name for the application (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  5. Click "Add New Application Password"
  6. Copy the generated application password (it will only be shown once)
  7. Enter your WordPress site URL, username, and the application password in the form above
  8. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • Application passwords are different from your regular WordPress login password
  • The application password is only shown once - make sure to copy it immediately
  • Your WordPress site must have the REST API enabled (it is by default)
  • You need admin or editor permissions to use the WordPress REST API
  • The site URL should be your main WordPress URL (e.g., https://yourblog.com)
  • Some security plugins may block REST API access - check your plugin settings
WordPress REST API Documentation

Available Operations

Creates a new post on a connected WordPress site.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
title string Yes The title of the new post.
content textarea Yes The main content of the post (HTML is allowed).
status select Yes Set the status of the post upon creation.
featured_image_url string No URL of the image to set as the featured image (thumbnail) for the post.
process_content_images boolean No Upload external images found in content to WordPress Media Library.
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Enter a static title for the post. This will be overridden if the "Post Title" input is mapped from another node.
content textarea Enter static content for the post (HTML allowed). This will be overridden if the "Post Content" input is mapped from another node.
status select publish Set a default status for the post if the "Post Status" input is not mapped.
featured_image_url text Static featured image URL. This will be overridden if the "Featured Image URL" input is mapped from another node.
process_content_images checkbox Enable to automatically upload external images found in content to WordPress Media Library.
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id integer
post_url string
status_code integer
error_message string

Retrieves a WordPress post by its ID.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
post_id integer Yes The ID of the post to retrieve.
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id integer Enter the post ID directly. This will be overridden if the "Post ID" input is mapped from another node.
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id integer
title string
content string
raw_content string
status string
post_url string
slug string
date string
modified string
error_message string

Updates an existing WordPress post with new content, title, or status.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
post_id integer Yes The ID of the post to update.
title string No The new title for the post (optional).
content textarea No The new content for the post (HTML allowed, optional).
status select No Update the post status (optional).
slug string No The new URL slug for the post (optional).
excerpt textarea No The new excerpt for the post (optional).
featured_image_url string No URL of the image to set as the featured image (thumbnail) for the post.
process_content_images boolean No Upload external images found in content to WordPress Media Library.
tags string No Array of tag IDs to assign to the post (JSON array or comma-separated).
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
post_id integer Enter the post ID directly. This will be overridden if the "Post ID" input is mapped from another node.
title text Static title. This will be overridden if the "New Title" input is mapped from another node.
content textarea Static content (HTML allowed). This will be overridden if the "New Content" input is mapped from another node.
status select Static status. This will be overridden if the "New Status" input is mapped from another node.
featured_image_url text Static featured image URL. This will be overridden if the "Featured Image URL" input is mapped from another node.
process_content_images checkbox Enable to automatically upload external images found in content to WordPress Media Library.
tags text JSON array of tag IDs (e.g., [1, 5, 12]) or comma-separated IDs to assign to the post.
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id integer
post_url string
error_message string

Retrieves all tags from the WordPress site.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
per_page integer No Number of tags to retrieve (max 100).
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
per_page number 100 Number of tags to retrieve (max 100).
Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array Array of tag objects with id, name, slug, count
tags_json string JSON string of tags array
total integer
error_message string

Creates a new tag on the WordPress site.

Inputs
Name Type Required Description
name string Yes The name of the tag to create.
slug string No Optional URL-friendly slug (auto-generated if not provided).
description string No Optional description for the tag.
Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text The name of the tag to create.
slug text Optional URL-friendly slug. Auto-generated from name if not provided.
description textarea Optional description for the tag.
Outputs
Name Type Description
tag_id integer
tag_name string
tag_slug string
already_existed boolean
error_message string
Worldpay

Worldpay

Payment processing services for businesses worldwide

Free

Setting up Worldpay Integration

  1. Log in to your Worldpay Online account
  2. Navigate to Settings → API Keys
  3. Copy your Service Key (for server-side operations)
  4. Copy your Client Key (for client-side operations)
  5. Select your environment (Test for development, Live for production)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • Keep your Service Key secure and never expose it in client-side code
  • Client Key can be used in frontend applications
  • Use Test environment for development and testing
  • Ensure your Worldpay account is properly configured for your region
Worldpay API Documentation

Available Operations

Process a payment with Worldpay

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Payment amount in major currency units (e.g., 10.99)
currency_code text GBP 3-letter currency code (e.g., GBP, USD, EUR)
order_description text Description of the order
customer_order_code text Your unique order reference
success_url text URL to redirect after successful payment
failure_url text URL to redirect after failed payment
cancel_url text URL to redirect when payment is cancelled
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_code string Worldpay order code
redirect_url string URL to redirect customer for payment
payment_status string
payment_data object

Check the status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_code text Worldpay order code to check
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_code string
payment_status string
amount number
currency_code string
order_data object

Capture an authorized payment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_code text Worldpay order code to capture
amount number Amount to capture (leave empty for full amount)
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_code string
payment_status string
captured_amount number
capture_data object

Process a refund for an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_code text Worldpay order code to refund
refund_amount number Amount to refund (leave empty for full refund)
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_code string
refund_status string
refunded_amount number
refund_data object

Cancel an authorized order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_code text Worldpay order code to cancel
Outputs
Name Type Description
order_code string
payment_status string
cancel_data object

Create a reusable payment token

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
card_number text Credit card number
expiry_month text 2-digit month (01-12)
expiry_year text 4-digit year
cvc text Card verification code
name text Name on the card
Outputs
Name Type Description
token string Reusable payment token
card_type string
masked_card_number string
token_data object
Wrike

Wrike

Project management and collaboration platform for teams and enterprises

Free

Setting up Wrike Integration

  1. Log in to your Wrike account
  2. Go to Apps & Integrations in your account settings
  3. Create a new API application
  4. Generate an access token
  5. Copy the token and paste it above
  6. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your access token secure
  • The token provides access to your Wrike data
  • You can revoke access anytime from your settings
Wrike API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new task in Wrike

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_id text The ID of the folder to create the task in
title text The title of the task
description textarea Description of the task
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string The unique ID of the created task
task_url string The URL to view the task

List tasks from a folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_id text ID of folder to list tasks from
Outputs
Name Type Description
tasks array Array of task objects
count number Number of tasks returned
Xero

Xero

Cloud-based accounting software - Online accounting with bank reconciliation and invoicing

Free

Setting up Xero Integration

  1. This integration requires OAuth 2.0 authentication with Xero
  2. Go to Xero Developer Portal
  3. Create a new app and get your Client ID and Client Secret
  4. Implement OAuth flow to get Access Token, Refresh Token, and Tenant ID
  5. Use the "accounting.transactions" scope for full access
  6. Paste the tokens and Tenant ID above and click Save

Notes:

  • OAuth tokens expire after 30 minutes and need refresh tokens
  • Tenant ID identifies your Xero organisation
  • Each Xero organisation requires separate authentication
  • Keep all tokens secure and never share them publicly
  • Xero API has rate limits - 60 calls per minute per organisation
Xero Accounting API Documentation

Available Operations

Get information about the Xero organisation

Outputs
Name Type Description
organisation_id string
name string
legal_name string
country_code string
financial_year_end_day number
financial_year_end_month number

Create a new contact (customer/supplier) in Xero

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Contact or company name
email text Contact email address
phone text Contact phone number
contact_type select CUSTOMER
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
name string
email string

Get all contacts from Xero

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_type select Filter by contact type
include_archived checkbox Include archived contacts
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
contact_count number

Create a new invoice in Xero

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text Xero Contact ID
invoice_type select ACCREC
due_date text Invoice due date
reference text Invoice reference number
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
invoice_number string
total number
status string

Add a line item to an existing invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id text Xero Invoice ID
description text Line item description
quantity number 1 Quantity of items
unit_amount number Price per unit
account_code text Xero account code (e.g., 200 for Sales)
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_item_id string
description string
line_amount number

Get invoices from Xero

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text Filter by specific contact
status select Filter by invoice status
date_from text Filter invoices from this date
date_to text Filter invoices to this date
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Record a payment against an invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id text Invoice to apply payment to
account_id text Bank account ID receiving the payment
amount number Amount received
reference text Payment reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment_id string
amount number
status string

Get chart of accounts from Xero

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_type select Filter by account type
Outputs
Name Type Description
accounts array
account_count number

Create a new expense (bank transaction)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
bank_account_id text Bank account the expense was paid from
contact_id text Supplier/vendor contact ID
description text Expense description
amount number Expense amount
account_code text Expense account code
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
amount number
description string
Xoom

Xoom

Digital money transfer service by PayPal

Free

Setting up Xoom Integration

  1. Contact Xoom/PayPal to apply for API access
  2. Complete the partner integration process
  3. Receive your Client ID and Client Secret
  4. Access the Xoom developer portal
  5. Select your environment (Sandbox for testing, Live for production)
  6. Paste the credentials above and click Save

Notes:

  • API access requires approval and partnership with Xoom
  • Xoom is a PayPal service - you may need PayPal developer account
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Use Sandbox environment for testing and development
Xoom API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of countries supported by Xoom

Outputs
Name Type Description
countries array Array of countries where Xoom operates

Calculate fees and exchange rates for a transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
amount number Amount to send
from_currency text USD Currency to send from
to_currency text Currency to receive
to_country text 2-letter country code
delivery_option select How the recipient will receive money
Outputs
Name Type Description
fees number
exchange_rate number
receive_amount number
total_cost number
calculation_data object

Send money to a recipient

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
sender_first_name text Sender's first name
sender_last_name text Sender's last name
sender_email text Sender's email address
recipient_first_name text Recipient's first name
recipient_last_name text Recipient's last name
recipient_phone text Recipient's phone number
amount number Amount to send
currency text USD Currency code
to_country text 2-letter country code
delivery_option select How the recipient will receive money
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string Xoom transaction identifier
reference_number string Reference number for tracking
status string
estimated_delivery string
transfer_data object

Check the status of a transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text Xoom transaction ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
status string
amount_sent number
amount_received number
completion_date string
transfer_data object

Cancel a pending transfer

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
transaction_id text Xoom transaction ID to cancel
reason text Reason for cancellation
Outputs
Name Type Description
transaction_id string
status string
refund_amount number
cancel_data object
Yelp Fusion

Yelp Fusion

Business listings and customer reviews management

Free

Setting up Yelp Fusion API

  1. Go to Yelp Developers
  2. Sign in with your Yelp account or create one
  3. Click "Create App" to create a new application
  4. Fill out the required information about your app
  5. Once approved, copy your API Key from the app dashboard
  6. Paste the API Key above and save

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Yelp Fusion API has rate limits - 5000 API calls per day
  • The API provides access to business data, reviews, and user information
  • Some endpoints may require additional approval from Yelp
Yelp Fusion API Documentation

Available Operations

Search for businesses on Yelp

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
term text Search term (e.g. "food", "restaurants")
location text Location to search (e.g. "NYC", "San Francisco, CA")
categories text Comma-separated category aliases (e.g. "restaurants,bars")
radius number 10000 Search radius in meters (max 40000)
limit number 20 Number of results to return (max 50)
sort_by select best_match Sort businesses by
Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array Array of business data
total number Total number of results found

Get detailed information about a specific business

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Yelp business ID or alias
Outputs
Name Type Description
business object Complete business information

Get reviews for a specific business

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
business_id text Yelp business ID or alias
locale text en_US Language/locale code (e.g. "en_US")
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of business reviews
total number Total number of reviews for this business
Yotpo

Yotpo

E-commerce marketing platform with reviews

Free

Setting up Yotpo API

  1. Log in to your Yotpo account
  2. Navigate to "Settings" → "General Settings" → "Store Settings"
  3. Find your App Key in the "Yotpo App Key" section
  4. Go to "Settings" → "General Settings" → "API"
  5. Copy your API Key and API Secret
  6. Paste the App Key, API Key, and API Secret above and save

Notes:

  • You need a Yotpo account with API access enabled
  • API access may require a premium subscription plan
  • Rate limits apply based on your subscription tier
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Some endpoints may require additional permissions or plan features
Yotpo API Documentation

Available Operations

Get product reviews from Yotpo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Specific product ID to filter by
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
count number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
since_date text Get reviews since this date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
score select Filter by review score
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of review data
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_score number Average review score

Get reviews for a specific product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product identifier
page number 1 Page number to retrieve
count number 20 Number of reviews to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of product review data
product_info object Product information
total_reviews number Total number of reviews for this product
average_score number Average score for this product

Register a purchase to trigger review collection

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text Unique order identifier
customer_email text Customer email address
customer_name text Customer full name
order_date text Order date (YYYY-MM-DD format)
products textarea JSON array of products [{\"id\":\"123\",\"name\":\"Product Name\",\"price\":29.99,\"url\":\"https://...\"}]
currency_iso text USD Currency ISO code (e.g., USD, EUR)
Outputs
Name Type Description
purchase_created boolean Whether purchase was registered successfully
purchase_id string Yotpo purchase identifier

Get product review summary and statistics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product identifier
Outputs
Name Type Description
bottomline object Product review summary and statistics
total_reviews number Total number of reviews
average_score number Average review score
organic_reviews number Number of organic reviews

Get Yotpo widget code for display

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
widget_type select Type of widget to retrieve
product_id text Product ID for product-specific widgets
Outputs
Name Type Description
widget_code string HTML/JavaScript widget code
widget_url string Direct URL to widget

Get comprehensive product data including reviews and ratings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text Product identifier
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_data object Comprehensive product information
reviews array Product reviews
images array Product images from reviews
total_reviews number Total number of reviews

Send a test review request email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Email address to send test email to
template_id text Email template ID (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
email_sent boolean Whether test email was sent successfully
message string API response message
YouTube

YouTube

Manage YouTube videos, playlists, and channel analytics. Upload content, analyze performance, and automate video workflows for content creators.

Free

Setting up YouTube Integration

  1. This integration uses OAuth2 authentication with Google
  2. Click the "Connect" button to start the OAuth flow
  3. You will be redirected to Google to sign in and authorize access
  4. Grant permissions for YouTube channel management
  5. After authorization, you will be redirected back to TaskAGI
  6. Your YouTube integration is now ready to use
  7. You can manage videos, playlists, and channel analytics
  8. Upload videos, update metadata, and automate content workflows

Notes:

  • You need a YouTube channel to use this integration
  • The integration requests full access to your YouTube channel
  • You can revoke access anytime in your Google Account settings
  • Video uploads are subject to YouTube's daily quota limits
  • Default quota is 10,000 units per day (6 video uploads)
  • Large files may take time to upload and process
  • Custom thumbnails require channel verification on YouTube
  • Some operations may require additional YouTube channel permissions
  • Uploaded videos from unverified projects default to private
  • Consider applying for quota increase for production use
YouTube Data API Documentation

Available Operations

Get YouTube channel details and statistics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channel_id text mine YouTube Channel ID (leave as "mine" for your own channel)
Outputs
Name Type Description
channel_id string
title string
description string
subscriber_count number
video_count number
view_count number
thumbnail_url string
channel_data object
success boolean

Get detailed information about a YouTube video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text YouTube Video ID (e.g., dQw4w9WgXcQ)
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_id string
title string
description string
channel_title string
view_count number
like_count number
comment_count number
tags array
published_at string
privacy_status string
thumbnail_url string
video_data object
success boolean

Search YouTube for videos by keyword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Keywords to search for
max_results number 25 Maximum number of results (1-50)
order select relevance How to sort the results
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array
total_results number
query string
success boolean

Get videos from a YouTube channel

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channel_id text mine YouTube Channel ID (leave as "mine" for your own channel)
max_results number 25 Maximum number of videos (1-50)
order select date How to sort the videos
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array
video_count number
channel_id string
success boolean

Update title, description, tags, and category of a YouTube video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text YouTube Video ID to update
title text New video title (leave empty to keep current)
description textarea New video description (leave empty to keep current)
tags text Comma-separated tags (leave empty to keep current)
category_id select Video category (leave empty to keep current)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message string
video_id string
updated_fields object
success boolean

Create a new YouTube playlist

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Name of the new playlist
description textarea Playlist description (optional)
privacy_status select private Who can see this playlist
Outputs
Name Type Description
playlist_id string
title string
description string
privacy_status string
playlist_url string
success boolean

Add a video to an existing YouTube playlist

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
playlist_id text YouTube Playlist ID
video_id text YouTube Video ID to add
position number Position in playlist (0 = first, leave empty for end)
Outputs
Name Type Description
message string
playlist_item_id string
playlist_id string
video_id string
position number
success boolean

Get comments from a YouTube video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text YouTube Video ID
max_results number 25 Maximum number of comments (1-100)
order select time How to sort comments
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array
comment_count number
video_id string
success boolean

List available caption tracks for a YouTube video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text YouTube Video ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
captions array
caption_count number
video_id string
success boolean

Download caption/subtitle text from a YouTube video

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
video_id text YouTube Video ID
language text en Language code (e.g., en, es, fr). Defaults to English.
format select srt Format of caption text to download
Outputs
Name Type Description
caption_text string
video_id string
language string
caption_name string
is_auto_generated boolean
format string
caption_id string
success boolean

Upload a video file to YouTube with title, description, tags, and privacy settings

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text Title for the uploaded video (max 100 characters)
description textarea Video description (max 5000 characters)
tags text Comma-separated list of tags for the video
category_id select 22 Video category
privacy_status select private Who can see this video. Note: Unverified API projects default to private.
video_file textarea Video file from previous node (binary data from Google Drive download, etc.)
notify_subscribers select true Send notification to channel subscribers
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_id string
title string
description string
channel_id string
video_url string
privacy_status string
upload_status string
published_at string
thumbnail_url string
success boolean
YouTube Live

YouTube Live

Live streaming platform with monetization and audience engagement tools

Free

Setting up YouTube Live Integration

  1. Go to Google Cloud Console
  2. Create or select a project and enable the YouTube Data API v3
  3. Create credentials (API Key and OAuth 2.0 Client)
  4. Configure OAuth consent screen and add YouTube scopes
  5. Generate an access token with "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/youtube" scope
  6. Find your Channel ID in YouTube Studio settings
  7. Ensure your channel is enabled for live streaming
  8. Paste the API Key, Access Token, and Channel ID in the fields above
  9. Save the configuration

Notes:

  • Requires a YouTube channel with live streaming enabled
  • Your channel must be verified and have no live streaming restrictions in the past 12 months
  • API key provides access to public YouTube data
  • Access token must have YouTube live streaming permissions
  • Live streaming may require additional YouTube verification
  • Some features require YouTube Partner Program eligibility
YouTube Live Streaming API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new YouTube Live broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text The title of the live broadcast
description textarea Broadcast description
scheduled_start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T14:00:00Z)
privacy_status select public
enable_auto_start checkbox Automatically start when streaming begins
enable_auto_stop checkbox Automatically stop when streaming ends
enable_dvr checkbox Allow viewers to rewind and fast-forward
Outputs
Name Type Description
broadcast_id string
stream_id string
stream_key string
rtmp_url string
watch_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific live broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
Outputs
Name Type Description
title string
description string
scheduled_start_time string
actual_start_time string
actual_end_time string
life_cycle_status string
privacy_status string
watch_url string
concurrent_viewers number
success boolean

Transition broadcast to live status

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
life_cycle_status string
watch_url string

End an active live broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
life_cycle_status string
video_url string

Retrieve list of live broadcasts

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_status select all
max_results number 25 Maximum number of broadcasts to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
broadcasts array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve live chat messages from a broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
max_results number 25 Maximum number of messages to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
total_count number
success boolean

Retrieve analytics data for a broadcast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
broadcast_id text The unique ID of the broadcast
Outputs
Name Type Description
views number
watch_time_minutes number
average_view_duration number
peak_concurrent_viewers number
likes number
comments number
shares number
success boolean
Zapier

Zapier

Automation platform connecting thousands of apps with triggers and actions

Free

Setting up Zapier Integration

  1. Log in to your Zapier account
  2. Go to your Zapier Developer Dashboard
  3. Navigate to "Manage" → "Authentication"
  4. Copy your API key from the authentication section
  5. Paste the API key above and save the configuration

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides access to your Zapier account and all connected services
  • You can regenerate your API key anytime from your developer dashboard
  • Rate limits apply based on your Zapier plan
Zapier Platform API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve a list of your Zapier automations

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
limit number 100 Maximum number of Zaps to retrieve (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
zaps array List of Zapier automations
count number Total number of Zaps returned

Retrieve execution history for a specific Zap

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
zap_id text The unique ID of the Zap
limit number 50 Maximum number of history entries (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
history array List of Zap execution records
count number Number of history entries returned

Turn a Zap on or off

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
zap_id text The unique ID of the Zap
action select
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the operation was successful
status string The new status of the Zap
message string Details about the operation

Create a webhook endpoint for Zapier to send data to

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_name text A descriptive name for this webhook
target_url text The URL where webhook data should be sent
Outputs
Name Type Description
webhook_url string The generated webhook URL for Zapier
webhook_id string Unique identifier for the webhook
success boolean Whether the webhook was created successfully

Manually trigger a Zap execution with custom data

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
zap_id text The unique ID of the Zap to trigger
trigger_data textarea {} Custom data to send with the trigger as JSON
Outputs
Name Type Description
execution_id string Unique ID of the triggered execution
success boolean Whether the trigger was successful
message string Details about the trigger operation
Zen Cart

Zen Cart

Open-source shopping cart system for e-commerce websites

Free

Setting up Zen Cart Integration

  1. Log in to your Zen Cart admin panel
  2. Install and configure the REST API plugin for Zen Cart
  3. Navigate to Tools → API Keys or similar section
  4. Create a new API key and username
  5. Configure API permissions for products and orders
  6. Enter your store URL, API key, and username above
  7. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Zen Cart requires a REST API plugin to be installed for API access
  • Ensure your API user has appropriate permissions
  • The store URL should be the base URL without trailing slashes
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them
Zen Cart Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve products from Zen Cart store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of products to retrieve
category_id text Filter by category ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array List of products
total number Total number of products

Get a specific product by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text The ID of the product to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
product object Product details

Create a new product in Zen Cart

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
products_name text Name of the product
products_description textarea Product description
products_price number Product price
products_model text Product model or SKU
products_quantity number 1 Stock quantity
products_status checkbox 1 Whether the product is active
Outputs
Name Type Description
product_id string ID of the created product
success boolean Whether the product was created successfully

Update an existing product

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
product_id text ID of the product to update
products_name text New product name
products_price number New product price
products_quantity number New stock quantity
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the product was updated successfully

Retrieve orders from Zen Cart store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
limit number 50 Maximum number of orders to retrieve
orders_status text Filter by order status ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
orders array List of orders
total number Total number of orders

Get a specific order by ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text The ID of the order to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
order object Order details

Update the status of an order

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
order_id text ID of the order to update
orders_status select New order status
comments textarea Optional comments for the status change
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean Whether the order status was updated successfully
Zendesk

Zendesk

Customer service and support platform with ticket management, user administration, and organization tools

Free

Setting up Zendesk Integration

  1. Log in to your Zendesk account
  2. Click on the Admin icon (gear) in the left sidebar
  3. Go to "Channels" → "API" in the settings
  4. Make sure "Token access" is enabled
  5. Click the "+" button to generate a new API token
  6. Copy the generated API token (you won't see it again)
  7. Note your Zendesk subdomain from your URL (e.g., "yourcompany" from yourcompany.zendesk.com)
  8. Enter your subdomain (without .zendesk.com) in the first field above
  9. Enter your Zendesk admin email address
  10. Paste the API token in the API Token field
  11. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • API tokens provide secure access without exposing your password
  • Only administrators can generate API tokens
  • You can revoke tokens anytime from the API settings page
  • API rate limits: 200 requests per minute for most endpoints
  • Some features require specific Zendesk plan levels
  • Test with a sandbox account if available
  • API authentication uses email/token combination
  • Monitor API usage in Admin → Reports → API
Zendesk API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve tickets from your Zendesk account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
priority select
assigneeId text Filter by assigned agent ID
limit number 20 Number of tickets to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
tickets array Array of ticket objects
total number

Create a new ticket in Zendesk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subject text Ticket subject line
description textarea Ticket description/content
requesterEmail text Email address of the person requesting support
requesterName text Name of the person requesting support
priority select normal
type select question
tags text Comma-separated list of tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket object
ticketId string

Update an existing ticket in Zendesk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticketId text Zendesk ticket ID to update
status select
priority select
assigneeId text Agent ID to assign ticket to
comment textarea Optional comment to add when updating
tags text Comma-separated list of tags to set on the ticket (replaces existing tags)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ticket object

Add a comment to an existing ticket

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticketId text Zendesk ticket ID to comment on
body textarea Comment content
public select true
Outputs
Name Type Description
comment object
commentId string

Retrieve users from your Zendesk account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
role select
email text Search by email address
limit number 20 Number of users to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
users array
total number

Create a new user in Zendesk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text User's full name
email text User's email address
role select end-user
phone text User's phone number
organizationId text ID of organization to assign user to
Outputs
Name Type Description
user object
userId string

Update an existing user in Zendesk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
userId text Zendesk user ID to update
name text Updated name
email text Updated email address
phone text Updated phone number
role select
Outputs
Name Type Description
user object

Retrieve organizations from your Zendesk account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Search by organization name
limit number 20 Number of organizations to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
organizations array
total number

Create a new organization in Zendesk

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Organization name
domains text Comma-separated list of domains
details textarea Organization details or notes
Outputs
Name Type Description
organization object
organizationId string

Search tickets using Zendesk query language

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Zendesk search query (e.g., "status:open priority:high")
sortBy select created_at
sortOrder select desc
limit number 20 Number of results to return (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
tickets array
total number

Retrieve comments for a specific ticket

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ticketId text Zendesk ticket ID to get comments for
includePrivate select true
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array
total number
ZeroBounce

ZeroBounce

Email validation and AI scoring service for verifying email deliverability and quality

Free

Setting up ZeroBounce Integration

  1. Log in to your ZeroBounce account
  2. Navigate to the API section in your dashboard
  3. Copy your API key from the dashboard
  4. Paste the API key above and save the configuration
  5. Your ZeroBounce integration is now ready for email validation and scoring

Notes:

  • ZeroBounce provides email validation and AI scoring services
  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • API usage consumes credits from your ZeroBounce account
  • You can use sandbox emails (e.g., valid@example.com, invalid@example.com) for testing without using credits
  • Rate limit: Maximum 80,000 validations per 10 seconds
  • Credits never expire - use them whenever you need
ZeroBounce API Documentation

Available Operations

Check your ZeroBounce account credits balance

Outputs
Name Type Description
credits number Number of credits remaining in your account
success boolean Whether the API call was successful

Validate a single email address to check if it is deliverable

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text The email address to validate
ip_address text Optional IP address the email signed up from (for additional context)
Outputs
Name Type Description
address string The validated email address
status string Validation status: valid, invalid, catch-all, unknown, spamtrap, abuse, or do_not_mail
sub_status string Detailed classification (e.g., greylisted, timeout_exceeded, possible_typo)
free_email boolean Whether the email is from a free email provider
mx_found boolean Whether MX records were found for the domain
firstname string First name associated with the email (if available)
lastname string Last name associated with the email (if available)
gender string Gender associated with the email (if available)
domain string The domain of the email address
smtp_provider string The SMTP provider for the domain
processed_at string UTC timestamp of when the validation was processed
success boolean Whether the API call was successful

Get an AI quality score (0-10) for an email address

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text The email address to score
Outputs
Name Type Description
email string The email address that was scored
score number AI quality score from 0-10 (10 = highest confidence in engagement)
success boolean Whether the API call was successful
Zoho Books

Zoho Books

Online accounting software - Manage finances, automate workflows, and collaborate

Free

Setting up Zoho Books Integration

  1. Log in to your Zoho Developer Console
  2. Create a new Server-side Web Application
  3. Get your Client ID, Client Secret, and implement OAuth 2.0 flow
  4. Use scope "ZohoBooks.fullaccess.all" for complete access
  5. After OAuth, get the Access Token and Organization ID
  6. Select your correct API domain based on your Zoho data center
  7. Paste the Access Token and Organization ID above and click Save

Notes:

  • OAuth tokens expire after 1 hour and need refresh tokens
  • Organization ID can be found in your Zoho Books account settings
  • API domain must match your Zoho data center location
  • Keep your access token secure and never share it publicly
  • Zoho Books has rate limits - 100 API calls per minute
Zoho Books API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of organizations in Zoho Books

Outputs
Name Type Description
organizations array
organization_count number

Create a new contact (customer/vendor) in Zoho Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_name text Name of the contact
contact_type select customer
email text Contact email address
phone text Contact phone number
company_name text Company name if applicable
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
contact_name string
email string

Get all contacts from Zoho Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_type select Filter by contact type
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array
contact_count number

Create a new invoice in Zoho Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Zoho Books Customer ID
invoice_date text today Invoice date
due_date text Invoice due date
reference_number text Invoice reference number
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoice_id string
invoice_number string
total number
status string

Add a line item to an existing invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
invoice_id text Zoho Books Invoice ID
item_id text Zoho Books Item ID (optional)
name text Name of the item or service
description textarea Item description
quantity number 1 Quantity of items
rate number Rate per unit
Outputs
Name Type Description
line_item_id string
name string
amount number

Get invoices from Zoho Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Filter by specific customer
status select Filter by invoice status
Outputs
Name Type Description
invoices array
invoice_count number
total_amount number

Create a new item/product in Zoho Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the item
description textarea Item description
rate number Item rate/price
unit text qty Unit of measurement
Outputs
Name Type Description
item_id string
name string
rate number

Get all items/products from Zoho Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
is_active checkbox 1 Show only active items
Outputs
Name Type Description
items array
item_count number

Record a payment received against an invoice

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
customer_id text Customer making the payment
amount number Amount received
payment_mode select cash
reference_number text Payment reference
Outputs
Name Type Description
payment_id string
amount number
payment_mode string

Create a new expense entry in Zoho Books

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
account_id text Expense account ID
amount number Expense amount
description text Expense description
expense_date text today Date the expense occurred
vendor_id text Vendor/supplier ID
Outputs
Name Type Description
expense_id string
amount number
description string
Zoho CRM

Zoho CRM

Customer relationship management and sales automation platform with comprehensive CRM features

Free

Setting up Zoho CRM API Integration

  1. Log in to your Zoho CRM account
  2. Go to Settings → Developer Space → APIs
  3. Click on "Server-based Applications" and create a new client
  4. Generate an access token with the required scopes
  5. Required scopes: ZohoCRM.modules.ALL, ZohoCRM.users.READ, ZohoCRM.settings.READ
  6. Copy the access token and paste it above
  7. Select the correct API domain for your Zoho data center
  8. Test the connection to ensure proper authentication

Notes:

  • Access tokens expire every hour and need to be refreshed using refresh tokens
  • You need admin permissions in Zoho CRM to create API applications
  • Rate limits apply: 100 API calls per minute per organization
  • Different data centers have different API domains - select the correct one
  • The integration supports all standard CRM modules: Leads, Contacts, Accounts, Deals, etc.
Zoho CRM API Documentation

Available Operations

Get list of available CRM modules

Outputs
Name Type Description
modules array
count number
success boolean

Get records from a specific CRM module

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
module select CRM module to get records from
page number 1 Page number for pagination
perPage number 200 Number of records per page (max 200)
sortBy text Field name to sort by (e.g., Created_Time, Modified_Time)
sortOrder select Sort order for records
Outputs
Name Type Description
records array
count number
hasMore boolean
success boolean

Get details of a specific record

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
module select CRM module containing the record
recordId text The ID of the record to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
record object
recordId string
module string
success boolean

Create a new record in a CRM module

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
module select CRM module to create record in
recordData textarea Record data as JSON object (e.g., {"First_Name": "John", "Last_Name": "Doe", "Email": "john@example.com"})
trigger select true Whether to trigger Zoho workflows and automation
Outputs
Name Type Description
recordId string
record object
status string
success boolean

Update an existing record in a CRM module

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
module select CRM module containing the record
recordId text The ID of the record to update
recordData textarea Fields to update as JSON object (e.g., {"Lead_Status": "Qualified", "Rating": "Hot"})
trigger select true Whether to trigger Zoho workflows and automation
Outputs
Name Type Description
recordId string
record object
updated boolean
success boolean

Delete a record from a CRM module

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
module select CRM module containing the record
recordId text The ID of the record to delete
Outputs
Name Type Description
deleted boolean
recordId string
success boolean

Search for records using criteria or keywords

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
module select CRM module to search in
searchType select Type of search to perform
searchValue text Search criteria, keyword, email, or phone number
limit number 200 Maximum number of results to return
Outputs
Name Type Description
records array
count number
searchQuery string
success boolean

Convert a lead to contact, account, and deal

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
leadId text The ID of the lead to convert
assignTo text User ID to assign the converted records to
notifyOwner select false Whether to notify the record owner
dealData textarea Optional deal data for conversion (e.g., {"Deal_Name": "New Opportunity", "Amount": 10000})
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactId string
accountId string
dealId string
conversion object
success boolean

Get list of CRM users

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select Filter users by type
Outputs
Name Type Description
users array
count number
success boolean

Add a note to a record

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
module select CRM module containing the record
recordId text The ID of the record to add note to
noteTitle text Title of the note
noteContent textarea Content of the note
Outputs
Name Type Description
noteId string
note object
success boolean
Zoho Projects

Zoho Projects

Project management application with task tracking, collaboration, and reporting tools

Free

Setting up Zoho Projects Integration

  1. Log in to your Zoho Projects account
  2. Go to Setup → Developer Space → Auth Tokens
  3. Generate a new Auth Token
  4. Copy the token and paste it above
  5. Click Save to complete setup

Notes:

  • Keep your auth token secure
  • The token provides access to your projects
  • You can regenerate tokens as needed
Zoho Projects API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new task in Zoho Projects

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
project_id text The ID of the project
name text The name of the task
Outputs
Name Type Description
task_id string The unique ID of the created task
Zoom Webinar

Zoom Webinar

Webinar hosting and automation platform with interactive features and analytics

Free

Setting up Zoom Webinar Integration

  1. Go to the Zoom Marketplace
  2. Click "Develop" → "Build App" → "OAuth"
  3. Create a new OAuth app with the following scopes: webinar:write:admin, webinar:read:admin, meeting:write:admin, meeting:read:admin
  4. Set your OAuth redirect URL to: /oauth/callback/zoomwebinar
  5. Copy your Client ID and Client Secret from your app settings
  6. Add them to your .env file as ZOOM_CLIENT_ID and ZOOM_CLIENT_SECRET
  7. Click "Connect" below to authorize access to your Zoom account

Notes:

  • Requires a Zoom Pro, Business, or Enterprise account for webinar features
  • Your Zoom account must have webinar add-on license
  • Rate limit: 10 requests per second per account
  • OAuth tokens expire after 1 hour and must be refreshed
Zoom API Documentation

Available Operations

Create a new Zoom webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
topic text The title of the webinar
type select 5
start_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-12-25T10:00:00Z)
duration number 60 Webinar duration in minutes
timezone text UTC e.g., America/New_York, Europe/London
agenda textarea Webinar agenda/description
password text Webinar password (leave empty for no password)
registration_required checkbox Require attendees to register before joining
Outputs
Name Type Description
webinar_id string
join_url string
registration_url string
start_url string
success boolean

Retrieve details of a specific webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_id text The ID of the webinar
Outputs
Name Type Description
topic string
start_time string
duration number
join_url string
registration_url string
status string
success boolean

Register a user for a webinar

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_id text The ID of the webinar
email text Registrant email address
first_name text Registrant first name
last_name text Registrant last name
phone text Registrant phone number
organization text Registrant organization
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrant_id string
join_url string
success boolean

Retrieve list of webinar registrants

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_id text The ID of the webinar
status select approved
page_size number 30 Number of records per page (max 300)
Outputs
Name Type Description
registrants array
total_records number
success boolean

Update webinar status (start/end)

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webinar_id text The ID of the webinar
action select
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
status string

List webinars for the authenticated user

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select scheduled
page_size number 30 Number of records per page (max 300)
Outputs
Name Type Description
webinars array
total_records number
success boolean
ZoomInfo

ZoomInfo

B2B contact and company intelligence platform with advanced search, enrichment, intent data, and technographics for sales prospecting

Free

Setting up ZoomInfo Integration

  1. Log in to your ZoomInfo account
  2. Navigate to Settings → Integrations → Developer Portal
  3. Generate a new API key with appropriate permissions
  4. Copy your API key and account username/email
  5. Paste the credentials above and save the configuration
  6. Your ZoomInfo integration is now ready for B2B intelligence and prospecting

Notes:

  • API access requires a ZoomInfo subscription with API permissions
  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • Rate limits apply based on your ZoomInfo subscription plan
  • The integration provides contact search, company intelligence, and data enrichment
  • Contact your ZoomInfo account manager for increased API limits
ZoomInfo API Documentation

Available Operations

Search ZoomInfo database for B2B contacts with advanced filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
first_name text Contact first name to search for
last_name text Contact last name to search for
email text Contact email address to search for
company_name text Company name to search within
job_title text Job title or role to search for
job_levels textarea [] Array of job levels (e.g., ["C-Level", "VP", "Director", "Manager"])
industries textarea [] Array of industry names to filter by
locations textarea [] Array of geographic locations (cities, states, countries)
company_size select Filter by company employee count
limit number 25 Maximum number of contacts to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of found contacts with detailed information
total_results number Total number of contacts matching the search criteria
search_filters object The filters that were applied to the search

Get detailed information and intelligence about a specific contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Contact email address to enrich
contact_id text ZoomInfo contact ID to enrich
include_company_data checkbox 1 Include detailed company information for the contact
include_social_profiles checkbox 1 Include social media profiles and links
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact object Enriched contact information with intelligence data
company object Detailed company information and intelligence
social_profiles array Social media profiles and professional links
data_quality_score number ZoomInfo data quality and confidence score

Search ZoomInfo database for companies with business intelligence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Company name or domain to search for
website text Company website or domain
industries textarea [] Array of industry names to filter by
locations textarea [] Array of geographic locations
employee_count_min number Minimum number of employees
employee_count_max number Maximum number of employees
revenue_min number Minimum annual revenue in USD
revenue_max number Maximum annual revenue in USD
limit number 25 Maximum number of companies to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Array of found companies with business intelligence
total_results number Total number of companies matching the search

Get comprehensive business intelligence about a specific company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_name text Company name to enrich
website text Company website or domain
company_id text ZoomInfo company ID to enrich
include_financials checkbox 1 Include revenue, funding, and financial information
include_technologies checkbox 1 Include technology and software usage data
Outputs
Name Type Description
company object Comprehensive company information and intelligence
financial_data object Revenue, funding, and financial metrics
technology_stack array Technologies and software used by the company
key_contacts array Executive and key personnel contacts

Retrieve all contacts from a specific company

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_id text ZoomInfo company ID
company_name text Company name to get contacts from
job_levels textarea [] Filter by job levels (e.g., ["C-Level", "VP", "Director"])
departments textarea [] Filter by departments (e.g., ["Marketing", "Sales", "IT"])
limit number 25 Maximum number of contacts to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Contacts from the specified company
company_info object Basic company information
total_contacts number Total number of contacts at the company

Get technology usage and adoption data for companies

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
technologies textarea [] Array of technology names to search for (e.g., ["Salesforce", "HubSpot", "AWS"])
technology_categories textarea [] Array of technology categories (e.g., ["CRM", "Marketing Automation", "Cloud Infrastructure"])
company_size select Filter by company size
industries textarea [] Array of industry names to filter by
limit number 25 Maximum number of companies to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Companies using the specified technologies
technology_insights object Technology adoption trends and insights
market_analysis object Market penetration and competitive analysis

Retrieve buying intent and behavioral signals for companies

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
intent_topics textarea [] Array of intent topics to track (e.g., ["CRM Software", "Marketing Automation"])
company_names textarea [] Array of specific company names to get intent data for
intent_strength select Minimum intent strength to include
date_range select Time period for intent data
limit number 25 Maximum number of intent signals to return (default: 25, max: 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
intent_signals array Buying intent signals and behavioral data
trending_topics array Currently trending intent topics
intent_summary object Summary of intent data and trends

Retrieve recent news and business events for companies

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
company_id text ZoomInfo company ID
company_name text Company name to get news for
news_types textarea [] Array of news types (e.g., ["funding", "acquisition", "executive_change", "product_launch"])
date_range select Time period for news data
limit number 10 Maximum number of news items to return (default: 10, max: 50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
news_items array Recent news and business events
company_info object Basic company information
news_summary object Summary of recent company activity

GitHub

GitHub

Connect to GitHub repositories for commit monitoring, issue management, and automated workflows

Free

Setting up GitHub Integration

  1. Click the "Connect" button below to start the authorization process
  2. You will be redirected to GitHub to sign in to your account
  3. GitHub will ask you to authorize TaskAGI to access your repositories
  4. Review the permissions and click "Authorize" to grant access
  5. You will be redirected back to TaskAGI with your account connected
  6. Your GitHub integration is now ready to use in workflows!

Notes:

  • You need a GitHub account to use this integration
  • TaskAGI will request access to your public and private repositories
  • You can monitor commits, issues, and pull requests in real-time
  • Create automated workflows that respond to repository events
  • You can revoke access anytime in your GitHub account settings
  • The integration works with both personal and organization repositories
  • Some features may require repository admin permissions
GitHub API Documentation

Available Operations

Triggered when commits are pushed to a repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your GitHub repository webhook settings
webhook_secret password Secret for webhook verification (set in GitHub webhook settings)
Outputs
Name Type Description
repository object Repository information
commits array Array of commit objects
head_commit object The latest commit in the push
pusher object User who pushed the commits
ref string Git reference (branch/tag) that was pushed

Triggered when an issue is created, updated, or closed

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your GitHub repository webhook settings
webhook_secret password Secret for webhook verification
Outputs
Name Type Description
action string Action performed (opened, closed, edited, etc.)
issue object Complete issue object
issue_number number Issue number
issue_title string Title of the issue
issue_body string Body content of the issue

Triggered when a pull request is created, updated, or merged

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
webhook_url text Configure this URL in your GitHub repository webhook settings
webhook_secret password Secret for webhook verification
Outputs
Name Type Description
action string Action performed (opened, closed, merged, etc.)
pull_request object Complete pull request object
pr_number number Pull request number
pr_title string Title of the pull request
pr_body string Body content of the pull request

Periodically check for new commits in a repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repo_owner text GitHub username or organization name
repo_name text Name of the repository
branch text main Branch to monitor for commits
Outputs
Name Type Description
commit object Commit object with full details
sha string Unique commit identifier
message string Commit message
author object Commit author information
url string URL to view the commit on GitHub

Retrieve information about a GitHub repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repo_owner text GitHub username or organization name
repo_name text Name of the repository
Outputs
Name Type Description
repository object Complete repository object
name string Name of the repository
description string Repository description
html_url string URL to view repository on GitHub
default_branch string Default branch name

Retrieve commits from a repository branch

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repo_owner text GitHub username or organization name
repo_name text Name of the repository
branch text main Branch to get commits from
limit number 10 Maximum number of commits to retrieve (1-100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
commits array Array of commit objects
count number Number of commits returned

Create a new issue in a GitHub repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repo_owner text GitHub username or organization name
repo_name text Name of the repository
title text Title of the issue
body textarea Description of the issue (Markdown supported)
labels text Comma-separated list of labels
Outputs
Name Type Description
issue object Complete issue object
issue_number number Issue number
html_url string URL to view the issue on GitHub

Add a comment to an existing GitHub issue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repo_owner text GitHub username or organization name
repo_name text Name of the repository
issue_number number The issue number to comment on
body textarea The content of the comment (Markdown supported)
Outputs
Name Type Description
comment object Complete comment object
comment_id number Unique identifier of the comment
html_url string URL to view the comment on GitHub
issue_url string URL to the issue

Add one or more labels to a GitHub issue

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repo_owner text GitHub username or organization name
repo_name text Name of the repository
issue_number number The issue number to add labels to
labels text Comma-separated list of labels to add
Outputs
Name Type Description
labels array Array of label objects on the issue
count number Number of labels now on the issue

Retrieve the content of a file from a repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
repo_owner text GitHub username or organization name
repo_name text Name of the repository
file_path text Path to the file in the repository (e.g., README.md, src/index.js)
branch text main Branch to get the file from
Outputs
Name Type Description
content string Raw content of the file
file object Complete file metadata object
name string Name of the file
path string Full path to the file
size number Size of the file in bytes
download_url string Direct download URL for the file

Create a new GitHub repository

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name of the new repository
description textarea A short description of the repository
isPrivate select Set repository visibility
organization text Organization name (leave empty for personal repository)
readmeContent textarea Content for the README.md file (Markdown supported). Repository will be automatically initialized with README.
Outputs
Name Type Description
repository object Complete repository object
name string Name of the created repository
full_name string Full repository name (owner/repo)
description string Repository description
html_url string URL to view repository on GitHub
clone_url string HTTPS URL for cloning the repository
ssh_url string SSH URL for cloning the repository
default_branch string Default branch name
private boolean Whether the repository is private

3D AI Models

Trellis

Trellis

Advanced 2D to 3D conversion tool that generates detailed 3D models, textures, and Gaussian splats from input images. Supports multiple output formats and quality controls for professional 3D asset creation.

10 credits

Using Firtoz Trellis

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Firtoz Trellis" node to your workflow
  3. Provide one or more image URLs to convert to 3D
  4. Configure texture size and mesh quality settings
  5. Choose which outputs to generate (model, color, normal maps)
  6. The model will generate 3D assets from your input images

Notes:

  • Trellis converts 2D images into detailed 3D models and textures
  • Supports multiple image inputs for better reconstruction
  • Generates various 3D file formats including meshes and Gaussian splats
  • Texture size can be adjusted from 512 to 2048 pixels
  • Mesh simplification controls the polygon count vs quality trade-off
  • All generated 3D assets are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Convert images to 3D models with textures using Trellis

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
images textarea One or more image URLs to convert to 3D (one per line). You can use [[nodes.x.image_url]] to reference images from other nodes.
texture_size select 2048 Resolution of generated textures
mesh_simplify number 0.9 Mesh complexity (0.1=simple, 1.0=detailed)
generate_model checkbox 1 Generate the main 3D mesh model
generate_color checkbox 1 Generate color/albedo texture maps
generate_normal checkbox Generate normal maps for surface detail
save_gaussian_ply checkbox 1 Generate Gaussian splatting PLY file
return_no_background checkbox Generate model without background elements
ss_sampling_steps number 38 Quality vs speed for sparse structure (higher = better quality)
slat_sampling_steps number 12 Quality vs speed for texture generation
ss_guidance_strength number 7.5 How closely to follow input for structure
slat_guidance_strength number 3 How closely to follow input for textures
randomize_seed checkbox 1 Use random seed for varied results
seed number 0 Fixed seed for reproducible results (only used if randomize is off)
Outputs
Name Type Description
model_files array Generated 3D model files and textures
model_data binary Primary 3D model file
metadata object Metadata about the generated 3D assets

Advertising

Google Ads

Google Ads

Connect to Google Ads for comprehensive PPC campaign management and automation. Create, manage, and optimize search, display, and video campaigns with advanced bidding strategies, keyword management, and detailed performance reporting.

Free

Setting up Google Ads Integration

  1. Apply for Google Ads API access at Google Ads API
  2. Create a project in Google Cloud Console
  3. Enable the Google Ads API for your project
  4. Create OAuth2 credentials (Client ID and Client Secret)
  5. Get your Developer Token from Google Ads API Center
  6. Use Google OAuth2 Playground to get a refresh token
  7. Find your Customer ID in your Google Ads account (Account settings)
  8. Enter all credentials in the fields above
  9. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Google Ads API requires approval - this can take several days
  • You need a Google Ads account with active campaigns to get API access
  • Developer Token is account-specific and tied to your Google Ads manager account
  • Customer ID should be 10 digits without dashes (e.g., 1234567890)
  • Refresh tokens can expire - you may need to regenerate them periodically
  • API has rate limits and quotas - monitor your usage
  • Test mode is available for development without affecting live campaigns
Google Ads API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve campaigns from Google Ads account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects
total number

Create a new Google Ads campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text
budget_amount number Daily budget in micros (e.g., 10000000 = $10)
campaign_type select SEARCH
bidding_strategy select MANUAL_CPC
target_cpa number Only for Target CPA bidding (e.g., 5000000 = $5)
networks select SEARCH
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
campaign_name string
status string

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
name text
status select
budget_amount number
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
campaign_name string
status string

Retrieve ad groups from a specific campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_groups array Array of ad group objects
total number

Create a new ad group within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
name text
cpc_bid_micros number Default CPC bid in micros (e.g., 1000000 = $1)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_group_id string
ad_group_name string
status string

Retrieve keywords from an ad group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_group_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywords array Array of keyword objects
total number

Add keywords to an ad group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_group_id text
keywords textarea Keywords as JSON array: [{"text":"keyword","match_type":"BROAD","cpc_bid_micros":1000000}]
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywords_added number
success boolean

Update a keyword bid or status

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword_id text
cpc_bid_micros number
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
keyword_id string
status string

Retrieve ads from an ad group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_group_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
ads array Array of ad objects
total number

Create a responsive search ad

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_group_id text
headlines textarea Array of headlines: ["Headline 1", "Headline 2", "Headline 3"]
descriptions textarea Array of descriptions: ["Description 1", "Description 2"]
final_urls textarea Array of landing page URLs: ["https://example.com"]
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_id string
status string

Update an ad status

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_id text
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_id string
status string

Get performance metrics for campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text Leave empty for all campaigns
date_range select LAST_7_DAYS
Outputs
Name Type Description
impressions number
clicks number
ctr number
cost_micros number
average_cpc number
conversions number
conversion_rate number

Get performance metrics for keywords

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_group_id text Leave empty for all keywords
date_range select LAST_7_DAYS
Outputs
Name Type Description
keywords_report array Array of keyword performance data
total_keywords number

Add negative keywords to a campaign or ad group

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
ad_group_id text Leave empty for campaign-level negative keywords
negative_keywords textarea Array of negative keywords: ["keyword1", "keyword2"]
match_type select BROAD
Outputs
Name Type Description
negative_keywords_added number
success boolean

Update campaign budget

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
budget_amount number New daily budget in micros (e.g., 10000000 = $10)
Outputs
Name Type Description
budget_id string
amount_micros number

Communication

Outlook

Outlook

Send, receive, and manage emails with Microsoft Outlook

Free

Connect Your Outlook Account

  1. Click the "Connect to Outlook" button below
  2. Sign in with your Microsoft account (Outlook, Hotmail, or Office 365)
  3. Grant permissions to read and send emails
  4. Your Outlook account will be connected and ready to use in workflows

Notes:

  • You can connect multiple Outlook accounts
  • Your credentials are securely encrypted and stored
  • You can disconnect at any time from your integrations page
  • Works with Outlook.com, Hotmail, and Office 365 accounts
Outlook Help & Support

Available Operations

Retrieve a specific email by its ID

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text The ID of the email to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
subject string
from object
to array
cc array
body string
bodyPreview string
receivedDateTime string
isRead boolean
hasAttachments boolean

List emails from inbox or a specific folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder select inbox
max_results number 10 Maximum number of emails to retrieve (1-50)
filter select all
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
count number

Search emails using a query string

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
query text Search terms (e.g., "from:john@example.com" or "subject:meeting")
max_results number 10 Maximum number of results (1-50)
Outputs
Name Type Description
messages array
count number

Send a new email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
to text Recipient email address (or comma-separated list)
subject text
body textarea
cc text CC recipients (comma-separated)
bcc text BCC recipients (comma-separated)
body_type select html
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message_id string
message string

Reply to an existing email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text The ID of the email to reply to
body textarea
reply_all checkbox Reply to all recipients
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Forward an email to other recipients

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text The ID of the email to forward
to text Recipient email address (or comma-separated list)
comment textarea Additional message to include
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Mark an email as read

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Mark an email as unread

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Permanently delete an email

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Move an email to a different folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text
destination_folder select
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Move an email to the archive folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

List all mail folders

Outputs
Name Type Description
folders array
count number

Create a new mail folder

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
folder_name text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
folder_id string
message string

Download an email attachment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
message_id text
attachment_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
attachment_data binary Binary file data
filename string
content_type string

Data Intelligence

PitchBook Scraper Pro

PitchBook Scraper Pro

Extract company data, investments, and market insights from PitchBook company profiles. Get detailed information about funding rounds, valuations, executives, and growth metrics.

45 credits

Using PitchBook Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add PitchBook scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide PitchBook company URLs to extract data from
  4. Configure your URL list (maximum 20 URLs per request)
  5. The scraper will extract company data, investments, and market insights

Notes:

  • Extract comprehensive company profiles from PitchBook
  • Investment data, funding rounds, and valuation information
  • Market insights and company performance metrics
  • Executive team and board member information
  • Financial data and growth indicators
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed company information from PitchBook URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea PitchBook company URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Detailed company information with investments, valuations, and market insights
count number Number of companies scraped
Quora Scraper

Quora Scraper

Extract questions, answers, and engagement data from Quora. Get detailed information about posts, authors, upvotes, views, and discover related content through question-based search.

45 credits

Using Quora Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Quora scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between post URLs or question discovery
  4. Configure your URL list or question URLs
  5. The scraper will extract Quora content with engagement metrics

Notes:

  • Extract post data with questions, answers, and author information
  • Engagement metrics including upvotes, views, and comments
  • Author profiles with follower counts and credentials
  • Question-based discovery for related content
  • Answer text, formatting, and multimedia content
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed post information from Quora URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Quora post URLs to scrape (questions, answers, or spaces)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Detailed post information with questions, answers, and engagement metrics
count number Number of posts scraped

Find related posts using Quora question URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea Quora question URLs to discover related content from
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Related posts and content discovered from the question URLs
count number Number of posts discovered
Real Estate Scraper

Real Estate Scraper

Extract property listings from realestate.com.au including prices, details, agent information, and market data. Support for buy, rent, and sold properties with advanced search filtering.

45 credits
Realtor Scraper

Realtor Scraper

Extract property listings from realtor.com with advanced filtering options. Search by location, property type, listing status, and market timing for both buy and rent properties.

45 credits

Using Realtor Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Realtor scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between property URLs, extended filter search, or search URL discovery
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract property data from realtor.com

Notes:

  • Extract property listings with prices, details, and location information
  • Advanced filtering by property type, listing status, and market timing
  • Search by location (city, state, ZIP code) with detailed criteria
  • Support for both buy and rent property searches
  • Property history, pricing trends, and market analysis
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed property information from realtor.com URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Realtor property URLs from realtor.com to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Detailed property information with prices, details, and location data
count number Number of properties scraped

Discover properties using advanced search criteria and filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchText text Location to search (city, state, or ZIP code)
propertyTypes textarea Property types to search for
listingStatus textarea Listing status filters
daysOnRealtor textarea How long properties have been listed
buyOrRent select Whether to search for purchase or rental properties
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Properties matching the extended filter criteria
count number Number of properties discovered

Discover properties using realtor.com search URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea Search URLs from realtor.com to discover properties from
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Properties discovered from the search URLs
count number Number of properties discovered
Reddit Scraper Pro

Reddit Scraper Pro

Extract posts, comments, and engagement data from Reddit. Search by keywords, scrape specific subreddits, and analyze comment threads with detailed filtering options.

45 credits

Using Reddit Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Reddit scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between posts or comments, and different discovery methods
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract Reddit data with engagement metrics

Notes:

  • Extract posts with titles, content, upvotes, and metadata
  • Scrape comments with replies, scores, and user information
  • Keyword-based discovery with sorting and date filtering
  • Subreddit-specific content extraction with sorting options
  • User profiles and engagement analytics
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed post information from Reddit URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Reddit post URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Detailed post information with content, upvotes, and metadata
count number Number of posts scraped

Find Reddit posts using keyword search with filtering options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for posts
date select Time period to search within
sortBy select How to sort the results
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts matching the keyword search
count number Number of posts discovered

Extract posts from specific subreddit URLs with sorting options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
subredditUrls textarea Reddit subreddit URLs to scrape posts from
sortBy select How to sort the results
sortByTime select Time period for sorting
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts from the specified subreddits
count number Number of posts discovered

Extract comments from Reddit post or comment URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Reddit comment or post URLs to scrape comments from
daysBack number Number of days back to scrape comments (leave empty for all)
loadAllReplies select Whether to load all reply threads
commentLimit number Maximum number of comments to scrape (leave empty for no limit)
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Detailed comment information with replies and scores
count number Number of comments scraped
Snapchat Scraper

Snapchat Scraper

Extract posts from Snapchat Spotlight and scrape profile information. Discover content by profiles and search queries with detailed filtering options.

45 credits

Using Snapchat Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Snapchat scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between posts or profiles, and different discovery methods
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract Snapchat content and profile data

Notes:

  • Extract posts from Spotlight with engagement metrics
  • Scrape profile information with stories and highlights
  • Profile-based discovery with story, spotlight, and related content
  • Search-based discovery with filtering by content type
  • Support for collecting all highlights from profiles
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract post information from Snapchat Spotlight URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Snapchat Spotlight post URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Detailed post information with content and engagement metrics
count number Number of posts scraped

Discover posts from Snapchat profile URLs with tab filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileUrls textarea Snapchat profile URLs to discover posts from
tab select Type of content to scrape from profile
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts discovered from the profile
count number Number of posts discovered

Discover posts using Snapchat search URLs with tab filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea Snapchat search URLs to discover posts from
tab select Search tab to scrape results from
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts discovered from search URLs
count number Number of posts discovered

Extract detailed profile information from Snapchat profile URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Snapchat profile URLs to scrape
collectAllHighlights select Whether to collect all highlights from the profile
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Detailed profile information with stories and highlights
count number Number of profiles scraped
Target Scraper

Target Scraper

Extract product data from Target.com including prices, reviews, availability, and inventory. Search by keywords, UPC codes, or scrape specific categories with location-based filtering.

45 credits

Using Target Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Target scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between product URLs, keyword search, UPC lookup, or category discovery
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract product data from target.com

Notes:

  • Extract product details with prices, reviews, and availability
  • Keyword-based product discovery across all categories
  • UPC-based product lookup with variation support
  • Category and search URL scraping with pagination
  • Location-based availability and shipping options
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from Target URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Target product URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Detailed product information with prices, reviews, and availability
count number Number of products scraped

Find Target products using keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords text Keywords to search for products
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the keyword search
count number Number of products discovered

Find Target products using UPC codes with location filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
upc text Universal Product Code to search for
zipcode text ZIP code for location-based availability
allVariations select Whether to include all product variations
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products matching the UPC code
count number Number of products discovered

Discover products using Target category or search URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchUrls textarea Target category or search URLs to discover products from
zipcode text ZIP code for location-based availability
shippingType select Filter by shipping/pickup availability
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Products discovered from the search URLs
count number Number of products discovered
Trustpilot Scraper

Trustpilot Scraper

Extract customer reviews and business ratings from Trustpilot. Analyze business reputation, customer feedback, and review sentiment with detailed metadata and filtering options.

45 credits

Using Trustpilot Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Trustpilot scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide Trustpilot business review page URLs
  4. Configure your URL list for businesses to analyze
  5. The scraper will extract customer reviews and ratings data

Notes:

  • Extract customer reviews with ratings and testimonials
  • Business reputation analysis and review sentiment
  • Review metadata including dates, ratings, and verified status
  • Customer feedback and complaint analysis
  • Trust score and business rating aggregation
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract business reviews and ratings from Trustpilot URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Trustpilot business review page URLs to scrape
datePosted text Filter reviews by date posted (leave empty for all reviews)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Detailed business reviews with ratings, comments, and customer information
count number Number of reviews scraped
TrustRadius Scraper

TrustRadius Scraper

Extract software and product reviews from TrustRadius. Analyze customer feedback, ratings, and reviewer profiles with LinkedIn integration and product comparison data.

45 credits

Using TrustRadius Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add TrustRadius scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between specific review URLs or product page discovery
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract software reviews and customer feedback

Notes:

  • Extract detailed software and product reviews
  • Customer feedback with ratings and verified status
  • Product comparison and feature analysis
  • Reviewer profiles and LinkedIn integration
  • Category-based software discovery and analysis
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed product reviews from TrustRadius URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea TrustRadius product review URLs to scrape
authorLinkedinUrl text Filter reviews by author LinkedIn profile (optional)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Detailed product reviews with ratings, comments, and reviewer information
count number Number of reviews scraped

Discover all reviews from TrustRadius product pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
productUrls textarea TrustRadius product review pages to discover reviews from
pages number Number of review pages to scrape (leave empty for all)
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Reviews discovered from the product pages
count number Number of reviews discovered
Twitch Scraper

Twitch Scraper

Extract live stream data from Twitch including viewer counts, streamer profiles, and engagement metrics. Discover streams by categories, games, or keyword search.

45 credits

Using Twitch Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Twitch scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between streamer URLs, category discovery, or keyword search
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract live stream data and viewer metrics

Notes:

  • Extract live stream data with viewer counts and engagement
  • Streamer profiles with follower counts and streaming history
  • Category-based stream discovery across gaming genres
  • Keyword search for specific games or content types
  • Stream metadata including tags, language, and duration
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed stream information from Twitch streamer URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Twitch streamer URLs to scrape stream data from
Outputs
Name Type Description
streams array Detailed stream information with viewer counts, tags, and metadata
count number Number of streams scraped

Discover live streams from Twitch category/game pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrls textarea Twitch category/game URLs to discover streams from
Outputs
Name Type Description
streams array Streams discovered from the category pages
count number Number of streams discovered

Find Twitch streams using keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchKeywords text Keywords to search for streams
Outputs
Name Type Description
streams array Streams matching the keyword search
count number Number of streams discovered
VentureRadar Scraper

VentureRadar Scraper

Extract startup profiles and company information from VentureRadar. Analyze industry classifications, technology stacks, and business model insights for emerging companies.

45 credits

Using VentureRadar Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add VentureRadar scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide VentureRadar company profile URLs
  4. Configure your URL list for startups to analyze
  5. The scraper will extract startup and company profile data

Notes:

  • Extract startup profiles with company classifications
  • Industry analysis and market positioning data
  • Company metadata including founding information
  • Technology stack and business model insights
  • Investment and growth tracking information
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract startup and company information from VentureRadar URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea VentureRadar company profile URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
companies array Detailed company information with profiles and industry classifications
count number Number of companies scraped
Vimeo Scraper

Vimeo Scraper

Extract video data from Vimeo with Creative Commons license filtering. Search by keywords, discover from categories, and analyze video metadata and engagement metrics.

45 credits

Using Vimeo Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Vimeo scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between video URLs, keyword/license search, or category discovery
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract video data and metadata from Vimeo

Notes:

  • Extract video metadata with views, likes, and engagement metrics
  • Creative Commons license filtering and discovery
  • Keyword-based video search with pagination support
  • Category and channel-based content discovery
  • User profile and video collection analysis
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed video information from Vimeo URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Vimeo video URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Detailed video information with metadata and engagement metrics
count number Number of videos scraped

Find Vimeo videos using keyword search with Creative Commons license filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for videos
license select Creative Commons license filter
pages number Number of result pages to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Videos matching keyword and license criteria
count number Number of videos discovered

Discover videos from Vimeo category or collection URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
categoryUrls textarea Vimeo category or Creative Commons URLs to discover videos from
keyword text Optional keyword to filter results within the category
pages number Number of result pages to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Videos discovered from the category URLs
count number Number of videos discovered
Wikipedia Scraper

Wikipedia Scraper

Extract article content and metadata from Wikipedia. Search by keywords with pagination support and analyze contributor data, references, and revision history.

45 credits

Using Wikipedia Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Wikipedia scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between specific article URLs or keyword search discovery
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract article content and metadata from Wikipedia

Notes:

  • Extract Wikipedia article content with full text and metadata
  • Author and contributor information for articles
  • Keyword-based article discovery with pagination
  • Category and reference link analysis
  • Article revision history and editing statistics
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed article information from Wikipedia URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Wikipedia article URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array Detailed article information with content, metadata, and contributor data
count number Number of articles scraped

Find Wikipedia articles using keyword search with pagination

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for articles
pagesLoad number Number of pages to load (each page contains up to 20 articles)
Outputs
Name Type Description
articles array Articles matching the keyword search
count number Number of articles discovered
X Scraper Pro

X Scraper Pro

Extract posts and profile data from X (Twitter). Analyze engagement metrics, discover posts by date ranges, and scrape profile information with follower analytics.

45 credits

Using X Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add X (Twitter) scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between posts or profiles, and different discovery methods
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract X (Twitter) content and profile data

Notes:

  • Extract posts with engagement metrics, replies, and metadata
  • Profile information with follower counts and bio data
  • Date-range filtering for profile post discovery
  • Username-based profile discovery and analysis
  • Historical post data with timestamps and interactions
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed post information from X (Twitter) URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea X (Twitter) post URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Detailed post information with engagement metrics and metadata
count number Number of posts scraped

Discover posts from X (Twitter) profile URLs with date filtering

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profileUrls textarea X (Twitter) profile URLs to discover posts from
startDate text Start date for post discovery (leave empty for all)
endDate text End date for post discovery (leave empty for all)
Outputs
Name Type Description
posts array Posts discovered from the profile within date range
count number Number of posts discovered

Extract detailed profile information from X (Twitter) URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea X (Twitter) profile URLs to scrape
maxNumberOfPosts number Maximum number of recent posts to include with profile
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Detailed profile information with recent posts and metrics
count number Number of profiles scraped

Find X (Twitter) profiles using usernames

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
usernames textarea X (Twitter) usernames to discover profiles for
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Profiles discovered from the usernames
count number Number of profiles discovered
Xing Scraper

Xing Scraper

Extract professional profiles and network connections from Xing. Analyze career information, skills, and professional relationships.

45 credits

Using Xing Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Xing scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide Xing profile URLs to extract professional data
  4. The scraper will extract profile information and connections

Notes:

  • Extract professional profiles with career information
  • Network connections and professional relationships
  • Job history, skills, and industry expertise
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract professional profile information from Xing URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Xing profile URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Professional profiles with career and connection information
count number Number of profiles scraped
Yahoo Finance Scraper

Yahoo Finance Scraper

Extract stock prices, financial metrics, and market data from Yahoo Finance. Search by keywords and analyze financial trends.

45 credits

Using Yahoo Finance Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Yahoo Finance scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide Yahoo Finance stock/company URLs or search keywords
  4. The scraper will extract financial data and market information

Notes:

  • Extract stock prices, financial metrics, and company data
  • Market trends and financial news analysis
  • Keyword-based financial data discovery
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract financial information from Yahoo Finance URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Yahoo Finance URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
financialData array Stock prices, metrics, and company financial information
count number Number of financial records scraped

Find financial data using keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search for financial data
Outputs
Name Type Description
financialData array Financial data matching keyword search
count number Number of results found
Yelp Scraper

Yelp Scraper

Extract business profiles and customer reviews from Yelp. Search by categories and locations, analyze ratings, and gather competitive business intelligence.

45 credits

Using Yelp Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Yelp scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between business profiles, reviews, or discovery methods
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract business data and reviews from Yelp

Notes:

  • Extract business profiles with ratings, hours, and contact info
  • Customer reviews with ratings, dates, and user information
  • Category and location-based business discovery
  • Search URL-based content extraction
  • Business analytics and competitive intelligence
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed business information from Yelp URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Yelp business URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array Detailed business information with ratings, hours, and contact details
count number Number of businesses scraped

Find Yelp businesses using category and location filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category text Category of businesses to search for
location text Location to search within
country text Country code for search
Outputs
Name Type Description
businesses array Businesses matching the search criteria
count number Number of businesses discovered

Extract customer reviews from Yelp business URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Yelp business URLs to scrape reviews from
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Detailed customer reviews with ratings and user information
count number Number of reviews scraped

Find Yelp reviews using category and location filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category text Category of businesses to get reviews from
location text Location to search within
country text Country code for search
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Reviews from businesses matching the search criteria
count number Number of reviews discovered
YouTube Scraper Pro

YouTube Scraper Pro

Extract comprehensive YouTube data including videos, channels, and comments. Advanced search with hashtags, keywords, filters, and channel discovery capabilities.

45 credits

Using YouTube Scraper Pro

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add YouTube scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between videos, profiles, or comments extraction
  4. Configure your parameters based on the chosen operation
  5. The scraper will extract comprehensive YouTube data

Notes:

  • Extract video metadata with views, likes, and engagement
  • Channel profile information with subscriber counts
  • Comments extraction with user interactions
  • Hashtag and keyword-based video discovery
  • Advanced search filtering with date ranges
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract detailed video information from YouTube URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea YouTube video URLs to scrape
country text Country code for geo-specific data
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Detailed video information with metadata and engagement
count number Number of videos scraped

Find YouTube videos using hashtag search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
hashtag text Hashtag to search videos by
numOfPosts number Maximum number of posts to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Videos matching the hashtag
count number Number of videos found

Find YouTube videos using keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword to search videos by
numOfPosts number Maximum number of posts to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Videos matching keyword
count number Number of videos found

Find YouTube videos using advanced search filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywordSearch text Keywords to search for videos
uploadDate select Filter by upload date
duration select Filter by video duration
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Videos matching filters
count number Number of videos found

Extract videos from specific YouTube channel URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
channelUrls textarea YouTube channel URLs to extract videos from
numOfPosts number Maximum number of posts to retrieve from each channel
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Videos from channels
count number Number of videos found

Extract detailed channel information from YouTube URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea YouTube channel URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Channel information and statistics
count number Number of profiles scraped

Find YouTube channels using keyword search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text Keyword related to channels to find
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Channels matching keyword
count number Number of channels found

Extract comments from YouTube video URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea YouTube video URLs to scrape comments from
sortBy select How to sort the comments
Outputs
Name Type Description
comments array Video comments and replies
count number Number of comments scraped
Zara Scraper

Zara Scraper

Extract fashion product data from Zara including prices, availability, colors, and sizes. Analyze fashion trends and inventory.

45 credits

Using Zara Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Zara scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide Zara product URLs to extract fashion data
  4. The scraper will extract product details, prices, and availability

Notes:

  • Extract fashion product details with pricing and availability
  • Product categories, colors, sizes, and descriptions
  • Customer reviews and ratings analysis
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract product information from Zara URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Zara product URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Fashion product details with pricing and availability
count number Number of products scraped
Zillow Scraper

Zillow Scraper

Extract property listings and real estate data from Zillow. Search by location, property type, and analyze market trends.

45 credits

Using Zillow Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Zillow scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Choose between property URLs or filter-based discovery
  4. The scraper will extract property data and market information

Notes:

  • Extract property listings with prices and agent information
  • Market analysis and property valuation data
  • Location-based property discovery with advanced filters
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract property information from Zillow URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Zillow property URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Property listings with prices and agent information
count number Number of properties scraped

Find properties using location and category filters

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
location text Location to search (city, ZIP code, or exact address)
listingCategory select Type of property listing
homeType select Type of home to search for
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array Properties matching search filters
count number Number of properties found
ZoomInfo Scraper

ZoomInfo Scraper

Extract company profiles and business intelligence from ZoomInfo. Search by industry, location, and discover contact information with competitive analysis.

45 credits
Zoopla Scraper

Zoopla Scraper

Extract UK property listings from Zoopla with prices, agent details, and market analysis. Comprehensive UK real estate intelligence.

45 credits

Using Zoopla Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Zoopla scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Provide Zoopla property URLs to extract UK property data
  4. The scraper will extract property details and agent information

Notes:

  • Extract UK property listings with prices and agent details
  • Property valuation and market analysis data
  • Agent contact information and property history
  • Results charged at 45¢ per 100 records

Available Operations

Extract property information from Zoopla URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Zoopla property URLs to scrape
Outputs
Name Type Description
properties array UK property listings with prices and agent details
count number Number of properties scraped

Email Marketing

ActiveCampaign

ActiveCampaign

Connect to ActiveCampaign for advanced email marketing automation, CRM management, and sales pipeline tracking. Manage contacts, lists, campaigns, automations, and deals all in one powerful platform.

Free

Setting up ActiveCampaign Integration

  1. Log in to your ActiveCampaign account
  2. Click on "Settings" in the left sidebar
  3. Go to "Developer" section
  4. Copy your API URL and API Key from this page
  5. Paste both the API URL and API Key in the fields above
  6. The API URL format should be: https://youraccountname.api-us1.com
  7. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • The API key provides full access to your ActiveCampaign account
  • Make sure to use the correct API URL for your account region
  • You can regenerate your API key if needed from the Developer settings
  • ActiveCampaign API rate limits apply - typically 5 requests per second
ActiveCampaign API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve contacts from your ActiveCampaign account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Optional: Filter by specific email address
limit number 20 Number of contacts to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
contacts array Array of contact objects
total number

Create a new contact in ActiveCampaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text
firstName text
lastName text
phone text
fieldValues textarea [] Custom field values as JSON array (e.g., [{"field":"1","value":"test"}])
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
email string
firstName string
lastName string

Update an existing contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text The ID of the contact to update
email text
firstName text
lastName text
phone text
fieldValues textarea [] Custom field values as JSON array
Outputs
Name Type Description
contact_id string
email string
firstName string
lastName string

Delete a contact from ActiveCampaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Retrieve all lists/audiences from ActiveCampaign

Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of list objects
total number

Create a new list/audience

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text
stringid text Unique identifier for the list (no spaces, lowercase)
sender_url text Your website URL
sender_reminder textarea Reminder text about how they subscribed
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string
name string
stringid string

Subscribe a contact to a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text
list_id text
status select 1
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactList_id string
contact_id string
list_id string
status string

Unsubscribe a contact from a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactList_id text The ID of the contact-list relationship
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Retrieve email campaigns from ActiveCampaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects
total number

Create a new email campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select single
name text
subject text
fromname text
fromemail text
reply2 text
htmlcontent code_editor
textcontent textarea
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
name string
subject string
status string

Send a campaign to a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
list_id text The list to send the campaign to
schedule_time text ISO format (e.g., 2024-01-15T10:00:00) - leave empty to send immediately
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string
campaignMessage_id string

Retrieve automations from ActiveCampaign

Outputs
Name Type Description
automations array Array of automation objects
total number

Add a contact to an automation sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text
automation_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactAutomation_id string
contact_id string
automation_id string

Remove a contact from an automation sequence

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactAutomation_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Retrieve deals from ActiveCampaign CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
stage_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
deals array Array of deal objects
total number

Create a new deal in ActiveCampaign CRM

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
title text
contact_id text
value number Deal value in cents (e.g., 5000 for $50.00)
currency text USD 3-letter currency code (e.g., USD, EUR)
pipeline_id text
stage_id text
description textarea
Outputs
Name Type Description
deal_id string
title string
value number
status string

Update an existing deal

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
deal_id text
title text
value number
stage_id text
status select
description textarea
Outputs
Name Type Description
deal_id string
title string
value number
status string

Add a tag to a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contact_id text
tag_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
contactTag_id string
contact_id string
tag_id string

Remove a tag from a contact

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
contactTag_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Retrieve all tags from ActiveCampaign

Outputs
Name Type Description
tags array Array of tag objects
total number
Klaviyo

Klaviyo

Connect to Klaviyo for e-commerce focused email and SMS marketing automation. Manage customer profiles, behavioral tracking, advanced segmentation, and revenue optimization with powerful automation flows.

Free

Setting up Klaviyo Integration

  1. Log in to your Klaviyo account
  2. Click on your account name in the bottom left corner
  3. Select "Settings" from the dropdown menu
  4. Go to "API Keys" in the left sidebar
  5. Under "Private API Keys", click "Create Private API Key"
  6. Give your API key a descriptive name (e.g., "TaskAGI Integration")
  7. Select the permissions you want to grant (recommend Full Access for all features)
  8. Click "Create" and copy the generated API key
  9. Paste the API key in the field above (it should start with "pk_")
  10. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • Private API keys provide access to your account data and should be treated as passwords
  • You can create multiple API keys for different applications
  • Revoke unused API keys from your Klaviyo account settings
  • API keys have different permission levels - choose appropriate access for your needs
  • Rate limits apply: 150 requests per second for most endpoints
Klaviyo API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve customer profiles from Klaviyo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text Optional: Filter by specific email address
limit number 20 Number of profiles to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Array of profile objects
total number

Create or update a customer profile in Klaviyo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
email text
firstName text
lastName text
phoneNumber text Phone number in E.164 format (e.g., +1234567890)
location textarea {} Location data as JSON (e.g., {"city":"New York","country":"US"})
properties textarea {} Custom properties as JSON object
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile_id string
email string
firstName string
lastName string

Update an existing profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text
email text
firstName text
lastName text
phoneNumber text
location textarea {}
properties textarea {}
Outputs
Name Type Description
profile_id string
email string
firstName string
lastName string

Retrieve all lists/segments from Klaviyo

Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of list objects
total number

Create a new list/segment

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string
name string

Subscribe a profile to a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text
profile_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Unsubscribe a profile from a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text
profile_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Get all profiles in a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text
limit number 20 Number of profiles to retrieve (max 100)
Outputs
Name Type Description
profiles array Array of profile objects in the list
total number
list_id string

Retrieve email campaigns from Klaviyo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects
total number

Create a new email campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text
subject text
fromEmail text
fromName text
htmlContent code_editor
textContent textarea
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
name string
status string

Send a campaign to a specific list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
list_id text The list to send the campaign to
send_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-01-15T10:00:00Z) - leave empty to send immediately
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string
campaign_id string

Get performance metrics for a sent campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
opens_total number
opens_unique number
open_rate number
clicks_total number
clicks_unique number
click_rate number
unsubscribes number
bounces number

Track a custom event for behavioral targeting

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text
event_name text Name of the event (e.g., "Viewed Product", "Made Purchase")
properties textarea {} Event properties as JSON object (e.g., {"product_id":"123","value":29.99})
value number Monetary value of the event (for revenue tracking)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string
event_id string

Retrieve events for a profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profile_id text
event_name text
Outputs
Name Type Description
events array Array of event objects
total number

Retrieve email flows/automations from Klaviyo

Outputs
Name Type Description
flows array Array of flow objects
total number

Trigger a flow for a specific profile

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
flow_id text
profile_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Retrieve available metrics for tracking

Outputs
Name Type Description
metrics array Array of available metric objects
total number

Retrieve email templates

Outputs
Name Type Description
templates array Array of template objects
total number
Mailchimp

Mailchimp

Connect to Mailchimp for email marketing automation, list management, and campaign analytics. Send targeted campaigns, manage subscribers, and track performance.

Free

Setting up Mailchimp Integration

  1. Log in to your Mailchimp account
  2. Click on your profile icon in the bottom left
  3. Select "Account & billing"
  4. Go to "Extras" → "API keys"
  5. Click "Create A Key" and give it a descriptive name
  6. Copy the generated API key and paste it above
  7. Click Save to complete the integration setup

Notes:

  • Keep your API key secure and never share it publicly
  • The API key provides full access to your Mailchimp account
  • You can create multiple API keys for different applications
  • Revoke unused API keys from your Mailchimp account settings
  • API keys include a server prefix (e.g., us19) that determines your API endpoint
Mailchimp API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve all mailing lists from your Mailchimp account

Outputs
Name Type Description
lists array Array of list objects with id, name, and member count
total_items number

Create a new mailing list/audience

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text Name for your mailing list
company text Your company or organization name
address1 text Street address
city text
state text
zip text
country text US 2-letter country code (e.g., US, GB)
from_name text Default sender name for campaigns
from_email text Default sender email for campaigns
permission_reminder textarea You are receiving this email because you signed up on our website. Remind people how they signed up to your list
Outputs
Name Type Description
list_id string
name string
web_id number

Add a new subscriber to a mailing list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The ID of the list to add the subscriber to
email text
status select subscribed
merge_fields textarea {} Additional fields as JSON (e.g., {"FNAME": "John", "LNAME": "Doe"})
tags text Comma-separated list of tags
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
email_address string
status string
list_id string

Update an existing subscriber's information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text
email text The subscriber's current email address
merge_fields textarea {} Fields to update as JSON (e.g., {"FNAME": "Jane", "LNAME": "Smith"})
tags text Comma-separated list of tags to add
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
id string
email_address string
status string

Unsubscribe or delete a subscriber from a list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text
email text
action select unsubscribe
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Retrieve members of a specific mailing list

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text
status select
count number 100 Maximum number of members to retrieve (max 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
members array Array of member objects
total_items number
list_id string

Create a new email campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
list_id text The list/audience to send to
subject_line text
preview_text text The preview text for the campaign
from_name text
reply_to text
html_content code_editor The HTML content of your email
plain_text_content textarea Plain text version (auto-generated if not provided)
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
web_id number
status string
emails_sent number

Send a campaign immediately

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text The ID of the campaign to send
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
message string

Schedule a campaign to be sent at a specific time

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
schedule_time text ISO 8601 format (e.g., 2024-01-15T10:00:00+00:00)
Outputs
Name Type Description
success boolean
schedule_time string

Get performance report for a sent campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
Outputs
Name Type Description
emails_sent number
opens_total number
unique_opens number
open_rate number
clicks_total number
unique_clicks number
click_rate number
unsubscribed number
bounce_rate number

Retrieve available email templates

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
type select
Outputs
Name Type Description
templates array Array of template objects
total_items number

Image AI Models

Flux Dev LoRA

Flux Dev LoRA

A version of flux-dev, a text to image model, that supports fast fine-tuned lora inference.

6 credits

Using Flux Dev LoRA

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Flux Dev LoRA" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the generation parameters
  4. Optionally specify LoRA weights for custom styles
  5. The model will generate images with your chosen style

Notes:

  • Flux Dev LoRA supports custom style models via LoRA weights
  • You can use pre-trained LoRA models like "fofr/flux-80s-cyberpunk"
  • Adjust lora_scale to control the strength of the style
  • The go_fast option trades quality for speed
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate images using Flux Dev with custom LoRA styles

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate
lora_weights text LoRA model to use (e.g., "fofr/flux-80s-cyberpunk"). Leave empty for base model.
aspect_ratio select 1:1 The aspect ratio of the generated image
num_outputs number 1 Number of images to generate
guidance number 3 How closely to follow the prompt (0-10)
lora_scale number 1 Strength of the LoRA style (-1 to 2)
prompt_strength number 0.8 How much the prompt influences the output (0-1)
num_inference_steps number 28 Number of denoising steps (more = higher quality)
megapixels select 1 Resolution in megapixels
output_format select webp The file format for the generated image
output_quality number 80 JPEG/WebP compression quality (1-100)
go_fast checkbox 1 Generate faster with slightly lower quality
Outputs
Name Type Description
images array Array of generated images with URLs and metadata
image_data binary Binary data of the first generated image
image_url string Public URL of the first generated image
Flux Kontext Max

Flux Kontext Max

A premium text-based image editing model that delivers maximum performance and improved typography generation for transforming images through natural language prompts

16 credits

Using Flux Kontext Max

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Flux Kontext Max" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the image editing parameters
  4. Upload or provide an image URL to edit
  5. The model will transform your image based on the prompt

Notes:

  • Flux Kontext Max is an advanced text-based image editing model
  • Optimized for maximum quality and detailed transformations
  • Excellent for complex edits like making text 3D or dramatic style changes
  • All edited images are automatically saved to your workflow
  • Safety tolerance can be adjusted from 1 (strictest) to 5 (most permissive)
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Transform images with maximum quality using Flux Kontext Max

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe how you want to transform the image (e.g., "Make the letters 3D, floating in space on a city street")
input_image text URL of the image to edit. You can use [[nodes.x.image_url]] to reference images from other nodes
aspect_ratio select match_input_image The aspect ratio of the output image
output_format select jpg The file format for the edited image
safety_tolerance number 2 Safety filter level: 1 (strictest) to 5 (most permissive). Default is 2.
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The edited image file
image_url string Public URL to access the edited image
metadata object Metadata about the edited image
Flux Kontext Pro

Flux Kontext Pro

A state-of-the-art text-based image editing model that delivers high-quality outputs with excellent prompt following and consistent results for transforming images through natural language.

8 credits

Using Flux Kontext Pro

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Flux Kontext Pro" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the image editing parameters
  4. Upload or provide an image URL to edit
  5. The model will transform your image based on the prompt

Notes:

  • Flux Kontext Pro is a state-of-the-art text-based image editing model
  • Delivers high-quality outputs with excellent prompt following
  • Provides consistent results for transforming images through natural language
  • All edited images are automatically saved to your workflow
  • Safety tolerance can be adjusted from 1 (strictest) to 5 (most permissive)
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Transform images using natural language with Flux Kontext Pro

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe how you want to transform the image (e.g., "Make this a 90s cartoon")
input_image text URL of the image to edit. You can use [[nodes.x.image_url]] to reference images from other nodes
aspect_ratio select match_input_image The aspect ratio of the output image
output_format select jpg The file format for the edited image
safety_tolerance number 2 Safety filter level: 1 (strictest) to 5 (most permissive). Default is 2.
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The edited image file
image_url string Public URL to access the edited image
metadata object Metadata about the edited image
Google Imagen 3 Fast

Google Imagen 3 Fast

A faster and cheaper Imagen 3 model, for when price or speed are more important than final image quality

4 credits

Using Google Imagen 3 Fast

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Google Imagen 3 Fast" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the generation parameters
  4. The model will generate images quickly with proven quality
  5. Perfect for budget-conscious projects and fast iteration

Notes:

  • Google Imagen 3 Fast offers reliable image generation at speed
  • Based on the proven Imagen 3 architecture with speed optimizations
  • Cost-effective option for high-volume image generation
  • Excellent for motion blur, dynamic scenes, and artistic effects
  • Faster generation times make it ideal for prototyping
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate images quickly using Google Imagen 3 Fast - reliable quality at speed

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate. Imagen 3 Fast excels at dynamic scenes and artistic effects.
aspect_ratio select 16:9 The aspect ratio of the generated image
output_format select jpg The file format for the generated image
safety_filter_level select block_medium_and_above Safety filter level for content moderation
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The generated image file from Imagen 3 Fast
image_url string Public URL to access the image
metadata object Metadata about the generated image
Google Imagen 4

Google Imagen 4

Generate high-quality images using Google's state-of-the-art Imagen 4 AI model. Create stunning visuals from text descriptions with advanced control over aspect ratios and safety filters.

8 credits

Using Google Imagen 4

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Google Imagen 4" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the generation parameters
  4. The model will generate images based on your prompts

Notes:

  • Google Imagen 4 is a state-of-the-art image generation model
  • Supports various aspect ratios and output formats
  • Generation time varies based on complexity and resolution
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate images using Google Imagen 4

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate
aspect_ratio select 1:1 The aspect ratio of the generated image
output_format select jpg The file format for the generated image
safety_filter_level select block_medium_and_above Safety filter level for content moderation
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The generated image file
image_url string Public URL to access the image
metadata object Metadata about the generated image
Google Imagen 4 Fast

Google Imagen 4 Fast

6 credits

Using Google Imagen 4 Fast

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Google Imagen 4 Fast" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the generation parameters
  4. The model will generate high-quality images quickly
  5. Perfect for rapid prototyping and iterative design

Notes:

  • Google Imagen 4 Fast is optimized for speed while maintaining quality
  • Ideal for rapid prototyping, testing, and high-volume generation
  • Faster generation times compared to regular and Ultra variants
  • Supports various aspect ratios and output formats
  • Excellent for dynamic, action-oriented image generation
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate high-quality images quickly using Google Imagen 4 Fast

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate. Fast variant excels at dynamic, action-oriented scenes.
aspect_ratio select 4:3 The aspect ratio of the generated image
output_format select jpg The file format for the generated image
safety_filter_level select block_only_high Safety filter level for content moderation
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The quickly generated high-quality image file
image_url string Public URL to access the image
metadata object Metadata about the generated image
Google Imagen 4 Ultra

Google Imagen 4 Ultra

The highest quality variant of Google Imagen 4. Optimized for photorealistic and cinematic image generation with ultra-high quality processing. Excels at complex scenes with detailed descriptions.

12 credits

Using Google Imagen 4 Ultra

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Google Imagen 4 Ultra" node to your workflow
  3. Configure the generation parameters
  4. Write detailed, cinematic prompts for best results
  5. The model will generate ultra-high quality images based on your prompts

Notes:

  • Google Imagen 4 Ultra is the highest quality variant of Imagen 4
  • Optimized for photorealistic and cinematic image generation
  • Excels at complex scenes with detailed descriptions
  • Supports various aspect ratios and output formats
  • Generation time is longer due to enhanced quality processing
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate ultra-high quality images using Google Imagen 4 Ultra

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Detailed description of the image. Ultra works best with cinematic, photorealistic prompts with specific details about lighting, composition, and style.
aspect_ratio select 16:9 The aspect ratio of the generated image
output_format select jpg The file format for the generated image
safety_filter_level select block_only_high Safety filter level for content moderation
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The ultra-high quality generated image file
image_url string Public URL to access the image
metadata object Metadata about the generated image
Ideogram V2 Turbo

Ideogram V2 Turbo

A fast image model with state of the art inpainting, prompt comprehension and text rendering.

10 credits

Using Ideogram V2 Turbo

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Ideogram V2 Turbo" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your prompt describing the image and any text you want included
  4. Choose a style type or leave as "None" for automatic selection
  5. Enable Magic Prompt for enhanced prompt optimization
  6. The model excels at generating text within images

Notes:

  • Ideogram V2 Turbo specializes in text-in-image generation
  • Magic Prompt feature automatically enhances your descriptions
  • Supports various artistic styles and aspect ratios
  • Excellent for logos, posters, and designs with text elements
  • Turbo variant provides fast generation while maintaining quality
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate images with embedded text using Ideogram V2 Turbo

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image and specify any text you want included (e.g., "A gold running shoe with the text 'Run AI with an API' written on it")
aspect_ratio select 1:1 The aspect ratio of the generated image
style_type select None The artistic style for the generated image
resolution select None Output resolution quality
magic_prompt_option select Auto Automatically enhance prompts for better results
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The generated image file with embedded text
image_url string Public URL to access the image
metadata object Metadata about the generated image
MiniMax Image-01

MiniMax Image-01

High-quality image generation model with built-in prompt optimization. Automatically enhances your prompts for better results and supports multiple aspect ratios.

3 credits

Using MiniMax Image-01

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "MiniMax Image-01" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your image description in the prompt field
  4. Optionally enable prompt optimizer for better results
  5. The model will generate high-quality images based on your prompt

Notes:

  • MiniMax Image-01 is a powerful image generation model
  • The prompt optimizer feature enhances your prompts for better results
  • Supports various aspect ratios for different use cases
  • Can generate multiple images in a single request
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate high-quality images using MiniMax Image-01

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate (e.g., "A close-up portrait of a leopard with distinctive spotted pattern")
aspect_ratio select 1:1 The aspect ratio of the generated image
number_of_images number 1 Number of images to generate (1-4)
prompt_optimizer checkbox 1 Automatically enhance your prompt for better results
Outputs
Name Type Description
images array Array of generated images with URLs and metadata
image_data binary Binary data of the first generated image
image_url string Public URL of the first generated image
optimized_prompt string The optimized version of your prompt (if optimizer was enabled)
Recraft AI V3

Recraft AI V3

Advanced image generation model specialized in creating high-quality images with specific artistic styles. Choose from realistic photos, digital illustrations, vector art, and many specialized substyles.

8 credits

Using Recraft AI V3

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Recraft AI V3" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your image description in the prompt field
  4. Choose a style or leave as "any" for automatic selection
  5. Select image size or use aspect ratio for automatic sizing
  6. The model will generate high-quality styled images

Notes:

  • Recraft AI V3 excels at generating images with specific artistic styles
  • You can specify exact pixel dimensions or use aspect ratios
  • The "any" style option lets the AI choose the best style for your prompt
  • Supports a wide range of artistic and photographic styles
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate high-quality images with specific artistic styles using Recraft AI V3

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate (e.g., "a wildlife photography photo of a red panda using a laptop")
style select any The artistic style for the generated image
size_mode select aspect_ratio Choose how to specify image dimensions
aspect_ratio select 1:1 The aspect ratio when using aspect ratio mode
size select 1024x1024 Exact pixel dimensions when using custom size mode
Outputs
Name Type Description
image_data binary The generated image file
image_url string Public URL to access the generated image
metadata object Metadata about the generated image
SDXL Lightning 4-Step

SDXL Lightning 4-Step

SDXL-Lightning by ByteDance: a fast text-to-image model that makes high-quality images in 4 steps

1 credits

Using SDXL Lightning 4-Step

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "SDXL Lightning 4-Step" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your image description in the prompt field
  4. Optionally add negative prompts to avoid unwanted elements
  5. The model will generate high-quality images in just 4 steps

Notes:

  • SDXL Lightning is optimized for ultra-fast generation (4 steps)
  • Uses advanced distillation techniques for speed without quality loss
  • Perfect for rapid prototyping and real-time applications
  • Supports custom dimensions up to 1024x1024
  • Negative prompts help exclude unwanted elements
  • All generated images are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate high-quality images in just 4 steps using SDXL Lightning

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the image you want to generate (e.g., "self-portrait of a woman, lightning in the background")
negative_prompt textarea worst quality, low quality Describe what you want to avoid in the image
width select 1024 Width of the generated image
height select 1024 Height of the generated image
num_outputs number 1 Number of images to generate (1-4)
scheduler select K_EULER Sampling scheduler algorithm
num_inference_steps number 4 Number of denoising steps (optimized for 4 steps)
guidance_scale number 0 How closely to follow the prompt (0 = disabled for Lightning)
seed number Random seed for reproducible results. Leave empty for random.
Outputs
Name Type Description
images array Array of generated images with URLs and metadata
image_data binary Binary data of the first generated image
image_url string Public URL of the first generated image

SEO & Analytics

DataForSEO

DataForSEO

Professional SEO data API for keyword research, search volume, CPC data, and competition analysis

Free

Setting up DataForSEO Integration

  1. Go to DataForSEO website and create an account
  2. Navigate to your API Access page
  3. Copy your API login email and API password
  4. Paste them in the fields above
  5. Note: Use your API password, not your regular login password
  6. Click Save to complete the setup

Notes:

  • DataForSEO charges per API request - you only pay for what you use
  • Keyword data costs approximately $0.0006 per keyword
  • Ranked keywords costs approximately $0.011 per 1000 keywords
  • Free trial includes $1 credit for testing
  • Keep your credentials secure and never share them publicly
  • API password is different from your login password
  • Rate limits: up to 2000 requests per minute
  • Supports 200+ countries and 70+ languages
DataForSEO API Documentation

Available Operations

Get search volume, CPC, and competition data for keywords

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Enter keywords (one per line or JSON array)
location_code select 2840 Target location for search data
language_code select en Language for search results
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Generate keyword suggestions from a seed keyword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
seed_keyword text Base keyword to generate suggestions from
limit number 100 Maximum number of keyword suggestions to return
location_code select 2840
language_code select en
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Get all keywords a domain ranks for with ranking positions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain to analyze (without https://)
limit number 100 Maximum keywords to return
location_code select 2840
language_code select en
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Find domains competing with target domain in organic search

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text Domain to analyze
limit number 100
location_code select 2840
language_code select en
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Find shared keyword rankings between multiple domains

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
targets textarea Enter domains (one per line, 2-10 domains)
limit number 100
location_code select 2840
language_code select en
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Find keyword ideas relevant to a specific domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text
limit number 100
location_code select 2840
language_code select en
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Extract "searches related to" keywords from Google SERP

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text
location_code select 2840
language_code select en
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Get organic and paid search results for a keyword

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keyword text
location_code select 2840
language_code select en
depth number 10 Number of results to retrieve
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Get complete backlink profile overview for a domain

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Get detailed list of backlinks pointing to a domain or URL

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text
limit number 100
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Get domains linking to the target with backlink metrics

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text
limit number 100
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Get anchor text analysis for target backlinks

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
target text
Outputs
Name Type Description
data object
success boolean

Scrapers

Amazon Scraper

Amazon Scraper

Extract product data, reviews, seller information, and search results from Amazon with 8 different scraping operations

45 credits

Using Amazon Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add any Amazon Scraper operation to your workflow
  3. Configure the scraping parameters based on operation type
  4. The scraper will extract data from Amazon and return structured results

Notes:

  • This scraper extracts public data from Amazon ethically and legally
  • Results are charged per 100 records extracted
  • Maximum 20 URLs per request for optimal performance
  • Supports product data, reviews, seller info, and search operations
Amazon Scraper Documentation

Available Operations

Extract detailed product information from Amazon product URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Enter Amazon product URLs to scrape data from
zipcode text Zipcode for location-specific pricing and availability
language text Language code (e.g., en_US, es_ES) for localized results
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of Amazon product information
count number Number of products scraped

Find products from Amazon bestseller category pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category_urls textarea Enter Amazon bestseller category URLs
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of products from bestseller categories
count number Number of products found

Find products from Amazon category pages with sorting options

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
category_urls textarea Enter Amazon category URLs
sort_by select How to sort the category results
zipcode text Zipcode for location-specific results
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of products from categories
count number Number of products found

Search for Amazon products using keywords

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Enter search keywords to find products
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of products matching keywords
count number Number of products found

Find Amazon products by UPC codes

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
upc_codes textarea Enter UPC codes to find matching products
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of products matching UPC codes
count number Number of products found

Extract customer reviews from Amazon product pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Enter Amazon product URLs to scrape reviews from
Outputs
Name Type Description
reviews array Array of customer reviews data
count number Number of reviews scraped

Extract seller details from Amazon seller pages

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
urls textarea Enter Amazon seller URLs to scrape information from
Outputs
Name Type Description
sellers array Array of seller details and data
count number Number of sellers scraped

Search Amazon for products with pagination support

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
keywords textarea Enter keywords to search for products
domain select Amazon domain to search on
pages_to_search number 1 Number of search result pages to scrape (1-20)
Outputs
Name Type Description
products array Array of products from search results
count number Number of products found
Apollo Scraper

Apollo Scraper

Scrape up to 50,000 leads from Apollo.io People Search URLs with contact information and company data

12 credits

Using Apollo Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add Apollo scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your search parameters
  4. Provide Apollo.io People Search URLs
  5. Specify the number of records to scrape (up to 1,000)
  6. The scraper will extract lead and contact data

Notes:

  • Extract up to 1,000 leads per search URL
  • Supports Apollo.io People Search URLs for lead generation
  • Clean output option removes unnecessary fields
  • Results include contact information, company data, and social profiles
  • Billing is based on the number of leads scraped
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
  • Custom file names help organize your scraping runs
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Execute Apollo scraper and return dataset items directly

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text Enter the Apollo.io People Search URL to scrape leads from
totalRecords number 200 Maximum number of records to scrape
cleanOutput checkbox 1 Remove unnecessary fields and return only main important fields
Outputs
Name Type Description
leads array Array of leads with contact information and company data
count number Number of leads scraped

Start an async Apollo scraping run and return run information

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text Enter the Apollo.io People Search URL to scrape leads from
totalRecords number 1000 Maximum number of records to scrape (leave empty for all up to 1k)
fileName text Apollo Prospects Custom name for this run to help identify it in history
cleanOutput checkbox 1 Remove unnecessary fields and return only main important fields
Outputs
Name Type Description
runId string Unique identifier for the scraping run
status string Current status of the run
datasetId string ID of the dataset containing results

Execute Apollo scraper and return output from key-value store

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
url text Enter the Apollo.io People Search URL to scrape leads from
totalRecords number 1000 Maximum number of records to scrape (leave empty for all up to 1k)
fileName text Apollo Prospects Custom name for this run to help identify it in history
cleanOutput checkbox 1 Remove unnecessary fields and return only main important fields
Outputs
Name Type Description
output object Raw output from the Apollo scraper key-value store
TikTok Scraper

TikTok Scraper

Extract TikTok videos, profiles, hashtags, and engagement data from the platform

100 credits

Using TikTok Scraper

  1. No configuration required - this scraper is ready to use
  2. Add TikTok scraping nodes to your workflow
  3. Configure your scraping parameters
  4. Specify hashtags, usernames, URLs, or search queries
  5. The scraper will extract TikTok content and data

Notes:

  • Extract TikTok videos, profiles, hashtags, and engagement data
  • Supports hashtags, usernames, direct URLs, and search queries
  • Includes engagement metrics, follower data, and video information
  • Results are automatically formatted and structured
  • Billing is based on the number of videos/profiles scraped
  • All scraped data is saved to your workflow for analysis
Web Scrapers Documentation

Available Operations

Extract videos from TikTok hashtags

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
hashtags textarea TikTok hashtags to scrape (one per line). Example: funny, viral, trending
resultsPerPage number 10 Number of videos to scrape per hashtag
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Array of videos with metadata and engagement data

Extract videos from TikTok user profiles

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
profiles textarea TikTok usernames to scrape (one per line). Example: username1, username2
resultsPerPage number 10 Number of videos to scrape per profile
profileSorting select latest How to sort videos from profiles
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Array of videos with metadata and engagement data

Extract data from specific TikTok video URLs

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
postURLs textarea TikTok video URLs to scrape (one per line)
Outputs
Name Type Description
videos array Array of videos with metadata and engagement data

Search TikTok for videos, users, or content

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
searchQueries textarea Search queries (one per line). Example: "funny cats", "cooking tips"
searchSection select What type of content to search for
resultsPerPage number 10 Number of results to get per search query
Outputs
Name Type Description
results array Array of search results (videos, users, or mixed)

Social Media Advertising

Facebook Ads

Facebook Ads

Connect to Facebook Ads (Meta Business API) for comprehensive social media advertising automation. Create and manage campaigns, ad sets, ads, custom audiences, and track detailed performance across Facebook and Instagram platforms.

Free

Setting up Facebook Ads Integration

  1. Create a Facebook App at Facebook for Developers
  2. Add the Marketing API product to your app
  3. Request advanced access for marketing_api permissions
  4. Generate a User Access Token with marketing_api permissions
  5. Use the Graph API Explorer to get a long-lived token
  6. Find your Ad Account ID in Facebook Ads Manager (Settings → Account Settings)
  7. Enter your Access Token and Ad Account ID above
  8. Optionally add your App Secret for additional security
  9. Save the configuration to complete setup

Notes:

  • Facebook Marketing API requires app review for production use
  • Access tokens can expire - use long-lived tokens when possible
  • Ad Account ID should include the "act_" prefix (e.g., act_123456789)
  • Marketing API has strict rate limits - monitor your usage
  • Different permission levels provide access to different features
  • Test your integration with Facebook's sandbox environment first
  • Some features require Business Verification
Facebook Marketing API Documentation

Available Operations

Retrieve campaigns from Facebook Ad Account

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
status_filter select
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaigns array Array of campaign objects
total number

Create a new Facebook advertising campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text
objective select TRAFFIC
status select PAUSED
buying_type select AUCTION
special_ad_categories select
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
campaign_name string
status string

Update an existing campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
name text
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
campaign_id string
success boolean

Retrieve ad sets from a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text Leave empty to get all ad sets
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_sets array Array of ad set objects
total number

Create a new ad set within a campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text
name text
optimization_goal select LINK_CLICKS
billing_event select LINK_CLICKS
bid_amount number Bid amount in cents (e.g., 100 = $1.00). Leave empty for automatic bidding
daily_budget number Daily budget in cents (e.g., 1000 = $10.00)
targeting textarea {"geo_locations":{"countries":["US"]}} Audience targeting as JSON object (e.g., {"geo_locations":{"countries":["US"]}})
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_set_id string
ad_set_name string
status string

Update an existing ad set

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_set_id text
name text
status select
daily_budget number
bid_amount number
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_set_id string
success boolean

Retrieve ads from an ad set or campaign

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_set_id text Leave empty to get all ads
Outputs
Name Type Description
ads array Array of ad objects
total number

Create a new Facebook ad

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_set_id text
name text
creative_type select single_image
title text
body textarea
link_url text
call_to_action_type select LEARN_MORE
image_url text URL to the image file (for single image ads)
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_id string
ad_name string
status string

Update an existing ad

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_id text
name text
status select
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_id string
success boolean

Retrieve custom audiences from ad account

Outputs
Name Type Description
audiences array Array of custom audience objects
total number

Create a new custom audience

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
name text
subtype select CUSTOM
description textarea
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_id string
audience_name string

Add users to a custom audience

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
audience_id text
users textarea Array of user data: [{"email":"user@example.com"},{"phone":"+1234567890"}]
schema select EMAIL_SHA256
Outputs
Name Type Description
audience_id string
users_added number
success boolean

Get performance metrics for campaigns

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
campaign_id text Leave empty for all campaigns
date_preset select last_7d
Outputs
Name Type Description
impressions number
clicks number
ctr number
spend number
cpc number
cpm number
reach number
frequency number

Get performance metrics for ad sets

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_set_id text Leave empty for all ad sets
date_preset select last_7d
Outputs
Name Type Description
ad_sets_insights array Array of ad set performance data
total_ad_sets number

Get performance metrics for individual ads

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_id text Leave empty for all ads
date_preset select last_7d
Outputs
Name Type Description
ads_insights array Array of ad performance data
total_ads number

Get detailed performance data with custom date ranges, breakdowns, and all metrics including conversions

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
ad_account_id text Override default ad account (e.g., act_123456). Leave empty to use configured account.
level select campaign
date_preset select Use preset OR custom date range below (not both)
time_range_since text Custom start date for backfill (e.g., 2024-01-01)
time_range_until text Custom end date for backfill (e.g., 2024-03-31)
time_increment select 1 Group data by day, week, or month
breakdowns select Split data by dimension
limit number 1000 Maximum number of results (default 1000)
Outputs
Name Type Description
insights array Array of insight objects with all metrics
total number

Retrieve Facebook pages you manage

Outputs
Name Type Description
pages array Array of page objects
total number

Create a post on a Facebook page

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
page_id text
message textarea
link text
published select true
Outputs
Name Type Description
post_id string
success boolean

Video AI Models

Google Veo 3

Google Veo 3

Google's latest state-of-the-art video generation model. Produces extremely high-quality, realistic video content with automatic prompt enhancement for complex scenes and detailed environments.

500 credits

Using Google Veo 3

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Google Veo 3" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your video description in the prompt field
  4. Optionally enable prompt enhancement for better results
  5. The model will generate a high-quality video clip
  6. Video generation may take several minutes to complete

Notes:

  • Google Veo 3 is Google's latest state-of-the-art video generation model
  • Produces extremely high-quality, realistic video content
  • Prompt enhancement automatically improves your descriptions
  • Excels at complex scenes, realistic motion, and detailed environments
  • All generated videos are automatically saved to your workflow
  • Processing time varies based on content complexity
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate ultra-high quality videos using Google Veo 3

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Detailed description of the video you want to generate. Be specific about actions, setting, characters, and visual style.
enhance_prompt checkbox 1 Automatically enhance your prompt for better video generation results
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The ultra-high quality generated video file
video_url string Public URL to access the video
metadata object Metadata about the generated video
Kling V1.6 Pro

Kling V1.6 Pro

Professional-grade video generation with enhanced quality and control options. Supports both text-to-video and image-to-video with fine CFG scale control and multiple aspect ratios.

100 credits

Using Kling V1.6 Pro

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Kling V1.6 Pro" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your video description in the prompt field
  4. Optionally add a start image for image-to-video generation
  5. Adjust CFG scale and aspect ratio for fine control
  6. The model will generate a professional quality 5-second video

Notes:

  • Kling V1.6 Pro offers professional-grade video generation
  • Supports both text-to-video and image-to-video generation
  • CFG scale controls how closely the output follows your prompt
  • Multiple aspect ratios supported for different platforms
  • Pro version provides enhanced quality and control options
  • All generated videos are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate professional quality 5-second videos using Kling V1.6 Pro

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the video you want to generate (e.g., "Reflections in crystal mirrors, rainbow light, geometric world")
aspect_ratio select 16:9 Video aspect ratio for different platforms
cfg_scale number 0.5 Controls prompt adherence (0.1-1.0). Higher values follow prompt more closely.
start_image text URL of an image to use as the starting frame for image-to-video generation
negative_prompt textarea Describe what you want to avoid in the video
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The professional quality generated video file
video_url string Public URL to access the video
metadata object Metadata about the generated video
Kling V1.6 Standard

Kling V1.6 Standard

Reliable video generation at cost-effective pricing. Supports both text-to-video and image-to-video generation with good quality and faster processing than Pro version.

50 credits

Using Kling V1.6 Standard

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Kling V1.6 Standard" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your video description in the prompt field
  4. Optionally add a start image for image-to-video generation
  5. Adjust CFG scale and aspect ratio as needed
  6. The model will generate a quality 5-second video at standard settings

Notes:

  • Kling V1.6 Standard provides reliable video generation at cost-effective pricing
  • Supports both text-to-video and image-to-video generation
  • CFG scale controls prompt adherence and creativity balance
  • Multiple aspect ratios supported for different use cases
  • Standard version offers good quality with faster processing
  • All generated videos are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate quality 5-second videos using Kling V1.6 Standard

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the video you want to generate (e.g., "a portrait photo of a woman underwater with flowing hair")
aspect_ratio select 16:9 Video aspect ratio for different platforms
cfg_scale number 0.5 Controls prompt adherence (0.1-1.0). Higher values follow prompt more closely.
start_image text URL of an image to use as the starting frame for image-to-video generation
negative_prompt textarea Describe what you want to avoid in the video
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The generated video file
video_url string Public URL to access the video
metadata object Metadata about the generated video
Kling V2.1

Kling V2.1

State-of-the-art video generation model supporting both text-to-video and image-to-video generation. Offers professional and standard quality modes with advanced motion capabilities.

90 credits

Using Kling V2.1

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Kling V2.1" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your video description in the prompt field
  4. Optionally add a start image for image-to-video generation
  5. Choose between standard and professional quality modes
  6. The model will generate a 5-second video clip

Notes:

  • Kling V2.1 is a state-of-the-art video generation model
  • Supports both text-to-video and image-to-video generation
  • Professional mode offers higher quality at increased processing time
  • Start images help guide the video generation process
  • All generated videos are automatically saved to your workflow
  • Video duration is fixed at 5 seconds for consistent pricing
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate high-quality 5-second videos using Kling V2.1

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the video you want to generate (e.g., "a woman takes her hands out her pockets and gestures, she is excited, behind her it is raining")
mode select standard Choose quality level - professional mode takes longer but produces higher quality
start_image text URL of an image to use as the starting frame for image-to-video generation
negative_prompt textarea Describe what you want to avoid in the video
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The generated video file
video_url string Public URL to access the video
metadata object Metadata about the generated video
Luma Ray Flash 2 (720p)

Luma Ray Flash 2 (720p)

Fast, high-quality 720p video generation optimized for cinematic and anime-style content. Flash technology enables rapid processing with seamless loop options for social media.

60 credits

Using Luma Ray Flash 2 (720p)

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Luma Ray Flash 2 (720p)" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your video description in the prompt field
  4. Choose aspect ratio for your desired video format
  5. Optionally enable loop for seamless video loops
  6. The model will generate a 5-second 720p video

Notes:

  • Luma Ray Flash 2 specializes in fast, high-quality 720p video generation
  • Optimized for cinematic and anime-style content
  • Flash technology enables rapid video processing
  • Loop option creates seamless video loops perfect for social media
  • Multiple aspect ratios supported for different platforms
  • All generated videos are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate fast, high-quality 720p videos using Luma Ray Flash 2

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the video you want to generate (e.g., "A cinematic anime character intimate closeup, sitting at a cafe on a busy city street")
aspect_ratio select 16:9 Video aspect ratio for different platforms
loop checkbox Generate a seamless looping video
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The generated 720p video file
video_url string Public URL to access the video
metadata object Metadata about the generated video
MiniMax Video-01

MiniMax Video-01

High-quality video generation with built-in prompt optimizer. Excels at realistic human motion and urban environments with smooth, coherent video sequences.

100 credits

Using MiniMax Video-01

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "MiniMax Video-01" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your video description in the prompt field
  4. Optionally enable prompt optimizer for enhanced results
  5. The model will generate a high-quality video clip
  6. Video processing may take several minutes

Notes:

  • MiniMax Video-01 delivers high-quality video generation
  • Built-in prompt optimizer enhances your descriptions
  • Excels at realistic human motion and urban environments
  • Produces smooth, coherent video sequences
  • All generated videos are automatically saved to your workflow
  • Optimized for cinematic and realistic video content
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate high-quality videos with prompt optimization using MiniMax Video-01

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the video you want to generate (e.g., "a woman walking through a busy Tokyo street at night, wearing dark sunglasses")
prompt_optimizer checkbox 1 Automatically enhance your prompt for better video generation results
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The generated video file
video_url string Public URL to access the video
metadata object Metadata about the generated video
Pixverse V4.5

Pixverse V4.5

Comprehensive video generation with extensive style and quality controls. Supports multiple artistic styles, visual effects, motion modes, and aspect ratios from 720p to 1080p quality.

180 credits

Using Pixverse V4.5

  1. No configuration required - this AI model is ready to use
  2. Add the "Pixverse V4.5" node to your workflow
  3. Enter your video description in the prompt field
  4. Choose video quality, style, and motion settings
  5. Select aspect ratio for your desired video format
  6. The model will generate a 5-second video with your specifications

Notes:

  • Pixverse V4.5 offers comprehensive video generation controls
  • Supports multiple quality levels from 720p to 1080p
  • Various artistic styles and visual effects available
  • Motion modes control the intensity of movement in videos
  • Multiple aspect ratios supported for different platforms
  • All generated videos are automatically saved to your workflow
AI Models Documentation

Available Operations

Generate videos with comprehensive style and quality controls using Pixverse V4.5

Configuration
Field Type Default Description
prompt textarea Describe the video you want to generate (e.g., "a snow leopard walking carefully in a snowy landscape at twilight")
quality select 1080p Output video resolution
aspect_ratio select 16:9 Video aspect ratio for different platforms
style select None Artistic style to apply to the video
effect select None Camera movement or time effect
motion_mode select normal Amount of movement and action in the video
negative_prompt textarea Describe what you want to avoid in the video
Outputs
Name Type Description
video_data binary The generated styled video file
video_url string Public URL to access the video
metadata object Metadata about the generated video

HyperVoice API

Text-to-speech and voice cloning API with emotional control. Generate natural-sounding speech in multiple languages with customizable emotions.

Text-to-speech generation with natural voices
Voice cloning from audio samples
Emotional control (happy, sad, angry, etc.)
Multiple languages support
Speed adjustment (0.5x to 2x)
Multiple output formats (WAV, MP3, WebM)

Authentication

Requires a valid API token. Include the token in the Authorization header as: Bearer {your_token}

Authorization: Bearer {your_api_token}

Base URL: https://taskagi.net/api/hypervoice/v5

POST /tts

Generate Speech

Generate text-to-speech audio using a voice from the library or a cloned voice.

Parameters

Name Type Required Description
text string Yes The text to convert to speech. Maximum 5000 characters.
Max: 5000
voice string Yes Voice ID from the voice library or a cloned voice ID.
speed number No Speaking rate multiplier. 0.5 = half speed, 2.0 = double speed.
Min: 0.5 Max: 2
Default: 1
format string
wav | mp3 | webm 		No Output audio format.
Default: wav
language string No ISO language code (e.g., "en", "fr", "de", "ja"). Auto-detected if not specified.
emotion object No Emotion values object with keys: happy, sad, angry, fearful, disgusted, surprised. Values from 0 to 1.

Response

success boolean - Whether the request succeeded
audio_url string - URL to download the generated audio file
message string - Error message (only on failure)

Example

Request

{
  "text": "Hello, welcome to TaskAGI!",
  "voice": "emma",
  "speed": 1.0,
  "format": "mp3",
  "emotion": {
    "happy": 0.7
  }
}

Response

{
  "success": true,
  "audio_url": "https://taskagi.net/storage/hypervoice/abc123.mp3"
}
POST /clone

Generate with Voice Clone

Generate speech using an ad-hoc voice sample. Upload a reference audio file to clone the voice on-the-fly.

Parameters

Name Type Required Description
text string Yes The text to convert to speech.
Max: 5000
speaker_audio file Yes Reference audio file of the voice to clone.
speed number No Speaking rate multiplier.
Min: 0.5 Max: 2
Default: 1
format string
wav | mp3 | webm 		No Output audio format.
Default: wav
language string No ISO language code for the output speech.

Response

success boolean
audio_url string
message string (on error)

Example

Request

multipart/form-data with speaker_audio file

Response

{
  "success": true,
  "audio_url": "https://taskagi.net/storage/hypervoice/xyz789.wav"
}
GET /voices

List Available Voices

Get a list of all available voices in the library. Filter by language, gender, or category.

Parameters

Name Type Required Description
language string No Filter voices by language code (e.g., "en", "fr").
gender string
male | female 		No Filter voices by gender.
category string No Filter voices by category (e.g., "professional", "casual").

Response

voices array - List of voice objects
clones array - List of user's cloned voices (if authenticated)

Example

Response

{
  "voices": [
    {
      "id": "emma",
      "name": "Emma",
      "gender": "female",
      "language": "en",
      "category": "professional",
      "description": "Warm, professional female voice"
    }
  ],
  "clones": []
}
POST /clones

Save Cloned Voice

Save a voice clone for reuse. Upload a reference audio file and give it a name.

Parameters

Name Type Required Description
name string Yes Name for the cloned voice.
Max: 100
audio file Yes Reference audio file (5-30 seconds recommended).
description string No Optional description of the voice.
Max: 500

Response

success boolean
clone object - The saved clone details
message string
DELETE /clones/{id}

Delete Cloned Voice

Delete a saved voice clone.

Parameters

Name Type Required Description
id integer Yes The ID of the clone to delete.

Response

success boolean
message string

Supported Languages

en - English fr - French de - German es - Spanish it - Italian pt - Portuguese ja - Japanese zh - Chinese ko - Korean

Available Emotions

Happy Joyful, upbeat tone
Sad Melancholic, somber tone
Angry Forceful, intense tone
Fearful Anxious, worried tone
Disgusted Disapproving tone
Surprised Amazed, astonished tone

Error Codes

401 Unauthorized - Invalid or missing API token
404 Not Found - Voice ID does not exist
422 Validation Error - Invalid parameters
429 Too Many Requests - Rate limit exceeded
500 Server Error - Something went wrong

API Reference

TaskAGI provides a REST API for programmatic access to your agents and workflows.

Authentication

Generate an API token from your account settings. Include it in the Authorization header.

Authorization: Bearer {your_api_token}

Base URL: https://taskagi.net/api

Agents

GET /api/agents

List all your agents

GET /api/agents/{id}

Get a specific agent

POST /api/agents/{id}/execute

Execute an agent workflow

Executions

GET /api/executions

List execution history

GET /api/executions/{id}

Get execution details and results

GET /api/executions/{id}/status

Get execution status (for polling)

Webhooks

POST /webhook/{agentId}/{secret}

Trigger a webhook-based workflow

Full API Documentation

View the complete API reference with request/response examples, authentication details, and more.

View full API documentation

Tutorials

Step-by-step guides to help you build common automation workflows.

Steps

  1. 1

    Create a new agent with a Webhook trigger

  2. 2

    Configure Slack to send events to your webhook URL

  3. 3

    Add an OpenAI node to process incoming messages

  4. 4

    Add a Slack node to send the AI response back

  5. 5

    Deploy and test your bot

Steps

  1. 1

    Set up a Schedule trigger to run daily

  2. 2

    Use Google Sheets to read new leads

  3. 3

    Add a Loop node to process each lead

  4. 4

    Use Apollo or Hunter to enrich lead data

  5. 5

    Write enriched data back to the spreadsheet

Steps

  1. 1

    Trigger on a schedule or form submission

  2. 2

    Use AI to generate article content

  3. 3

    Generate images with DALL-E or Replicate

  4. 4

    Format and publish to your CMS

  5. 5

    Share on social media automatically

Ready to build your first automation?

Start with one of our pre-built templates or create your own from scratch.

Browse Templates

Frequently Asked Questions

Find answers to common questions about TaskAGI.

Go to Integrations in your dashboard, find the integration you want to configure, and click "Configure". Enter your API credentials and save. Your credentials are encrypted and stored securely.

Failed executions are logged in your Execution History. You can view the error details, see which node failed, and debug the issue. Workflows can be configured to retry on failure.

Yes! You can connect your own OpenAI, Anthropic, or other AI provider API keys. We also support custom model endpoints via the HTTP Request node.

Credits are deducted based on the operations you use. AI model calls, data scraping, and certain premium integrations consume credits. Check each integration's documentation for specific costs.

Yes! Use the Schedule trigger to run workflows at specific times or intervals. You can set up cron expressions for complex scheduling needs.

Use node references with the syntax [[nodes.nodeId.property]]. Each node's output is accessible to subsequent nodes in the workflow.

The number of active agents depends on your subscription plan. Free users can have 1 agent, Personal plan allows 3, and Enterprise/LTD plans allow 7 or more.

Use the "Test" button in the workflow builder to run your workflow with sample data. You can see the output of each node and debug issues before going live.

Still have questions?

Can't find what you're looking for? Reach out to our support team.

Contact Support